(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Graduate catalog"

Graduate I'm alo 







Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2012 with funding from 

LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://archive.org/details/graduatecat199698west 



West Virginia 
University 



1996-98 

Graduate Catalog 



West Virginia University is an equal opportunity/affirmative action institution. The University does 
not discriminate on the basis of race, sex, age, handicap, veteran status, religion, sexual orienta- 
tion, color, or national origin in the administration of any of its educational programs or activities or 
with respect to admission and employment. The University neither affiliates with nor grants recogni- 
tion to any individual, group, or organization having policies that discriminate on the basis of race, 
sex, age, handicap, veteran status, religion, sexual orientation, color, or national origin, as defined 
by the applicable laws and regulations. Further, faculty, staff, students, and applicants are protected 
from retaliation for filing complaints or assisting in an investigation under the University's Equal 
Opportunity/Affirmative Action Plan. Inquiries regarding the University's nondiscrimination policy 
may be directed to the Director of Affirmative Action/EEO Programs, West Virginia University. 

-Office of the President 

University publications are available upon request in alternate formats. Alternate formats may in- 
clude, among others, large print, Braille, audio tape, or electronic mail. For further information, 
contact the Affirmative Action Office at (304) 293-5496. 



Table of Contents 

Part 1 Government and Organization of WVU 5 

Board of Trustees, Board of Advisors, Cabinet 7 

Assistant Vice Presidents, Deans, Directors 8 

Chaired and Distinguished Professors 9 

Degree Programs 10 

Part 2 Graduate Education at WVU 1 3 

Organization 14 

Graduate Faculty 14 

Application 16 

International Students 18 

Transfer Procedures 20 

Admission 21 

Enrollment and Registration 23 

Scholarship 26 

Withdrawals 28 

Degree Completion 30 

Doctoral Degree 31 

Summary of Doctoral Requirements 34 

Summary of Master's Requirements 35 

Part 3 Facilities, Fees, and Financial Aid 36 

Facilities, Housing, Library Services 36 

Residency Policy 38 

Fees and Expenses 40 

Student Refund Policy 41 

Financial Aid 43 

Academic Honesty/Integrity 45 

Fee Charts 48 

Part4 Programs and Courses 50 

College of Agriculture and Forestry „ 53 

Agricultural Education (M.S.) 59 

Agricultural and Resource Economics (M.S.) 60 

Agricultural Sciences (Ph.D.) 64 

Agriculture (M.Agr.) 66 

Animal & Veterinary Sciences (M.S.) 67 

Family Resources (M.S.) 70 

Forestry (M.S.R.P.M., M.S.W.F.M., M.S.F., Ph.D.) 73 

Genetics and Developmental Biology (M.S., Ph.D.) 80 

Natural Resource Economics (Ph.D.) 82 

Plant and Soil Sciences (M.S.) 87 

Reproductive Physiology (M.S., Ph.D.) 89 

Eberly College of Arts and Sciences 91 

Biology (M.S., Ph.D.) 102 

Chemistry (M.S., Ph.D.) 107 

Communication Studies (M.A.) 111 

Computer Science (M.S., Ph.D.) 115 

English (M.A., Ph.D.) 122 

Foreign Languages (M.A.) 127 

Geography (M.A.) 137 

Geology (M.S., Ph.D.) 143 

History (M.A., Ph.D.) 149 

Liberal Studies (M.A.L.S.) 158 

Mathematics (M.S., Ph.D.) 160 

Philosophy (no graduate degree) 165 



WVU Graduate Catalog 



Physics (M.S., Ph.D.) 166 

Political Science (M.A., Ph.D.) 170 

Psychology (M. A., Ph.D.) 178 

Public Administration (M.P.A.) 185 

Sociology and Anthropology (M.A.) 189 

Statistics (M.S.) 192 

Women's Studies (no graduate degree) 196 

College of Business and Economics 198 

Professional Accountancy (M.P.A.) 202 

Business Administration (M.B.A.) 206 

Economics (M.A., Ph.D.) 216 

Industrial Relations (M.S.) 224 

College of Creative Arts 231 

Art (M.A., M.F.A.) 233 

Music (M.M., D.M.A., Ph.D.) 240 

Theatre (M.F.A.) 253 

School of Dentistry 260 

Dental Hygiene (M.S.) 261 

Endodontics (M.S.) 263 

Orthodontics (M.S.) 265 

College of Engineering and Mineral Resources 267 

Chemical Engineering (M.S.C.E., M.S.E., Ph.D. ) 276 

Civil and Environmental Engineering (M.S.C.E., M.S.E., Ph.D.) .... 282 
Electrical and Computer Engineering (M.S.E.E., M.S.E., Ph.D.) ...291 

Industrial and Management Systems Engineering 301 

(M.S.I. E., M.S.O.H.O.S., M.S.E., Ph.D.) 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 310 

(M.S.M.E., M.S.A.E., M.S.E., Ph.D.) 

Mining Engineering (M.S., Ph.D.) 323 

Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering (M.S.P.N.G.E.) 328 

Safety and Environmental Management (M.S.) 331 

College of Human Resources and Education 334 

Counseling (M.A.) 342 

Education Foundations (no graduate degree) 349 

Education Leadership Studies (M.A.) 350 

Educational Psychology (M.A.) 355 

Elementary Education (M.A.) 359 

Reading (M.A.) 366 

Rehabilitation Counseling (M.S.) 369 

Secondary Education (M.A.) 372 

Special Education (M.A.) 377 

Speech Pathology and Audiology (M.S.) 386 

Technology Education (M.A.) 391 

Perley Isaac Reed School of Journalism 398 

Journalism (M.S.J.).... 399 

School of Medicine 407 

Anatomy (M.S., Ph.D.) 412 

Biochemistry (M.S., Ph.D.) 416 

Center on Aging 418 

Community Health Promotion (M.S.) 419 

Exercise Physiology (M.S., Ed.D.) 422 

Medical Technology (M.S.) 425 

Microbiology and Immunology (M.S., Ph.D.) 428 

Pharmacology and Toxicology (M.S., Ph.D.) 432 

Physiology (M.S., Ph.D.) 435 

Public Health (M.P.H.) ..- 438 



Table of Contents 



School of Nursing 441 

Nursing (M.S.N.) 444 

School of Pharmacy 451 

Pharmaceutical Sciences (M.S., Ph.D.) 452 

School of Physical Education 456 

Physical Education (M.S., Ed.D.) 457 

School of Social Work 464 

Social Work (M.S.W.) 465 

Part 5 Special Opportunities 474 

Part 6 Index 480 

Campus Maps 486 

Academic Calendar 1996-97 488 



Correspondence 



Academic Programs 

Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs 

and Research 

West Virginia University 

P.O. Box 6203 

Morgantown, WV 26506-6203 

Phone: (304)293-5701 FAX: (304)293-7554 



Scholarships and Work-Study 

Student Financial Aid Office 

West Virginia University 

P.O. Box 6004 

Morgantown, WV 26506-6004 

Phone: (304)293-4126/3310 FAX: (304)293- 

4890 



Admissions, Catalogs, Records 

Office of Admissions and Records 

West Virginia University 

P.O. Box 6009 

Morgantown, WV 26506-6009 

Phone: (304)293-2121 FAX: (304)293-3080 

Graduate Programs 

Office of Graduate Education 

West Virginia University 

P.O. Box 6203 

Morgantown, WV 26506-6203 

Phone: (304)293-7173 FAX: (304)293-7554 

Housing and Residence Life 

Director, Housing and Residence Life 

West Virginia University 

P.O. Box 6430 

Morgantown, WV 26506-6430 

Phone: (304)293-4991 FAX: (304)293-3369 



Student Life 

Dean, Student Life 

West Virginia University 

P.O. Box 641 1 

Morgantown, WV 26506-641 1 

Phone: (304)293-561 1 FAX: (304)293-7028 

Veterans Educational Assistance 

Financial Aid Office 

West Virginia University 

P.O. Box 6004 

Morgantown, WV 26506-6004 

Phone: (304)293-5242/8250 FAX (304)293- 

4890 



WVU Graduate Catalog 



Part 1 Governance and Organization of WVU 

University of West Virginia System Board of Trustees 

The University of West Virginia Board of Trustees oversees the University of West 
Virginia System, composed of West Virginia University, including Potomac State College 
and WVU-Parkersburg, Marshall University, the West Virginia Graduate College, and the 
West Virginia School of Osteopathic Medicine. 

The twelve members that serve on the board are appointed by the governor, with 
the advice and consent of the Senate, and five ex-officio members, including the chan- 
cellor of the Board of Directors System and the State Superintendent of Schools, who 
are nonvoting members, and the chairs of the Advisory Councils of faculty, classified 
staff and students who are voting members. The board directs policy and budget and 
approves and monitors degree programs. The board appoints the president of the Uni- 
versity and assigns to the president final authority for personnel actions at West Virginia 
University except for those matters that relate to the President's own employment and 
compensation. 1 

WVU Board of Advisors 

The Board of Advisors reviews and provides advice upon all University proposals 
involving the University's "mission, academic programs, budget, capital facilities, and 
such other matters as requested by the president of the institution or the Board of Trust- 
ees or otherwise assigned by law." The board also may review "all proposals regarding 
institution-wide personnel policies." 

The board ordinarily has 1 1 members, including seven lay citizens of West Virginia, 
a University administrative officer appointed by the president, a full-time faculty member 
with at least the rank of instructor elected by the University faculty, a student in good 
academic standing chosen by the student body, and a member of the classified staff 
elected by the classified staff. When serving as the search and screening committee for 
a new University president, the Board of Advisors is expanded to seventeen members. 1 

Faculty Senate 

The Faculty Senate is an elected, representative body chosen by the members of 
the Faculty Assembly. The Senate exercises the legislative power of the faculty and has 
the authority to recommend general policies to the President and the Board of Trustees 
with regard to objectives and academic standards for the University. The Senate (1) 
considers issues related to the organizational structure of the University with reference 
to academic matters; (2) approves programs and courses, the academic calendar, and 
class scheduling; (3) examines elements of student life; (4) recommends general poli- 
cies for convocations, lectures, entertainment, publications, radio/television, and librar- 
ies, physical plant, and equipment; (5) recommends honorary degree candidates; and 
(6) regulates educational policies, programs, and functions under its purview. Decisions 
are subject to review by the Faculty Assembly and approval by the President and Board 
of Trustees. 

Senators are elected by members of the University faculty. For continuity, approxi- 
mately one third of the Senate is elected each year. Senators normally serve for a term of 
three years. They are eligible to serve two consecutive full terms but then are ineligible 
for reelection until one year has elapsed. 2 



1 Taken from the 1993 West Virginia University Faculty Handbook. 

2 Taken from the 1993 West Virginia University Faculty Senate Handbook. 



Governance and Organization 



Faculty Assembly 

The University Faculty Assembly includes the University president as presiding of- 
ficer, vice presidents, academic deans, associate deans, professors, associate profes- 
sors, assistant professors, and instructors holding appointments on a full-time basis. The 
assembly meets once a year in September. West Virginia University also has a tradition 
of strong student administration that touches all aspects of student life and represents 
student opinion to the administration and faculty. Student administration has three main 
units: the executive branch, the 1 1 -member board of governors, and the judicial board. 
Students also serve on University-wide committees and on the Mountainlair Advisory 
Council. 

Staff Council 

The Staff Council is an advisory council to the president of the University and a 
means for all classified employees to express their opinions about job conditions, fringe 
benefits, employee-employer relations, or other areas that affect their jobs. The council 
is composed of 18 elected members. 

The Advisory Council of Classified Employees (ACCE) assists the University of West 
Virginia Board of Trustees. 

The Local 814, Laborers' International Union of North America, AFL-CIO, repre- 
sents employees in craft, service and maintenance positions in the Mountainlair, athlet- 
ics, physical plant, housing and residence life, publications, Health Sciences Center, 
WVUH, Inc., parking, transportation, and the mail service. 



West Virginia University is a member of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The 
University's educational programs are accredited by the North Central Association and by the ap- 
propriate accreditation agencies for professional programs. 



The 1996-98 West Virginia University Graduate Catalog, published by Publications Services, 
is a general source of information about course offerings, academic programs and requirements, 
expenses, rules, and policies. The courses, requirements, and regulations contained herein are 
subject to continuing review and change by the University of West Virginia Board of Trustees, Uni- 
versity administrators, and the faculties of the colleges and schools to meet the goals and objec- 
tives of the University. The University, therefore, reserves the right to change, delete, supplement, 
or otherwise amend at any time the information, course offerings, requirements, rules, and policies 
contained herein without prior notice. 



WVU Graduate Catalog 



University of West Virginia System 
Board of Trustees 

Richard M. Adams, Parkersburg 
Willie D. Akers, Jr., West Logan 
Cathy M. Armstrong, Wheeling 
Kay Goodwin, Ripley, Chairman 
David G.Todd, Huntington, Vice Chairman 
Robert A. McMillan, Martinsburg, Secretary 
Mark C. Haggerty, Keyser 
Clifford M. Trump, Charleston, ex-officio 
Henry M. Marockie, Charleston, ex-officio 
Charles W. Manning, Charleston, 
Chancellor 

Sharon A. Nicol, Keyser 
Thomas A. Winner, Charleston 
Eugene Bammel, Morgantown 
Patrick R. Esposito, Morgantown 
Richard Beto, Morgantown 
Teree Foster, Morgantown 
Irene Keeley, Clarksburg 
Vaughn L. Kiger, Morgantown 
James H. Paige, III, Charleston 
Thomas E. Potter, Charleston 
Kathryn Brailer, Keyser 
Eldon L. Miller, Parkersburg 
John Hoblitzell, Charleston 
Lucia B. James, Charleston 
Sharon B. Lord, Charleston 
A. Michael Perry, Huntington 



WVU Board of Advisors 

Willie D. Akers, Jr., West Logan 
Eugene Bammel, Morgantown 
Richard Beto, Morgantown 
Kathryn Anne Brailer, Keyser 
Patrick R. Esposito, Morgantown 
Teree E. Foster, Morgantown 
David C. Hardesty, Jr., Morgantown 
Irene M. Keeley, Clarksburg 
Vaughn L. Kiger, Morgantown 
Eldon L. Miller, Parkersburg 
Sharon A. Nicol, Keyser 
James H. Paige, III, Charleston 
Thomas E. Potter, Charleston 
Thomas A. Winner, Oak Hill 



West Virginia University Cabinet 

Eugene C. Bammel, Faculty Senate Chair 
Robert Biddington, Assoc. VP, Health 

Sciences 
Fred Butcher, Mary Babb Randolph 

Cancer Center Senior Associate VP 
Robert D'Alessandri, VP, Health Sciences 
Russell K. Dean, Assoc. Provost for 

Curriculum and Instruction 
Stephen L. Douglas, Executive VP, WVU 

Alumni Assoc. 

Patrick R. Esposito, Student Body President 
Edwin Flowers, VP, Institutional 

Advancement 
James K. Hackett, Assoc. VP, Finance 
David C. Hardesty, Jr., President 
Mary Jane Hitt, Executive Officer for 

Social Justice 
Scott Kelley, VP, Administration and 

Finance 
Thomas J. LaBelle, Special Assistant to the 

President 
Gerald Lang, Interim Provost and VP, 

Academic Affairs and Research 
Nancy L. Lohmann, Senior Assoc. Provost, 

Academic Affairs 
William Miller, Assoc. Provost for Research 

and Economic Development 
Robert Maxwell, WVU Extension Service 
Herman L. Moses, Dean of Student Affairs 
Terry Ondreyka, Assoc. VP, Finance 
Virginia Petersen, Special Assistant to the 

President and Provost 
Jon A. Reed, Executive Officer and 

General Counsel 

Diane Ridgway, Staff Council President 
James A. Robinson, President, WVU 

Foundation, Inc. 
David Satterfield, Chief of Staff 
Nancy Wood, Executive Assistant to the 

President 



Trustees, Advisors, Cabinet 



Assistant Vice Presidents 

Dee Brown, Assistant VP for Institutional 

Advancement 
Johnnie Byrd, Assistant VP for Computer 

and Information Resources 
Drayton Justus, Assistant VP for Human 

Resources 
Stephen Showers, Assistant VP for 

Facilities and Services 
Gordon R. Thorn, Assistant VP for Student 

Affairs 
C.B. Wilson, Assistant VP for Faculty 

Development 



Deans 

Aerospace Studies, Col. John Gurtcheff 
College of Agriculture and Forestry, 

Rosemary Haggett 
Eberly College of Arts and Sciences, 

Rudolph Almasy (Interim) 
College of Business and Economics, 

Sydney V. Stern 
College of Creative Arts, Philip Faini 
School of Dentistry, Robert Moore 
College of Engineering and Mineral 

Resources, Allen Cogley 
College of Human Resources and 

Education, Jane Applegate 
Perley Isaac Reed School of Journalism, 

William T. Slater 
College of Law, Teree E. Foster 
Library Services, Ruth M. Jackson 
School of Medicine, Robert D'Alessandri 
School of Nursing, E. Jane Martin 
School of Pharmacy, George R. Spratto 
School of Physical Education, Dana Brooks 
School of Social Work, Karen V. Harper 
Student Affairs, Herman L. Moses 



Directors 

AAO/EEO Program, Jennifer Mcintosh 
Academic Computing, Donald McLaughlin 

(Interim) 
ADA Compliance, Barbara T.Judy (Interim) 
Administrative Services, Jeri Ireland 
Admissions and Records, Glenn G. Carter 
Athletics, Edward M. Pastilong 
Budget Planning, Narvel G. Weese, Jr. 
Bureau of Business Research, Tom S.Witt 
Career Services Center, Robert L. Kent 
Carruth Center for Counseling & 

Psychological Services/Disability 

Services, Philip E. Comer 
Center for Aging/Education Unit, 

Rick A. Briggs (Interim) 
Center for Black Culture and Research, 

Charles Blue (Interim) 
Center for Women's Studies, 

Helen M. Bannan 
Computing Services, William J. Logar 
Concurrent Engineering Research Center 

(CERC), Ramana Reddy 
Controller, Scott A. Ludlow 
Environmental Health & Safety, 

Roger L. Pugh 
Extended Learning, Sue Day-Perroots 
Facilities Planning & Management, 

Glenda Bixler (Interim) 
Financial Aid Office, Neil E. Bolyard 
Graduate Education, Nithi T. Sivaneri 
Housing and Residence Life, Carole Henry 
Institute of the History of Technology and 

Industrial Archaeology, Emory L. Kemp 
Institute of Occupational Environmental 

Health, Alan M. Ducatman 
Institute for Public Affairs, Robert Dilger 
Institutional Analysis & Planning, 

Kathleen K. Bissonnette 
Internal Auditing, William R. Quigley 
International Programs, Edna L. McBreen 
Mary Babb Randolph Cancer Center, 

Fred Butcher 
Military Science, LTC Margaret M. Bahnsen 
Mountainlair, Michael Ellington (Interim) 
Nat'l Research Ctr. for Coal & Energy, 

Richard A. Bajura 
News & Information Services, 

Rebecca Lofstead 
Physical Plant, Dorsey D. Jacobs 
Printing Services, Paul H. Stevenson 



8 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Publications Services, Angela Caudill 

(Interim) 
Public Safety and Parking Management, 

Robert E. Roberts 
Purchasing & Inventory Management, 

Douglas D. Knorr 
Radio and Television Services, 

Susan E. Davis 
Regional Research Institute, 

Andrew M. Isserman 

Research Facilities Office, James R. Shaub 
Small Business Institute, Cindy Martinec 
Sponsored Programs, William W. Reeves 
Student Activities and Educational 
Programming, David H. Taylor 
Telecommunications and Network 

Services, Floyd R. Crosby, Jr. 
Transportation and Mail Service, 

Robert J. Bates 
Undergraduate Academic Services Center, 

Nicholas Evans 
UACDD, Ashok Dey 
University Honors Program and Governor's 

School for Science and Math, 

William E. Collins 
WV Network, Henry Blosser 



Chaired and Distinguished 
Professors 

Daniel Banks, M.D., N. LeRoy Lapp 

Professor of Pulmonary and Critical Care 

Medicine 
Shawn Chillag, M.D., Warren Point Chair 

of Internal Medicine 
Franklin D. Cleckley, Arthur B. Hodges 

Professor of Law 
Patrick Conner, Eberly College of Arts and 

Sciences Centennial Professor of English 
Echol "Bud" E. Cook, George Berry Chair 

of Engineering 
Bernard R. Cooper, C.W. Benedum 

Professor of Physics 
Naresh Dalai, Eberly College of Arts and 

Sciences Centennial Professor of 

Chemistry 
Charles R. DiSalvo, Woodrow A. Potesta 

Professor of Law 
Georg Eifert, Eberly Professor of Clinical 

Psychology 
William W. Fleming, Mylan Chair of 

Pharmacology 



Gabor B. Fodor, Centennial Professor of 

Chemistry, Emeritus 
Ruel E. Foster, C.W. Benedum Professor 

of English, Emeritus 
Mathis Frick, Orlando Gabriele Chair of 

Radiology 
Frank Gagliano, C.W. Benedum 

Professor of Theatre 
Mark Gibson, M.D., OB/GYN, Margaret 

Sanger Chair of Family Planning and 

Reproductive Physiology 
Rakesh K. Gupta, GE Plastics Professor 

of Materials Engineering 
Robert Hoeldtke, Charles E. Compton 

Chair of Nutrition 
Ronald L. Klein, Power Professor of 

Electrical and Computer Engineering 
Davied Kreulen, Edward J. Van Liere 

Professor of Physiology 
Kennon Lattal, Eberly College of Arts and 

Sciences Centennial Professor of 

Psychology 
Ronald Lewis, Eberly Professor of 

American History 
Donald E. Lively, William J. Maier, Jr., 

Visiting Chair of Law 
Robert Moss Markley, Jackson Chair of 

English 
Robert S. Maust, Louis F. Tanner 

Professor of Public Accounting 
Brian McHale, Eberly Professor of 

American Literature 
Thomas P. Meloy, C.W. Benedum 

Professor of Mineral Processing 
William H. Miernyk, C.W. Benedum 

Professor of Economics, Emeritus. 
Syd S. Peng, Charles T. Holland Professor 

of Mining Engineering 
Hayne W. Reese, Centennial Professor of 

Psychology 
Mohindar Seehra, Eberly Professor of 

Physics (Materials Science) 
Kenneth Showalter, Eberly Professor of 

Chemistry 



Chaired and Distinguished Professors 9 



WVU Degree Programs 
College of Agriculture and Forestry 

Agricultural and Resource Economics M.S. 

Agricultural Education B.S.Agr M.S. 

Agricultural Sciences Ph.D. 

Agriculture M.Agr. 

Animal and Veterinary Sciences B.S., B.S.Agr. ... M.S. 

Family Resources B.S.Fam.Res. ... M.S. 

Forest Resources Management B.S.F. 

Forest Resource Science Ph.D. 

Forestry M.S.F. 

Landscape Architecture B.S.L.A. 

Natural Resource Economics Ph.D. 

Plant and Soil Sciences B.S.Agr M.S. 

Recreation and Parks Management B.S.R M.S. 

Resource Management B.S., B.S.Agr. 

Wildlife and Fisheries Resources B.S M.S. 

Wood Industries B.S.F. 

Eberly College of Arts and Sciences 

Biology B.A 

Chemistry B.A., B.S. ... 

Communication Studies B.A 

Computer Science B.S 

Economics B.A. 

English B.A 

Foreign Languages B.A 

Geography B.A 

Geology B.A., B.S. ... 

History B.A 

Interdepartmental Studies B.A. 

Liberal Studies M.A.L.S. 

Mathematics B.A M.S Ph.D. 

Philosophy B.A. 

Physics B.A., B.S M.S Ph.D. 

Political Science B.A M.A Ph.D. 

Psychology B.A M.A Ph.D. 

Public Administration M.P.A. 

Sociology and Anthropology B.A M.A. 

Statistics B.S M.S. 

Board of Regents Bachelor of Arts Degree 

Board of Regents B.A. 

College of Business and Economics 

Accounting B.S.B.Ad. 

Business Management B.S.B.Ad. 

Economics B.S M.A Ph.D. 

Finance B.S.B.Ad. 

Industrial Relations M.S. 

Marketing B.S.B.Ad. 

Professional Accountancy M.P.A. 



M.S 


Ph.D 


M.S 


Ph.D 


M.A. 




M.S 


Ph.D 


M.A 


Ph.D 


M.A. 




M.A. 




M.S 


Ph.D 


M.A 


Ph.D 



1 WVU Graduate Catalog 



College of Creative Arts 

Art M.A. 

Music B.M M.M D.M.A. 

: Ph.D. 

Theatre B.F.A M.F.A. 

Visual Art B.F.A M.F.A. 

School of Dentistry 

Dental Hygiene B.S M.S. 

Dentistry Specialties D.D.S. 

Dental M.S. 

College of Engineering and Mineral Resources 

Engineering M.S.E Ph.D. 

Aerospace Engineering B.S.A.E M.S.A.E. 

Chemical Engineering B.S.Ch.E M.S.Ch.E. 

Civil Engineering B.S.C.E M.S.C.E. 

Computer Engineering B.S.Cp.E. 

Electrical Engineering B.S.E.E M.S.E.E. 

Engineering of Mines B.S.E.M M.S.E.M. 

Industrial Engineering B.S.I. E M.S. I.E. 

Mechanical Engineering B.S.M.E M.S.M.E. 

Mineral Engineering Ph.D. 

Occupational Hygiene and Occupational Safety M.S. 

Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering .. B.S.PNGE M.S. PNGE. 

Safety and Environmental Management ... M.S. 

College of Human Resources and Education 

Education Ed.D. 

Counseling M.A. 

Education Administration M.A. 

Educational Psychology M.A. 

Elementary Education B.S. E.Ed M.A. 

Reading M.A. 

Rehabilitation Counseling M.S. 

Secondary Education B.S. S.Ed M.A. 

Special Education M.A. 

Speech Pathology and Audiology B.S M.S. 

Technology Education M.A. 

Interdisciplinary Studies 

Genetics and Developmental Biology M.S Ph.D. 

Liberal Studies M.A.L.S. 

Reproductive Physiology M.S Ph.D. 

Perley Isaac Reed School of Journalism 

Journalism B.S.J M.S.J. 

College of Law 

Law J.D. 



Degree Programs 1 1 



School of Medicine 

Anatomy M.S Ph.D. 

Biochemistry (Medical) M.S Ph.D. 

Community Health Promotion M.S. 

Exercise Physiology B.S M.S. 

Medical Technology B.S M.S. 

Medicine M.D. 

Microbiology and Immunology M.S Ph.D. 

Occupational Therapy M.S. 

Pharmacology and Toxicology M.S Ph.D. 

Physical Therapy B.S. 

Physiology (Medical) M.S Ph.D. 

Public Health M.P.H. 

School of Nursing 

Nursing B.S.N M.S.N. 

School of Pharmacy 

Pharmaceutical Sciences M.S Ph.D. 

Pharmacy B.S.Pharm Pharm. D. 

School of Physical Education 

Physical Education B.S. P.Ed M.S Ed.D. 

Sport Studies B.S. P.Ed. 

School of Social Work 

Social Work B.S.W M.S.W. 



1 2 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Part 2 Graduate Education at West Virginia University 

The origin of graduate education can be traced to the medieval universities of Eu- 
rope; the goal for graduate study has remained unchanged over the intervening centu- 
ries. A student undertakes such study in order to gain a deeper knowledge in a particular 
academic discipline and to become able to demonstrate to the faculty and practitioners 
in the field the attained mastery of knowledge. Consequently, graduate study cannot be 
defined primarily in terms of semester hours of course work beyond the baccalaureate, 
even though minimum course work requirements are commonly specified for graduate 
degrees. Minimum requirements set the lower limit for an integrated plan of study. 

Graduate students are expected to become participating members of the University 
community and are encouraged to attend the lectures presented by visiting scholars, to 
listen to academic discussions of their faculty, to serve on departmental committees, and 
to study with their fellow graduate students. The purpose of residency requirements is to 
promote such participation in the academic affairs of the university. 

Seminars 

Graduate students enrolled in a graduate program within West Virginia University 
are expected to participate in a seminar course throughout their graduate career. De- 
pending on the objectives set by a particular graduate program, seminars may: 

• Provide an opportunity for the student to be exposed to a variety of topics. 

• Give the student insight into the methods by which to communicate the signifi- 
cance of their research. 

• Allow the student to hear outside speakers, or 

• Engender discussion with faculty concerning research and the development of 
research methodology. 

Minimum Admission Standards 

At WVU, the minimum standards for admission to graduate study are set by the 
University Graduate Council. Beyond this point, however, faculty members in a given 
graduate program have complete control over who is to be admitted to undertake gradu- 
ate study under their supervision; and ultimately it is they who certify which students 
have demonstrated sufficient mastery of the discipline to qualify for a graduate degree. 
While a student may be admitted for the purpose of enrolling in advanced course work, 
only the program faculty may grant permission for the pursuit of a degree. Likewise, a 
student will not be recommended for a degree until the graduate faculty of a program has 
indicated in writing that the student has gained the desired knowledge. 

Policies 

The graduate catalog sets forth the policies and rules for graduate education. It is 
essential that all students beginning study at the graduate level become familiar with 
regulations for graduate study in general as well as with the requirements of their own 
programs — both of which are detailed in this catalog. Each student should request a gradu- 
ate catalog when beginning graduate study and become conversant with its contents. 

Academic Common Market 

West Virginia provides its residents the opportunity, through the Academic Common 
Market (ACM) and through contract programs, to pursue numerous academic programs 
not available within the state. Both programs permit West Virginians to enter out-of-state 
institutions at reduced tuition rates. Contract programs have been established for study 
in optometry, podiatry, and veterinary medicine. ACM programs are restricted to West 
Virginia residents who have been accepted for admission to one of the specific programs 

Graduate Education 1 3 



at designated out-of-state institutions. Through reciprocal agreement, WVU allows resi- 
dents of states within the ACM to enroll in graduate and undergraduate programs on a 
resident tuition basis. 

Further information may be obtained through the Associate Provost for Curriculum 
and Instruction, Stewart Hall, West Virginia University, P.O. Box 6203, Morgantown, WV 
26506-6203; or by calling (304) 293-2661 . Application must be made through the higher 
education authority of the state of residence. For West Virginia residents, this authority is 
the University of West Virginia Board of Trustees, 950 Kanawha Boulevard East, Charles- 
ton, WV 25301. 

Organization of Graduate Education 

West Virginia University, which is both the comprehensive and land-grant university 
in the West Virginia system of higher education, offers graduate work leading to 78 master's 
degrees and 32 doctoral degrees. The graduate programs are administered by 14 schools 
and colleges of the University and by some inter-unit committees. 

Office of Graduate Education 

The director of the Office of Graduate Education oversees the policies governing 
graduate education, monitors the quality of graduate programs, and sets goals for en- 
hancing graduate education at West Virginia University. The director of graduate educa- 
tion reports to the associate provost for curriculum and instruction. The associate pro- 
vost for curriculum and instruction derives his authority from the provost and vice presi- 
dent for academic affairs and works closely with the vice president for Health Sciences. 

Graduate Council 

The University Graduate Council consists of twelve elected faculty representatives 
from the schools and colleges offering graduate programs and five ex-officio nonvoting 
members representing the provost, the director of graduate education, the vice president 
for health sciences, the senate executive committee, and the graduate and professional 
student association. The council derives its authority from the faculty and from the pro- 
vost and vice president for academic affairs and research. This body formulates, re- 
views, and recommends University-wide graduate education policies. The council re- 
views proposals for new graduate programs, evaluates major revisions in graduate cur- 
ricula, coordinates periodic program reviews, establishes the University criteria for gradu- 
ate faculty membership, and considers such other matters affecting graduate education 
as are brought to the council by an administrative officer of the University, a graduate 
faculty member, or a graduate student. The duties of the University Graduate Council 
include responsibility for graduate programs both on- and off-campus. 

Schools and Colleges 

Schools and colleges manage most of the day-to-day operation of graduate educa- 
tion. They determine the level of participation by individual faculty members, they specify 
requirements for programs under their jurisdiction, and they certify students for graduation. 

Graduate Faculty 

Members of the graduate faculty continue to play the most important role in gradu- 
ate education. They are responsible for program content, they serve on graduate stu- 
dent committees, and they assure the quality of preparation of the University's graduates. 
Regular Membership 

• Regular members may chair students' committees or direct master's and doctoral 
research, theses, and dissertations. 

1 4 WVU Graduate Catalog 



• Regular members must hold appointments in tenure track positions. 

• Regular members must hold either a terminal degree or have demonstrated equiva- 
lent scholarly or creative achievement as defined by their school or college. The defini- 
tion of equivalent credentials must include, as a minimum, the attainment of the rank of 
associate professor. 

• Regular members must present evidence of continuing scholarly, research, or cre- 
ative activity. 

Schools and colleges set and publish quantitative and qualitative criteria regarding 
scholarly activity. These criteria are to be applied for the appointment as well as continu- 
ation of graduate faculty membership. These initial criteria and any subsequent amend- 
ments or changes are subject to approval of the University Graduate Council and usually 
include many of the following: publication in major peer review journals, publication of 
books and book chapters, invited and/or competitively-selected presentations of schol- 
arly work at national and international meetings, and/or presentations and performance 
of artistic work at professionally-recognized affairs. 

Associate Membership 

Associate members may perform the same function as regular members with the 
exception of chairing students' committees or directing master's theses and doctoral 
dissertations (or equivalent). It is the prerogative of the schools and colleges to establish 
and publish their own criteria for associate membership. These initial criteria and any 
subsequent amendments or changes are subject to approval of the University Graduate 
Council and should include one or more of the following requirements: research activity, 
scholarly publications, artistic performances or presentations, teaching experience, and 
service on previous committees. 

Exceptions 

The following individuals must meet the same criteria (regular or associate) for re- 
view, approval, and continuation as graduate faculty: 

• Visiting professors may be appointed as members of the graduate faculty for the 
term of their appointments but cannot chair committees. 

• Faculty holding non-tenure track appointments may be considered for graduate 
faculty membership. 

• Emeritus faculty members may remain on the graduate faculty, subject to review. 

• Off-campus professionals willing to participate in graduate education may be ac- 
ceptable as graduate faculty but may not chair student committees (exceptions may be 
approved by the director of graduate education). 

• Individuals holding faculty appointments in institutions participating in cooperative 
doctoral programs may be considered graduate faculty, subject to school or college review. 

Degree Candidates 

Normally, no candidate for a degree at WVU may be a regular or associate member 
of the graduate faculty. Individuals seeking exceptions to this policy must submit a peti- 
tion to the director of graduate education. 

Evaluation of Graduate Faculty 

Individuals interested in appointment to the graduate faculty must request their evalu- 
ation for initial membership. Associate members interested in reclassification as regular 
members must request evaluation. Faculty seeking graduate faculty status must first be 
evaluated by the school or college in which they hold their primary faculty appointment. 
If a faculty member holds a secondary appointment in another school or college or wishes 



Graduate Education 1 5 



to have graduate faculty status in a second school or college, this is permissible; how- 
ever, faculty may not be designated a regular graduate faculty member in any school or 
college if such a status is not held in the primary school or college. 

Time Schedule 

Schools and colleges should establish an appropriate time schedule for evaluating 
faculty for initial appointment to the graduate faculty and for upgrading graduate faculty 
status. All graduate faculty are reviewed annually. The annual review is intended to as- 
sist graduate faculty members in gauging their continued progress in scholarship, re- 
search, or creative activity. The review process for graduate faculty membership should 
coincide with the annual review process of all faculty. Schools and colleges determine 
the appropriate mechanisms by which faculty are reviewed (School or College Graduate 
Council, Promotion and Tenure Committee, etc.). The results are placed in the individual's 
personnel file. 

Continuance 

Once every three years, the graduate faculty review of individuals must be accom- 
panied by a decision to continue or discontinue their current level of membership. 

A faculty member whose graduate faculty membership is discontinued or changed from 
regular to associate status will be permitted to complete current responsibilities but may 
only assume additional responsibilities which are consistent with the new status. 

Appeals 

Appeals regarding graduate faculty membership classification shall be handled 
through grievance procedures identified in Policy Bulletin 36. Exception to any of the 
above must be approved by the University Graduate Council. 

Faculty Pursuing Advanced Degrees 

No faculty member holding instructor or professorial rank in a program unit (depart- 
ment, division, interdisciplinary committee, etc.) may be admitted to a graduate degree 
program offered through that unit. Only those people with a rank of teaching fellow, lec- 
turer, etc. can simultaneously pursue a degree in their own unit. Faculty holding instruc- 
tor or professorial rank may be admitted to a graduate degree program in another pro- 
gram unit. 

Application 

Graduate study at WVU can be compared to a contractual arrangement between 
the student and the graduate faculty of the University. The student's rights, privileges, 
obligations, and responsibilities are contained in the graduate catalog, the plan of study, 
and, if research is one of the degree program requirements, the prospectus. Although 
not contracts in the formal legal sense, they are agreements between the University and 
a student for the accomplishment of planned educational goals. 

The WVU Graduate Catalog, in effect when a student begins work toward an ad- 
vanced degree, constitutes the agreement between the student and West Virginia Uni- 
versity. If there are major changes in the catalog during the course of a student's studies, 
a student, with the approval of his/her advisor, may agree to meet the conditions of the 
graduate catalog of a later year. An agreement to change to a later catalog is an agree- 
ment to meet all the conditions of the later edition. Students must abide by catalog 
changes if the changes were promulgated by the Board of Trustees or local, state, or 
federal law. 



1 6 WVU Graduate Catalog 



GRE/GMAT 

Many programs at WVU require graduate record examination (GRE or GMAT) scores 
from all applicants, but in no program is an examination score the sole criterion for ad- 
mission. Some programs require both the general and the appropriate advanced tests 
before considering an applicant for admission. Other programs require different tests, 
such as the Miller Analogies. Specific admission requirements are found in the program 
sections of this catalog. Students should take the tests required for their prospective 
graduate majors before enrollment in graduate studies. If GRE or GMAT tests are re- 
quired, the applicant should request the Educational Testing Service to forward scores to 
the WVU Office of Admissions and Records. 

Applications to take the GRE or GMAT must be mailed to the Educational Testing 
Service, Princeton, NJ 08540. Information about the Miller Analogies Test may be ob- 
tained from the psychology department or the counseling service of the applicant's un- 
dergraduate institution. At WVU, call the Student Counseling Service at 293-4431 . 

Initial Inquiry 

Prospective graduate students are urged to apply for admission as early as pos- 
sible. The first inquiry from a person interested in a degree program should request 
information from the department, division, school, or college offering the program. The 
reply to such an inquiry will include instructions for applying to the particular program. 

Forms/Fees 

In all cases, application for admission to graduate study must be made on standard 
forms provided by the Office of Admissions and Records. The completed form may be 
returned to the Office of Admissions and Records and must be accompanied by payment 
of a nonrefundable special service fee. 

Transcripts 

Applicants must at the same time arrange for an official transcript to be sent directly 
to the Office of Admissions and Records by the registrar or records office of the previous 
colleges and universities attended by the applicant. Transcripts should be requested 
from all institutions attended in the course of undergraduate or graduate study. Tran- 
scripts received by the Office of Admissions and Records become the property of WVU. 
No one is admitted to graduate study who does not hold a baccalaureate degree. 

Admission 

If an applicant meets the minimum admission requirements of WVU, a copy of the 
application is forwarded to the faculty of the program of interest. Any graduate degree 
program is permitted to set admission requirements beyond the minimum admission 
standards of the University. No one can pursue an advanced degree at WVU unless 
admitted to the appropriate degree program. A student who wishes to take courses after 
completing a degree must submit a new application and pay the nonrefundable service 
fee. 

Non-degree Applicants 

Students not wishing to pursue an advanced degree may apply for admission as 
non-degree graduate students. Applicants must complete the standard application form, 
pay the nonrefundable special service fee, state the area of intended study, and present 
evidence of a baccalaureate degree. 



Application 1 7 



Second Review 

Any applicant who is refused admission may have his or her application reviewed 
again within a year instead of submitting a new application form and fee. Any applicant 
who fails to enroll within a year after acceptance must reapply in the regular manner for 
consideration for a subsequent year. 

Reapplication 

When students graduate or complete the program for which they applied, they 
must reapply and be readmitted before taking further course work at WVU.This policy 
assures that the University is informed of students' objectives and assigns them an 
appropriate advisor. Students are assessed the service fee for each new application. 

Continuance 

Master's degree students are permitted to continue in a program for a maximum of 
eight years under their original application. Students who have not been active stu- 
dents for two years must reapply and be readmitted. The application fee is assessed. 

Concurrent or Additional Master's Degree 

University policy permits students to obtain more than one master's degree. In these 
cases, a separate application is required for each program. Each application must be 
accompanied by payment of a nonrefundable special service fee. 

A student desiring to obtain more than one master's degree must successfully com- 
plete sufficient additional credit hours to constitute 75 percent of the credit hours re- 
quired by the additional master's degree program. An individual graduate unit may re- 
quire a higher percentage of credit to be earned under its direction. 

Reactivation Application 

Degree students who have been inactive for two or more years are not eligible to 
reactivate but must reapply for admission. 

International Students 

West Virginia University is authorized under federal law to enroll nonimmigrant for- 
eign nationals as students. International students wishing to enroll for graduate work at 
WVU must comply with the stated academic requirements for admission and with certain 
additional academic and nonacademic requirements. 

Letter of Inquiry 

International applicants should forward a letter of inquiry one year before they 
intend to begin study in the United States. The University receives a large number of 
applications from international students. For this reason and because of the time re- 
quired for the student to make visa and financial arrangements, April 1 has been estab- 
lished as a deadline after which applications cannot be processed for fall admission. 
International students applying for admission to West Virginia University must submit 
the following: 

• A completed international student admission application. 
•The mandatory application fee. 

•The official results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). TOEFL 
results must be sent directly to WVU by the Educational Testing Service (ETS). 

• Original or certified copies of the applicant's official academic record in the origi- 
nal language of issue. Applicants who have studied in the United States are required to 
have the institutions send an official transcript directly to WVU; 

1 8 WVU Graduate Catalog 



• Original or certified copy of official certification of degree in the original language 
of issue. 

• Official English translations of the applicant's academic record and certification of 
degree. 

All of the items listed above should be sent to the Office of Admissions and Records, 
West Virginia University, P.O. Box 6009, Morgantown, West Virginia 26506-6009. All 
material must be received by the application deadline. All application materials should 
be submitted at one time if possible; TOEFL scores and official transcripts from institu- 
tions within the United States should be requested so that these materials arrive at 
WVU at about the same date as the other application materials. Incomplete applica- 
tions can not be guaranteed consideration for the desired semester. Applicants are 
encouraged to contact the academic program of interest for information about require- 
ments other than those listed above. 

Financial Documents/Student Visa 

International students requiring a form 1-20 or IAP-66 for student or exchange visa 
must provide certification of adequate financial resources. Generally, the student must 
provide an official bank statement showing the availability of the appropriate funds. If a 
private sponsor will be the student's source of support, the sponsor must submit a letter 
showing intent to sponsor and an official bank statement showing the availability of the 
appropriate funds. Other forms of support could include sponsorship certifications from 
the student's government or other sponsoring agency. In all cases, original or certified 
copies of financial/sponsorship documents must be submitted before the 1-20 or IAP- 
66 can be issued. 

English Prof iciency/TOEFL Scores 

All applicants whose first language is not English must provide proof of English 
language proficiency. West Virginia University uses the Test of English as a Foreign 
Language (TOEFL) as the measure of English language proficiency. A score of 550 on 
the TOEFL is the minimum required of all such applicants. Applicants must make ar- 
rangements to take the TOEFL well in advance of the desired date of enrollment at 
WVU. Information about registration for the TOEFL can be obtained by writing to the 
Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box 6154, Princeton, NJ 08541-6154, USA, or by 
contacting the local office of the United States Information Service (USIS). 

Applicants who have received a high school diploma or a bachelor's degree in the 
United States need not submit TOEFL results. 

Intensive English Program 

In some cases, it may be possible to consider applications for students who lack 
adequate TOEFL scores and will enroll in the West Virginia University Intensive En- 
glish Program. Such applicants must contact the intensive English program directly 
and notify the Office of Admissions and Records of their intentions. Applicants for gradu- 
ate programs should also notify the academic department of interest of their intentions. 
Admission to the intensive English program does not guarantee admission to the Uni- 
versity or to a specific program of study, inquiries about the intensive English program 
should be directed to the Intensive English Program, Department of Foreign Languages, 
West Virginia University, P.O. Box 6298, Morgantown, WV 26506-6298. 

Official Documents 

West Virginia University requires the submission of original academic documents 
or certified copies of the original academic documents from institutions located outside 
of the United States. The required documents include the official academic record (showing 

International Students 1 9 



course titles, dates courses were taken, and grades received) and diplomas or certifi- 
cates showing the degree awarded. These documents must be in the original language 
of issue. Official English translations must be provided with the official academic creden- 
tials in the original language. Any translation of a document must be a literal, word-for- 
word translation and must indicate actual grades received, not an interpretation of the 
grades. 

Academic Records 

Applicants for graduate programs must submit academic records from all post-sec- 
ondary education. In some cases, it may be necessary for graduate applicants to submit 
records from secondary school. 

Documents received by West Virginia University can not be returned to the appli- 
cant. It is therefore recommended that students who have only their original academic 
documents submit certified copies of their credentials with their application. 

Applicants who are currently enrolled in an institution and who can not submit the 
final academic record and certification of degree may be granted admission if the incom- 
plete record indicates that the applicant will unquestionably meet WVU admission stan- 
dards. Final admission, however, can not be approved until the complete academic record 
and certification of degree have been received and evaluated by the Office of Admis- 
sions and Records. 

Transferring Within USA 

International students applying to transfer from schools within the United States are 
not permitted to register at WVU until they have complied with all transfer procedures as 
required by the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS). 

Upon arrival on the campus, the student must be prepared to present the 1-20 or IAP 
66 to the international student advisor for formal processing. No student should move 
to Morgantown without having received an assurance of admission and immigra- 
tion documents from WVU. 

Transfer Procedures 

A student wishing to transfer to WVU from another institution should follow the same 
application procedures as those outlined for other new students. 

A student wishing to apply credit earned at another institution of higher education to 
a master's degree at WVU must obtain a transfer of graduate credit form from the Office 
of Admissions and Records. This form requires the signature of the student's unit chair- 
person or designee. The student must also have an official transcript from the other 
institution sent to the Office of Admissions and Records. Only credit earned at institu- 
tions accredited (e.g., North Central accreditation) at the graduate level may be trans- 
ferred. Non-degree graduate students are not permitted to transfer credit to WVU from 
another institution. 

Credit Hours 

A maximum of 12 semester hours from other institutions may be transferred for 
credit at WVU in master's degree programs requiring 30 to 41 semester hours. Eighteen 
semester hours can be accepted for master's degree programs requiring 42 or more 
semester hours. Individual graduate programs may accept fewer credit hours. Permis- 
sion forms to apply for transfer credit must be obtained from and returned to the Office of 
Admissions and Records. It is strongly recommended that students have transfer credit 
approved prior to enrolling in course work. 



20 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Transfer to Another Program 

A student may initiate a transfer to another program by contacting the dean's office 
of the school or college where enrolled. Following the student's request, the dean's office 
will send the student's record to the school or college that the student wishes to enter. 
The school or college receiving the record is required to acknowledge receipt of the 
record and notify the Office of Admissions and Records of the status of the student's 
application within 30 days. If a student is accepted by the new school or college, the 
school or college retains the student's record and notifies the student of acceptance. If a 
student is rejected, he or she is notified of such action, and the student's record is re- 
turned to the original school or college. The Office of Admissions and Records is respon- 
sible for updating students' records to reflect new majors and new advisors. 

Internal Credit Transfers 

When a student transfers from one unit or program to another unit or program within 
the University, the faculty of the new unit determines if any credit earned under the guid- 
ance of the prior unit may be applied to a degree, certificate, or other educational offering 
of the new unit. 

Programs may establish admission requirements in addition to those set by the 
University Graduate Council, such as a higher grade-point average, the submission of 
scores on standardized tests, and the receipt of letters of recommendation. 

Admission to Graduate Study 
Classifications 

Regular graduate students are degree-seeking students who meet all the criteria 
for regular admission to a program of their choice. The student must possess a bacca- 
laureate degree from a college or university, must have at least a grade-point average of 
2.75 on a 4.0 scale, have met all the criteria established by the degree program, and be 
under no requirements to make up deficiencies. 

A student may be admitted as provisional by any unit when the student pos- 
sesses a baccalaureate degree but clearly does not meet the criteria for regular 
admission. The student may have incomplete credentials, deficiencies to make up, or 
may have an undergraduate scholastic record which shows promise, but less than the 
2.75 grade-point average required for regular admission. 

A non-degree student is a student not admitted to a program. Admission as a non- 
degree student does not guarantee admission to any course or program. The reasons 
for non-degree admission may be late application, incomplete credentials, scholarship 
deficiencies, or lack of a degree objective. Even though a non-degree student has not 
been admitted to a graduate program, a unit may allow a non-degree student to enroll in 
its courses. To be admitted as a non-degree student, a student must only present evi- 
dence of a baccalaureate degree and a 2.50 grade-point average, but the student must 
obtain a 2.50 grade-point average on the first 1 2 credit hours of course work and main- 
tain this average as long as enrolled. To be eligible to enter a degree program, the 
student must maintain a minimum of a 2.75 grade-point average on all course work 
taken since admission as a graduate student. 

The standards cited are the minimum standards established by the University. Indi- 
vidual academic units or graduate programs may establish higher standards. 

Academic Standards 

The minimum academic standards for the different classifications are: To be in good 
standing, regular students must obtain a 2.75 grade-point average in the first 12 
hours of graduate study and maintain this average throughout the time they are 



Admission 21 



enrolled in graduate work. A student failing to achieve this standard will be placed on 
probation and must achieve a cumulative grade-point average of 2.75 by the end of the 
next enrollment at West Virginia University. In the case of a part-time graduate student, a 
2.75 cumulative grade-point average must be obtained in the next nine hours of gradu- 
ate study. A student who cannot attain the required average will be suspended. 

A provisional student has been admitted to the University with one or more deficien- 
cies. Consequently, by completion of the 1 8th credit hour, the student must meet the 
provisions stated in the letter of admission and attain a minimum grade-point average of 
2.75. A student who fails to meet the provisions of admission or who fails to achieve the 
required grade-point average will be suspended. Students who meet the provisions of 
admission and the required grade-point average will be reclassified as regular students, 
and the regulations governing good standing for regular students will apply. 

To be in good standing, a non-degree student must obtain a 2.50 grade-point aver- 
age in the first 1 2 hours of graduate study and maintain this average throughout the time 
enrolled in graduate work. A student failing to achieve this standard will be placed on 
probation and must achieve a cumulative grade-point average of 2.50 by the end of the 
next enrollment (or nine credit hours for part-time students) at West Virginia University. 
Students who cannot attain the required average will be suspended. A non-degree stu- 
dent who later wishes to apply for admission to a degree program must have achieved a 
minimum grade-point average of 2.75 on all course work taken since admission as a 
graduate student in order to be considered. 

Enrollment Regulations of Non-degree Students 

Non-degree students may enroll in any course in the University for which they have 
the prerequisites and permission from the academic unit. Some departments that cannot 
accommodate non-degree students may restrict enrollments to majors only or require 
permits. These students are normally adults taking classes for enrichment purposes, 
public school teachers taking classes for certification renewal, or students taking classes 
as prerequisites for admission to degree programs. Since these students have not made 
a commitment to a degree program, are not subject to time limits, and may enroll on an 
irregular basis, the University policies concerning active/inactive status are more liberal 
than those for degree students. 

A non-degree graduate student may accumulate unlimited graduate credit hours, 
but if the student is later admitted to a degree program, the faculty of that program will 
decide whether or not any credit earned as a non-degree student may be applied to the 
degree. Under no circumstances may a non-degree student apply more than 1 2 hours of 
previously earned credit toward a degree. 

Advising of Non-degree Students 

Each dean establishes a mechanism to advise non-degree graduate students who 
intend to take the majority of their course work in the dean's school or college. The 
mechanism may be the designation of a faculty member to advise non-degree students 
or the assignment of non-degree students to an advising office or center. Non-degree 
students who express an interest in programs in two colleges may be assigned to either 
by the Office of Admissions and Records. It is expected that the assigned advisor will 
consult the other unit for information when it is needed to assist the student. Students 
who are truly undecided on a major or who plan to take courses in several schools or 
colleges for enrichment may be assigned to the Office of the Graduate Education. The 
number of students assigned in this manner will be quite small, and a program advisor 
will be assigned when a student designates a specific interest. 



22 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Previous Graduate Study 

The same three admission classifications (regular, provisional, non-degree) apply to 
those applicants who have undertaken previous graduate study. In general, the cumula- 
tive grade-point average regulations apply to any transfer student who has not com- 
pleted a graduate degree. However, an applicant having received a master's degree 
from an accredited college or university may be admitted to whatever category is deemed 
most appropriate by the faculty of the program of interest. 

Reclassification of Provisional Students 

The provisions of a student's provisional status are specified by the graduate de- 
partment or program. To be reclassified as a regular student, a student must meet the 
provisions stated in the letter of admission and achieve a minimum grade-point average 
of 2.75 on all course work taken during the provisional period. Individual degree pro- 
grams may set higher grade-point average requirements. 

No later than the completion of the 1 8th credit hour, a unit must review the student's 
record and make a final decision on the student's admission. A student who has met the 
provisions of admission and achieved the required grade-point average will be reclassi- 
fied as a regular student. A student who fails to meet the provisions of admission or who 
fails to achieve the required grade-point average will be suspended, but may be rein- 
stated in order to transfer to another program or to non-degree status. The academic unit 
must notify the student and the Office of Admissions and Records of its decision. 

Upon notification by the appropriate academic unit, the Office of Admissions and 
Records will prohibit the registration of all provisional graduate students who have reached 
the maximum of 18 credit hours. Registration will not be permitted until the student is 
reclassified as a regular student, an exception is granted by an academic dean, or the 
student is transferred. A student may be admitted as a provisional graduate student 
more than one time, but not by the same graduate program. 

All credit hours taken since admission as a provisional graduate student or to be 
applied to a degree count in the 18 credit-hour limit, i.e., undergraduate or graduate 
credit, P/F, S/U, graded courses, credit by senior petition, and transfer credit. 

Other Reclassifications 

Regular and provisional students may become non-degree students by choice. This 
includes students who fail to meet admission or academic standards or who withdraw 
voluntarily. To change a student to non-degree status, the advisor must process a Graduate 
Studies Transfer/Status form through the school or college dean's office. 

Non-degree students who later wish to become degree students must present all 
the credentials required by the degree program. This requires the processing of a Gradu- 
ate Studies Transfer/Status form by the student's advisor through the Office of Admis- 
sions and Records. For admission to a degree program, a non-degree student must 
have achieved a minimum grade-point average of 2.75 on all course work taken since 
admission as a graduate student. 

Enrollment and Registration 

Credit Limitations 

Credit toward a graduate degree may be obtained only for courses listed in the 
graduate catalog and numbered 200-499. No more than 40 percent of course credits 
counted toward meeting requirements of any graduate degree may be at the 200 level. 

No residence credit is allowed for special field assignments or other work taken off the 
WVU campus without prior approval. Graduate credit is obtained only for courses in 
which the grade earned is A, B, C, or S. No course in which the grade earned is D, R F, 
or U can be counted toward a graduate degree. 

Enrollment and Registration 23 



Credit Overloads 

Graduate students are strongly recommended by their advisors to limit their credit 
loads in proportion to the outside service rendered and the time available for graduate 
study. In general, persons in full-time service to the University or other employer are 
advised to enroll for no more than six hours of work in any one semester; those in half- 
time service are advised to enroll for no more than 1 2 hours. Recommended credit loads 
may be less for employed graduate students in some academic colleges, schools, and 
departments. 

It is recommended that a student enroll for no more than 15 hours of graduate 
courses in any one semester and no more than 12 hours in the total of the two summer 
enrollment periods. Credit overloads may be approved for students by their advisors. 
Some school or college dean's offices may also choose to monitor overloads in their 
academic units. 

Degree Progress 

Students seeking master's or doctoral degrees (as determined by the student's 
application and letter of admission) are expected to enroll regularly and make steady 
progress toward their degree objectives. Students who have not taken at least one course 
during a period of seven terms (including summer sessions) for this period of time are 
deleted from active status and must reactivate their records and pay the reactivation fee. 
Once inactive, students may not register for classes until this fee is paid. Master's de- 
gree students are permitted to continue in a program for a maximum of eight years under 
their original application. Students who have not been active for this period of time 
must reapply and be readmitted. The application fee is assessed. 

Current Information 

The University must have current information (name, address, telephone number, 
major, and advisor) about students enrolling for classes in order to communicate with 
students and maintain permanent records. In addition, when individuals do not enroll in 
classes for substantial periods of time, it is costly and time consuming to continue to 
maintain their records on active status. For these reasons, the Office of Admissions and 
Records periodically deletes degree and non-degree student records from active status. 
Students who return after this deletion must reactivate their records and pay the program 
reactivation fee. 

Advising 

Each academic unit through which graduate degree programs are administered has 
one or more graduate advisors, and every graduate student is assigned an advisor at the 
time of admission or shortly thereafter. The advisor and student should meet before the 
first enrollment to begin formulation of a plan of study. 

Plan of Study 

Shortly after entrance into a degree program and usually before nine to twelve 
hours of graduate course work have been completed, a meeting is held among 
student, advisor, and committee (if appointed) to draw up a plan of study. Depend- 
ing on the degree sought and the field of study, the plan may also contain an outline of 
the research problem to be undertaken. Some graduate programs have the student and 
committee meet at a later date to delineate the research project more formally as a 
prospectus for the report, thesis, or dissertation. The plan of study is subject to mutual 
approval and is made a part of the student's record. It then becomes a formal agree- 
ment between student and program faculty as to the conditions which must be met for 
completion of the degree requirements. Any subsequent changes in the plan of study 

24 WVU Graduate Catalog 



(or prospectus) can be made only through mutual agreement. When the binding 
nature of these documents is fully understood, there is less likelihood that later misun- 
derstanding will arise. Thus, anyone who contemplates application for graduate work at 
WVU is urged to read the graduate catalog carefully and request clarification where 
needed. A student must be very aware of the right to express personal views in the 
drafting of the plan of study and/or research prospectus. Should disagreement arise at 
any time, the responsibility for arbitration rests with the dean of the school or college. 

Records 

Deans' offices maintain all records for monitoring student progress and for certifying 
students for graduation. Among these records are plans of study (subject to the school/ 
college dean's approval); graduate committees (subject to the school/college dean's ap- 
proval); grades; grade modifications, etc. 

Required Minimum Enrollment 

If a graduate student is using University libraries, research facilities, or consulting 
with graduate committee members, it is necessary for the student to enroll for at least 
one hour of graduate credit. In no other way can the University receive credit for its 
contribution to graduate study, attest to student status, and guarantee the protection to 
which the student is entitled. Students who take courses intermittently may be excused 
from such continuous enrollment if they are not using University facilities or consulting 
with faculty while they are not enrolled. However, students formally admitted to candi- 
dacy for graduate degrees are required to register for at least one credit hour each 
semester as a condition of their continued candidacy. By pursuing a degree at this insti- 
tution, such persons by definition are utilizing University services, facilities, and other 
resources, including faculty expertise; this situation continues in cases where students 
have completed all required course work and are working on a thesis or dissertation. 
Candidates for graduate degrees who fail to maintain continuity of enrollment can be 
dropped from candidacy. 

Extended Learning/Off-Campus Study 

West Virginia operates six regional centers located at Charleston, Clarksburg, Park- 
ersburg, Keyser, Shepherdstown, and West Liberty. Approximately 200 graduate courses 
are offered each semester at these centers. Students wishing to take off-campus courses 
for graduate credit must first be admitted as graduate students using the same proce- 
dures as for on-campus study. It is the student's responsibility to obtain from the appro- 
priate college, school, and department the specific requirements for degree candidacy. 
Selected courses and degree programs are offered at the centers, including special edu- 
cation, communication studies, safety and environmental management, business ad- 
ministration, community health promotion, counseling, public health, and social work. 
Courses in these and other fields meet public education certification requirements as 
well as personal and professional development goals. A master of science in nursing is 
available at selected sites. A doctorate with emphasis in education administration is avail- 
able in cooperation with Marshall University and the West Virginia Graduate College. 
Special courses may be offered at other locations in the state to meet specific needs. 

Graduate courses offered are approved by the appropriate department chairper- 
sons, academic deans, director of ELO, and by the associate provost for curriculum and 
instruction. Advising and scholarship standards, applicable to both on- and off-campus 
courses, are governed by the individual academic unit. 

Information about off-campus courses is available from the program unit offering the 
courses, the regional centers, and the Extended Learning Office (ELO), West Everly 
Street, P.O. Box 6800 Morgantown, WV 26506-6800. 

Extended Learning 25 



Enrollment During Final Semester 

All graduate students must enroll for at least one credit hour during the semester (or 
summer) of graduation. Graduate students who are on campus will be required to regis- 
ter by the normal registration deadlines. Graduate students who have left the campus 
will be allowed to register until the tenth week of classes in fall and spring semesters and 
the third week of Summer-ll. [Note: Quota waivers are not to be used to meet this enroll- 
ment requirement.] 

Full/Part Time 

A student is classified as full-time or part-time for any given enrollment period. A 
graduate student is classified as full-time if enrolled for nine or more hours in a semes- 
ter or six or more hours altogether in the summer. 

Auditors 

Students may enroll in courses without working for a grade or for credit by register- 
ing as auditors. Change in status from audit to credit or from credit to audit may be made 
during the registration period. Attendance requirements for auditors are determined by 
the instructor of the course being audited. It is the prerogative of the instructor to strike 
the name of any auditor from grade report forms and to instruct the Office of Admissions 
and Records to withdraw the auditor from the class, if attendance requirements are not 
met. Auditors are required to follow the same admission procedures as students taking 
the course for credit. 

Academic Rights 

Students' academic rights and responsibilities are governed by Board of Trustees' 
policies and corresponding policies, rules, and regulations developed by each of the 
institutions in the University of West Virginia system of education. The rights and respon- 
sibilities of students at West Virginia University are published each year in the WVU 
Student Handbook. Copies of the WVU Student Handbook may be obtained from the 
Office of Student Life in Elizabeth Moore Hall. 

Scholarship 

Because of their familiarity to most students, letter grades are assigned in many 
graduate courses. However, better than "average" performance is expected of gradu- 
ate students. They are enrolled for fewer credit hours than they were as undergradu- 
ates, 9 to 12 hours being the norm for a full-time graduate student, and are expected to 
spend more time on each course and achieve above average mastery of the material. A 
few grades of C may be tolerated in graduate programs if there are higher grades in 
other courses to compensate for them. Although a grade of C is considered average 
performance for an undergraduate student, it is not acceptable as the norm for 
work produced by one who is studying for an advanced degree. 

Grading Scale 

A — excellent (given only to students of superior ability and attainment) 
B — good (given only to students who are well above average, but not in the highest 
group) 

C — fair (average for undergraduate students, but substandard for graduate students) 

D — poor but passing (cannot be counted for graduate degree credit) 

F — failure 

I — incomplete 

W— withdrawal from a course before the date specified in the University Calendar. 

26 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Students may not withdraw from a course after the specified date unless they withdraw 
from the University 

WU — withdrawal from the University doing unsatisfactory work 

P — pass (cannot be counted for graduate degree credit — see below) 

X— auditor (no grade and no credit) 

S— satisfactory 

U— unsatisfactory (equivalent to D or F) 

Pass/Fail 

Pass/fail grading is not applicable to the course work for a graduate degree. A 

graduate student may register for any course (1-499) on a pass/fail basis only if the 
course involved is not included in the student's plan of study and does not count toward 
a graduate degree. The selection of a course for pass/fail grading must be made at 
registration and may not be changed after the close of the registration period. A student 
who, having taken a course on a pass/fail basis, later decides to include the course as part 
of a degree program must reregister for the course on a graded (A, B, C, D, or F) basis. 

S/U 

Courses graded S/U are approved by the associate provost for curriculum and in- 
struction. Approved requests are forwarded to the Office of Admissions and Records for 
entry into the WVU Master Course Directory. 

GPA 

The grade-point average is computed on all work for which the student has regis- 
tered while a graduate student, except for courses with grades of I, S, W, WU, P, and X, 
and is based on the following grade-point values: A = 4, B = 3, C = 2, D = 1 , F = 0, and U 
= 0. Only grades in courses numbered 200 and above are computed in a graduate 
student's grade-point average; however, if any student receives grades lower than C for 
one-half or more of any course work attempted during one enrollment period, the student 
will be suspended. 

Incompletes 

When a student receives a grade of I and later removes the incomplete grade, the 
grade-point average is recalculated on the basis of the new grade. The grade of I is given 
when the instructor believes that the course work is unavoidably incomplete or that a 
supplementary examination is justifiable. Before any graduate degree can be awarded, 
the grade of I must be removed either by removal of the incomplete sometime before 
program completion or by having it recorded as a permanent incomplete. Only the in- 
structor who recorded the I, or, if the instructor is no longer at WVU, the chairperson of 
the unit in which the course was given, may initiate either of these actions. In the case of 
withdrawal from the University, a student with a grade of I should discuss that grade with 
the appropriate instructor. If other provisions are not made, an I grade eventually con- 
verts to F. Grade changes other than I to a letter grade must be accompanied by an 
explanatory memo. 

Grades Lower Than C 

Credit hours for courses in which the grade is lower than C will not be counted 
toward satisfying graduate degree requirements. These standards are the minimum stan- 
dards for the University. A graduate program may set higher standards which the student 
must meet, but these must be presented in writing to all students upon admission or 
published in the catalog. 



Scholarship 27 



Graduate Credit Via Senior Petition 

Undergraduate students wishing to obtain graduate credit by senior petition must 
obtain the standardized permission form from the Office of Admissions and Records. 
This form requires the signature of the student's undergraduate advisor and the head of 
the unit offering the graduate course. The policies regulating an undergraduate's enroll- 
ment in the graduate-level course for graduate credit are: 

• Enrollment is only permitted in courses numbered 200-399. 

• Undergraduates must be within 1 2 credit hours of their baccalaureate degrees and 
have a grade-point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. 

•The maximum amount of graduate credit permitted by senior petition is 12 credit 
hours. 

• The senior petition must be approved prior to or at the time of enrollment. 

• No more than 20% of the total enrollment in any 300-level course may consist of 
undergraduate students. 

Approved senior petitions are returned to the Office of Admissions and Records so 
that a notation of graduate credit may be placed on the student's transcript. Any excep- 
tions to the regulations must be approved by the dean of the school or college in which 
the student seeks graduate credit. Note: Students receiving graduate credit for a 
course do not receive credit toward their undergraduate degree with the same 
course. 

Transcripts 

Each copy of a transcript costs $3.00 in cash or money order. Two or three weeks 
may be required to process an application for a transcript at the close of a semester or 
summer term. At other times the service requires approximately 48 hours from receipt of 
the request. An application for a transcript of credit earned must furnish the date of last 
attendance at WVU and student identification number. A married woman should give 
both her maiden and married names. All requests for transcripts must be sent, in writing, 
directly to the Office of Admissions and Records; no phone requests are accepted. 

Forfeited Transcripts 

Students who default in the payment of any University financial obligation forfeit 
their right to claim a transcript until such time that the obligation has been satisfied. 

Withdrawals 

There are two types of withdrawals: withdrawal from some part of the work for which 
a student has registered, and a complete withdrawal from the University. Unless the 
formal withdrawal procedures are completed, failing grades are recorded. Withdrawals 
from some part of the work must have the initial approval of the student's advisor. It is the 
student's responsibility to see that all forms are properly executed and delivered to the 
appropriate authorities for recording. 

Withdrawals From Classes 

Until the Friday of the tenth week of class (or Friday of the fourth week in a six-week 
summer session, or Friday of the second week of a three-week summer session), stu- 
dents may withdraw from individual courses. Deadlines are published in the WVU Schedule 
of Courses each semester. 

Students must obtain their advisor's signature on the University course adjustment 
form and submit the completed form to the Office of Admissions and Records. Before 
withdrawing from classes, students, with the help of their academic advisors, are re- 
sponsible for determining: 

28 WVU Graduate Catalog 



• If their course load would be reduced below the minimum requirement set by their 
program; 

• If their course load would be reduced below the minimum hours required to qualify 
for a graduate assistantship or financial aid or international full-time student status; 

• If the course to be dropped is a corequisite to another course the student is taking 
or a prerequisite to a course required the following semester. If so, the student may be 
required to drop the corequisite course or asked to take a substitute course the following 
semester. 

Students who withdraw from courses before the published deadline and who follow 
all of the established University procedures receive a W on their transcript for the appro- 
priate course(s).The grade-point average is not affected in any way by this mark. 

Withdrawals From the University 

Students who decide to leave WVU should withdraw from all classes and must do 
so in accordance with established University policy in order that the official transcript 
may reflect this action. Students are responsible for all financial obligations and for 
following established procedures, including the completion of forms and delivery of the 
completed forms to appropriate officials. Students not fulfilling these requirements may 
have difficulty withdrawing from the University. The withdrawal becomes official only af- 
ter the forms have been recorded by Admissions and Records. Students receive copies 
and are urged to keep them. 

Any student (full- or part-time) may withdraw from all classes for which he/she is 
registered in the University any time before the last day on which regular classes are 
scheduled to meet as established by the University calendar and published in the Sched- 
ule of Courses. 

Students who desire to withdraw from all remaining classes should report in person to 
the Office of Student Life at the main lobby information desk of Elizabeth Moore Hall. With- 
drawal procedures will be explained at that time. Identification (ID) and PRT cards must be 
presented. Students unable to withdraw in person because of illness, accident, or other 
valid reasons still must notify the Office of Student Life of their intention to do so. The 
notification should be in writing and student ID and PRT cards must be enclosed. Students 
are responsible, with the help of their academic advisors, for determining how withdrawal 
from the University may affect their future status at the University including such aspects as 
suspension for failure to make progress toward a degree, violation of established academic 
probation, and continued eligibility for scholarship, fellowship, or financial aid. 

Absences 

Students and faculty have together formulated the University's policy on absences 
from classes. The responsibilities of student and instructor are as follows: 

The student who is absent from class for any reason is responsible for work missed. 
Students should understand that absences may jeopardize their grades or continuance 
in the course. Instructors who use absence records in the determination of grades must 
announce this fact to students (in writing) within the first five class meetings. It is the 
responsibility of the instructor to keep an accurate record of all students enrolled. Instruc- 
tors may report excessive absences to the student's dean or advisor. Students who have 
been absent because of illness, authorized University activities, or for other valid rea- 
sons are to have the opportunity to make up regularly scheduled examinations. As a 
matter of good manners, a student should inform an instructor in advance if obliged to be 
absent from a class meeting. 



Withdrawals 29 



Degree Completion 

Time Limit for Master's Degrees 

Regulations governing admission, registration, scholarship, etc., described in the 
preceding sections must be followed. At least 30 hours of graduate work planned with 
the student's advisory committee must be satisfactorily completed within a period of 
eight years immediately preceding the conferring of the degree. A course taken more 
than eight years previously must be reevaluated if it is to be used towards meeting de- 
gree requirements. Reevaluation can be accomplished by submitting the following infor- 
mation for approval to the office of graduate education: 

• A letter from the course instructor listing the criteria used to revalidate the course 
material. 

• A copy of the student's performance on the student's revalidation examination. 

• A letter from the college/school graduate coordinator and/or dean supporting the 
revalidation. 

Research Guidelines 

Any graduate student who conducts research involving experiments that utilize ani- 
mals must have a protocol approved by the Animal Care and Use Committee before 
starting the research. Information about procedures and protocol forms may be obtained 
from the Office of Sponsored Programs. 

Any graduate student who conducts research involving the use of human subjects 
must have the approval of the Institutional Review Board for the Protection of Human 
Subjects before starting the research. Information about procedures and approval forms 
may be obtained from the Office of Sponsored Programs; 617 N. Spruce Street, Morgan- 
town, WV 26505. 

Request for Degree 

At the time of registration for the enrollment period in which all degree requirements 
are expected to be met, or at the latest within two weeks after such registration, each 
candidate is to submit a formal request for the conferring of the degree. This is done on 
an Application for Graduation and Diploma form obtainable from the school or college 
dean's office. The candidate must complete all requirements at least one week before 
the end of that enrollment period. If the degree is not actually earned during that term, 
the student must submit a new Application for Graduation and Diploma when registering 
for the term in which completion is again anticipated. 

Colleges and schools are responsible for seeing that master's and doctoral students 
meet the minimum requirements of the University as well as any additional college or 
school requirements. Deans' offices are responsible for maintaining all student records 
necessary to certify students for graduation. Attendance at the spring Commencement is 
voluntary. Anyone not planning to attend should leave a complete mailing address with 
the Office of Admissions and Records so that the diploma can be mailed. 

Graduate Committees 

The general requirements for all graduate committees are listed in this paragraph, 
while the specific requirements are found in the succeeding paragraphs. The majority 
members of any graduate committee must be graduate faculty members. The chair of 
the committee must be a member of the graduate faculty. No more than one person may 
be a nonmember of the graduate faculty. No family member can serve on the graduate 
committee of his/her relative. All graduate committees are subject to the approval of the 
chairperson or designee of the department/division and the dean or designee of the 
college/school. Once a graduate committee has been officially established for a student, 

30 WVU Graduate Catalog 



it will not be necessary to alter it because of the downgrading of the graduate faculty status 
of member(s) of the committee. 

Master's committees consist of no fewer than three members. It is recommended 
that at least one member of the committee be from outside the student's department. 
Master's committees of students with the thesis option must be chaired by a regular 
faculty member and the majority of the committee must be regular graduate faculty. 

Doctoral dissertation committees consist of no fewer than five members, the major- 
ity of whom must be regular graduate faculty, including the chairperson. At least one 
member of the committee must be from a department other than the one in which the 
student is seeking a degree. 

Final Examinations 

The final examination is not to be given until the semester or summer session in 
which all other requirements for the degree are to be met. The student's committee 
chairperson must indicate in advance the time, place, and recommended examining 
committee members and receive clearance from the office of the school or college dean 
before the examination can be given. The student cannot be considered as having satis- 
factorily passed the final examination if there is more than one unfavorable vote among 
members of the examining committee. Results of each examination must be reported to 
the school or college dean within 24 hours. Reexamination may not be scheduled with- 
out approval of the request by the school or college dean. All committee members are to 
be present for the final examination. If an examination cannot be scheduled at a time 
convenient to all committee members, the dean or his/her designee may permit another 
faculty member to substitute for the original committee member, provided that the origi- 
nal committee member was not the chair. There can be no substitute for the chair. Only 
one substitute is allowed, and the request for a substitute must be made in writing 
prior to the examination. The request for a substitute should be signed by the committee 
chair, the student, and both the original faculty member and the substitute faculty mem- 
ber. A substitute faculty member must have the same or higher graduate faculty status as 
the original faculty member and represent the same academic discipline or specialization. 

Theses and Dissertations 

Theses and dissertations should be presented to the student's graduate advisor or 
committee chairperson at least one month before the end of the enrollment period in 
which completion of all requirements is expected. The form prescribed in the Regula- 
tions Governing the Preparation of Dissertations and Theses must be followed with the 
guidance of the student's graduate advisor or the chairperson of the committee. For the 
manuscript to be approved, there must be no more than one unfavorable vote among 
members of the student's committee. 

Two copies with original signatures in approved typewritten form (master's theses in 
bound form and doctoral dissertations unbound) must be delivered to the Charles C. 
Wise, Jr. Library at least one week before the close of the period in which the degree is 
expected to be completed (one week before the end of the second summer session, by 
the last day of the final examination period at the end of the first semester, or one week 
before Commencement Day at the end of the second semester). 

Doctoral Degree -Specific Requirements 

The program of doctoral study is planned with the student's graduate advisor and 
committee to combine any or all of the following: graduate courses of instruction, special 
seminars, independent study, supervised research, and supervised training designed to 
promote a broad and systematic knowledge of the major field and to prepare the student 
for the comprehensive qualifying and final examinations and writing of the dissertation. 

Degree Completion 31 



The doctorate is a research or performance degree and does not depend on the 
accumulation of credit hours. The three requirements of the degree are admission to 
candidacy, residency, and completion and defense of a dissertation. The degree signi- 
fies that the holder has the competence to function independently at the highest level of 
endeavor in the chosen profession. Hence, the number of years involved in attaining or 
retaining competency cannot be readily specified. Rather, it is important that the doctoral 
student's competency be assessed and verified in a reasonable period of time prior to 
conferral of the degree, generally five years. 

Graduate education, especially at the doctoral level, involves many learning experi- 
ences which take place outside the formal classroom setting. These involve observing 
and participating in activities conducted by the graduate faculty, using departmental and 
University libraries, attending lectures presented by visiting scholars, informal debates 
with fellow students, and similar activities. To insure that graduate students experience 
these kinds of informal learning, doctoral programs at WVU as elsewhere generally re- 
quire one year in residence in full-time graduate study. However, because of the con- 
tractual nature of graduate study, an individual student or graduate committee may pro- 
pose an alternative plan by which the student can gain equivalent educational experi- 
ence. For example, the plan of study may require the student to spend time in residence 
at a national or foreign laboratory, institute, archive, or research center as partial fulfill- 
ment of the residency requirement. 

Regulations governing admission, registration, scholarship, etc., described in the 
preceding sections must be followed. In addition, the student must satisfy requirements 
specified by the faculty responsible for the major field. Students applying for admission 
to a doctoral program, after having received a master's degree at WVU, must file a new 
application for graduate work with the Office of Admissions and Records. 

Competence in one or more foreign languages is a common requirement in gradu- 
ate degree programs. The faculty in the graduate degree program specify the language 
or languages and the level of competence to be demonstrated. Language examinations 
are arranged by the foreign language examiner, who can be contacted through the De- 
partment of Foreign Languages, and under whose direction language examinations are 
administered. 

When only reading competence is required, the foreign language examiner may 
waive the examination in those cases where the student's transcript shows, at a date 
that proves to fall no earlier than seven years before promotion to doctoral candidacy, 
either completion of 1 2 semester hours or equivalent course work in an approved foreign 
language, with a grade of B or better in the last three hours; or at WVU, completion of 
French 306, German 306, or Russian 306 with a grade of B or better must be achieved. 

Admission to graduate study and enrollment in graduate courses does not of itself 
imply acceptance of the student as a candidate for a doctoral degree. This is only 
accomplished by satisfactorily passing a comprehensive or qualifying examination (ei- 
ther oral, or written, or both) and by meeting specified language and/or other requirements. 

Candidacy 

A student will be given a comprehensive examination to demonstrate knowledge of 
the important phases and problems of the field of major study, their relation to other 
fields, and the ability to employ the instruments of research. The examination is intended 
to determine whether the student has the academic competence to undertake indepen- 
dent research in the discipline, and to insure that the student possesses a thorough 
grasp of the fields outlined in the plan of study. The examination, which consists of a 
series of tests covering all areas specified in the plan of study, is administered after most 
formal studies have been completed. Scheduling and results of the examination must be 



32 WVU Graduate Catalog 



reported to the school or college dean. It must be the consensus of the doctoral commit- 
tee that the student has passed the examination, although the committee may permit 
one dissenting vote. A single portion of the examination may be repeated at the discre- 
tion of the committee, but if two or more members are dissatisfied, the entire qualifying 
examination must be repeated. The student must petition through the doctoral commit- 
tee in order to be permitted to repeat a qualifying examination, and it is anticipated that a 
waiting period will be specified by the committee during which the student will have an 
opportunity to correct deficiencies. Academic tradition does not allow a qualifying exami- 
nation to be administered more than three times. 

Time Limit 

Because the qualifying examination attests to the academic competence of the stu- 
dent who is about to become an independent researcher or practitioner, the examination 
cannot precede the degree by too long a period of time. Consequently, doctoral candi- 
dates are allowed no more thaafive years in which to complete remaining degree 
requirements. In the event a student fails to complete the doctorate within five years 
after admission to candidacy, an extension of time can be obtained only by repeating the 
qualifying examination and meeting any other requirements specified by the student's 
committee. 

Dissertation Research 

The candidate must submit a dissertation pursued under the direction of the faculty 
of the University on some topic in the field of the major subject. The dissertation must 
present the results of the candidate's individual investigation and must embody a definite 
contribution to knowledge. While conducting research or writing a dissertation, the stu- 
dent must register at the beginning of each semester or summer during which credit is 
being earned. No residence credit will be allowed for special field assignments or other 
work taken off the University campus without prior approval by the associate provost for 
curriculum and instruction. 

Final Examination 

The final examination is not given until the semester or summer session in which all 
other requirements for the degree are to be met. After the candidate's dissertation has 
been tentatively approved, the final oral examination on the dissertation can be sched- 
uled. At the option of the faculty responsible for the degree program, a comprehensive 
final written examination also may be required. The student's committee chairperson 
must indicate in advance the time, place, and recommended examining committee mem- 
bers and receive clearance from the office of the school or college dean before the ex- 
amination can be given. Such notifications of doctoral examinations must be received at 
least three weeks before the examination date. All doctoral final oral examinations are 
open examinations and the lead time is required for public notice to the University 
community. 

The student cannot be considered as having satisfactorily passed the final examina- 
tion if there is more than one unfavorable vote among members of the examining com- 
mittee. Results of each examination must be reported to the school or college dean 
within 24 hours. Reexamination may not be scheduled without approval of the request by 
the school or college dean. All committee members are to be present for the final exami- 
nation. If an examination cannot be scheduled at a time convenient to all committee 
members, the dean or his/her designee may permit another faculty member to substitute 
for the original committee member, provided that the original committee member was not 
the chair. There can be no substitute for the chair. Only one substitute is allowed, and the 



Degree Completion 33 



request for a substitute must be made in writing prior to the examination. The request for 
a substitute should be signed by the committee chair, the student, and both the original 
faculty member and the substitute faculty member. A substitute faculty member must 
have the same or higher graduate faculty status as the original faculty member and 
represent the same academic discipline or specialization. 

Dissertation Submission 

The requirements for a doctorate include acceptance of the dissertation. The disser- 
tation must bear the original signatures of at least all but one of the committee members. 
If more than one member of the committee, whatever the size of the committee, dissents 
from approving the dissertation, the degree cannot be recommended. If a substitute 
faculty member attends the final examination, the substitute signs the shuttle sheet; how- 
ever, the original committee member is to sign the dissertation. The dissertation must be 
presented to the University not later than one week before the end of the semester or 
summer session in which the degree is expected to be granted (one week before the end 
of the summer, by the last day of the final examination period at the end of the first 
semester, or one week before Commencement Day at the end of the second semester). 

All doctoral dissertations and their abstracts will be microfilmed through University 
Microfilms, Ann Arbor Michigan. This requirement will not be satisfied by any other pub- 
lication but does not preclude publication elsewhere, which is both permitted and 
encouraged. Candidates are to follow Regulations Governing the Preparation of Disser- 
tations and Theses regarding format and organization of the dissertation, which is on file 
at the department offices, offices of all graduate advisors, and the University libraries. 
The candidate is required to maintain close contact with the supervisor or chairperson of 
the graduate committee on these matters in developing a dissertation so as to incorpo- 
rate the special requirements of the subject discipline. 

One week before the close of the semester or summer in which the degree is ex- 
pected to be conferred the candidate must meet these requirements: 

1. Submit in a form satisfactory for microfilming, an appropriately printed, unbound 
original and one copy of the dissertation. Two excellent machine-reproduced copies may 
be acceptable. Both copies must have original signatures of the candidate's committee. 

2. Submit one extra abstract of no more than 350 words. This separate abstract 
must have at the top of the first page the centered exact title of the dissertation, followed 
on the next line by the full name of the candidate, and on the next line by the word 
ABSTRACT The extra abstract is on unnumbered pages. 

3. Submit a microfilm contract completed and signed by the candidate. 

4. Pay a fee of $50.00 to cover the cost of microfilming the dissertation and publica- 
tion of the abstract in Dissertation Abstracts, a bi-monthly journal which receives wide 
distribution. This fee is payable by certified check or money order made out to "West 
Virginia University." If desired, copyright service can be provided through WVU upon 
receipt, along with the dissertation, of a certified check or money order for $35.00 made 
payable to University Microfilms. 

5. Complete the questionnaire entitled Survey of Earned Doctorates. 

Summary of Doctoral Requirements 

1. Shortly after admission to the program (usually within the first 9-12 semester 
hours of course work), an advisory committee is formed and the committee and the 
student produce a plan of study. 

2. Student completes requisite course work and other program requirements, satis- 
fying also the stipulated residency requirement. 

3. Student takes the language examination (if applicable). 



34 WVU Graduate Catalog 



4. Student takes written and/or oral comprehensive (qualifying) examination for ad- 
mission to candidacy. The results are communicated to the appropriate office by the 
student's graduate program advisor. 

5. Student undertakes a doctoral dissertation under the guidance of a dissertation 
committee. The dissertation phase begins with approval of a dissertation prospectus by 
the dissertation committee, the department chairperson, and the school or college dean. 

6. A copy of the preliminary draft of the dissertation is given to each committee 
member at least one month prior to the final oral examination. 

7. The dissertation advisor (committee chairperson) requests a clearance for the 
final examination from the school or college dean's office no later than three weeks 
before the scheduled date. 

8. The time and place of the examination is announced. 

9. The student defends the dissertation in an oral defense. 

1 0. The student delivers two copies of the approved dissertation, appropriate ques- 
tionnaires, and fees to the Charles C. Wise, Jr. Library. 

Summary of Master's Requirements 

1. Shortly after admission to the program (usually within the first 9-12 semester 
hours of course work), an advisory committee is formed and the committee and the 
student produce a plan of study. 

2. Student completes requisite course work and other program requirements. 

3. Student confers with advisor and, if applicable, chairperson of thesis committee 
to see if all requirements can be met by the end of the semester in which he/she plans to 
graduate. This should be done no later than the beginning of the final semester. 

4. Student registers for either a course or for the Non-Enrolled Graduate Student 
Evaluation Fee ($50). No one may graduate who is not registered as a student during the 
semester of graduation. 

5. Student checks with the University to insure that there is correspondence be- 
tween departmental and University records and that there are no remaining deficiencies. 

6. Student completes an Application for Graduation and Diploma. This should be 
done no later than two weeks after registration. 

7. After getting a fee slip from the Office of Admissions and Records, the student 
pays the $20 graduation fee at the cashier's window in the Mountain lair. 

8. (If applicable) The student presents a typed draft of the thesis to each committee 
member. 

9. The student should remind the committee chairperson to request clearance from 
the school or college dean's office at least two weeks before the date of the final exami- 
nation (or thesis defense). 

10. Results of the final examination (or thesis defense) must be reported to the 
dean's office by the graduate advisor or the committee chairperson not later than one 
week before the end of the semester or summer session in which the degree is expected 
to be granted. 

1 1 . If the requirements for the master's degree include a thesis, the thesis must bear 
the original signatures of at least all but one of the committee members. If more than one 
member of the committee, whatever the size of the committee, dissents from approving 
the thesis, the degree cannot be recommended. If a substitute faculty member attends 
the final examination, the substitute signs the shuttle sheet; however, the original com- 
mittee member signs the thesis. 

12. Two bound and originally signed copies of the thesis (the original and first copy 
or two electrostatically-reproduced copies) must be submitted to the Charles C. Wise, Jr. 
Library no later than one week before the degree is expected to be granted. 



Master's Requirements 35 



Part 3 Facilities, Fees, and Financial Aid 
Facilities 

The WVU campuses combine traditional and modern architectural styles, and eleven 
campus buildings are listed on the National Register of Historic Places. Many of these 
original buildings, including Stalnaker Hall, have recently been restored and renovated. 

A new Campus Master Plan is underway in 1996. Completion of this monumental 
task will set the stage for numerous changes over the next 10-20 years. New buildings, 
departmental moves, and major renovations are expected. This will respond to institu- 
tional demands for increased efficiency related to facility space management. 

In May 1 995, ground breaking ceremonies were held for the WVU Westvaco Natural 
Resources Center. Scheduled for completion in late 1996, the center will provide class- 
room and research facilities in the heart of the 7,800 acre University Forest. 

Major projects to be completed soon include: Woodburn promenade, Armstrong 
renovation, new parking lot near Evansdale greenhouse, and a new Rugby field for intra- 
mural sports. 

Parts of the campus are linked by the Personal Rapid Transit (PRT) system, which 
consists of computer-directed, electronic-powered cars that operate on a concrete and 
steel guideway, permitting quick and easy access to major locations within the University 
and the downtown area of Morgantown. 

Greater Morgantown, with a population of 45,000, is located on the east bank of the 
Monongahela River in the rolling hills of northern West Virginia. Morgantown is within 
easy traveling distance of metropolitan areas: Pittsburgh is 75 miles to the north, and 
Baltimore and Washington, D.C., are 200 miles to the east. Two major highways, 
Interstates 79 (north/south) and 68 (east/west), pass near Morgantown. 

Of the nearly 20,000 students enrolled on the Morgantown campuses, most under- 
graduates are housed in the University-owned residence halls, and many married stu- 
dents and single graduate students live in University apartments. Approximately 3,000 
students live in privately owned residence halls and fraternity and sorority houses; many 
commute from their parents' homes, and the rest live in apartments, mobile homes, and 
private rooms. 

The University Housing and Residence Life Office, G-18 Evansdale Residential 
Complex (phone 304-293-281 1 ), provides information concerning University-owned hous- 
ing. The student life office in Elizabeth Moore Hall provides information concerning pri- 
vately owned, off-campus housing (phone 304-293-5611). Listings for privately owned 
rentals change daily so students should visit the Office of Student Life to see what is 
available and make their own arrangements with landlords. Good housing is plentiful, 
both in residence halls and private apartments. Because of the terrain, parking is limited 
on the WVU campuses and in the city. 

The West Virginia University Libraries contain over a million volumes and two million 
microforms. Some 20,000 volumes are added each year, and 9,000 periodical titles are 
received. The collections are especially strong in the biological sciences, chemistry, eco- 
nomics, Africana, Appalachian resources, the Health Sciences, and West Virginia His- 
tory. The libraries are a federal regional depository for government information and patent 
and trademark information. Facilities for research in West Virginia and regional history 
are centered in the West Virginia Collection Library, on the second floor of Colson Hall. In 
addition to an extensive collection of books, periodicals, and maps, the West Virginia 
Collection Library contains over five million manuscripts. These, together with court records 
from many counties, are invaluable sources for the study of all aspects of West Virginia 
and Appalachian history. The rare book room contains an unusually fine collection of first 
and limited editions, including four Shakespeare folios and first editions of many of the 
works of Dickens, Scott, and Clemens. 

36 WVU Graduate Catalog 



The Evansdale Library houses the collections needed to support the schools and 
colleges on the Evansdale Campus: Agriculture, Engineering and Mineral Resources, 
Human Resources and Education, Social Work, Physical Education, and Creative Arts. 

Discipline-specific libraries serve particular areas. The physical sciences library of 
37,000 volumes in the fields of chemistry, geology, geography, physics, and astronomy 
is in the Chemistry Research Laboratory. The Health Sciences Center library on the 
second floor of the Basic Sciences Building contains over 150,000 volumes and multi- 
media materials. The law library, with a collection of over 130,000 volumes, is in the Law 
Center on the Evansdale Campus. The mathematics library in Armstrong Hall contains 
approximately 16,000 volumes. The music library in the Creative Arts Center contains 
some 23,000 items, including microcards, microfilms, sound recordings, books, scores, 
and journals. 

The Audiovisual Library located in Colson Hall contains an extensive collection of 
films, videos, and other multimedia to support the curriculum. 

The libraries are fully automated, providing access to more than 32 CD-ROM data- 
bases, 10 of the Wilson indexes, Current Contents, NIM, and internet resources. Access 
to the online electronic resources is available via faculty offices, all computer labs, and 
remotely, using modems. The libraries are open 98 hours per week and most holidays. 
The Office of Disability Services is located at 215 Student Services, phone 304-293- 
6700. It helps qualified students with disabilities to reach their academic potential. Its 
services and accommodations are in keeping with our commitment to provide both archi- 
tectural and programmatic accessibility. Information provided to Disability Services is 
treated as confidential and is not released without the student's prior consent. 

Disability Services provides information, referral, and counseling services not only for 
students with visible impairments but also for students with less apparent disorders such 
as diabetes, cardiovascular problems, learning disorders, asthma, allergies or epilepsy. 
Also served are persons with a temporary disability such as a sprained ankle, a broken 
arm, or a hospitalization. The following are some of the services this office provides: 

• Liaison between students and faculty. 

• Individual and group counseling. 

• Vocational/career information and referral. 

• Information for faculty on teaching strategies and alternative testing methods for 
students. 

• Provision of interpreters, readers, tutorial referrals, notetaking strategies, and spe- 
cial equipment. 

•Transportation assistance, if eligible, to and from residence (within city limits) and 
class. 

Prospective students with disabilities should contact WVU Admissions and Records 
(304-293-21 24) and the graduate program of interest for specific information concerning 
application procedures and admission requirements. All students admitted to WVU are 
expected to meet current admission requirements. 

West Virginia University Computing Services and West Virginia Network for Educa- 
tional Telecomputing (WVNET) provide hardware and software for all colleges and schools 
in the state. WVU Computing Services coordinates these resources and provides addi- 
tional services on the WVU campuses. 

WVNET hardware includes an IBM 3081 KX with 48 megabytes of real memory, an 
IBM 3081 D with 16 megabytes of real memory, and a Digital Equipment VAX 8650 (48 
megabytes), a VAX 8550 (48 megabytes), and an 1 1/780 (16 megabytes) in a VAX 
cluster for a total of five gigabytes of on-line disk space. Direct access for the IBM sys- 
tems are from a dual density 3380E disk drive and from twelve STC 8380s. The disk 
drives for the Digital Equipment units are RA81s. Tape drives are STC 3420 model 6; 
WVNET supports 6250 and 1600BPI recording densities. Printers include three STC 

Facilities, Fees, Financial Aid 37 



IMPACT 1500s, an IBM 3820 laser, a Zeta 3600X plotter, and microfilm/fiche processors 
and duplicators. 

Languages include COBOL, FORTRAN, PL/1, Ada, BASIC, C, and Pascal. Soft- 
ware include the International Mathematical and Statistics Library, the North Carolina 
State Statistical Analysis System, the UCLA Biomedical Package, the University of 
Chicago's Statistical Package for the Social Sciences, the Standford Public Information 
Retrieval System, and forms of special purpose engineering software. 

Residency Policy for Admission and Fee Purposes 

The following is quoted from the Policy Regarding Residency Classification of Stu- 
dents for Admission and Fee Purposes, policy bulletin number 34, published by the West 
Virginia Board of Trustees. 

2.1 Students enrolling in a West Virginia public institution of higher education shall be 
assigned a residency status for admission, tuition, and fee purposes by the institutional 
officer designated by the President. In determining residency classification, the issue is 
essentially one of domicile. In general, the domicile of a person is that person's true, 
fixed, permanent home and place of habitation. The decision shall be based upon infor- 
mation furnished by the student and all other relevant information. The designated officer 
is authorized to require such written documents, affidavits, verifications, or other evi- 
dence as is deemed necessary to establish the domicile of a student. The burden of 
establishing domicile for admission, tuition, and fee purposes is upon the student. 

2.2 If there is a question as to domicile, the matter must be brought to the attention of the 
designated officer at least two weeks prior to the deadline for the payment of tuition and 
fees. Any student found to have made a false or misleading statement concerning domi- 
cile shall be subject to institutional disciplinary action and will be charged the nonresident 
fees for each academic term theretofore attended. 

2.3 The previous determination of a student's domiciliary status by one institution is not 
conclusive or binding when subsequently considered by another institution; however, 
assuming no change of facts, the prior judgment should be given strong consideration in 
the interest of consistency. Out-of-state students being assessed resident tuition and 
fees as a result of a reciprocity agreement may not transfer said reciprocity status to 
another public institution in West Virginia. 

3.1 Domicile within the state means adoption of the state as the fixed permanent home 
and involves personal presence within the state with no intent on the part of the applicant 
or, in the case of a dependent student, the applicant's parent(s) to return to another state 
or country. Residing with relatives (other than parent(s)/legal guardian) does not, in and 
of itself, cause the student to attain domicile in this state for admission or fee payment 
purposes. West Virginia domicile may be established upon the completion of at least 
twelve months of continued presence within the state prior to the date of registration, 
provided that such twelve months' presence is not primarily for the purpose of atten- 
dance at any institution of higher education in West Virginia. Establishment of West Vir- 
ginia domicile with less than twelve months' presence prior to the date of registration 
must be supported by evidence of positive and unequivocal action. In determining domi- 
cile, institutional officials should give consideration to such factors as the ownership or 
lease of a permanently occupied home in West Virginia, full-time employment within the 
state, paying West Virginia property tax, filing West Virginia income tax returns, register- 
ing of motor vehicles in West Virginia, possessing a valid West Virginia driver's license, 
and marriage to a person already domiciled in West Virginia. Proof of a number of these 
actions shall be considered only as evidence which may be used in determining whether 
or not a domicile has been established. Factors militating against the establishment of 
West Virginia domicile might include such considerations as the student not being self- 
supporting, being claimed as a dependent on federal or state income tax returns or the 

38 WVU Graduate Catalog 



parents' health insurance policy if the parents reside out of state, receiving financial 
assistance from state student aid programs in other states, and leaving the state when 
school is not in session. 

4.1 A dependent student is one who is listed as a dependent on the federal or state 
income tax return of his/her parent(s) or legal guardian or who receives major financial 
support from that person. Such a student maintains the same domicile as that of the 
parent(s) or legal guardian. In the event the parents are divorced or legally separated, 
the dependent student takes the domicile of the parent with whom he/she lives or to 
whom he/she has been assigned by court order. However, a dependent student who 
enrolls and is properly classified as an in-state student maintains that classification as 
long as the enrollment is continuous and that student does not attain independence and 
establish domicile in another state. 

4.2 A nonresident student who becomes independent while a student at an institution of 
higher education in West Virginia does not, by reason of such independence alone, at- 
tain domicile in this state for admission or fee payment purposes. 

5.1 A person who has been classified as an out-of-state student and who seeks resident 
status in West Virginia must assume the burden of providing conclusive evidence that 
he/she has established domicile in West Virginia with the intention of making the perma- 
nent home in this state. The intent to remain indefinitely in West Virginia is evidence not 
only by a person's statements, but also by that person's actions. In making a determina- 
tion regarding a request for change in residency status, the designated institutional of- 
ficer shall consider those actions referenced in Section 3 above. The change in classifi- 
cation, if deemed to be warranted, shall be effective for the academic term or semester 
next following the date of the application for reclassification. 

6.1 An individual who is on full-time active military service in another state or foreign 
country or an employee of the federal government shall be classified as an in-state stu- 
dent for the purpose of payment of tuition and fees, provided that the person established 
a domicile in West Virginia prior to entrance into federal service, entered the federal 
service from West Virginia, and has at no time while in federal service claimed or estab- 
lished a domicile in another state. Sworn statements attesting to these conditions may 
be required. The spouse and dependent children of such individuals shall also be classi- 
fied as in-state students for tuition and fee purposes. 

6.2 Persons assigned to full-time active military service in West Virginia and residing in 
the State shall be classified as in-state students for tuition and fee purposes. The spouse 
and dependent children of such individuals shall also be classified as in-state students 
for tuition and fee purposes. 

7.1 An alien who is in the United States on a resident visa or who has filed a petition for 
naturalization in the naturalization court, and who has established a bona fide domicile in 
West Virginia as defined in Section 3 may be eligible for in-state residency classification, 
provided that person is in the State for purposes other than to attempt to qualify for 
residency status as a student. Political refugees admitted into the United States for an 
indefinite period of time and without restriction on the maintenance of a foreign domicile 
may be eligible for an in-state classification as defined in Section 3. Any person holding 
a student or other temporary visa cannot be classified as an in-state student. 
8.1 A person who was formerly domiciled in the state of West Virginia and who would 
have been eligible for an in-state residency classification at the time of his/her departure 
from the state may be immediately eligible for classification as a West Virginia resident 
provided such person returns to West Virginia within a one-year period of time and satis- 
fies the conditions of Section 3 regarding proof of domicile and intent to remain perma- 
nently in West Virginia. 

9.1 Each institution shall establish procedures which provide opportunities for students 
to appeal residency classification decisions with which they disagree. The decision of the 

Residency Policy 39 



designated institutional official charged with the determination of residency classification 
may be appealed in accordance with appropriate procedures established by the presi- 
dent of the institution. At a minimum, such procedures shall provide that: 

9.1 .1 An institutional committee on residency appeals will be established to receive and 
act on appeals of residency decisions made by the designated institutional official charged 
with making residency determinations. 

9.1.1a The institutional committee on residency shall be comprised of members of the 
institutional community, including faculty and student representatives, and whose num- 
ber shall be at least three, in any event, an odd number. The student representative(s) 
shall be appointed by the president of the institutional student government association 
while the faculty representative(s) shall be selected by the campus-wide representative 
faculty organization. 

9.1.1b The student contesting a residency decision shall be given the opportunity to 
appear before the institutional committee on residency appeals. If the appellant cannot 
appear when the committee convenes a meeting, the appellant has the option of allow- 
ing committee members to make a decision on the basis of written materials pertaining 
to the appeal or waiting until the next committee meeting. 

9.1 .2 The residency appeal procedures will include provisions for appeal of the decision 
of the institutional committee on residency appeals to the president of the institution. 

9.1.3 Residency appeals shall end at the institutional level. 

Fees and Expenses 

All West Virginia University fees are subject to change without notice. A nonrefund- 
able special service fee of $35 must accompany the application for admission to gradu- 
ate studies. All fees are due and payable to the controller on the days of registration. 
Completion of arrangements with the controller's office for payment from officially ac- 
cepted scholarships, loan funds, grants, or contracts shall be considered sufficient for 
acceptance of registration. Fees paid after regular registration must be paid to the Uni- 
versity cashier. Any student failing to complete registration on regular registration days is 
subject to a late registration fee. 

At registration, students pay the fees shown in the fee charts, plus special fees and 
deposits as required. No degree is conferred upon any candidate and no transcripts are 
issued to any student before payment is made of all tuition, fees, and other indebtedness 
to any unit of the University. 

Regulations 

It is the policy of West Virginia University to place on restriction students who have 
outstanding debts to a unit or units of the University. The restriction may include, but is 
not limited to, the withholding of a student's registration, diploma, or transcript. Persons 
who are neither registered as University students nor members of its administrative or 
teaching staffs shall not be admitted to regular attendance in University classes. 

Off-Campus/Music/Lab Fees 

Fees for credit hours for off-campus students are the same as those charged stu- 
dents enrolled on-campus. Off-campus students do not pay the Daily Athenaeum fee, 
the radio station fee, or the Mountainlair construction fee. All students must pay a $50 
course fee for each off-campus course taken. Students taking courses offered by the 
College of Business and Economics pay a $99 per three credit hour course fee. 

Off-campus-only students are not assessed special fees, but they are charged $33.00 
per credit hour for each off-campus course and television course 

Consult specific departmental sections of this catalog concerning nonrefundable 
deposits and microscope rentals. 

40 WVU Graduate Catalog 



All music majors must pay a fee of $15.00 per semester, which entitles them to 
assigned practice space one hour per day. Additional space may be available at the rate 
of $4.00 per hour. Band and orchestra instruments may be rented by the semester for 
$10.00. 

Auditors 

Students may enroll in courses without working for grade or for credit by registering 
as auditors and by paying full fees. 

Waivers 

According to legislation passed by the West Virginia Legislature in 1983, WVU is 
limited in the number of graduate and professional waivers that can be awarded each 
school year. According to Board of Trustees Policy Bulletin No. 49, WVU must give prior- 
ity consideration in awarding these waivers to students who are West Virginia residents 
and also to faculty and staff of West Virginia public and private colleges and universities. 

Academic deans, directors, and vice presidents of other University of West Virginia 
Board of Trustees institutions are charged with responsibility of awarding tuition waivers. 
Students should contact the appropriate person in their department, school, or college 
for information regarding applications and priorities. 

Student Refund Policy 

Note: This policy was revised 12/22/94 and is subject to change. 

Students withdrawing from the University or dropping courses below full-time status 
within the refund period are eligible for a tuition and fee refund. Every effort is made to 
process refunds within 30 days. 

Refund of Fees 

Withdrawals To withdraw officially and receive a refund, a student must apply at the 
Office of Student Life. Semester fees are refundable as follows: 

1. Tuition, special, and refundable miscellaneous fees - Refundable based on date 
of withdrawal and student status.* Refer to refund schedule. 

2. Optional health service fee - Refundable based on date of withdrawal and stu- 
dent status.* Refer to refund schedule. 

3. Lab fees - Refundable during the first week of classes only based on student 
status.* Refer to refund schedule. 

4. Nonrefundable miscellaneous fees (includes application, transcript, graduation, 
late registration/payment, and reinstatement fees) -These fees are nonrefundable. 

5. Room and board -The unused portion of room and board is refunded on a pro 
rata basis, based on the date the student's belongings are removed from the room and 
the meal ticket/ID and room keys are surrendered. 

Exceptions: Students called to the armed services of the United States may be 
granted full refund of refundable fees, but no course credit, if the call comes before the 
end of the first three-fourths of the semester. If the call comes thereafter, full credit of 
course(s) may be granted provided the student is maintaining a passing mark at time of 
departure for military services. 

Students withdrawn due to catastrophic illness or death will be provided a refund as 
approved by the dean of student life or his/her designee. 

'Students enrolled for their first semester at West Virginia University (or who received a 100% 
refund for previous semester) and who received Title IV aid are refunded per federal regulations. 
Federal regulations require refunds to be figured using both state (Board of Trustees Series #22) 
and statutory pro rata (Higher Education Amendments of 1992) calculations. After figuring both 
refunds, the calculation that provides the largest refund is given. 

Refund Policy 41 



Dropped Courses 

To drop a course(s) and receive a refund, a student must apply at the Office of 
Admissions and Records. If a student drops below full time status (12 hours for under- 
graduate and 9 hours for graduates), semester fees are refundable as follows: 

1. Tuition, special and refundable miscellaneous fees - Refundable based on date 
of dropped course(s). Refer to refund schedule. 

2. Optional health service fee - Fee is nonrefundable. 

3. Lab fees - Refundable at 100% during the first week of classes only and 
nonrefundable thereafter. 

4. Nonrefundable miscellaneous fees (includes application, transcript, graduation, 
late registration/payment, and reinstatement fees) - These fees are nonrefundable. 

Refund Schedule 

Fall/Spring Semester (16 week session) 



Refund Period 


BOT* 


HEA** 


Refund Period BOT* HEA 


1st week 


90% 


90% 


9th week 40% 


2nd week 


90% 


80% 


1 0th week 


3rd week 


70% 


80% 


11th week 


4th week 


70% 


70% 


12th week 


5th week 


50% 


60% 


1 3th week 


6th week 


50% 


60% 


1 4th week 


7th week 




50% 


1 5th week 


8th week 




50% 


16th week 


Summer Semester (6 week session) 


Summer Semester (3 week Sess 


Refund Period 


BOT* 


HEA** 


Refund Period BOT* HEA 


Day 1 thru 4 


90% 


80% 


Day 1 and 2 90% 60% 


Day 5 


70% 


80% 


Day 3 and 4 70% 60% 


Day 6 thru 8 


70% 


60% 


Day 5 50% 60% 


Day 9 and 10 


50% 


60% 


Day 6 50% 60% 


Day 11 and 12 


50% 


50% 


Day 7 thru 15 


Day 13 thru 15 




50% 




Day 16 thru 30 









Summer Semester (2 week session) 
Refund Period BOT* HEA** 

Day 1 and 2 90% 50% 

Day 3 70% 50% 

Day 4 50% 50% 

Day 5 thru 10 



Summer Semester (1 week session) 
Refund Period BOT * HEA** 

Day 1 90% 

Day 2 70% 

Day 3 
Day 4 and 5 



* Board of Trustees Series #22: Percent = number of days in term times percent of term allocated for 
refund (refer to BOT Series #22). If the percent calculation identifies a partial day, the entire day is 
included in the higher refund period. 

** Higher Education Amendments of 1992: Percent = number of weeks remaining in the enrollment 
period divided by total number of weeks in the enrollment period (rounded down to nearest 10%). 



Non-Sufficient Funds Check Policy 

A service charge of $10 will be collected on each check returned unpaid by the bank 
upon which it is drawn. If the check returned by the bank was in payment of University 
and registration fees, the controller's office shall declare the fees unpaid and registration 
cancelled if the check has not been redeemed within three days from date of written 



42 WVU Graduate Catalog 



notice. In such a case the student may be reinstated upon redemption of the check, 
payment of the $10 service charge, the reinstatement fee of $10, and the late payment 
fee of $20. 

Payments of tuition, fees, and other charges by check are subject to WVU's non- 
sufficient funds check policy. A copy of the policy is available in the bursar's office. 

Financial Aid 

The Student Financial Aid Office estimates that the total cost of attending WVU for a 
nine-month academic year is $9,300 for single West Virginia residents living on or off- 
campus and $6,700 for those living at home; $1 3,385 for single nonresidents living on or 
off-campus and $10,600 for those living at home. These typical estimated student bud- 
gets include tuition and fees, books and supplies, room, board, transportation, and per- 
sonal expenses that provide for a modest but adequate life-style 

Assistantships 

West Virginia University annually awards about 1 ,500 graduate assistantships sup- 
ported from state appropriations, federal funds, private grants, and contracts; and about 
200 fellowships and traineeships derived from federal agencies and from industries and 
private foundations. Fellowships are awarded on the basis of academic merit and re- 
quire no service in return. Graduate fellows are expected to spend full time in pursuit of 
their studies, but may teach to the extent that the particular degree program requires. 
Most traineeships, provided through institutional grants, are also for full-time study with- 
out scheduled duties. 

All graduate assistants and fellows are required to be full-time (nine hours or more) 
graduate students. The individual is primarily a student and secondarily an employee. 
Tuition and registration fees generally are remitted upon application. Awards are made 
by degree programs or by the nonacademic unit where service is to be rendered. Appli- 
cations should be made to the dean or director concerned or to the chairperson of the 
program in which the graduate work will be pursued. Early application is strongly recom- 
mended. Students may hold only one appointment as a graduate assistant per term. 

Remission of Fees 

Students appointed as graduate assistants are eligible to apply for remission of 
tuition and certain fees. Tuition and some fees are generally remitted or paid for fellows 
and trainees. All students must pay the Mountainlair construction, radio station, and Daily 
Athenaeum fees, but graduate assistants, fellows, and trainees are granted the option 
with regard to the remainder of the institution activity fee. 

Students may not hold more than the total equivalent of one assistantship. 
This rule applies even if the appointment comes from several sources (e.g., graduate 
teaching assistantship, graduate research assistantship, graduate administrative assis- 
tantship, graduate residence hall assistantship, and/or teaching fellow). 

Terms of Employment 

Stipends for graduate assistantships are generally stated in terms of nine- or twelve- 
month appointments and require service to the institution. The term of service normally 
runs from August 15 to May 15 for nine-month appointments or from August 15 to De- 
cember 31 for the fall semester or January 1 until May 15 for spring semester. The total 
hours of work, as well as the particular days of service (e.g., weekends and/or holidays) 
required, must be made clear to the student by the appropriate graduate department at 
the time of assigning the assistantship. 



Financial Aid 43 



Teaching Assistant 

A person who holds a graduate teaching assistantship is obligated to the extent of 
teaching two three-hour courses per semester, or for the equivalent in laboratory classes, 
or for other forms of departmental assistance, except research assistance, amounting to 
a minimum of 12 clock hours per week. 

Research Assistant 

A research assistant is one whose duties consist of assisting in the research of a 
faculty member with an obligation of not less than 15 or more than 20 clock hours per 
week in any semester. 

Administrative Assistant 

A student employed as a graduate administrative assistant works part time in one of 
the administrative offices of WVU. Assistantships obligate the student to no less than 12 
or more than 20 hours of work per week in any semester. 

Residence Assistants (Department of Housing and Residence Life) 

Resident assistant positions are available for single undergraduate and graduate 
students. There are nine University-supervised residence halls which house approxi- 
mately 3,600 first-year and upper-class residents. Resident assistants are required to 
provide educational, cultural, recreational, and social opportunities and programs for 
their residents. Remuneration for resident assistant positions is room, board, and a monthly 
stipend. Graduate students may also receive a tuition waiver for a few, specialized, live- 
in positions. 

To obtain further information about the resident assistant recruitment and selection 
process, write to the assistant director for residence life, G-106, Bennett Tower, RO. Box 
6430, West Virginia University, Morgantown, WV 26506-6430. 

Advising Center Assistant 

Assistantships are available through the University Advising Center for students who 
have been admitted to a graduate program. Those who are accepted will provide aca- 
demic advising services to freshman and sophomore students. A stipend is paid and the 
graduate student is eligible to apply for waiver of tuition and registration fees. Contact the 
director of the University Advising Center in the Student Services Center for information 
and applications. 

Teaching Fellow 

A teaching fellow is an advanced graduate student, usually in a doctoral program, 
who would qualify for a junior faculty position if that person were not a graduate student 
at WVU. A teaching fellow may be given major responsibilities for the design and/or 
operation of a course, whereas such responsibility is not placed on a graduate teaching 
assistant. 

Swiger Fellowships 

Arlen G. and Louise Stone Swiger have been special benefactors to WVU in their 
establishment of this fellowship program through the West Virginia University Founda- 
tion, Inc. Both were WVU graduates. Arlen G. Swiger, a successful New York attorney, 
bequeathed to the University half of his estate which became available to the WVU Foun- 
dation upon the death of his widow, Louise Stone Swiger. These fellowships are open to 
doctoral students. Selection is competitive on the basis of academic merit. Application 



44 WVU Graduate Catalog 



should be made early in the year preceding the year of anticipated enrollment in a doc- 
toral program. Inquiries should be directed to the Office of Graduate Education. 

W. E. B. DuBois Fellowships 

Dr. William Edward Burghardt DuBois was born in 1868. He was educated at Fisk 
University and received his Ph.D. from Harvard University in 1896. Dr. DuBois was one 
of the founders of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People and 
the Pan-African Congress Movement. Author of many historical and analytical studies 
of American and African society, his example provides a standard of excellence for 
scholarship in any discipline and an especially inspiring model for black scholars. Be- 
cause of the achievements of Dr. DuBois, West Virginia University has named this 
fellowship program in his honor. The fellowships are open to black graduate and pro- 
fessional students who are native or naturalized U.S. citizens. Selection is competitive 
on the basis of academic merit and potential for success in graduate or professional 
study. Inquiries should be directed to the graduate or professional program of choice or 
to the Office of Graduate Education. 

Veterans Educational Assistance 

The educational assistance program administered by the federal Department of Vet- 
eran Affairs, under which a potentially eligible veteran may be entitled to benefits, is 
largely dependent upon when the individual served on active duty. DVA administers 1 1 
educational assistance programs and the basic eligibility criteria may vary. Generally, 
only DVA can determine an applicant's eligibility for educational assistance. For more 
information, contact the nearest DVA office; in West Virginia, the DVA is located at 640 
4th Avenue, Huntington, WV 25701; telephone: 1-800-827-1000. 

Loans and Employment 

Information and guidance on loans for graduate students are available in the Stu- 
dent Financial Aid Office, Mountainlair. On-campus employment opportunities can be 
investigated at the Student Financial Aid Office in the Mountainlair and the Human Re- 
sources Office in Knapp Hall. A summer and part-time job service is operated by the 
WVU Career Services Center in the Mountainlair. Its purpose is to place students in part- 
time or temporary jobs in Morgantown and the surrounding area. 

Fellowships within the United States and Abroad 

Students are encouraged to submit applications to outside agencies that support 
graduate-level study and research. Among the opportunities available are programs spon- 
sored by the Fulbright-Hays Training Grants, the National Science Foundation, the Marshall 
Scholarship Program, the National Institutes of Health, the Oak Ridge Associated Uni- 
versities, and the Rhodes Scholarships. Students should contact the Office of Spon- 
sored Programs for assistance in applying for these programs. In most cases, this office 
will refer the student to a faculty advisor who can provide detailed assistance. Several 
national agencies publish information about fellowships and financial aid opportunities 
for graduate students. Individuals interested in reviewing this information should consult 
the personnel at the reference desk of the Charles C. Wise, Jr. Library. 

Academic Integrity/Dishonesty 

The academic development of students and the overall integrity of the institution are 
primary responsibilities of WVU. Academic dishonesty is condemned at all levels of life, 
indicating an inability to meet and face issues and creating an atmosphere of mistrust, 
disrespect, and insecurity. In addition, it is essential in an academic community that grades 

Academic Integrity/Dishonesty 45 



accurately reflect the attainment of the individual student. Faculty, students, and admin- 
istrators have shared responsibilities in maintaining the academic integrity essential for 
the University to accomplish its mission. 

Students should act to prevent opportunities for academic dishonesty to occur, and 
in such a manner to discourage any type of academic dishonesty. 

Faculty members are expected to remove opportunities for cheating, whether re- 
lated to test construction, test confidentiality, test administration, or test grading. This 
same professional care should be exercised with regard to oral and written reports, labo- 
ratory assignments, and grade books. 

Deans and department chairpersons are expected to acquaint all faculty with ex- 
pected professional behavior regarding academic integrity, and to continue to remind 
them of their responsibility. Deans and department chairpersons shall assist faculty mem- 
bers and students in handling first- offense cheating allegations at the lowest possible 
level in the University, and with discretion to prevent damage to the reputation of any 
person who has not been found guilty in the prescribed manner. 

Each member of the teaching faculty and all other WVU employees, including but 
not limited to assistants, proctors, office personnel, custodians, and public safety offic- 
ers, shall promptly report each known case of academic dishonesty to the appropriate 
supervisor, department chairperson, or dean of the college or school concerned, and to 
the Office of Judicial Programs, Office of Student Life. 

Definition 

West Virginia University expects that every member of its academic community shares 
the historic and traditional commitment to honesty, integrity, and the search for truth. 
Academic dishonesty is defined to include but is not limited to any of the following: 

1. Plagiarism: To take and pass off as one's own the ideas, writings, artistic prod- 
ucts, etc. of someone else; for example, submitting, without appropriate acknowledg- 
ment, a report, notebook, speech, outline, theme, thesis, dissertation, or other written, 
visual, or oral material that has been knowingly obtained or copied in whole or in part, 
from the work of others, whether such source is published, including (but not limited to) 
another individual's academic composition, compilation, or other product, or commer- 
cially prepared paper. 

2. Cheating and dishonest practices in connection with examinations, papers, and 
projects, including but not limited to: a. Obtaining help from another student during ex- 
aminations, b. Knowingly giving help to another student during examinations, taking an 
examination or doing academic work for another student, or providing one's own work for 
another student to copy and submit as his/her own. c. The unauthorized use of notes, 
books, or other sources of information during examinations, d. Obtaining without autho- 
rization an examination or any part thereof. 

3. Forgery, misrepresentation or fraud: 

a. Forging or altering, or causing to be altered, the record of any grade in a grade 
book or other educational record. 

b. Use of University documents or instruments of identification with intent to de- 
fraud. 

c. Presenting false data or intentionally misrepresenting one's records for admis- 
sion, registration, or withdrawal from the University or from a University course. 

d. Knowingly presenting false data or intentionally misrepresenting one's records for 
personal gain. 

e. Knowingly and unethically furnishing the results of research projects or experi- 
ments. 

f. Knowingly furnishing false statements in any University academic proceeding. 



46 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Academic dishonesty includes plagiarism; cheating and dishonest practices in con- 
nection with examinations, papers, and projects; and forgery, misrepresentation, and 
fraud. Some cases of forgery, misrepresentation, or fraud which occur outside the con- 
text of courses or academic requirements may be referred directly to the University Com- 
mittee on Student Rights and Responsibilities by any member of the University commu- 
nity. In such cases, the University Committee on Student Rights and Responsibilities will 
arrange a hearing following the procedure outlined in Step 3 within 15 calendar days of 
receipt of the charges. 

Hearing Procedure Steps 

Step 1. If a student is charged with academic dishonesty, the instructor will contact the 
student in person and/or notify the student in writing of the specifics of the charge within 
15 calendar days of the discovery of the offense. The student must respond within five 
calendar days of the receipt of the notification. If the instructor determines the student is 
guilty, the maximum penalties the instructor may administer are exclusion from the course, 
a lower grade, and/or an unforgivable F (not eligible for D/F repeat policy) in the course. 
The instructor and/or the department chairperson also may recommend to the dean of 
the college in which the course is offered that additional penalties be imposed on the 
student. At the discretion of the faculty member or department chairperson, in cases 
where there is written admission of guilt by the student, the case may be satisfactorily 
resolved at the departmental level. Whenever a penalty is administered, the facts of the 
case shall be reported in writing to the dean of the college or school and a copy for- 
warded to the Office of Judicial Programs for the permanent records. In cases wherein 
academic dishonesty occurs in a college or school other than that in which the student is 
enrolled, the results of the case shall be reported to the dean of the college or school in 
which the student involved is enrolled. 

Step 2. If the student denies guilt, if the student believes the penalty imposed in Step 1 is 
unjust, or if the instructor and/or department chairperson determines the penalties avail- 
able at Step 1 are insufficient for a specific act, the dean of the college or school in which 
the course is offered shall be notified in writing of the specifics of the case. The dean 
shall then implement the following steps within 1 5 calendar days of receipt of notification: 
Step 3. If the student wishes to appeal the decision of the dean, the appeal must reach 
the University Committee on Student Rights and Responsibilities within 30 calendar days 
of the student's receipt of the dean's decision. The University Committee on Student 
Rights and Responsibilities will arrange a hearing within 15 calendar days using the 
following procedures: 

The University Committee on Student Rights and Responsibilities will reach a deci- 
sion within seven days of the hearing. If the University Committee on Student Rights and 
Responsibilities finds the student guilty, it will determine the penalty it deems appropriate 
under the circumstances and inform all parties involved. The penalty imposed cannot be 
more severe than the penalty imposed by the dean. 

Step 4. Only sanctions of suspension or dismissal invoked or upheld by the University 
Committee on Student Rights and Responsibilities may be appealed to the President or 
his/her designee. Such appeals must reach the President's Office within 30 calendar 
days after receipt of written notice of the decision of the University Committee on Student 
Rights and Responsibilities. The decision of the President or the President's designee 
is final. 



Academic Integrity/Dishonesty 47 



Notes on the fee charts on the following pages: 

1 Nine credit hours are considered the usual maximum at WVU. 
'Special fees include Mountainlair ($56), Daily Athenaeum ($7), radio station ($5), health, 
counseling service, and programs ($104), transportation ($50), student affairs ($30), and 
athletic ($44). 

Fees listed are accurate as of January 1 , 1 996; however, fees are subject to change 
without notice. Contact the Office of Admissions and Records for more current infor- 
mation. 

Fees per Credit Hour for Graduate Studies 



Resident 








Non-Resident 


Credit 


Special 






Special 




Hours Tuition 


Fees* 


Total 


Tuition 


Fees* 


Total 


$98 


$33 


$131 


$358 


$33 


$391 


1 98 


33 


131 


358 


33 


391 


2 196 


66 


262 


716 


66 


782 


3 294 


99 


393 


1,074 


99 


1,173 


4 392 


132 


524 


1,432 


132 


1,564 


5 490 


165 


655 


1,790 


165 


1,955 


6 588 


198 


786 


2,148 


198 


2,346 


7 686 


231 


917 


2,506 


231 


2,737 


8 784 


264 


1,048 


2,864 


264 


3,128 


*9 872 


296 


1,168 


3,211 


296 


3,507 



Higher Education Resource Fund 



This fee is paid by graduate students in the Colleges of Business and Economics and Engineering 

and Mineral Resources. 

Credit hours Resident Non-Resident 

$18 $25 

1 18 25 

2 36 50 

3 54 75 

4 72 100 

5 90 125 

6 108 150 

7 126 175 

8 144 200 
'9 155 225 



Fees per Credit Hour 

Resident 
Credit Special Health 



for Health Sciences Graduate Studies 

Non-Resident 
Special Health 



rs 


Tuition 


Fees 


Prof. 


Total 


Tuition 


Fees 


Prof. 


Total 





$72 


$33 


$59 


$164 


$219 


$33 


$230 


$482 


1 


72 


33 


59 


164 


219 


33 


230 


482 


2 


144 


66 


118 


328 


438 


66 


460 


964 


3 


216 


99 


177 


492 


647 


99 


690 


1,446 


4 


288 


132 


236 


656 


876 


132 


920 


1,928 


5 


360 


165 


295 


820 


1,095 


165 


1,150 


2,410 


6 


432 


198 


354 


984 


1,314 


198 


1,380 


2,892 


7 


504 


231 


413 


1,148 


1,533 


231 


1,610 


3,374 


8 


576 


264 


472 


1,312 


1,752 


264 


1,840 


3,856 


9 


635 


296 


525 


1,456 


1,955 


296 


2,063 


4,314 



48 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Additional Fees for Pharmacy 





Resident 


Non-Resident 


Resident 


Non-Resident 


Hours 


Education Fee 


Health Professions Fee 





$3.00 


$12 


$74 


$265 


1 


3.00 


12 


74 


265 


2 


6.00 


24 


148 


530 


3 


9.00 


36 


222 


795 


4 


12.00 


48 


296 


1,060 


5 


15.00 


60 


370 


1,325 


6 


18.00 


72 


444 


1,590 


7 


21.00 


84 


518 


1,855 


8 


24-00 


96 


592 


2,120 


9 


25.00 


100 


660 


2,383 



Other Fees 

Application for admission (Dentistry and Medicine) $30 

Application for admission (Law or Graduate Studies) 35 

Diploma replacement 20 

Graduation 30 

(All students pay this fee at the beginning of the semester or 

session in which they expect to complete their degrees.) 
Late registration (nonrefundable) 30 

(Charged to students who do not register on the registration days set forth 

in the University Calendar.) 
Non-enrolled graduate student evaluation fee 50 

(For graduate students not otherwise enrolled at time of final exam.) 

Professional engineering degree (includes $20.00 graduation fee) 35 

Program reactivation fee (graduate students) 35 

Reinstatement of student dropped from the rolls 20 

Student identification card replacement 20 

Student record fee 5 

Official transcript 5 

Official letter (statement of degree/grade-point average) 5 

Course descriptions 5 

Priority service on above 8 

Summer Session Tuition and Fees 

Tuition, per semester hour Resident ..Nonresident 

Graduate Students $98 $358 

Dentistry Students 121 310 

Medicine Students 93 254 

Daily Athenaeum Fee* 3 3 

Radio Station Fee* 2 2 

Health, Counseling, and Program Services Fee 39 39 

Mountainlair Construction Fee, per six week summer session 

or any portion thereof* 21 21 

Student Affairs Fee 11 11 

Transportation Fee 19 19 

*Fee required of all students. (Nonrefundable unless student withdraws officially before the close 
of general registration.) 



Fee Charts 49 



Part 4 Programs and Courses 

Schedule of Courses 

Before the opening of each semester and the summer sessions, a Schedule of 
Courses is printed, announcing the courses that will be offered by the colleges and 
schools of WVU. 

Plan for Numbering Courses 

For convenience, each course of study is designated by the name of the department 
in which it is given and by the number of that course. The plan for numbering courses is 
as follows: 

Courses 1-99: Courses intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores. 
Courses 100-199: Courses intended primarily for juniors and seniors. 
Courses 200-299: Courses for advanced undergraduate students and selected graduate 
students. No more than 40 per cent of the credits counted for meeting requirements for a 
graduate degree can be at the 200 level. 

Courses 300-399: Courses for graduate students, students in professional programs 
leading to a doctorate, and selected advanced undergraduate students. Undergraduates 
in any class carrying a 300-level course number must have a 3.0 cumulative grade point 
average and written approval on special forms from the course instructor and the student's 
advisor. Seniors within 12 semester hours of graduation may, with prior approval of their 
advisors, enroll in 300-level graduate courses for graduate credit. 
Courses 400-499: Courses for graduate students only. 

In summary, 200-level courses are intended primarily to serve undergraduate stu- 
dents; 300-level courses are intended primarily to serve introductory course needs for 
graduate programs. 

NOTE: Graduate degree credit-hour requirements must include at least 60 per cent at 
the 300 and 400 level. 

Graduate Level Common Course Numbers and Descriptions 

(as approved by the Faculty Senate) 
Course 391 Advanced Topics . Variable 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced 
topics not covered in regularly scheduled courses. 

Course 397 Research. Variable 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activities leading to a 
thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly project. 

Any school, college, department, or division may elect to offer these courses for its 
students. With the approval of the assistant vice president for curriculum and instruction, 
these courses may be graded S or U. 

Courses 491 and 497: Courses 491 Advanced Study and 497 Research are approved 
for University-wide use by any academic unit. Courses numbered 491 and 497 may be 
graded S or U. 

Courses 492-495: Courses are approved by the assistant vice president for curriculum 
and instruction. Approved requests are forwarded to the Office of Admissions and Records 
for entry into the WVU Schedule of Courses. 

490. Teaching Practicum. I and II. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Supervised practice in college 

teaching of (Subject matter determined by department/division/college/school 

offering the course.) 

Note: This course is intended to insure that graduate assistants are adequately pre- 
pared and supervised when they are given college teaching responsibility. It also pro- 
vides a mechanism for students not on assistantships to gain teaching experience. Courses 
numbered 490 are graded S/U. 

50 WVU Graduate Catalog 



491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced topics 
which are not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study may be independent or 
through specially scheduled lectures. 

Note: This course is intended to be helpful in pioneering new courses prior to re- 
questing formal approval through the Senate Curriculum Committee and the full Faculty 
Senate (no later than the semester following the second offering of a particular Special 
Topics course) and to allow distinguished visitors whose stay will be a month or longer to 
instruct in their own fields of specialty. 

492. Directed Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Directed study, reading, and/or research. 

493. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. A study of contemporary topics selected from recent 
developments in the field. 

494. Special Seminars. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Special seminars arranged for advanced graduate 
students. 

495. Independent Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Faculty-supervised study of topics not available 
through regular course offerings. 

496. Graduate Seminar. 1 hr. PR: Consent. It is anticipated that each graduate student 
will present at least one seminar to the assembled faculty and graduate student body of 
his/her program. 

Note: This course is intended to provide a mechanism for graduate students to give 
their "maiden speech" in their chosen discipline. Grading will be S/U. 

497. Research. 1-15 hr. 

498. Thesis. 2-4 hr. PR: Consent. 

Note: This is an optional course for programs that believe that this level of control and 
supervision is needed during the writing of students' reports, theses, or dissertation. 

499. Colloquium. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. For graduate students not seeking course work 
credit but who wish to meet residence requirements, use the University's facilities, and 
participate in its academic and cultural programs. 

Note: Graduate students who are not actively involved in course work or research 
are entitled, through enrollment in his/her department's 499 Graduate Colloquium, to 
consult with graduate faculty, participate in both formal and informal academic activities 
sponsored by his/her program, and retain all of the rights and privileges of duly enrolled 
students. Grading is S/U; colloquium credit may not be counted against credit require- 
ments for masters' programs. 



Programs and Courses 51 



General Comment 

Graduate Council policy requires that any student in a master's program has a mini- 
mum of 24 hours of "regular" course work: "...a minimum of 24 hours of course work 
other than thesis credit is standard and a minimum of 30 total hours is also stan- 
dard." 

Abbreviations Used in Course Listings 



I 

II 

I, II 

I and II 

Yr 

S 

Hr 

Lee 

Rec 

Lab 

Cone 

PR 

Coreq 

Consent 

CR 



a course given in the first (fall) semester. 

a course given in the second (spring) semester. 

a course given each semester. 

a course given throughout the year. 

a course continued through two semesters. 

a course given in the summer. 

credit hours per course. 

lecture period. 

recitation period. 

laboratory period. 

concurrent registration required. 

prerequisite. 

corequisite. 

consent of instructor required. 

credit but no grade. 



An asterisk (*) following credit hours listed as variable indicates that the course normally 
carries three credit hours. Exceptions are made only in emergencies and must be ap- 
proved by the departmental chair and by the professor teaching the course. 



52 WVU Graduate Catalog 



College of Agriculture and Forestry 

Rosemary R. Haggett, Ph.D., Dean; Director of West Virginia Agricultural and 

Forestry Experiment Station 
Kerry S. Odell, Ph.D., Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Development 
Alfred L Barr, Ph.D., Associate Director, West Virginia Agricultural and Forestry 

Experiment Station 

The College of Agriculture and Forestry is comprised of five divisions: animal and 
veterinary sciences, family resources, forestry, plant and soil sciences, and resource 
management. The college's faculty and staff are located in four buildings on the Evans- 
dale campus, in one building on the downtown campus, on farms administered by the 
College of Agriculture and Forestry in Kearneysville, Morgantown, Reedsville, Union, 
and Wardensville, and at the University Forest on nearby Chestnut Ridge. The College 
also operates the West Virginia University Child Development Laboratory (Nursery School). 

Students study many different subjects concerned with human behavior, plants, 
animals, and microorganisms. Curricula in the college stress biological and chemical sci- 
ences, applied ecology, fabricated structures, and relationships among people as they live 
and work in a wide variety of settings. Courses offered in the College give students a comprehen- 
sive understanding of the basic elements that interrelate with and affect our environment. 

The College of Agriculture and Forestry sponsors research via an organizational 
structure called the West Virginia Agricultural and Forestry Experiment Station. The Ex- 
periment Station is the mechanism through which most research proposals are gener- 
ated, evaluated, approved, and funded. The University controls extensive lands, which 
are administered by the College, with specific areas set aside for research and teaching 
purposes in dairy, general livestock, poultry, forestry, wildlife management, horticulture, 
general agronomy, entomology, and soils. The required instruction and analytic work is 
performed in the classrooms and laboratories of the University's facilities. 

College of Agriculture and Forestry Graduate Programs 

Agricultural Education M.S. 

Agricultural and Resource Economics M.S. 

Agricultural Sciences Ph.D. 

Animal and Food Science, Plant and Soil Science 

Agriculture M.Agr. 

Animal and Veterinary Sciences M.S. 

Animal Sciences, Breeding, Food Sciences, Nutrition, Physiology, 

Production 
Family Resources M.S. 

Child Development and Family Studies, Human Nutrition 
Forest Resources Science Ph.D. 

Forest Resources Management, Wildlife and Fisheries Management, 

Wood Science 

Forestry M.S.F. 

Genetics and Developmental Biology Ph.D. 

Natural Resource Economics Ph.D. 

Plant and Soil Sciences M.S. 

Agronomy, Entomology, Environmental Microbiology, Horticulture, 

Plant Pathology 

Recreation and Parks Management M.S. 

Reproductive Physiology Ph.D. 

Wildlife and Fisheries Resources M.S. 



College of Agriculture and Forestry 53 



The College of Agriculture and Forestry currently offers five doctoral programs: 

• Ph.D. in Agricultural Sciences. Doctoral students may choose from a major in 
either animal and food sciences or plant and soil sciences. 

• Ph.D. in Forest Resource Sciences. Doctoral students may choose from the follow- 
ing majors: forest resource management, wildlife and fisheries management, or wood 
science. 

• Ph.D. in Natural Resource Economics. Doctoral students may choose from the fol- 
lowing majors: natural resource and environmental economics, commodity market analy- 
sis, modeling and forecasting, or international agricultural and rural resource development. 
The College directs two interdisciplinary doctoral programs. 

• Ph.D. in Genetics and Developmental Biology. Doctoral students may select from 1 6 
areas of emphasis related to human, plant, and animal genetics, and developmental biology. 

• Ph.D. in Reproductive Physiology. Doctoral students may select courses in bio- 
chemistry, developmental embryology, endocrinology, reproductive physiology, statistics, 
and physiology. 

The College of Agriculture and Forestry offers many programs at the master's level. 
Students can choose from the following majors for a master's degree: agricultural and 
resource economics, agricultural education, animal sciences, family resources, forestry, 
plant sciences, recreation and parks management, or wildlife and fisheries manage- 
ment. In addition, students may choose to pursue a master of agriculture (M. Agr.) or a 
master of science in the interdisciplinary programs in genetics and developmental biol- 
ogy or reproductive physiology. 

For additional information concerning any of the graduate programs in Agriculture 
and Forestry contact the Associate Dean and Coordinator of Graduate Studies, College 
of Agriculture and Forestry, P.O. Box 6108, West Virginia University, Morgantown, WV 
26506-6108; Telephone (304) 293-2691. 



General Admission Requirements and Information 

Regular. A regular graduate student is a degree-seeking student who meets all the 
criteria for regular admission to a program of his/her choice. The student must possess 
a baccalaureate degree from a college or university, have at least a grade-point average 
of 2.75 on a 4.0 scale (or an average of 3.0 or higher for the last 60 credit hours), meet 
all the criteria established by the degree program, and be under no requirements to make 
up deficiencies. 

The student must: 

1. Have an adequate academic aptitude at the graduate level as measured by the 
Graduate Record Examination (GRE), or the New Medical College Admissions Test 
(New MCAT). 

2. Provide three letters of reference from persons acquainted with the applicant's 
professional work, experience, or academic background. 

3. Submit a written statement of 500 words or more indicating the applicant's goals 
and objectives relative to receiving a graduate degree. 

4. International students have the additional requirement to submit a minimum score 
of 550 on the TOEFL examination if their native language is not English. 

See the specific graduate programs for additional requirements. 
Provisional: A student may be admitted as provisional when the student possesses a 
baccalaureate degree but clearly does not meet the criteria for regular admission. The 
student may have incomplete credentials, deficiencies to make up, or may have a 
promising undergraduate scholastic record that is less than the 2.75 grade-point average or 
an average of 3.0 or higher in the last 60 credit hours required for regular admission. 



54 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Non-Degree: A non-degree student is a student not admitted to a program. Admission 
as a non-degree student does not guarantee admission to any course or program. The 
reasons for non-admission may be late application, incomplete credentials, scholarship 
deficiencies, or lack of a degree objective. Even though a non-degree student has not 
been admitted to a graduate program, an academic unit may allow a non-degree student 
admission. A student must present evidence of a baccalaureate degree and obtain a 2.5 
grade-point average on the first 1 2 credit hours of course work and maintain this average 
as long as enrolled. A maximum of 1 2 credit hours of work as a non-degree student may 
be applied to a graduate degree if the student is later accepted into a graduate program. 
To be eligible to enter a degree program, the student must maintain a minimum of a 3.0 
grade-point average on all course work taken since admission as a graduate student. 



Graduate Faculty 

Indicates associate membership in the graduate faculty. 
1 Indicates regular membership in the graduate faculty. 

Animal and Veterinary Sciences 
Professors 

'William E. Collins, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Bovine reproduction. 

f Robert A. Dailey, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Reproductive physiology. 

♦William H. Hoover, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Animal nutrition. 

f E. Keith Inskeep, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Reproductive physiology. 

f Paul E. Lewis, Ph.D. (WVU). Reproductive physiology. 

f Ronald A. Peterson, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Nutrition. Physiology-poultry. 

f Edward C. Prigge, Ph.D. (U. Maine). Animal nutrition. 

f John E. Warren, Ph.D. (U. of Md.). Director. Reproductive Physiology 

Associate Professors 

f Hillar Klandorf, Ph.D. (U. Edinburgh). Poultry physiology. 

'Phillip I. Osborne, Ph.D. (Clemson U.). Extension Specialist. Livestock marketing and production. 

f Richard Russell, Ph.D. (Iowa St. U.). Animal nutrition. 

*Wayne R. Wagner, Ph.D. (Colo. St. U.). Extension Specialist. Animal breeding and genetics. 

Assistant Professors 

f P. Brett Kenney, Ph.D. (Kansas St. U.). Meat Science. 

'John Killifer, Ph.D. (Ore. St. U.). Nutritional Biochemistry. 

'Paul M. Smith, M.S. (WVU). Food sciences. 

Family Resources 
Professors 

f Wanda F. Franz, Ph.D. (WVU). Human development, Cognitive development theory. 

f Mary K. Head, R.D., Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Experimental foods, Applied human nutrition, Food and 

dietary evaluation. 
*Nora M. MacDonald, M.S. (Iowa St. U.). Apparel design, Clothing for special needs, Fashion 

merchandising. 
f M. Zafar Alam Nomani, Ph.D. (Rutgers U.). Dietary fiber, Cholesterol, Protein and energy 

metabolism, Nutritional assessment, International nutrition. 
Associate Professors 

*Marian Beth Liddell, Ed.D. (WVU). Curriculum, Instruction, Supervision. 
•Charlotte Nath, Ed.D. (WVU). Adjunct. 

•Richard Strasberger, Ed.D. (WVU). Adjunct. Special education, Parenting education. 
f Bobbie Gibson Warash, Ed.D. (WVU). Preschool curriculum. 
Assistant Professors 

f Hazel A. Bourne Hiza, Ph.D. (Harvard U.). Applied human nutrition, Pregnancy and nutrition. 
*Chet Johnson, M.D. (U. Kansas). Adjunct. Child development. 



College of Agriculture and Forestry 55 



'Carol Markstrom-Adams, Ph.D. (Utah St. U.). Family, Adolescents, Social contexts. 

'Christine A. Myres, M.S. (F.S.U.). Interior design. 

Kari Price, M.S. (WVU). Adjunct. Developmental disabilities. 

*Dottie D. Rauch, M.Ed. (Penn. St. U.). Family resource management. 

*Susan Rodman, Ed.D. (WVU). Adjunct. Statistics. 

Lecturer 

'Betty Forbes, M.A. (WVU). 

Forestry 
Professors 

f Eugene C. Bammel, Ph.D. (Syracuse U.). Recreation and Parks. Leisure theory, Historical 

interpretation, Tourism. 
f Lei Lane Bammel, Ph.D. (U. Utah). Recreation and Parks. Leisure studies, Research designs. 
*Jack E. Coster, Ph.D. (Tex. A&M U.). Forestry, Entomology. 

f Ray R. Hicks, Jr., Ph.D. (SUNY). Forest Management. Forest ecology, Forest pest management. 
\Joseph M. Hutchinson, Jr., M.S. (WVU). Recreation and Parks. Recreation/parks management, 

Administration planning, Policy. 
f Edwin D. Michael, Ph.D. (Tex. A&M U.). Wildlife Management. Wildlife management, Wetland 

wildlife. 
f David E. Samuel, Ph.D. (WVU). Wildlife Management. Policy and administration, Wildlife attitudes, 

Hunter education. 
'Stanislaw Jan Tajchman, Ph.D. (U. Munich). Forest Management. Forest meteorology. 
tRobert C. Whitmore, Ph.D. (B. Young U.). Wildlife Management. Avian ecology, Quantitative 

ecology. 
f Harry V. Wiant, Jr., Ph.D. (Yale U.). Forest Management. Mensuration, Silviculture. 
Associate Professors 
f James P. Armstrong, Ph.D. (SUNY). Interim director. Wood Science. Physical properties and 

hardwood drying. 
'William N. Grafton, M.S.F (WVU). Extension specialist , Wildlife. 
'Curt C. Hassler, Ph.D. (VPI&SU). Leader, Appalachian Hardwood Center. Wood Science. 

Harvesting, Quantitative methods. 
f Steven J. Hollenhorst, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Recreation and Parks. Wilderness management. 
f David E. Patterson, Ph.D. (Tex. A&M U.). Wood Science. Plant layout, Decision-making, 

Processing. 
f Sue A. Perry, Ph.D. (N.Tx. St. U.). Adjunct. Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Unit. Aquatic ecology. 
Assistant Professors 
Ben E. Dawson-Andoh, Ph.D. (U. British Columbia). Wood science. Wood chemistry and 

biodeterioration. 
f Mary Ann Fajvan, Ph.D. (U. Maine). Forest management, Quantitative silviculture. 
f Linda S. Bribko, Ph.D. (WVU). Forest management. Integrated resources management and 

landscape level planning. 
f Andrew F. Egan, Ph.D. (PSU). Wood science. Forest harvesting and roads. 
*Rory F. Fraser, Ph.D. (PSU). Forest management. Forest economics and international trade. 
f Steven W. Selin, Ph.D. (U. Ore.). Recreation and parks, Parks and tourism management. 
f Petra B. Wood, Ph.D. (U. Fla.). Adjunct. Cooperative fish and wildlife unit. Wildlife ecology. 

Genetics and Developmental Biology 
Professors 

David F. Blaydes, Ph.D.. (Ind. U.). Plant genetics, Plant physiology, Cytokinins. 
Donald F. Butcher, Ph.D. (Iowa St. U.). Population genetics. 
Linda Butler, Ph.D. (U. Ga.). Entomology. Forest entomology, Pest management. 
Nyles Charon, Ph.D. (U. Minn.). Medical bacteriology, Genetics and physiology ofspirochetes. 
Walter J. Kaczmarczyk, Ph.D. (Hahnemann Med. Col.). Biochemical genetics, Biochemistry. 
Edward C. Keller, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Ecological genetics, Population genetics. 
Gregory W. Konat, Ph.D. (U. Odense). Myelinogenis, Chromatin and gene expression. 
Daniel M. Lewis, Ph.D. (WVU). Adjunct. Immunology, Mechanism of immunological reactions in 
the lung. 

56 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Joseph P. Morton, Ph.D. (Mont. St. U.). Ecological, developmental and molecular studies in fungi. 

Joginder Nath, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Chairperson. Cytogenetics, Evolution, Mutagenetics. 

Tong-man Ong, Ph.D. (Illinois St. U.). Adjunct. Mutagenesis toxicology. 

Robert S. Pore, Ph.D. (U. Cal.). Mycology, Pathobiology, Mycoses. 

William Sorenson, Ph.D. (U. Tx.). Adjunct. Role of fungi in occupational lung disease. 

William V. Thayne, Ph.D. (U. Illinois). Statistics, Statistical genetics. 

George V. Tryfiates, Ph.D. (Rutgers U.). Nutritional oncology. 

Knox Van Dyke, Ph.D. (St. Louis U.). Chemiluminescence in human cells, Effects of anti-inflationary 

drugs on chemiluminescence. 
William Wallace, Ph.D. (WVU). Adjunct. Surface spectroscopy and genetic toxicology of respirable 

mineral and organic particles. 
Associate Professors 

Keith Garbutt, Ph.D. (U. Wales). Population genetics. 
Ann Hubbs, Ph.D. (Co. St. U.). Adjunct. Veterinary toxicologic pathology, Mechanisms of toxic 

injury. 
Hillar Klandorf, Ph.D. (U. Edinburgh). Endocrinoloogy. 
Dennis O. Overman, Ph.D. (U. Mich.). Teratology, Organ culture. 
Jeanine Strobl, Ph.D. (Geo. Wash. U.). Estrogen receptor mechanisms. 
David B. Yelton, Ph.D. (U. Mass.). Microbial genetics, Bacteriophage, Molecular genetics. 
Assistant Professors 

Rajeev Arora, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Perturbations related to low temperature stress. 
Brad Hillgartner, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Nutritional control of gene expression, Thyroid hormone 

action. 
Wei-Shau Hu, Ph.D. (U.C. -Davis). Retrovirus recombination and replication, Mechanisms of oncogene 

transduction, Human gene therapy. 
Daniel Panacionne, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Gene cloning, Gene transfer. 
Vinay Pathak, Ph.D. (U.C. -Davis). Retroviral genetics, Isolation of anitoncogenes. 
Mohamdi A. Sarkar, Ph.D. (Virg. Comm. U.). Etiology of uterine and bladder cancers. 
James Sheil, Ph.D. (U. Ky.). Immunology, Mechanisms of cytotoxic T lymphocyte-mediated antigen 

recognition and effector function. 

Plant and Soil Sciences 
Professors 

Barnes W. Amrine, Jr., Ph.D. (Iowa St. U.). Entomology. Medical entomology, Apiculture, Biological 

control. 
f Barton S. Baker, Ph.D. (WVU). Director. Agronomy. Forage crops. 
f John A. Balasko, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Agronomy. Forage crops. 
•John F. Baniecki, Ph.D. (U. Ariz.). Extension. Plant Pathology. Plant disease identification and 

control. 
Bradford C. Bearce, Ph.D. (U. Calif.). Horticulture. Florist and nursery crops. 
'Alan R. Biggs, Ph.D. (PSU). Plant pathology, Tree fruits. 

'Gary K. Bissonnette, Ph.D. (Mont. St. U.). Environmental microbiology, Aquatic microbiology. 
t William B. Bryan, Ph.D. (Iowa St. U.). Agronomy. Pastures. 

'Linda Butler, Ph.D. (U. Ga.). Entomology. Forest entomology, Pest management, Lepidoptera. 
'Henry W. Hogmire, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Entomology. Tree fruit entomology, Integrated pest 

management. 
'L. Morris Ingle, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Horticulture. Post-harvest physiology of tree fruits. 
'Walter J. Kaczmarczyk, Ph.D. (Hahnemann Med. C). Genetics. Biochemical genetics. 
'William L. MacDonald, Ph.D. (Iowa St. U.). Plant Pathology. Forest and shade tree diseases. 
'Joseph B. Morton, Ph.D. (Mont. St. U.). Plant Pathology. Mycorrhizal interactions, Field crop 

diseases. 
'Joginder Nath, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Genetics. Cytogenetics, Evolution, Mutagenesis. 
'John C. Sencindiver, Ph.D. (WVU). Agronomy. Soil science, Soil genesis and classification, Land 

reclamation. 
'Rabindar N. Singh, Ph.D. (VPI&SU). Agronomy. Soil chemistry and mineralogy. 
•Richard K. Zimmerman, Ph.D. (WVU). Extension, Plant Sciences. Plant sciences, Conservation. 



College of Agriculture and Forestry 57 



Associate Professors 

■James L. Brooks, Ph.D. (U. Calif.). Agricultural Biochemistry. Enzymes and plant biochemistry. 
r Alan J. Sexstone, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Environmental Microbiology. Nutrient cycling and 

biodegradation of pollutants. 
T Jeffrey Skousen, Ph.D. (Tex. A&M U.). Extension specialist. Land reclamation. 
T Joseph E. Weaver, M.S. (WVU). Entomology. 
Assistant Professors 

T Daniel Panacionne, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Gene cloning, Gene transfer. 
Rajeev Arora, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Horticulture, Plant physiology, Environmental stress. 

Resource Management 
Professors 

'Alfred L. Barr, Ph.D. (Okla. St. U.). Associate Director, Agricultural and Forestry Experiment 

Station. 
T Dale K. Colyer, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Production economics., Rural development. 
T Robert G. Diener, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Agricultural and environmental technology, Electricity, Agri 

cultural mechanization research. 
f Kendall C. Elliott, M.S.Ag.E. (WVU). Agricultural and environmental technology, Engines, Hydrau 

lies, Agricultural mechanization research. 
\Jerald J. Fletcher, Ph.D. (U. Cal.). Agricultural and resource economics, Resource economics. 
r Stacy A. Gartin, Ph. D. (Ohios St. U.). Agicultural education, Communications, Program planning, 

Leadership development, Adult education, Teaching methods. 
*Alon Kvashny, Ed. D. (WVU). Landscape architecture. Site design, Landscape construction. 
f Walter C. Labys, Ph.D. (U. Nottingham). Mineral and energy economics. Commodity modeling. 
f Layle D. Lawrence, Ph.D. (LSU). Agricultural Education. Social science, Curriculum 

development, Teaching methods. 
'George W. Longenecker, M.F.A. (U. Illinois). Landscape Architecture. Plant identification, Planting 

design. 
'Robert H. Maxwell. Ph.D. (Cornell U.). Agricultural education, International programs. 
T Virgil J. Norton, Ph.D. (Ore. St. U.). Resource management. Agricultural and resource economics. 
Tim T. Phipps, Ph.D. (U. Cal.). Agricultural and resource economics. Agricultural policy. 
f Peter V. Schaeffer, Ph.D. (U.S.C.). Director, Resource management. Regional science, Applied 

microeconomics. 
T Dennis K. Smith, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Agricultural and resource economics. Rural development. 
Thomas Torries, Ph.D. (Penn St. U.). Mineral and energy resource economics. 
'Delmar R. Yoder, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Extension. Resource development. 
Associate Professors 
'Donald R. Armstrong, M.L.A. (Iowa St. U.). Landscape architecture. Site design, Design 

implementation. 
T Alan R. Collins, Ph.D. (Ore. St. U.). Agricultural and resource economics. 
r Gerard E. D'Souza, Ph.D. (Miss. St. U.). Agricultural and resource economics. Farm management, 

Production economics, Finance. 
T Tesfa Gebremedhin, Ph.D. (Okla. St. U.). Agricultural and resource economics. Farm manage 

ment, Agribusiness. 
'Alexander G. Karther, M.F.A. (U. Okla.). Landscape Architecture. Design communication, Design 

methodology. 
*Edna McBreen, Ph.D. (Cornell U.). Director, International programs. International agriculture, 

Agricultural education. 
'Steven B. McBride, M.L.A. (U. Mass.). Landscape construction, Site design, Visual impact analysis. 
T Kerry S. Odell, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Associate Dean. Rural education, Computer application, Lead 

ership development. 
'Charles B. Yuill, M.L.A. (U. Mass.). GIS. Computer applications, Landscape planning. 
Assistant Professors 

r Laura Ann Blanciforti, Ph.D. (U. Cal.). Marketing, Econometrics. 
Nancy A. Norton, Ph.D. (WVU). Environmental economics. 



58 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Reproductive Physiology 
Professors 

Robert Cochrane, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Adjunct. Reproduction in laboratory and fur animals. 

*William E. Collins, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Endocrinology of bovine reproduction. 

'Robert A. Dailey, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Neuroendocrine control of reproduction, Follicular development, 

Ovulation. 
'Mark Gibson, M.D. (Case W. Reserve U.). Ovarian and uterine functions. 
f E. Keith Inskeep, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Uterine and ovarian prostaglandins in sheep and cattle. 
f Paul E. Lewis, Ph.D. (WVU). Puberty, Postpartum and seasonal anestrus as limiting factors in 

reproduction. 
Michael G. Mawhinney, Ph.D. (WVU). Endocrine pharmacology and metabolism of male sex 

accessory tissues. 
Uoginder Nath, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Genetics and evolution. 
Associate Professor 

Robert L. Goodman, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Neuroendocrine control of ovarian function. 
Miliar Klandorf, Ph.D. (U. Edinburgh). Poultry physiology. 
Assistant Professor 
Jorges A. Flores (Geo. Wash. U.). Hypothalamic-pituitary-ovarian interactions. 



Agricultural Education 

Peter V. Schaeffer, Director, Division of Resource Management 
Stacy A. Gartin, Graduate Program Coordinator 
2052 Agricultural Sciences Building 
Degree Offered: Master of Science 

Prerequisites 

The agricultural education faculty offers master's programs for persons desiring 
advanced study in teaching agriculture or in agricultural extension education. Candi- 
dates for the master of science degree in agricultural education may be admitted on a 
regular or provisional basis. A student who does not have a B.S. in agriculture with a 
major in agricultural education may be required to complete undergraduate courses in 
agriculture and professional education which are prerequisites to essential graduate 
courses. Students shall combine graduate courses in agriculture and professional 
education by taking 16 to 20 hours in agriculture and 10 to 14 hours in education. 

Programs are planned to ensure that candidates develop an understanding of: 

• The teaching/learning process, 

• The design and operation of instructional programs in agriculture, 

• Research and evaluation processes, 

• The philosophy and purposes of public agricultural education. 

All graduate courses offered toward the degree must be approved by the student's 
advisor. A thesis is required as a part of the 30-hour graduation requirement. 

Agricultural Education (AGED) 

260. Prin of Cooperative Extension. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. History, Philosophy and mis- 
sion of the cooperative extension service. Roles and functions of extension faculty in 
developing and presenting extension programs. 

261. Meth in Extension Education. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Organization and preparation 
for extension teaching and the processes of communication. 



Agricultural Education 59 



262. Agricultural and Natural Resource Communications. 3 hr. Procedures and practices 
in developing, interpreting, and communicating agricultural and natural resource infor- 
mation; emphasis on visual materials and effective presentations. (3 hr. lee.) 

263. Adult Education in Agr and NR . 2 hr. PR: Consent. Planning and preparation for 
teaching adult classes and advising agricultural organizations. 

362. Prog Dev and Eval in Extension. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Planning, implementation 
and evaluation of programs in rural and community development. 

364. Supervision of Ag Exp Programs. S. 3 hr. PR: AGED 160 or consent. Planning, 
supervision and evaluating experience programs of secondary students and adults. 

460. Plan Agr Programs and Courses. S. 3 hr. PR: AGED 160 or consent. Formulating 
programs and courses for schools and communities. 

492. Seminar. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. Overview and analysis of problems, literature, and research 
in agricultural education. 

Resource Management (RESM) 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. 

496. Graduate Seminar. I, II, S. 1 hr. PR: Consent. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 



Agricultural and Resource Economics 

Peter V. Schaeffer, Director, Division of Resource Management 
Gerard D' Souza, Graduate Program Coordinator 
2018 Agricultural Sciences Building 
Degree Offered: Master of Science 

The master of science in agricultural and resource economics provides advanced 
training in the areas of environmental, natural resource, agricultural, mineral, energy, 
and rural development economics. The degree prepares students for further graduate 
study and a wide variety of careers in the private sector and government. 

Admission Requirements 

Prospective graduate students initiate application for admission on forms available 
from the University Office of Admissions and Records. The completed form should be re- 
turned to the Office of Admissions and Records, accompanied by payment of the nonre- 
fundable application fee. An official transcript from all colleges attended during an applicant's 
undergraduate and graduate studies must be a part of the application for admission. 

In addition to general requirements, students must have: 

•Three letters of recommendation, 

•Twelve or more semester credits in economics, agricultural and resource econom- 
ics, statistics, or appropriate social science courses (should include intermediate 
microeconomics), 

•Three or more semester hours of credit in calculus, 

60 WVU Graduate Catalog 



• A grade-point average of 2.75 for all credit in economics and agricultural and re- 
source economics, and 

• A letter of purpose describing research interests and professional aspirations is 
required. 

Students seeking the degree of master of science in agricultural and resource eco- 
nomics may be accepted on a regular or provisional basis. The Admissions Committee 
reviews and evaluates all applications. Applicants who do not meet all of the require- 
ments above but have special qualifications may be admitted on a provisional basis. 
Such admission will usually be subject to conditions, however, such as taking course 
work to make up for deficiencies. Such make-up work will not be counted as part of the 
credit requirements for the degree. Scores from the Graduate Record Examination are 
required from all applicants. 

A student whose native language is not English must have obtained a minimum 
score of 550 on the TOEFL examination. 

Thesis Option 

Either a thesis or a course work option may be selected. Students should select the 
option by the time 12 hours of course work are completed (usually by the end of the first 
semester in the program) and after consulting with their graduate committees. Candi- 
dates with graduate research assistantships should select the thesis option. 

• A minimum of 30 credit hours of approved work to include not more than six hours 
of credit for the thesis, and enough courses to provide proficiency in economics, re- 
source, and agricultural and resource economics. Courses in closely related areas may 
be included. The student's graduate committee must approve the student's course of 
study and thesis topic. 

• A minimum of 36 credit hours of approved course work to provide proficiency in 
economics, resource, and agricultural and resource economics. Courses in closely re- 
lated areas may be included if approved by the student's graduate committee. 

• The student must satisfactorily complete a written and oral examination adminis- 
tered by the graduate committee. 

Each candidate's plan of study is developed by the student in consultation with his/ 
her major professor and graduate committee. Normally, the plan of study will include 
graduate-level courses in economic theory, resource economics, environmental econom- 
ics, statistics, and agricultural and resource economics. The plan of study should be de- 
veloped during the first term of study. 

A minimum grade-point average of 3.0 is required for all graduate credit courses . 
This includes graduate credit transferred and graduate credit accumulated while pursu- 
ing a degree in agricultural and resource economics. Persons requesting transfers of gradu- 
ate credit must obtain approval of their graduate committee for such transfers. 

Research Assistantships 

A limited number of graduate research assistantships is available to highly qualified 
students on a competitive basis. The awards are based on academic merit only. 

Agricultural and Resource Economics (ARE) 

201 . Applied Demand Analysis. II. 3 hr. Consumer demand economics applied to envi- 
ronmental, natural resource, and agricultural issues; analysis of factors that influence 
demand and determine prices; special applications to non-market, environmental, and 
natural resource amenities. 



Agricultural and Resource Economics 61 



202. Applied Production Economics. I. 3 hr. Production economics applied to agricul- 
tural, environmental, and natural resource issues; production, multiple-product and cost 
functions, and joint production; effects of environmental and natural resource manage- 
ment regulations on the production process. 

206. Agribusiness Planning. I. 3 hr. PR: AGEC 104 or consent. Application of economic 
and management principles to agribusiness planning; consideration of risk and uncer- 
tainty in agribusiness planning; formulation of economic models for determining opti- 
mum allocation of resources for production processes. 

210. Environmental and Resource Economics. I. 3 hr. PR: ARE 201 and 202; or ECON 
211; or consent. Economic analysis of natural resource and environmental problems; 
management of renewable and nonrenewable resources and environmental amenities; 
market failure, externalities, benefit-cost and risk analysis; property rights and the "tak- 
ing" issue. 

21 1. Rural Economic Development. I. 3 hr. Economic trends, development policies, and 
analysis of rural economies in the United States. Rural diversity, development concepts, 
rural planning, public programs and policies, and community analysis methods. 

220. Agricultural Cooperatives. I. 3 hr. History, principles, organization, management, 
taxation, and legal aspects of agricultural, marketing, supply and service cooperatives in 
the U.S. Development of non-agricultural cooperatives. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 

231 . Marketing Agricultural Products. II. 3 hr. Organization, functions, and analysis of the 
agricultural marketing system. Food consumption, exports, price analysis, marketing costs, 
market power, commodities futures market, food safety, and government regulations. 

235. Marketing Livestock Products. I. 3 hr. Livestock marketing practices and policies. 
Supply and demand, livestock price cycles, grading, marketing alternatives, processing 
and retailing. Economic analysis of alternatives, current issues and trends. (Offered in 
fall of even years.) 

240. Futures Markets and Commodity Prices I. 3 hr. Analysis of price-making forces 
which operate in the market place; emphasis on major agricultural and mineral commod- 
ity and futures markets. 

245. Energy Economics. II. 3 hr. Analysis of the energy sector and its relationship to the 
rest of the economy; energy security, deregulation, full cost pricing, substitutability among 
energy sources, transmission, new technologies, environmental considerations. 

250. Agricultural, Environmental and Resource Policy. II. 3 hr. PR: ARE 201, 202; or 
ECON 21 1 ; or consent. Economic analysis of agricultural, natural resource and environ- 
mental policies; problems of externalities and market failure, and alternative policies for 
addressing such problems; benefits and costs of alternative policies. 

261 . Agribusiness Finance. II. 3 hr. An overview of financial analysis and the application 
of financial principles to small, rural and agricultural businesses. Includes applications of 
financial analysis computer software. 

300. Applied Microeconomics I. 3 hr. PR: ECON 211 and 220 or equiv. Producer and 
consumer economics used in resource, environmental, and agricultural economic analysis. 

62 WVU Graduate Catalog 



321. Quantitative Methods in Resource Economics. I. 3 hr. PR: ECON 220 or equiv. 
Optimization techniques in economic analysis of natural resources; environmental and 
agricultural management problems; linear, nonlinear and dynamic programming. 

324. Econometric Methods in Resource Economics. I. 3 hr. PR: ECON 226. Application 
methods to natural resource, environmental, and agricultural economic problems; single 
and simultaneous equation models, specification problems, topics in time series, and 
cross-sectional analysis. 

329. Resource Commodity Markets. II. 3 hr. PR: ECON 325 and 326 or consent. Ad- 
vanced econometric methods of specification, estimation and simulation of domestic 
and international resource markets and industries; time series and forecasting techniques. 

330. Production Economics. II., 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 and 321. Developments in producer 
economics applied to natural resource, environmental, and agricultural issues. 

332. Natural Resource and Environmental Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 and 321 or 
equiv. Theory and institutions; market failure, externalities and property rights issues; 
renewable and nonrenewable resources, common property, environmental and resource 
management, and intergenerational decisions. 

333. Natural Resource Policy Analysis. I. 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 and 321 or equiv. Welfare 
economics applied to the analysis and evaluation of natural resource, environmental, 
agricultural, and energy policy issues. 

340. Rural and Regional Development. II. 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 and 321 . Economic theo- 
ries and quantitative techniques. Problems and goals for rural and regional planning; 
methods of policy analysis for community infrastructure development. 

342. International Agricultural Economic Development. I. 3 hr. Current problems, 
theories, policies, and strategies in planning for agricultural and rural development for 
increased food production and to improve the well-being of rural people in the developing 
countries of the world. 

343. Project Analysis & Evaluation. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Design, analysis, and 
evaluation of development projects; economic and financial aspects of project analysis; 
risk analysis; preparation of feasibility reports. 

344. International Markets and Trade. I. 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 and 321. Causes and 
consequences of international trade and investment; commodity market structures, 
commodity price instability and international agreements; trade barriers and protection, 
export promotion, and impacts on developing countries. 

365. Mineral Finance. II. 3 hr. Methods, risks, and problems of financing mineral projects. 
Large foreign-project financing, concerns of host governments, multinational mining 
concerns, and financial institutions. 

380. Energy Industry Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. Technical production 
and consumption methodologies, environmental concerns, and national and global 
economics and politics in making energy decisions. 

381. Resource Appraisal and Decision Making. II. 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 or equiv. 
Investment analysis, decision making under risk and uncertainty, and project analysis 



Agricultural and Resource Economics 63 



applied to resource exploration and utilization; mineral and energy reserve and resource 
estimation techniques. 

382. Mineral Industry Economics. II. 3 hr. Supply, demand, structure, technology, costs, 
prices, and problems of mineral industries. 

403. Advanced Natural Resource Economic Theory. I. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and ARE 
332. Allocation and distribution of natural resources in static and dynamic contexts; 
welfare economics, cost-benefit analysis, and optimal control approaches; applications 
to resource valuation, exhaustion, taxation, and regulation in theory and practice. 

410. Advanced Environmental Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and ARE 332 or 
consent. Theory, efficient environmental design and analysis, modeling of economic 
and environmental systems, evaluation of non-market benefits and costs, and risk 
assessment. 

446. Energy and Regional Development. II. 3 hr. PR: ECON 355 and ARE 380. Energy 
in the West Virginia economy and selected regions of the United States. 

483. Minerals Technology Assessment. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Methods of studying the 
effects of modifications in technology on the production of utilization of minerals, and the 
effects on mineral demand, supply, substitution and markets. 

484. Oil and Gas Industry Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Geology, engineering, and 
economic theories of evaluating industry structures and performance. 

485. Economics of the Coal Industry. Supply, demand, structure, production technology, 
costs, prices, and problems of the coal industry. Includes environmental, productivity, 
and transportation issues. 

495. Independent Study. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Faculty-supervised study of topics not 
available through regular course offerings. 

498. Thesis/Dissertation Research. I, II. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. 

Resource Management (RESM) 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. 

496. Graduate Seminar. I, II, S. 1 hr. PR: Consent. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 



Agricultural Sciences 

Rosemary R. Haggett, Dean of the College of Agriculture and Forestry 
1170 Agricultural Sciences Building 
Degree Offered: Doctor of Philosophy 

The College of Agriculture and Forestry offers graduate studies leading to the de- 
gree of doctor of philosophy in agricultural sciences. The doctoral program offers two 
majors: animal and food sciences, and plant and soil sciences. Students entering this 
program may select research and classes to emphasize environmental microbiology, 
agronomy, animal nutrition, entomology, horticulture or plant pathology. The objective of 

64 WVU Graduate Catalog 



the degree program is to provide doctoral students an opportunity to study and conduct 
research with faculty in areas of excellence within the College. Research and training in 
the various disciplines are under ten areas of emphasis in the college: agricultural bio- 
chemistry, animal nutrition, animal physiology, production management, crops agronomy, 
entomology, environmental microbiology, horticulture, plant pathology, and soil sciences. 

Admission Requirements 

Prospective students initiate application for admission on forms available from the 
WVU Office of Admissions and Records. The completed forms should be returned to the 
Office of Admissions and Records, accompanied by payment of the nonrefundable spe- 
cial service fee. An official transcript from all colleges attended in the course of an 
applicant's masters and undergraduate degrees must be part of the application for ad- 
mission. Applicants must hold a master's or its equivalent to be eligible for admission into 
the program. 

The following admission and performance standards are normally required in the 
doctor of philosophy in agriculture sciences program: 

• An applicant must possess a master's degree and hold a grade-point average 
(GPA) of 3.0 or above (on a 4.0 scale) in postgraduate courses. 

• The graduate record examination is required. For regular admission a minimum 
score of 1 300 is expected. 

• A student whose native language is not English must have obtained a minimum 
score of 550 on the TOEFL examination. 

• An applicant must provide three letters of reference. 

• A one to two page letter of intent from the student describing his/her research and 
professional aspirations is required. 

Students who do not meet the requirements, but have special qualifications or 
circumstances, may be admitted as provisional graduate students if approved by the 
graduate faculty committee, division director, and doctoral program coordinator. 

After a student is admitted into the doctoral program, the appropriate division 
director will appoint a major professor in the appropriate field of study. Doctoral students 
will conduct research in support of projects approved by the West Virginia Agriculture 
and Forestry Experiment Station (WVAFES) or externally funded grants. The major 
professor, in consultation with the student and the division director, will select a graduate 
committee within the first semester of study. The committee will consist of five or more 
members, the majority of whom must be WVU faculty, with at least one member 
representing a discipline outside the CAF. Each student and his/her committee will 
formulate a plan of study, which will be filed in the office of the doctoral program 
coordinator. WVU regulations concerning committee membership will apply, namely, 
that the chairman and at least two committee members must be regular members of the 
CAF graduate faculty. 

Core Courses 

Doctoral students must satisfactorily complete a set of core courses before they will 
be admitted to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. All core courses will be at the 300- or 400- 
level, except where indicated below. Certain course requirements may be waived, if the 
student has received equivalent training in prior course work. Additional course work 
pertaining to the student's area of specialization will be determined by the student's 
major professor and graduate committee. Core courses for students in the doctoral 
program in Agricultural Sciences will be in the following areas. 

• A minimum of six credit-hours of course work must be completed in the biological 
or earth sciences (excluding courses within a student's major field of study). 

• A minimum of six credit-hours must be completed in biochemistry or advanced 

Agricultural Sciences 65 



chemistry (200-level or above), depending on the student's research concentration. 

• A two-semester sequence (minimum of six credits) must be completed in graduate 
level statistics, plus a course in experimental design OR a two-semester sequence 
(minimum of six credits) must be completed in graduate-level statistics plus one 
semester (minimum of three credits) of computer science beyond the introductory level. 

• One seminar must be presented during each year or part of year in residence. A 
final dissertation research seminar will be presented as a college/university wide 
seminar. 

• Oral and written comprehensive (qualifying) examinations will be administered by 
the student's graduate committee before the end of the second year following admission 
to the program. Satisfactory completion of the comprehensive examinations and core 
course requirements will admit the student to candidacy for the Ph.D. 

Each candidate for the Ph.D. will be expected to meet the following general 
requirements: 

• A minimum of three semesters in residence, 

• Successful completion of course work requirements with a grade-point average of 
3.0 or higher, 

• Successful completion of comprehensive examinations prepared and evaluated 
by the student's graduate committee. Oral and written qualifying exams will be taken 
before the end of the second year following admission to the program, 

• A dissertation, with the dissertation research applied toward an approved Experi- 
ment Station project or an approved independently funded research project, and 

• Successful oral defense of the dissertation. 

Although not required, presentation of research results at meetings of a professional 
society and submission of manuscripts for publication are encouraged. 



Agriculture 

Rosemary R. Haggett, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Agriculture and Forestry 
1170 Agricultural Sciences Building 
Degree Offered : Master of Agriculture 

Admission Requirements 

Students desiring this degree must obtain approval from the Master of Agriculture 
Committee and meet the minimum admission requirements. The committee charged 
with administering the degree program is appointed by the Dean of the College of Agri- 
culture and Forestry. The student's baccalaureate degree should be in a field sufficiently 
related to the desired course of study. A student whose baccalaureate degree is in a field 
considered not sufficiently related to the study contemplated may be admitted as a pro- 
visional student until specific requirements are met or the student may be admitted on 
the basis of evidence of satisfactory professional experience. 

Course Requirements 

Satisfactory completion of 36 hours of course work is required for this degree. The 
student will select a minimum of 9 hours from the course offerings in each of the three 
agricultural divisions in the College of Agriculture and Forestry (Divisions of Animal and 
Veterinary Sciences, Plant and Soil Sciences, and Resource Management). No more 
than three hours of special topics or advanced study from each division may be counted 
towards the degree. A three-hour problem report may be included at the option of the 
student and the program committee. 

The student may choose the additional courses from within the College of Agriculture 
and Forestry or from offerings of other colleges and schools of WVU. An overall grade-point 

66 WVU Graduate Catalog 



average of 3.0 is required for graduate courses included as part of the approved program 
for the degree. Upon completion of the course work, each candidate must undergo written 
and oral examination by the candidate's graduate committee. The graduate committee of 
each candidate shall have one member of the Master of Agriculture Committee as a mem- 
ber. This member shall not be the chairperson or faculty advisor. 

Agriculture (AGRL) 

200. Agricultural Travel Course. S. 1 -6 hr. Tour and study of production methods in major 
livestock and crop regions of the United States and other countries. Influence of 
population, climate, soil, topography, markets, labor, and other factors on agricultural 
production. 

360. Problem Report for the Degree of Master of Agriculture. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. 



Animal and Veterinary Sciences 

John E. Warren, Director, Division of Animal and Veterinary Sciences and 
Graduate Program Coordinator 
G038 Agricultural Sciences Building 
Degree Offered: Master of Science 

The master of science in animal and veterinary sciences in the College of Agriculture 
and Forestry allows maximum flexibility in courses and research problems. Students may 
emphasize physiology, production, nutrition or food sciences. They may work with beef and 
dairy cattle, sheep, swine, poultry, or laboratory animals. Research problems in farm ani- 
mals form the basis for many studies, but a comparative approach is emphasized. 

Prerequisites 

Additional requirements are similar to those in other biological sciences. The stu- 
dent should have completed basic courses in the physical and biological sciences, in- 
cluding genetics, nutrition, and physiology. Deficiencies may prolong the time needed to 
complete degree programs. 

A composite graduate record examination score of 1,000 or better will be consid- 
ered as a basis of admission. The fact that an applicant meets the above requirements 
shall not guarantee admission since each professor will accept only the number of stu- 
dents that can be supervised adequately with available facilities, time, and funds. Stu- 
dents interested in the Ph.D. should apply for admission to the doctoral program in agri- 
cultural sciences. 

Agricultural Biochemistry (AGBI) 

210. Introductory Biochemistry. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: 8 hr. General chemistry, CHEM 131 or 
equiv. Introduction to chemistry of cellular constituents (proteins, amino acids, carbohy- 
drates, lipids, nucleic acids, enzymes and coenzymes) and their metabolism in animals 
and plants. 

21 1 . Introductory Biochemistry Laboratory 1. 1 hr. Cone: AGBI 210. Experiments to dem- 
onstrate certain principles and properties of animal and plant biochemicals. 

212. Nutritional Biochemistry. II. 3 hr. PR: AGBI 210 or consent. Nutritional biochemistry 
of domestic animals. 



Animal and Veterinary Sciences 67 



213. Nutritional Biochemistry Laboratory. II. 1 hr. PR: AGBI 210, 21 1 ; Cone: AGBI 212. 
Experiments to determine the nutritional constituents in animal and plant tissues. 

310. General Biochemistry I. 4 hr. PR: 8 hr. organic chemistry. The first half of a general 
course of biochemistry designed for graduate students of biological sciences. The course 
emphasizes the chemical properties of cellular constituents. 

311. Laboratory Experiments in Biochemistry I. 2 hr. PR or Cone: AGBI 310. Experi- 
ments designed to demonstrate some of the basic tools and procedures of biochemical 
research. 

312. General Biochemistry II. 4 hr. PR: AGBI 310 or consent. The second half of a 
general course of biochemistry designed for graduate students of biological sciences. 
The course emphasizes reactions and control of intermediary metabolism. 

414. Enzymes. II. 3 hr. PR: AGBI 312 or consent. A survey of enzymology covering 
general principles as well as current concepts and methods. 

41 5. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory II. 2 hr. PR or Cone: AGBI 312. Experiments in 
the areas of intermediary metabolism and enzymology. 

416. Vitamin and Coenzyme Biochemistry. II. 2 hr. PR: AGBI 312, or BIOL 231, or con- 
sent. Chemical and physical properties, analysis, biosynthesis, metabolism, pathobiology, 
pharmacology, and toxicology of vitamins, vitamin-like compounds, and coenzymes. (Of- 
fered in spring of odd years.) 

422. Plant Biochemistry. I. 3 hr. PR: AGBI 312 or consent. Advanced treatment of the 
composition and metabolism of plants. Topics include cell wall structure, sulfur and nitro- 
gen metabolism, and photosynthesis. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 

424. Advanced Nutritional Biochemistry. I. 4 hr. PR: AGBI 310, 311, 312 or consent. 
Advanced treatment of the biochemistry and metabolism of amino acids, carbohydrates 
and lipids in the diets of ruminants and nonruminants. (Offered in fall of even years.) 

428. Biomembranes and Muscle Biochemistry. II. 3 hr. PR: AGBI 312, or BIOC 231, or 
consent. Chemical, organization, and physiological aspects of membranes and muscles;; 
molecular and cellular interactions and integrative mechanisms. 3 hr. lee. (Offered in 
spring of even years.) 

Animal and Veterinary Science (A&VS) 

420. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. (1 hr. credit in special cases only.) Advanced study 
in particular phases of such animal science topics as animal production, nutrition, 
physiology, breeding and genetics, veterinary science, and food. (For the master's 
degree, special topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hr.; max. credit, 6 hr.) 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. Research in animal nutrition, physiology, breeding and 
production, and veterinary science. 



68 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Animal Nutrition (ANNU) 

301. Principles of Nutrition and Metabolism. I. 3 hr. PR: AGBI 210 or consent. A basic 
course in principles of nutrition with emphasis on the major classes of dietary nutrients 
and their digestion and utilization. 

302. Nutrition and Physiological Function. II. 3 hr. PR: ANNU 301 or consent. Sequence 
to ANNU 301 . Techniques used in nutritional studies and the relationship of nutrient 
requirements to physiological function in species of laboratory and domestic animals and 
man. 

430. Rumen Metabolism and Physiology. I. 3 hr. PR: Course in biochemistry. The 
anatomy and physiology of the forestomachs of ruminants and the rumen microbial 
population. Emphasis on the microbial metabolism as it pertains to the utilization of feeds 
by ruminants. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 

432. Forage Chemistry and Quality. 3 hr. PR: ANNU 301 and AGRN 254, or consent. 
Advanced course in chemistry and biochemistry of pastures and forages, emphasizing 
factors affecting their quality and principles governing their utilization by herbivorous 
animals. (Also listed as AGRN 432.) (Offered in spring of even years.) 

434. Mineral Nutrition of Animals. II. 3 hr. PR: ANNU 301 or consent. Mineral nutrition 
of livestock and man; soil-plant-animal interactions. Detailed treatment of function of 
individual elements and their involvement in deficiency and toxicity conditions on an 
international basis. (Offered in spring of odd years.) 

450. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. (Repeat registration permitted for maximum of six 
credit hours per year.) Topics in advanced nutrition. Subject will be selected by staff for 
formal presentation. 

Animal Physiology and Breeding (ANPH) 

200. Animal Growth and Lactation Physiology. 3 hr. PR: ANPH 100, or consent. Animal 
life cycles; nature of growth and lactation; effects of biological, environmental, and 
social-psychological variants; physiological regulation and control. 

204. Animal Physiology Laboratory. I. 2 hr. PR: ANPH 1 00 or consent. Laboratory study 
of the physiological systems of animals and the influences of environment on these 
systems. 

225. Physiology of Reproduction. II. 3 hr. PR: Course in biology. Comparative physiology 
of reproduction in higher animals; endocrine functions involved in reproduction; genetic 
and environmental variations in fertility mechanisms. 

226. Breeding of Farm Animals. I. 3 hr. PR: Course in genetics or consent. Application 
of principles of quantitative genetics to the improvement of farm animals. 

280. Behavioral Patterns of Domestic Animals. II. 3 hr. Examination of the bases for 
exhibition and control of behavioral patterns of domestic animals. 1 lab. 

425. Endocrinology of Reproduction. II. 4 hr. (2 labs.). PR: ANPH 225 or BIOL 268 or 
equiv. Discussion of and laboratory experience in classical and current concepts of 



Animal and Veterinary Sciences 69 



hormonal and neurohormonal regulations of reproductive phenomena with emphasis on 
species differences and similarities. (Offered in spring of odd years.) 

426. Advanced Animal Selection. II. 3 hr. PR: Course in statistics and course in genetics 
or equiv. An advanced course dealing with the basic concepts of experimental and 
statistical approaches in the analysis of quantitative inheritance with special reference 
to the magnitude and nature of genotypic and nongenotypic variability. (Offered in spring 
of even years.) 

450. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. 

Animal Production (ANPR) 

250. Current Literature in Animal Science. I. 3 hr. PR: ANNU 101 . Evaluation of current 
research in animal science and its application to production and management. 

422. Advanced Milk Production. II. 3 hr. PR: ANNU 101 or consent. Advanced study of 
the feeding, breeding, and management of dairy cattle. 

Food Science (FDSC) 

267. Advanced Meat Science. I, S. 3 hr. PR: FDSC 167. Theoretical and experimental 
aspects of meat science, meat product/process systems, and the quantitative biology of 
muscle systems used for food. 

Veterinary Science (VETS) 

205. Parasitology. II. 3 hr. PR: Course in biology or consent. Common parasites of farm 
animals, their life cycles, effects on the host, diagnosis, control, and public health 
importance. 3 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. 

210. Principles of Laboratory Animal Science. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent for undergraduates. 
The management, genetics, physiology, nutrition, disease, and germ-free quartering of 
common laboratory animals. 1 lab. 



Family Resources 

Janice I. Yeager, Interim Director Division of Family Resources 

Wanda Franz, Graduate Program Coordinator 

702 Allen Hall 

Degree Offered: Master of Science 

The graduate program in the Division of Family Resources provides students the 
opportunity to study for a master of science degree. Two areas of emphasis are offered: 
(1) child development/family studies; (2) human nutrition. 

Students should have completed an undergraduate curriculum in the area of spe- 
cialization for which they seek admission. A student whose undergraduate degree is in a 
different field will ordinarily be required to take supplemental undergraduate courses. 

The child development/family studies emphasis is structured to give students a ba- 
sis from which to conduct research and to work with families and children in educational 
and clinical settings. In addition, the program prepares students for entering Ph.D. pro- 
grams in child development and family studies, family life education, psychology, or coun- 
seling. 

Courses in child development and parenting strategies are supplemented with field 
experience in a variety of settings, such as the West Virginia University Child Develop- 
ment Laboratory, the Ruby Memorial Hospital neonatal intensive care and pediatric units, 

70 WVU Graduate Catalog 



the W.G. Klingberg Center for Child Development, Stepping Stones, and parenting edu- 
cation programs in the community. 

Individuals choosing an emphasis in child development and family studies may se- 
lect from a wide variety of careers which include employment as child care specialists, 
early childhood teachers, developmental specialists, child life educators, parent educa- 
tors, and extension specialists. 

Human Nutrition 

The human nutrition program offers students a variety of opportunities in clinical and 
applied nutrition. Students can apply to be enrolled concurrently in the developmental^ 
accredited dietetic internship program, to become eligible to take the registration exami- 
nation for the dietetics profession. In addition, the program prepares students for enter- 
ing doctoral programs in nutrition, education, and nutritional biochemistry. 

A variety of research opportunities with the human nutrition and foods faculty is 
offered to students as collaborative opportunities are available with the WVU Health Sci- 
ences Center, the Gerontology Center, the exercise physiology program, and with the 
West Virginia child nutrition programs. 

Background courses in nutrition, foods, general and organic chemistry, and the bio- 
logical sciences are helpful to students selecting the human nutrition area for specializa- 
tion. Graduates may select from a wide variety of careers, which include employment in 
hospitals, clinics, industrial and institutional food service organizations, fitness centers, 
and government-supported health programs. 

Thesis or Research Report 

Students pursuing a master of science degree in family resources have a choice of 
two options: thesis or research report. The thesis option requires a minimum of 39 hours 
of course work , which includes six hours of thesis credit. The creative/scholarly problem 
option requires a minimum of 39 hours of course work , which includes three hours credit 
for research. For further information, contact the Graduate Program Coordinator, Divi- 
sion of Family Resources, 702 Allen Hall, P.O. Box 6124, West Virginia University, Mor- 
gantown, WV 26506-6124; (304) 293-3402. 

Child Development and Family Studies (CDFS) 

212. Adolescent Development. II. 3 hr. PR: CDFS 10. Adolescent in contemporary Ameri- 
can culture, including normative physical, social, and personality development; relation- 
ships within various typical social settings, e.g., family, school, community, peer group. 

213. Contemporary Issues in Family Relations. II. 3 hr. PR: Senior or graduate standing 
or consent. Study of recent research findings in the major areas of family relationships. 
Topics include effects of family violence, substance abuse, poverty, and health. 

215. Family Interaction and Communication. II. 3 hr. PR: Senior or graduate standing or 
consent. The family as a social group; processes related to well-being for a variety of 
family relationships. 

216. Child Development Practicum. I, II. 3-4 hr. Application of child development prin- 
ciples. Involves planning developmental^ appropriate activities for 3, 4, and 5 year-old 
children at the West Virginia University Child Development Laboratory. 

340. Survey of Family Studies. I. 3 hr. A comprehensive overview of the theoretical and 
empirical literature focusing on the family. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 



Family Resources 71 



347. Comparative Study of the Family. I. 3 hr. The comparative method as a framework 
for family analysis. An examination of family diversity and multiculturalism in an ever- 
changing U.S. society. (Offered in fall of even years.) 

348. Theories of Child Development. II. 3 hr. Examination of major theoretical concep- 
tions of child development. Work of Werner, Piaget, Freud, Erikson, and the American 
learning theorists compared and contrasted. (Offered in fall of even years.) 

Family Resources (FAMR) 

391. Advanced Topics. I, II. S. 1-6 hr. hr. PR: Consent. 

396. Graduate Seminar. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent of graduate advisor. 

Home Economics Education (HEED) 

278. Vocational Home Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: Senior standing or consent. Develops an 
understanding of federal vocational legislation to enable an individual to develop and 
implement programs in vocational education. 

281. Contemporary Issues in Consumer Science II. 3 hr. Applies the broad-based phi- 
losophy of family and consumer sciences to individual, family, and community problems 
worldwide. 

Home Management and Family Economics (HMFE) 

261 . Consumer Economics. II. 3 hr. Develops an understanding of the consumer's role in 
our economy by examining the nature and function of the marketplace; the existence 
and impact of governmental consumer regulation and laws and; consumer interests, 
buying behaviors, rights, responsibilities, and remedies. 

Human Nutrition and Foods (HN&F) 

260. Advanced Nutrition. I. 3 hr. PR: HN&F 71 , physiology. Coreq.: Biochemistry. Role of 
nutrients in physiological and biochemical processes and metabolism in the body. Bio- 
chemical foundations of RDA and clinical nutrition. 

261. Nutrition Laboratory Experimentation. I. 2 hr. Coreq.: HN&F 260 or consent. Nutri- 
ent analysis and introduction to nutrition experimentation; nutritional assessment. 

272. Community Nutrition. 1. 3 hr. PR: HN&F 71 . Beginning planning for community nutri- 
tion for individuals and families at various stages of the life cycle. Roles of concerned 
agencies and professional groups. Clinical experience in community facilities. 

274. Nutrition in Disease. II. 4 hr. PR: HN&F 71; physiology or consent. Nutritional care 
aspects of patients. Modification of diet to meet human nutrition needs in various medical 
conditions. 

Interior Design (ID) 

235. Contract Interior Design I. 3 hr. PR: ID 138, 139. Studio experience in contract 
interior design problems; emphasis on design of offices as work environments. 

236. Interior Design Professional Practices. I. 3 hr. PR: ID 138. Relationships between 
marketing/management functions and the design process; problem-solving approach to 
completion of a design installation. 



72 WVU Graduate Catalog 



237. Contract Interior Design 2. II. 3 hr. PR: ID 235. Studio experience in solving design 
problems related to public spaces, hotels, restaurants, department stores, specialized 
retail outlets, or health care facilities. 

239. Interior Design Internship. II. 3-6 hr. PR: ID 138 and written consent. Supervised, 
direct experience with a practicing designer or other closely allied professional in a ca- 
reer environment. 

240. Interior Design Seminar. II. 1 hr. PR: ID 236. Professionals in interior design discuss 
professional organizations, ethics, entry-level positions, and business practices. 

Textiles and Clothing (TXCL) 

224. Flat Pattern Design. II. 3 hr. PR: TXCL 27, 124, 126 or consent. Opportunity for 
creative expression and for understanding of pattern design through the flat pattern. 
Apparel designed and constructed by the student. 

226. Apparel Design and Illustration. II. 3 hr. PR: TXCL 224 or consent. Techniques of 
drawing using a life fashion model and various media for apparel design presentation. 
Sources of design inspiration examined for developing original apparel designs. Art prin- 
ciples and fashion terminology explored. 

227. Advanced Textiles. 3 hr. PR: TXCL 27. Comparative characteristics of textile fibers. 
Physical and chemical properties are studied with reference to fiber morphology and/or 
manufacturing processes. Issues of textiles and apparel in the global economy are ex- 
amined. (Offered in fall of even years.) 

228. Functional Apparel. I. 3 hr. PR: ENGL 1 and 2, TXCL 224 or consent. Physical, 
psychological, and sociological clothing needs of individuals with functional limitations. 
Historical developments, current research, and research needs. Each student conducts 
a community-based project. 

229. Fashion Merchandising Study Tour. 11.1 hr. PR: Junior or senior standing in textiles 
and clothing. Study of the textiles and clothing industry through on-site visits to historic 
costume collections, apparel manufacturing firms, design showrooms, buying offices, 
pattern companies, and retail establishments. Readings included. 



Forestry 

James P. Armstrong, Interim Director, Division of Forestry 

322-A Percival Hall 

Degrees Offered: Doctor of Philosophy in Forest Resource Science, 

Master of Science in: Recreation and Parks Management, Wildlife and Fisheries 

Management, Forestry. 

A student seeking admission to work toward the degree of doctor of philosophy in 
forest resources science in the College of Agriculture and Forestry may choose as the 
major field of study forest science, wood science, or wildlife and fisheries management. 
Within these major fields of study, specialization is limited only by the range of compe- 
tencies in the graduate faculty. 



Forestry 73 



Curriculum Requirements 

Curriculum requirements for all candidates include a block of graduate courses in the 
major field, which will constitute a comprehensive review of the significant knowledge in 
that field, and a block of graduate courses in a minor field of study. A minimum of 60 semes- 
ter hours beyond the bachelor's degree and exclusive of the dissertation is required. 

Dissertation and Final Examination 

The research work for the doctoral dissertation must show a high degree of scholar- 
ship and must present an original contribution to the field of forest resources science. In 
addition to course work and the dissertation, the candidate is required to pass a qualifying 
examination and a final examination. 

Admission Requirements-Master' s Degree Programs 

Admission requirements are those of the College of Agriculture and Forestry. Addi- 
tionally, students seeking admission for the degree of master of science in forestry (M.S.F.) 
should have completed an undergraduate curriculum in forestry. A student whose under- 
graduate degree is in a field other than forestry will ordinarily be required to take supple- 
mental undergraduate courses. Candidates for the degree may major in forest biometry, 
forest ecology, forest economics, forest genetics, forest management, forest meteorol- 
ogy, silviculture, or wood industry. The candidate must complete 30 hours of approved 
study, six hours of which shall constitute a thesis. The program ordinarily requires two 
years of residence. 

The Division of Forestry of the College of Agriculture and Forestry offers program 
options leading to the master of science for students who wish to major in recreation and 
parks management. Students selecting this graduate program may emphasize recre- 
ation administration and policy, environmental education and interpretation, and recreation 
planning and resource management. Degree requirements are either 30 semester hours 
of approved study, including a six credit-hour thesis, or 36 semester hours without a 
thesis but including a three credit-hour problem paper. This program ordinarily requires 
two years of residence. 

Graduate studies in wildlife and fisheries management in the Division of Forestry 
lead to the master of science (M.S.) degree. Students may elect either 30 semester hours 
of approved study, including a six hour thesis or 36 hours of approved study without a 
thesis but including a three hour problem paper. 

Forestry (FOR) 

220. Forest Policy and Administration. I and II. 3 hr. PR: Upperclass forestry major or 
consent. Forest policy in the United States; important federal and state laws; adminis- 
tration of public and private forests; problems in multiple-use forestry. 

226. Remote Sensing of Environment. II. 2 hr. PR: MATH 3, 4. Measurement and 
interpretation of natural resources and environment from photography, radar, infrared, 
and microwave imagery. 

233. Principles of Industrial Forestry. I. 3 hr. PR: Forestry senior or consent. Analysis and 
case studies of problems pertinent to the integration of wood conversion technology with 
principles of production, marketing, and management. 

310. Biometeorology. II. 4 hr. PR: Consent. A description of the physical environment of 
plants and its effect on growth, its modification for increasing yield and for plant protection 
against extreme atmospheric conditions. 



74 WVU Graduate Catalog 



470. Special Topics in Forestry, Wood Science, Wildlife, or Recreation. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. 

480. Principles of Research. I. 2 hr. The specific method as applied in the formal, con- 
crete, and normative sciences; special emphasis on forestry-related research plans and 
reports. 

490. Teaching Practicum. 1, 11.1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Supervised practices in college teach- 
ing of forest resources management, wood science, wildlife management resources, 
and recreation and parks. 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced subjects 
which are not covered in regularly scheduled classes. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 

498. Thesis. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. 

499. Graduate Colloquium. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. For graduate students not seek- 
ing course work credit but who wish to meet resident requirements, use the University's 
facilities, and participate in its academic and cultural programs. 

Forest Hydrology (FHYD) 

244. Watershed Management. II. 3 hr. PR: FMAN 12, 21 1. (Primarily for forest manage- 
ment majors.) Influences of silvicultural practices and forest management activities on 
the hydrology of forested catchments. 

Forest Management (FMAN) 

200. Forest Measurement, Interpretation, Wildlife Management. S. 5 hr. PR: FOR 5; C E 
5; FMAN 122. (Course will be taught during four consecutive 6-day weeks.) Application 
and study of forest resources practice with emphasis on field problems. 

201 . Forest Resources Management Southern Trip. S. 1 hr. PR: FMAN 200 or consent. 
One-week trip to the Southern Pine Region to observe forest management practices on 
private and public lands. 

21 1 . Silvicultural Systems. 1. 4 hr. PR: Forestry major or consent; FMAN 1 2. Principles of 
regeneration cuttings, intermediate cuttings, and cultural operations, with their applica- 
tion to forest stands. 

21 3. Regional Silviculture. 1. 2 hr. PR: Forestry major or consent. FMAN 1 2; PR or Cone: 
FMAN 211. Major forest types of the United States: their composition, management, 
problems, and silvicultural treatment. 

216. Forest Genetics and Tree Improvement. II. 3 hr. PR: Forestry major or consent; 
GEN 272 or equiv., or consent. Forest genetic principles and their application to forest 
tree improvement, including crossing methods, selection systems, and other techniques. 

222. Advanced Forest Mensuration. II. 3 hr. PR: Forestry major or consent; FMAN 122. 
Measurement of growth and yield; statistical methods applied to forest measurement 
problems. 

230. Principles of Forestry Economics. II. 4 hr. PR: ECON 54 and 55 or equiv. Produc- 
tion, distribution, and use of forest goods and services. Emphasis on analytical methods 
and problem solving techniques in the economic aspects of forestry. 



Forestry 75 



233. Forest Management. I. 3 hr. PR: FMAN 200, 21 1 , and 230. Principles of sustained 
yield forest management: organization of forest areas, selection of management objec- 
tives, application of silvicultural systems, and regulation of cut. Principles of sustainable 
forestry and ecosystem management. 

234. Forest Resources Management Planning. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Forestry major or consent; 
senior standing. Analysis and planning for management of forest resources. Develop- 
ment of a management plan for an actual forest tract. 

330. Advanced Principles of Forestry Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: ECON 51, 52 or equiv; 
FMAN 230 or equiv. Intensive study of both micro- and macroeconomics of forestry. 

41 1 . Advanced Forest Ecology. I. 3 hr. PR: F. Man. 12 or equiv.; FMAN 21 1 . Ecological 
relationships in forests with emphasis on biogeochemical cycles. 

412. Silvicultural Practices for Hardwood Forest Types. II. 3 hr. PR: FMAN 21 1 . Design- 
ing proper silvicultural systems for managing Appalachian hardwood stands; reconstructing 
stand histories, recognizing problems, and prescribing appropriate silvicultural treatment. 

Recreation and Parks (RCPK) 

216. Philosophy of Recreation. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Interpretation of recreation as a 
basic part of the living process; importance to individual community and national welfare; 
social and economic significance. 

226. Leisure and Aging. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Analysis and examination of leisure in middle 
and later stages of the lifecycle; discussion of appropriate facilities and programming for 
older people. 

233. Wildland Recreation Management. I. 3 hr. PR: FMAN 12 or consent. Topics include 
an analysis of administrative agencies concerned with wildland management; methods 
of ameliorating human impact on outdoor recreation resources; discussion of philoso- 
phies underlying wilderness recreation; and a review of contemporary controversies 
concerning wildlands. 

234. Wilderness in American Society. II. 3 hr. PR: RCPK 233 or consent. A seminar 
examining political, sociological, and environmental aspects of American wilderness. A dis- 
cussion on articles concerning wilderness preservation, management, and aesthetics. 

235. Parks and Recreation Administration. 1. 3 hr. PR: 1 2 hr. recreation and parks courses, 
junior standing, or consent. Principles of administration as applied to the operation of 
recreation and park agencies, including legal foundations, policy, organization, person- 
nel, finance, and programs of service. 

239. Natural Resource Tourism. I. 3 hr. PR: Junior standing. Tourism in natural settings; 
emphasis on sustainable tourism development and natural resource stewardship. (Field 
trip required; some transportation costs.) 

242. Historical and Cultural Interpretation. II. 3 hr. PR: Recreation and parks major or 
consent. Methods of locating source materials for reconstructing the historical, cultural, 
and physical aspects of an area for an interpretive center; preparing brochures, displays, 
and nature trails to facilitate interpretive activities. 



76 WVU Graduate Catalog 



248. Environmental Concerns in Outdoor Recreation. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Understand- 
ing and interpreting environmental concerns within the context of outdoor recreation. 

275. Outdoor Enterprise Operations and Finance. II. 3 hr. PR: Recreation major or junior 
standing. Principles and practices in planning, development, operation, and financial 
management of selected outdoor enterprises; considerable emphasis on assignments 
involving problem solving. 

280. Therapeutic Recreation Principles and Procedures. 3 hr. PR: RCPK 241 or consent. 
Basic intervention techniques in providing therapeutic recreation services, including 
individual and small group techniques, adaptive equipment, assistive techniques, 
standards, regulations, and ethics. 

282. Therapeutic Recreation Program Planning. 3 hr. PR: RCPK 241 or consent. Design 
and development of therapeutic recreation programs utilizing a systems approach based 
on leisure related needs of clients. Includes assessment, program development, 
implementation, monitoring, and evaluation. 

408. Recreation and Park Management Practicum. 2-4 hr. PR: Consent. Field experi- 
ence and conference in the study, analysis, and solution of management problems in 
private, commercial and governmental recreation and park organizations. 

415. Leisure and Recreation. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Study of leisure as a social 
phenomenon and its implications for recreation. 

421 . Recreation Planning: Human Interest Areas. 3 hr. Exploration of human interest areas 
as sources of recreation program content; the nature, factors, and extent of participation; and 
their structuring and administration through work program planning. (Offered in fall of even 
years.) 

462. Community Recreation. 1. 3 hr. PR: RCPK 31 6 or consent. Study of problems related 
to providing adequate recreation services for a community. Standards and quality of 
recreation service; methods of measuring existing services and their coordination; 
community organization procedures. For leaders in voluntary agencies, schools, churches, 
and municipal recreation organizations. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 

472. Seminar in Recreation. I, II. 1-3 hr. (Repeatable up to 6 hr. credit.) Overview and critical 
analysis of literature in recreation interpretation, environmental concerns, or leisure studies. 

Wildlife and Fisheries Management (WM AN) 

213. Wildlife Ecosystem Ecology. I. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 15, 17 and FOR 5 or consent. Basic 
principles of ecosystem ecology, emphasizing structure and function, succession, adap- 
tation of organisms to the environment (physiological ecology), and survey of major eco- 
systems with emphasis on their role as wildlife habitats. 

214. Wildlife Population Ecology. Il.3hr. PR: WMAN 21 3 or consent. Emphasis on theoretical 
and applied population ecology including population growth, interactions, regulation, and 
effects of harvesting and exploitation on natural populations. 2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. 

224. Vertebrate Natural History. I. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 17 or consent. Relationships of fish, 
amphibians, and reptiles to the forest, with emphasis on the ecology, taxonomy, 
evolution, natural history, and field identification of these groups. Laboratory empha- 
sizes natural history and anatomy of fish, amphibians, and reptiles. 



Forestry 77 



225. Mammalogy. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 1 7 or consent. Mammals and their biological properties with 
emphasis on life history, ecology, and distribution of regional forms. (Also listed as BIOL 258.) 

226. Ornithology. II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 15 and 17, or consent. Identification, distribution, and 
ecology of birds (particularly of forest lands). (2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab.) 

228. Wildlife Policy and Administration. 1 1 . 3 hr. Study of the organization , authority, policies, 
programs, and administration of public agencies and private organizations concerned with 
fish and wildlife. Emphasis is on the legal and political role in making wildlife management 
decisions. 

231 . Wildlife Techniques. I. 3 hr. PR: Wildlife major or consent; WMAN 213, FOR 5. Field 
and laboratory techniques necessary in management and study of wildlife; collection of 
field data, mapping, censusing, habitat evaluation, literature and scientific writing. 

234. Principles of Wildlife Management. II. 3 hr. PR: Wildlife major or consent; W. Man. 
21 3, 231 . Majorgame animals and problems and principles involved in their management. 

312. Advanced Wildlife Population Ecology. II. 3 hr. PR: WMAN 214 or equiv., or 
consent. Case history approach to wildlife population ecology with emphasis on 
ungulates, gallinaceous birds, large predators; forest invertebrates and their verte- 
brate predators; endangered species; genetics and conservation of wildlife populations. 
Emphasis on current and historical literature. (3 hr. lee.) 

333. Quantitative Ecology. I. 3 hr. PR: STAT 31 1 or equiv., and WMAN 213 or equiv. A 
survey of techniques and strategies for the quantitative analysis of complex ecological 
data sets. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 

370. Wildlife Seminar. II. 1 hr. per sem.; (4 hr. max.). PR: Consent. Discussion of current 
developments in wildlife management. 

380. Rural and Urban Wildlife Management. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Management of 
nongame wildlife in the rural and urban environment, emphasizing habitat improvement 
and development and control of pest species. 2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. (Offered in spring of 
odd years.) 

434. Ecology and Management of Upland Wildlife. I. 4 hr. PR: Consent. Ecology and 
management of upland game birds and mammals with emphasis on recent literature. 
(Offered in fall of even years.) 

436. Ecology and Management of Wetland Wildlife. II. 4 hr. PR: Consent. Ecology and 
management of waterfowl and wetland furbearers with emphasis on recent research and 
management literature. (Offered in spring of even years.) 

Wood Science (WDSC) 

200. Forest Measurement Field Practice. S. 3 hr. PR: Wood Industry major, FOR 5, C 
E 1, FMAN 122. Application of surveying and mensurational practices with emphasis on 
field problems. 

201. Wood Industries Field Trip. S. 1 hr. A one-week trip to observe manufacturing 
methods and techniques of commercial wood industry plants. Plants visited include 
furniture, plywood, veneer, hardboard, particle board, pulp and paper, sawmilling, and 
preservation. 



78 WVU Graduate Catalog 



213. Wood Chemistry. I. 3 hr. PR: Wood Industry major or consent; CHEM 131 or 133. 
Chemical composition of wood including cellulose, hemicellulose lignin and extractives. 
Chemical processing of wood. 

222. Harvesting Forest Products. 3 hr. PR: MATH 4 or equiv. and WDSC 132. Analysis 
of ground-based and cable harvesting systems, including time and motion studies, 
productivity and cost analysis, occupational safety and health, environmental issues, 
equipment evaluation and selection, and trucking of forest products. (2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab.) 

223. Forest Roads. 4 hr. PR: C E 5, C S 5. Techniques of design, layout, and construction 
details of various standards of forest roads. (2 hr. lee, 2 hr. lab.) 

230. Wood Machining. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Introduction to basic concepts of wood 
machining with emphasis on production equipment and furniture manufacturing. 

234. Statistical Quality Control. I. 3 hr. PR: Forestry major or consent. Methods used to 
control quality of manufactured wood products. Control charts of variables and at- 
tributes. Acceptance sampling techniques. 

235. Light-Frame Wood Construction. 1. 2 hr. PR: Forestry major or consent. Use of wood 
in light-frame construction. Basic design procedures and construction methods. 

237. Wood Adhesion and Finishing. II. 3 hr. PR: Wood Industry major or consent; WDSC 
1 23 and 141. Fundamentals of the bonding and finishing of wood including preparation, 
processing, and evaluation of adhesive and finishing systems. 

240. Physical Behavior of Wood. II. 3 hr. PR: WDSC 1 23, PHYS 1 , and MATH 4. Specific 
gravity and density of wood; relationships between wood and liquids and applicat wood 
seasoning; thermal, electrical, and acoustical properties. 

241 . Wood Mechanics. 3 hr. PR: Wood industry major or consent; WDSC 123, MATH 15, 
and PHYS 1. Introduction to static properties of selections, elementary mechanics of 
deformable bodies, axial loading, column and beam analysis, and design consider- 
ations. (2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab.) 

251. Forest Products Protection. II. 3 hr. PR: WDSC 123. Biological organisms respon- 
sible for deterioration of wood products, their control by preservative methods, and study 
of fire retarding methods. 

260. Plant Layout for Wood Industries. II. 3 hr. PR: Senior standing. Relates knowledge 
of wood to industrial wood product processes to optimize production. Study of proper 
arrangement of machines, and work and storage areas. 

262. Forest Products Decision-Making. I. 3 hr. PR: Junior standing in Forestry. Decision- 
making tools and techniques used by the forest products industry such as simulation 
linear programming, network analysis, forecasting, game theory. 

265. Wood-based Composite Materials. 3 hr. PR: WDSC 132, 240, and 241 . Fundamen- 
tals of manufacturing wood-based composite materials, including processing, products, 
evaluation, and applications in the marketplace. (2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab.) 

320. Wood Microstructure. 1. 3 hr. PR: WDSC 123; senior standing. Detailed examination 
of wood microstructure as it relates to processing, behavior, and identification. 



Forestry 79 



340. Advanced Physical Behavior of Wood. I. 3 hr. PR: WDSC 240 orequiv. or consent. 
Physical relationships of water and wood; fluid flow through wood; thermal, electrical, 
and acoustical behavior of wood. Theories of wood drying and their application. 

362. Forest Products Operations Research Models. II. 3 hr. PR: WDSC 262 and 
demonstrated knowledge of Fortran and Basic, or consent. Analysis of operations 
research models currently used by the forest products industry. Students will develop 
new models. (Offered in spring of even years.) 

473. Seminar in Wood Utilization. II. 1 hr. per sem.; max. credit, 4 hr. PR: Consent. 
Reports and discussions of recent research in fundamental and applied phases of 
wood utilization. 



Genetics and Developmental Biology 

Joginder Nath, Chairperson of the Interdisciplinary Faculty 

1120 Agricultural Sciences Building 

Degrees Offered: Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy 

Areas of Emphasis 

The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered in genetics and 
developmental biology, an interdisciplinary program involving the faculty and facilities of 
a number of departments in the various colleges and schools of the University. A student 
may concentrate in genetics or developmental biology. The areas in which emphases 
are offered are as follows: 

Genetics — Biochemical and molecular genetics, cytogenetics, developmental genetics, 
immunogenetics, mutagenesis, toxicology, human genetics, plant genetics, population 
and quantitative genetics, and animal breeding; 

Developmental Biology— Molecular aspects of development, experimental morphogen- 
esis, teratology, regeneration, oncology, descriptive embryology, and life cycles of 
animals and plants. 

The student may also minor in one or more other scientific fields. 

Requirements 

Students are expected to maintain at least a 3.0 (B) average in all work offered in 
fulfillment of the degree program. For a more complete statement of requirements, the 
student is referred to the program's Guidelines for Graduate Students in the Genetics 
and Developmental Biology Program. 

Program Objective 

The objective of this program is an increased level of understanding of modern 
concepts and methodologies employed in genetic and developmental biological work 
and to prepare a student to pursue a career in teaching and/or research. Responsibility 
for a student's program is vested in a graduate committee charged with arranging the 
student's course work, conducting examinations, and supervising the research. 

Admission 

To be considered for admission in the program the student must possess a bacca- 
laureate degree from an accredited college or university, must have a grade-point aver- 
age of at least a 2.75 (on a 4.0 scale), or an average of 3.0 or higher for the last 60 credit 
hours or an average of 3.0 or higher in all courses in sciences and mathematics. 



80 WVU Graduate Catalog 



GREandNewMCAT 

The student must submit the scores of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), or 
the New Medical College Admission Test (New MCAT). The student must provide three 
letters of reference from persons acquainted with the applicants' professional work, ex- 
periences, or academic work and submit a written statement of 500 words or more indi- 
cating the applicants' goals and objectives relative to receiving a graduate degree. 

Basic training in mathematics, physics, chemistry, and biology is required for admis- 
sion. Students lacking prerequisites may be accepted in a provisional status but must 
fulfill them before graduation. Applications for graduate study should be sent in as early 
in the year as possible, but not later than April 1 for entry the following August. However, 
applications are accepted year-round for admission to the program in the following se- 
mester. Official transcripts of baccalaureate and/or master's degrees must be sent di- 
rectly to the WVU Office of Admissions and Records. Application forms can be received 
from the WVU Office of Admissions and Records, P.O. Box 6009, Morgantown, WV 26506- 
6009. For further information, write to the Chair. 

Developmental Biology 

The following courses in the Departments of Anatomy, Biochemistry, and Biology 
may be applied toward the requirements for a major in developmental biology: Anatomy 
402 Advanced Developmental Anatomy, 405 Experimental Embryology, Biochemistry 
491 Advanced Study in Nucleic Acids, Biology 214 Molecular Basis of Cellular Growth, 
Biology 309 Molecular Biology of the Gene, Biology 362 Developmental Biology, and 
Biology 364 Advanced Plant Physiology. 

Genetics (GEN) 

290. Crop Breeding. II. 3 hr. PR: GEN 171 or 321 . Methods and basic scientific principles 
involved in improvement of leading crops through hybridization, selection, and other 
techniques. (Offered in spring of even years.) 

321 . Basic Concepts of Modern Genetics. I. 3 hr. PR: 8 hr. biological sciences and 1 yr. 
chemistry. Independent inheritance, linkage. Chemical nature of genetic material. 
Control of phenotype by genetic material. Gene action and coding of genetic material. 

325. Human Genetics. II. 3 hr. PR: GEN 171 or 321 or consent. Study of genetic system 
responsible for development of phenotype in man. (Offered in spring of odd years.) 

335. Population Genetics. II. 3 hr. PR:GEN 171 or 321 orconsent. Relationship of gene and 
genotype frequencies in populations of diploid organisms, and the effects of mutation, 
migration, selection, assortive mating, and inbreeding in relation to single gene pairs. 
Application of these concepts to multigenic inheritance of quantitative traits. (Offered in fall 
of odd years.) 

370. Medical Genetics. II. 2-4 hr. PR: Second-year medical student standing; graduate 
student in Genetics and Developmental Biology; others by consent. Introduction to clinical 
genetics including molecular, biochemical, and cytogenetic aspects of human biology. 
Application of genetic principles to human health and disease. (Also listed as CCMD 370, 
MED370.PEDI370.) 

391. Advanced Topics. I, II, S. Variable 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced 
topics not covered in regularly scheduled courses. 

424. Cytogenetics. II. 4 hr. PR: GEN 171 or 321 , and BIOL 215 or consent. Emphasis on 
macromolecules that carry information of the chromosomes, cell division, and the 

Genetics and Developmental Biology 81 



cytological and molecular basis of genetics. Special attention given to visible manifes- 
tation of genes, human cytogenetics, of genomes and chromosome morphology, and 
their evolution. (Offered in spring of odd years.) 

426. Advanced Biochemical Genetics. II. 3 hr. PR: GEN 171 or 321 and organic 
chemistry. Physiological and biophysical concepts of genetic material. Structure and 
arrangement of genetic units. Nucleic acids as carriers of genetic information. Gene 
action and amino acid coding. Biochemical evolution of genetic material. Genetic control 
mechanismsistry of mutation. (Offered in fall of even years.) 

427. Genetic Mechanisms of Evolution. I. 3 hr. PR: GEN 171 or equiv. Molecular genetic 
mechanisms which result in evolutionary change. Origin of life, origin and organization 
of genetic variability, differentiation of populations, isolation and speciation, role of 
hybridization and polyploidy, and origin of man. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 

450. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per sem. Recent literature pertaining to biochemical, classical, 
human, molecular, and cytological genetics. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 



Natural Resource Economics 

Peter V. Schaeffer, Director, Division of Resource Management 
Gerard D' Souza, Graduate Program Coordinator 
2018 Agricultural Sciences Building 
Degree Offered: Doctor of Philosophy 

The Agricultural and Resource Economics Program in the Division of Resource 
Management offers graduate studies leading to the degree of doctor of philosophy in 
natural resource economics. The doctoral program offers three fields of study: 

• Natural resource and environmental economics, 

• Commodity market analysis modeling and forecasting, and 

• International development. 

Careers for which students completing the program are qualified include those with 
universities, research institutes, industry, and state, national, or international agencies 
concerned with natural resource and environmental issues. 

Admission 

Prospective graduate students initiate application for admission on forms available 
from the University Office of Admissions and Records. The completed form should be 
returned to the Office of Admissions and Records, accompanied by payment of the nonre- 
fundable application fee. An official transcript from all colleges attended during an appli- 
cants undergraduate and graduate studies must be a part of the application for admission. 

Performance Standards 

• An applicant must possess a master's degree and hold a grade-point average of 
3.5 or above (on a 4.0 scale) in postgraduate courses. 

• Scores form the Graduate Record Examination are required. A combined score of 
1600 (verbal, quantitative, and analytical scores) or better is expected form applicants to 
the Ph.D. program. 

• Applicants whose native language is not English must have obtained a minimum 
score of 550 on the TOEFL examination. 



82 WVU Graduate Catalog 



• Three letters of recommendation are required. 

• A letter of purpose describing research interests and professional aspirations is 
required. 

Applicants who do not meet all of the requirements above but have special qualifica- 
tions may be admitted if approved by the Graduate Admission Committee, the Division 
Director, and the Graduate Program Coordinator. Such admission will usually be subject 
to conditions, however, such as taking course work to make up for deficiencies. Such 
make-up work will not be counted as part of credit requirements for the degree. 

A limited number of graduate research assistantships are available to highly quali- 
fied students on a competitive bases. The awards are based on academic merit only. 

Requirements for Research 

After a student is admitted, the program coordinator will appoint a major professor to 
direct his/her research. Doctoral students will conduct research in support of approved 
projects. The student, in consultation with the major professor, will select a graduate commit- 
tee during the second semester of study. The committee will consist of five or more mem- 
bers, the majority of whom must be WVU faculty, with at least one member representing 
a discipline outside the program. Each student and his/her committee will formulate a 
plan of study, which will be filed in the office of the program coordinator. University regu- 
lations concerning committee members require that a majority of the graduate commit- 
tee, including the major professor, must be regular members of the WVU graduate faculty. 

Core Courses 

Doctoral students must satisfactorily complete a set of core courses in economic theory, 
quantitative methods, and resource analysis before they will be admitted to candidacy for 
the Ph.D. degree. All core courses will be at the 300- or 400-level. Certain course require- 
ments may be waived if the student has received equivalent training in prior course work. 
Additional required course work pertaining to the student's area of specialization will be 
determined by the student's major professor and graduate committee. 

Fields of Study 

There are three fields of study: natural resource and environmental economics; com- 
modity analysis, modeling, and forecasting; and international development. Doctoral stu- 
dents must select two fields subject to approval by the student's major professor and 
graduate committee. The student will be required to successfully complete a minimum of 
three courses at the 300 or 400 level in each field selected. 

Admission to Candidacy 

Oral and written qualifying examinations will be administered by the qualifying exami- 
nation committee before the end of the second year following admission to the program. 
Upon satisfactory completion of the qualifying examinations and core course require- 
ments, the student will be eligible for admittance to candidacy for the Ph.D. in natural 
resource economics. 

Completion 

Each candidate for the Ph.D. degree will be expected to meet the following general 
requirements: 

• A minimum of two years in residence, 

• Successful completion of qualifying examinations and examinations in two fields of 
study, 

• A dissertation, and 

• Successful oral defense of the dissertation. 

Natural Resource Economics 83 



Although not a requirement, presentation of research results at a meeting of a pro- 
fessional society and submission of manuscripts for publication are encouraged. 

Agricultural and Resource Economics (ARE) 

201. Applied Demand Analysis. II. 3 hr. Consumer demand economics applied to envi- 
ronmental, natural resource, and agricultural issues; analysis of factors that influence 
demand and determine prices; special applications to non-market, environmental, and 
natural resource amenities. 

202. Applied Production Economics. I. 3 hr. Production economics applied to agricul- 
tural, environmental, and natural resource issues; production, multiple-product and cost 
functions, and joint production; effects of environmental and natural resource manage- 
ment regulations on the production process. 

206. Agribusiness Planning. I. 3 hr. PR: AGEC 104 or consent. Application of economic 
and management principles to agribusiness planning; consideration of risk and uncer- 
tainty in agribusiness planning; formulation of economic models for determining opti- 
mum allocation of resources for production processes. 

210. Environmental and Resource Economics. I. 3 hr. PR: ARE 201 and 202; or ECON 
211; or consent. Economic analysis of natural resource and environmental problems; 
management of renewable and nonrenewable resources and environmental amenities; 
market failure, externalities, benefit-cost and risk analysis; property rights and the "tak- 
ing" issue. 

21 1 . Rural Economic Development. I. 3 hr. Economic trends, development policies, and 
analysis of rural economies in the United States. Rural diversity, development concepts, 
rural planning, public programs and policies, and community analysis methods. 

220. Agricultural Cooperatives. I. 3 hr. History, principles, organization, management, 
taxation, and legal aspects of agricultural, marketing, supply and service cooperatives in 
the U.S. Development of non-agricultural cooperatives. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 

231 . Marketing Agricultural Products. II. 3 hr. Organization, functions, and analysis of the 
agricultural marketing system. Food consumption, exports, price analysis, marketing costs, 
market power, commodities futures market, food safety, and government regulations. 

235. Marketing Livestock Products. I. 3 hr. Livestock marketing practices and policies. 
Supply and demand, livestock price cycles, grading, marketing alternatives, processing 
and retailing. Economic analysis of alternatives, current issues and trends. (Offered in 
fall of even years.) 

240. Futures Markets and Commodity Prices I. 3 hr. Analysis of price-making forces 
which operate in the market place; emphasis on major agricultural and mineral commod- 
ity and futures markets. 

245. Energy Economics. II. 3 hr. Analysis of the energy sector and its relationship to the 
rest of the economy; energy security, deregulation, full cost pricing, substitutability among 
energy sources, transmission, new technologies, environmental considerations. 

250. Agricultural, Environmental and Resource Policy. II. 3 hr. PR: ARE 201, 202; or 
ECON 21 1 ; or consent. Economic analysis of agricultural, natural resource and environ- 

84 WVU Graduate Catalog 



mental policies; problems of externalities and market failure, and alternative policies for 
addressing such problems; benefits and costs of alternative policies. 

261 . Agribusiness Finance. II. 3 hr. An overview of financial analysis and the application 
of financial principles to small, rural and agricultural businesses. Includes applications of 
financial analysis computer software. 

300. Applied Microeconomics I. 3 hr. PR: ECON 211 and 220 or equiv. Producer and con- 
sumer economics used in resource, environmental, and agricultural economic analysis. 

321. Quantitative Methods in Resource Economics. I. 3 hr. PR: ECON 220 or equiv. 
Optimization techniques in economic analysis of natural resources; environmental and 
agricultural management problems; linear, nonlinear and dynamic programming. 

324. Econometric Methods in Resource Economics. I. 3 hr. PR: ECON 226. Application 
methods to natural resource, environmental, and agricultural economic problems; single 
and simultaneous equation models, specification problems, topics in time series, and 
cross-sectional analysis. 

329. Resource Commodity Markets. II. 3 hr. PR: ECON 325 and 326 or consent. Ad- 
vanced econometric methods of specification, estimation and simulation of domestic 
and international resource markets and industries; time series and forecasting techniques. 

330. Production Economics. II., 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 and 321. Developments in producer 
economics applied to natural resource, environmental, and agricultural issues. 

332. Natural Resource and Environmental Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 and 321 or 
equiv. Theory and institutions; market failure, externalities and property rights issues; 
renewable and nonrenewable resources, common property, environmental and resource 
management, and intergenerational decisions. 

333. Natural Resource Policy Analysis. I. 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 and 321 or equiv. Welfare 
economics applied to the analysis and evaluation of natural resource, environmental, 
agricultural, and energy policy issues. 

340. Rural and Regional Development. II. 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 and 321 . Economic theo- 
ries and quantitative techniques. Problems and goals for rural and regional planning; 
methods of policy analysis for community infrastructure development. 

342. International Agricultural Economic Development. I. 3 hr. Current problems, 
theories, policies, and strategies in planning for agricultural and rural development for 
increased food production and to improve the well-being of rural people in the developing 
countries of the world. 

343. Project Analysis & Evaluation. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Design, analysis, and 
evaluation of development projects; economic and financial aspects of project analysis; 
risk analysis; preparation of feasibility reports. 

344. International Markets and Trade. I. 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 and 321. Causes and 
consequences of international trade and investment; commodity market structures, 
commodity price instability and international agreements; trade barriers and protection, 
export promotion, and impacts on developing countries. 



Natural Resource Economics 85 



365. Mineral Finance. II. 3 hr. Methods, risks, and problems of financing mineral projects. 
Large foreign-project financing, concerns of host governments, multinational mining 
concerns, and financial institutions. 

380. Energy Industry Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. Technical production 
and consumption methodologies, environmental concerns, and national and global 
economics and politics in making energy decisions. 

381. Resource Appraisal and Decision Making. II. 3 hr. PR: ARE 300 or equiv. 
Investment analysis, decision making under risk and uncertainty, and project analysis 
applied to resource exploration and utilization; mineral and energy reserve and resource 
estimation techniques. 

382. Mineral Industry Economics. II. 3 hr. Supply, demand, structure, technology, costs, 
prices, and problems of mineral industries. 

403. Advanced Natural Resource Economic Theory. I. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and ARE 
332. Allocation and distribution of natural resources in static and dynamic contexts; 
welfare economics, cost-benefit analysis, and optimal control approaches; applications 
to resource valuation, exhaustion, taxation, and regulation in theory and practice. 

410. Advanced Environmental Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and ARE 332 or 
consent. Theory, efficient environmental design and analysis, modeling of economic and 
environmental systems, evaluation of non-market benefits and costs, and risk assess- 
ment. 

446. Energy and Regional Development. II. 3 hr. PR: ECON 355 and ARE 380. Energy 
in the West Virginia economy and selected regions of the United States. 

483. Minerals Technology Assessment. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Methods of studying the 
effects of modifications in technology on the production of utilization of minerals, and the 
effects on mineral demand, supply, substitution and markets. 

484. Oil and Gas Industry Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Geology, engineering, and 
economic theories of evaluating industry structures and performance. 

485. Economics of the Coal Industry. Supply, demand, structure, production technology, 
costs, prices, and problems of the coal industry. Includes environmental, productivity, 
and transportation issues. 

495. Independent Study. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Faculty-supervised study of topics not 
available through regular course offerings. 

498. Thesis/Dissertation Research. I, II. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. 

Resource Management (RESM) 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. 

496. Graduate Seminar. I, II, S. 1 hr. PR: Consent. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 



WVU Graduate Catalog 



Plant and Soil Sciences 

Barton S. Baker, Director, Division of Plant and Soil Sciences and Graduate 

Program Coordinator 

1090 Agricultural Sciences Building 

Degree Offered: Master of Science 

Areas of Emphasis 

The Master of Science degree in Plant and Soil Sciences is offered to students who 
wish to study crops agronomy, entomology, environmental microbiology, horticulture, 
plant pathology, or soil science. 

Program Objective 

The objective of the M.S. in Plant and Soil Sciences is to provide students the 
opportunity to take courses and conduct original, master-level research in their areas of 
specialization. The educational experience obtained through courses and research is 
expected to provide students with the background and expertise to enter doctoral programs 
or professional careers as agronomists, microbiologists, horticulturists, and plant patholo- 
gists. These disciplines are critical to maintain agriculture and forest productivity, solve 
environmental problems and promote economic development in the state. 

Admission and Performance Standards 

In order for a student to be admitted to the program, the following admission criteria 
will be considered. The applicant normally must: 

• Possess a baccalaureate degree, 

• Have a minimum undergraduate grade point average of 2.75 (3.0 for 
acceptance as a regular graduate student.), 

• Have an adequate academic aptitude at the graduate level as measured by the 
Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or other tests/evidence, 

• Provide three letters of reference from persons acquainted with the applicant's 
professional work, experience, or academic background, and 

• Submit a written statement of approximately 500 words indicating the applicant's 
goals and objectives relative to receiving a graduate degree. 

International students have the additional requirement to submit a minimum score 
of 550 on the TOEFL examination if their native language is not English. Interviews are 
encouraged but not required. 

Students enrolled in the M.S. in Plant and Soil Sciences must complete STAT 31 1, 
312, ENGL 208 (Technical writing), or other comparable course, and three semesters of 
seminar in their area of emphasis. Other class requirements will be determined by the 
student's graduate committee and made a part of the student's plan of study. This degree 
requires a minimum of 30 graduate credit hours, six of which may be research. 

Each student must develop a plan of study, conduct original research and prepare 
a thesis. The plan of study which is to be developed within the first year of study must 
contain the courses to be taken plus an outline of the research to be conducted. The 
thesis must be satisfactorily defended in an oral examination given by the student's 
graduate committee. 

Agronomy (AGRN) 
Crop Science Courses 

251 . Weed Control. 1. 3 hr. PR: PLSC 52, AGRN 2, or consent. Fundamental principles of 
weed control. Recommended control measures for and identification of common weeds. 
2 lee, 1 lab. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 

Plant and Soil Sciences 87 



252. Grain and Special Crops. II. 3 hr. PR: PLSC 52, AGRN 2, or consent. Advanced 
study of methods in the production of grain and special crops. Varieties, improvement, 
tillage, harvesting, storage, and use of crops grown for seed or special purposes. (Of- 
fered in spring of even years.) 

254. Pasture and Forage Crops. 1. 4 hr. PR: PLSC 52, AGRN 2, or consent. All phases of 
pasture and forage crop production, including identification, seeding, management, use, 
seed production, and storage of forage crops. 3 lee, 1 lab. 

325. Forage Harvesting and Storage. 3 hr. PR: AGRN 254, or consent. Advanced study 
of processes associated with harvesting and storage of forages. 3 hr. lee. (Offered in fall 
of odd years.) 

354. Pasture Management and Utilization. 3 hr. PR: AGRN 254 and ANNU 101 , or con- 
sent. Advanced study of pastures and their management and utilization with emphasis 
on temperate species. 3 hr. lee. (Offered in spring of odd years.) 

374. Tropical Grasslands. 3 hr. PR: AGRN 254 and ANNU 101, or consent. Advanced 
study of tropical grasslands and their management and utilization in animal production. 
(Offered in fall of even years.) 

432. Forage Chemistry and Quality. 3 hr. PR: ANNU 301 and AGRN 254, or consent. 
Advanced course in chemistry and biochemistry of pastures and forages, emphasizing 
factors affecting their quality and principles governing their utilization by herbivorous 
animals. (Also listed as ANNU 432.) (Offered in spring of even years.) (3 hr. lee.) 

Agronomy (AGRN) 
Soil Sciences Courses 

210. So/7 Fertility. I. 3 hr. PR: AGRN 2 or 10. Soil properties in relation to fertility and 
productivity of soils; scrutiny of essential plant nutrients; use of fertilizers and lime; evalu- 
ation of soil fertility. 

212. So/7 Conservation and Management. I. 3 hr. PR: AGRN 2 or 10. Using soil technol- 
ogy to solve soil management problems relating to cropping systems. Field diagnosis of 
soil problems stressed. 2 lee, 2 lab. 

215. So/7 Survey and Land Use. I. 3 hr. PR: AGRN 2 or 15 or consent. Identification of 
morphological characteristics and taxonomic units of soils; techniques of writing soil pedon 
and mapping unit descriptions; techniques of preparing soil maps; evaluation of soils for 
land use planning. (2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab.) (Offered fall of odd years.) 

217. So/7 Genesis and Classification. I. 4 hr. PR: AGRN 2 or 15 or consent. Origin and 
formation of soils; principles of soil classification; study of soil pedons and polypedons; 
influence of soil-forming factors and processes. Two Saturday field trips required. ( 3 hr. 
lee, 3 hr. lab.). (Offered fall of even years.) 

230. So/7 Physics. II. 3 hr. PR: AGRN 2 or 10. Physical properties of soils; water and air 
relationships and their influence on soil productivity. (Offered in spring of even years.) 

255. Reclamation of Disturbed Soils. 3 hr. PR: Junior standing or above and consent. 
Pedologic definitions and principles will be applied to advanced planning and analysis, 



88 WVU Graduate Catalog 



handling and placement, reclamation and revegetation practices, and continuing use of 
disturbed soils resulting from mining and urbanization activities. (Field trip required.) 

352. Pedology. II. 3 hr. PR: AGRN 217 or consent. Genesis and evolution of soils consid- 
ered as natural bodies; including both macro- and micromorphological properties. Sat- 
urday field trips required. 2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. (Offered in spring of odd years.) 

410. Advanced Soil Fertility. II. 3 hr. PR: AGRN 210, BIOL 169 or consent. Influence of 
soil chemical and physical properties on availability of plant nutrients; intensive study of 
individual plant nutrients and interactions of nutrients in soils and crops. (Offered in spring 
of even years.) 

416. Soil Chemistry. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Chemistry of soil development; chemical and 
mineralogical composition of soils; nature and properties of organic and inorganic soil 
colloids; cation and anion exchange phenomena; soil chemistry of macro- and micro- 
nutrients. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 

41 8. Chemistry of Soil Organic Matter. II. 3 hr. PR: Organic chemistry or consent. Chemi- 
cal composition of soil organic matter studied in relation to its physico-chemical proper- 
ties and humus formation. Methods involving extraction, fractionation, and purification of 
soil organic components examined. 2 lee, 1 lab. (Offered in spring of odd years.) 

421. Identification of Clay Minerals in Soil. II. 3 hr. PR: Physical chemistry or consent. 
Characterization of clay minerals is an important aspect in soils, geology, civil engineer- 
ing, and related fields. Study of methods used in qualitative and quantitative identifica- 
tion of these secondary minerals in soils and rocks. 1 lee, 2 lab. (Offered in spring of 
even years.) 

Plant Science (PLSC) 

420. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Special study in environmental microbiology, crop 
science, horticulture, plant pathology, or soil science. 

450. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. Graduate seminar in environmental microbiology, crop science, 
horticulture, plant pathology, or soil science. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. Graduate research in environmental microbiology, crop 
science, horticulture, plant pathology, or soil science. 



Reproductive Physiology 

E. Keith Inskeep, Chairperson of the Interdisciplinary Faculty 

G-044 Agricultural Science Building 

Degrees Offered: Master of Science: Doctor of Philosophy 

Requirements 

The graduate program in reproductive physiology, leading to master's and doctoral 
degrees, is interdisciplinary, with faculty located in the Departments of Animal and Veteri- 
nary Sciences, Biology, Obstetrics and Gynecology, Pharmacology and Toxicology, Physi- 
ology, and Plant and Soil Sciences. Requirements for admission include at least a 2.75 
grade-point average (4.0 system) and completion on the following prerequisites with a 
grade of C or better in each: calculus, genetics, organic chemistry, physics, and verte- 
brate embryology. It is recommended, but not required, that applicants complete both the 

Reproductive Physiology 89 



aptitude and the advanced tests of the Graduate Record Examination. Foreign languages 
are not required for a degree in reproductive physiology. Only a limited number of stu- 
dents are accepted each year. 

Research 

Research topics include function and regression of the corpus luteum, aging of the 
oocyte, control of postpartum reproductive performance, environmental factors in repro- 
duction, control of steroidogenesis, control of estrus and ovulation, new methods of arti- 
ficial insemination, ovarian follicular development, endocrine functions of polypeptides, 
and roles of prostaglandins in reproduction. 

Research is almost entirely with farm animals including poultry. 

Courses 

The program draws on courses offered in various departments and includes courses 
in endocrinology, advanced reproductive physiology, biochemistry, physiology, statistics, 
and developmental embryology. 



90 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Eberly College of Arts and Sciences 

Gerald E. Lang, Ph.D., Dean (currently serving as WVU Interim Provost) 

Rudolph P. Almasy, Ph.D., Associate Dean (currently serving as Acting Dean of the 

Eberly College) 
Frank J. Calzonetti, Ph.D., Associate Dean 
Nicholas G. Evans, Ed.D., Associate Dean 
John F. Schnabel, Ph.D., Associate Dean 
Joan S. Gorham, Ph.D., Interim Associate Dean 
Asuntina S. Level le, J.D., Assistant Dean 

The Eberly College of Arts and Sciences is West Virginia University's largest college, 
with 325 faculty in academic departments and program areas in literature and the humani- 
ties, social and behavioral sciences, and mathematics and natural sciences. The college 
supports 16 graduate programs, ten of which include doctoral programs; its departments 
occupy 12 buildings on the downtown campus. Many of the faculty enjoy distinguished 
national and international reputations and have been honored for excellence in teaching, 
research, and service. Their awards not only acknowledge extreme dedication but also 
accentuate the relationship between the faculty and the students. Graduate students often 
collaborate with faculty on specialized research projects which lead to publications in na- 
tional and international journals. In 1995, the faculty of the college produced over 300 pub- 
lications, delivered 315 professional presentations, and received 1 12 grants and contracts, 
50 professional association citations, and 49 academic honors. In recent years, Arts and 
Sciences faculty have generated over $6,000,000 annually in external support for research 
and instruction. 

The Eberly College of Arts and Sciences offers doctoral programs in biology, chemis- 
try, computer science, English, geography, geology, history, mathematics, physics, political 
science, and psychology. Available research or teaching concentrations are as follows: 

• Biology — cellular and molecular biology, environmental plant biology. 

• Chemistry — analytical, inorganic, organic, physical, and theoretical chemistry. 

• Computer science — artificial intelligence, operating systems, programming languages, 
mathematics of computing, databases, and software engineering. 

• English — literature. 

• Geography — regional development, geographic information systems. 

• Geology — energy (basin analysis), environmental geology. 

• History — United States (Appalachia), Europe, Africa, science and technology. 

• Mathematics — selected areas of pure, applied, and discrete mathematics. 

• Physics — condensed matter, applied physics, plasma physics, astrophysics, 
electro-optics, and elementary particle physics. 

• Political science — public policy analysis (domestic and international). 

• Psychology — behavior analysis, developmental psychology, and clinical psychology. 

Graduate programs leading to a master's degree are available in biology, chemistry, 
communication studies, computer science, English, foreign languages, geography, geol- 
ogy, history, liberal arts, mathematics, physics, psychology, public administration, sociol- 
ogy and anthropology, and statistics. Each program prepares students for further study 
or for productive roles in professional environments. Information concerning graduate 
programs in the Eberly College of Arts and Sciences may be obtained by contacting 
Associate Dean for Research and Graduate Studies, Eberly College of Arts and Sci- 
ences, 201 Woodburn Hall, West Virginia University, P.O. Box 6286, Morgantown, WV 
26505-6286; telephone (304) 293-461 1 . 



Eberly College of Arts and Sciences 9 1 



Graduate Programs 

Biology M.S Ph.D. 

Chemistry M.S Ph.D. 

Communication Studies M.A. 

Computer Science M.S Ph.D. 

English M.A Ph.D. 

Foreign Languages M.A. 

Geography M.A Ph.D. 

Geology M.S Ph.D. 

History M.A Ph.D. 

Mathematics M.S Ph.D. 

Physics M.S Ph.D. 

Political Science M.A Ph.D. 

Psychology M.A Ph.D. 

Public Administration M.P.A. 

Sociology and Anthropology M.A. 

Statistics M.S. 



Graduate Faculty 

t Indicates regular member of graduate faculty. 
' Indicates associate member of graduate faculty 

Biology 
Professors 

David F. Blaydes, Ph.D. (Ind. U.). Plant physiology. Cytokinins. 

Edward C. Keller, Jr., Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.), Ecology, Genetics. 

r Gerald E. Lang, Ph.D. (Rutgers U.). Interim Provost. Dean. Plant ecology, Biogeochemistry, Wet 

land ecology. 
'James B. McGraw, Ph.D. (Duke U.). Plant ecology, Plant population biology. 
'Richard P. Sutter. Ph.D. (Tufts U.). Cellular/molecular biology, developmental biology, molecular genetics. 
Associate Professors 
f Ramsey Frist, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Biophysics. 

r Keith Garbutt, Ph.D. (U. Wales). Chairperson. Population genetics, Plant ecology. 
Assistant Professors 

T Clifford P. Bishop, Ph.D. (U. Va.). Developmental and molecular biology of drosophila. 
^Jonathan R. Cumming, Ph.D. (Cornell U.). Plant physiology, Rhizosphere ecology. 
T Dorothy C. Dunning, Ph.D. (Tufts U.). Bat prey defenses and other aspects of bat biology. 
\Jorge A. Flores. Ph.D. (George Wash. U.). Endocrinology of reproduction, Signal transduction. 
T Philip E. Keeting, Ph.D. (U. Md, Nj-Nj Med. Sen.). Molecular endocrinology. 
r William T Peterjohn. Ph.D. (Duke U.). Biogeochemistry, Ecosystem ecology. 
^Jeffrey L. Price. Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins U.). Drosophila genetics, Circadian rhythms. 
"Richard B.Thomas, Ph.D. (Clemson U.). Physiological plant ecology, Global environmental change. 
f Ray Thweatt, Ph.D. (U. of Texas Health Sci. Cnter). Cellular senescence, Molecular biology of aging. 

Chemistry 
Professors 

T Nar S. Dalai, Ph.D. (U. Brit. Columbia). Physical chemistry. Magnetic resonance, Fossil fuels. 
'William R. Moore. Ph.D. (U. Minn.). Organic chemistry. Strained molecules, Reaction mechanisms. 
r Robert S. Nakon, Ph.D. (Tex. A&M U.). Bioinorganic chemistry. Chelates, Catalysis. 
r Jeffrey L. Petersen, Ph.D. (U. Wise.). Physical inorganic chemistry, Organometallic chemistry, X-ray 

diffraction, catalysis, olefin polymerization. 
T Kenneth Showalter, Ph.D. (U. Colo.). Eberly Family Professor of Physical Chemistry, Chemical 

kinetics, Multistability and oscillating systems. 

92 WVU Graduate Catalog 



*Kung K. Wang, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Organic chemistry, Stereoselective synthesis, Natural products. 
Associate Professors 

'Harry O. Finklea, Ph.D. (Calif. Inst. Tech.). Analytical/physical chemistry, Properties of organized 

monolayers deposited on electrodes. 
f Charles Jaffe, Ph.D. (U. Col.). Theoretical chemistry, Molecular dynamics, Nonlinear mechanics. 
f Paul W. Jagodzinski, Ph.D. (Tex. A&M U.). Chairperson. Physical chemistry, Raman 

spectroscopy, Molecular spectroscopy. 
Uohn H. Penn, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Organic chemistry, Photochemistry, Electron transfer. 
f Reuben H. Simoyi, Ph.D. (Brandeis U.). Physical chemistry, Chemical kinetics, Oscillating reactions. 
T Ronald B. Smart, Ph.D. (U. Mich.). Associate Chairperson. Environmental analytical chemistry, 

Electrochemistry, Trace metals. 
r Alan M. Stolzenberg, Ph.D. (Stanford U.). Inorganic chemistry, Bioinorganic chemistry, 

Organometallic chemistry. 
Assistant Professors 

f Kay M. Brummond, Ph.D. (Penn State U.). Synthetic organic chemistry, synthetic methods, 
natural products synthesis. 
Catharine J. Covert, Ph.D. (Cornell U.). Inorganic and organometallic chemistry; Synthesis, 

kinetics, and reaction mechanisms. 
f Fred L. King, Ph.D. (U. Va.). Analytical chemistry, Mass spectrometry, Gas-phase ion chemistry. 
Debra L. Mohler, Ph.D. (U. Cal-Berkeley). Organic chemistry, Bioorganic and bioorganomettalic 

chemistry, Nanostructures. 
Vincent T Remcho, Ph.D. (Va. Tech.). Analytical chemistry, Chemical separations, Chromatogra- 
phy, electrophoresis. 
Bjorn C. Sodenberg, Ph.D. (Royal Inst, of Tech. -Stockholm). Organic and organometallic chemistry, 

Synthetic methods, Natural product synthesis. 

Communication Studies 
Professors 

'James C. McCroskey, Ed.D. (Penn. St. U.). Chairperson. Communication avoidance, 

Communication in instruction, Interpersonal and organizational communication. 
Virginia P. Richmond, Ph.D. (U. Nebr.). Interpersonal and organizational communication, 

Nonverbal communication, Communication in instruction. 
Associate Professors 
f Melanie Booth-Butterfield, Ph.D. (U. Mo.). Interpersonal communication, Nonverbal 

communication, Communication in instruction. 
'Steven Booth-Butterfield, Ed.D. (WVU). Mass communication, Interpersonal communication, 

Communication in instruction, Persuasion. 
'Joan S. Gorham, Ed.D. (Northern III. U.). Interim Associate Dean. Communication in instruction, 

Nonverbal communication, Mass communication. 
Assistant Professors 
'Robert A. Barraclough, Ed.D. (WVU). Communication in instruction, Intercultural communication, 

Interpersonal communication, Organizational communication. 
'Stephen C. Hines, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Interpersonal communication, Persuasion, Research methods. 
'Matthew M. Martin, Ph.D. (Kent St. U.). Argumentation, Personality differences, Interpersonal 

and family communication. 
f Brian Patterson, Ph.D. (U. Okla.). Interpersonal communication, Nonverbal communication, 

Health communication. 

English 
Professors 

'Timothy D. Adams, Ph.D. (Emory U.). American autobiography, American literature, American studies. 

tennis Allen, Ph.D. (U. Minn.). Critical theory, Prose fiction, Popular culture. 

Patrick Conner, Ph.D. (U. Md.). Chairperson. Anglo-Saxon literature and culture, Medieval English 

literature, Humanities computing. 
r Richard B. Eaton, Jr., Ph.D. (U. N.C.). 19th-and 20th-century American literature, Eugene O'Neill. 
William W. French, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Shakespeare and Renaissance drama and literature, 

Contemporary theatre, Modern American and British drama. 



Eberly College of Arts and Sciences 93 



Elaine Ginsberg. Ph.D. (U. Okla.). M.A. Supervisor. American literature, Women writers, Feminist 

theory. 
Robert Markley. Ph.D. (U. Penn.). Jackson Family Chair in British Literature. Restoration and 18th- 
century literature. Science studies. Cultural studies. 

'Brian McHale. Ph.D. (Oxford). Ph.D. Supervisor. Eberly Family Professor of American Literature. 
Postmodernism, American literature. Cultural studies. 

'Thomas H. Miles. Ph.D. (SUNY— Binghamton). Scientific and technical wnting. Rhetonc, Online 
distance learning. 

'Frank Scafelia. Jr.. Ph.D. (U. Chicago). American novel. American romantics. Literature and 
religion. Science fiction fantasy. 

*Juc:"3 Stitze PhX J. Minn.). Women's studies. Feminist pedagogy. Creative writing. 

'Cheryl B. Torsney. Ph.D. (U. Fla.). American fiction. Henry James. Literary theory. Women writers. 

Associate Professors 

'Rudolph P. Almasy. Ph.D. (U. Minn.). Acting Dean. Renaissance and Reformation studies. 
Composition. 

'Anna Shannon Elfenbein. Ph.D. (U. Nebr.). Amencan literature. Women's studies. Film. 

"Avery F Gaskins. Ph.D. (Ind. U.). Romanttc literature. Appalachian literature. Folklore. 

'Byron C. Nelson. Ph.D. (U. Wise). Ranters and religious radicals. Elizabethan. Jacobean, and 
Restoration drama. 

'Kevin Oderman. Ph.D. (U. Calif.). American poetry. American literature. Creative writing: essay. 

"Susan Shaw Sailer. Ph.D. (U. Wash.). Irish poetry. James Joyce. Literary theory. Epics. 

'Hayden Ward. Ph.D. (Columbia U.). Editor. Victorian Poetry. Victorian literature. Walter Pater, 19th- 
century American literature. 

Assistant Professors 

r Ga Adams. Ph.D. (U. Texas). Amencan studies. Creative writing. 

"Laura Brady. P h .D. (U. Minn.). Composition and rhetorical theory. Women's studies. 

John Flynn. Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon). Creative writing. Contemporary American poetry. 

"Marilyn Francus. Ph.D. (Columbia U.). Restoration and 1 8th-century literature and culture. Women's 
studies. Satire. History of the novel. 

James Harms. M.F.A. (Indiana U.). Creative writing (poetry). Contemporary poetry. 

'John Lamb. Ph.D. (NYU). Assistant Editor. Victorian Poetry. Victorian literature and culture. 
Victorian historiography. 

*D. Vance Smith. Ph.D. (U. Virginia). Middle English, Cultural studies. 

*Ethel Morgan Smith. M.A. (Hollms College). Creative writing: fiction. Nonfiction essay. African- 
Amencan literature. 

*Dav d Stewart Ph.D. (Oxford U.). British romanticism. Literary theory. 

T mothy Sweet. Ph.D. (U. Minn.). American studies (17th- 19th-century). Literature and photography. 
Native American I terature 

Foreign Languages 
Professors 

'Robert J. Elkms. Ph.D. (U. Kans.). Emeritus. German. Language methodology. German radio plays. 

English as a second language. 
- afi een E. McNerney. Ph.D. (U. N. Mex.). Catalan language and literature. Spanish literature and culture. 
"Frank W. Medley. Jr.. Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Chairperson. Spanish. Foreign language education. 
"Joseph A. Murphy. Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Associate Chairperson. French. English as a second 

language. Foreign language education. 
"Joseph J. Prentiss. Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Classics. Greek and Latin literature. Classical mythology. 
"Janice Sp'eth. Ph.D. (Rice U.). French. Francophone literature and culture. 
Associate Professors 
'Marilyn Bendena. Ph.D. (Wayne St. U.). French. Russian. Russian literature-culture. 

Contemporary French novel. 
"Axel W. Claesges. Ph.D. (Vanderbilt U.). German. German cultural and intellectual history. 19th 

century literature. Commercial German. 
"Ahmed Fahkn. Ph.D. (U. Mich.).TESL. Second language acquisition. Applied linguistics. Discourse 

analysis. 
'Pablo Gonzalez. Ph.D. (U. Madnd). Spanish. Spanish-American literature. Commercial Spanish. 

94 WVU Graduate Catalog 



'Michael Lastinger, Ph.D. (U. Ga.). French. 19th century French literature, Critical theory. 
'Valerie Lastinger, Ph.D. (U. Ga.). French. 18th century French literature, French women writers. 
'Michael E. Reider, Ph.D. (U. Iowa). Spanish, Linguistics. Syntax and phonology, Psycholinguistics. 
'Joseph F. Renahan, M.S. (Yeshiva U.). Spanish. French and Spanish philology, Spanish Golden 

Age drama. 
'Jurgen Schlunk, Ph.D. (U. Marburg). German. 18th century German literature, 19th and 20th 

century German drama. 
Assistant Professors 

*Maria Amores, Ph.D. (Penn St. U.). Spanish, Foreign language acquisition. 
*Susan Bradi, Ph.D. (U. Del.). ESL, Applied linguistics, Second language acquisition, Syntax. 
Jeffrey Bruner, Ph.D. (Rutgers U.). Graduate coordinator. Modern Spanish peninsular literature. 
'Sandra Dixon, Ph.D. (Brown U.). Spanish, Portugese literature, Spanish-American literature. 
'Daniel Ferreras, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Comparative Romance literature. French/Spanish 19th and 

20th century novel, Theory of the fantastic. 
'Deborah Janson, Ph.D. (U. Cal.). German. The Enlightenment, Romanticism, 20th Century 

literature, GDR literature, Ecofeminism. 
'Twyla Meding, Ph.D. (U. Va.). French. 16th and 17th century French literature, The pastoral novel. 
'Johan Seynnaeve, Ph.D. (Cornell U.). General linguistics, Sociolinguistics, Phonology. 
'Sharon Wilkinson, Ph.D. (Penn St. U.). French, Foreign language acquisition. 

Geology and Geography 
Professors 

'Robert E. Behling, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Geomorphology. 

'Frank J. Calzonetti, Ph.D. (U. Okla.). Associate Dean for Research and Graduate Studies, WV EPSCOR 

Director. Energy and regional development, Industrial location. 
r Alan C. Donaldson, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Emeritus. Sedimentation-stratigraphy. 
'Gregory A. Elmes, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). GIS, Spatial modeling, Energy and environment. 
'Milton T. Heald, Ph.D. (Harvard U.). Emeritus. Mineralogy and petrology. 
Andrew Isserman, Ph.D. (U. Penn.). Regional research. 
Thomas W, Kammer, Ph.D. (Ind. U.). Paleontology. 

'Kenneth C. Martis, Ph.D. (U. Mich.). Political geography, Historical geography. 
*Henry W. Rauch, Ph.D. (Penn St. U.). Hydrogeology and geochemistry. 
'John J. Renton, Ph.D. (WVU). Geochemistry. 
'Robert C. Shumaker, Ph.D. (Cornell U.). Geophysics. 
'Richard A. Smosna, Ph.D. (III. (J.). Carbonate sedimentation. 
'Thomas H. Wilson, Ph.D. (WVU). Geophysics. 
Associate Professors 

'Robert Q. Hanham, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Urban and regional systems, Research methods. 
'Ronald Harris, Ph.D. (V. College, London). Structural geology. 
'Trevor M. Harris, Ph.D. (U. Hull). Chairperson. Geographic information systems. 
'J. Steven Kite, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Geomorphology. 
'Helen Lang, Ph.D. (U. Ore.). Petrology and mineralogy. 

'Daniel Weiner, Ph.D. (Clark U.). Development geography, Political ecology, Africa. 
Assistant Professors 

'Joseph Donovan, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Hydrogeology and geochemistry. 
'Calvin Masilela, Ph.D. (VPI). Planning, International development and land use policy. 
'Ann M. Oberhauser, Ph.D. (Clark U.). Industrial development, Gender studies, Europe. 
'Timothy A. Warner, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Remote sensing. 

History 
Professors 

'Wesley M. Bagby, Ph.D. (Columbia U.). Recent United States. U.S. diplomatic. 

'Robert E. Blobaum, Ph.D. (U. Nebr.). Associate Chairperson. Modern Europe, East Europe, Poland, 

Russia. 
'Emory L. Kemp, Ph.D. (U. III.). Emeritus. History of technology, industrial archaeology, 19th-century 

engineering. 



Eberly College of Arts and Sciences 95 



r Ronald L. Lewis, Ph.D. (U. Akron). Chairperson. Modern United States. West Virginia/Appalachia, 
Social/Labor. 

'Robert M. Maxon, Ph.D. (Syracuse U.). Africa. East Africa, Economic and imperial. 

'John C. Super, Ph.D. (UCLA). Associate Chairperson. Latin America, Spain, Biography, Food and 
agriculture. 

Associate Professors 

*William S. Arnett, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Ancient, Egyptology, Middle East. 

T Helen M. Bannan, Ph.D. (Syracuse U.). 

'Amos J. Beyan, Ph.D. (WVU). West Africa. 

f Elizabeth Fones-Wolf, Ph.D. (U. Mass.). Modern United States, 20th century social and economic. 

"Gregory A. Good, Ph.D. (U.Toronto). History of science. 

r Jack L Hammersmith, Ph.D. (U. Va.). Modern United States. East Asia, U.S. diplomatic, U.S.- 
Japanese relations. 

r Barbara J. Howe, Ph.D. (Temple U.). Public history, Modern United States. U.S. urban and 
women's history. 

r Mary Lou Lustig, Ph.D. (Syracuse U.). Early United States. Colonial, Revolutionary, Constitutional. 

T Stephen C. McCluskey, Ph.D. (U. Wise.) Medieval science and technology, Astronomies of non- 
literate cultures. 

f John R. McKivigan, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). 19th Century United States. Civil War Reconstruction, 
Reform, Ethnic. 

f A. Michal McMahon, Ph.D. (Texas). History of Technology. 

Assistant Professors 

Kenneth Fones-Wolf, Ph.D. (Temple U.). Labor studies, U.S. labor. Adjunct. 

Caroline Litzenberger, Ph.D. (Cambridge U.). 

Jose Pimienta-Bey, Ph.D. cand. (Temple U.). West Africa, African-American. 

*MarkTauger, Ph.D. (U.C.L.A.). Russian/Soviet, Environmental history. 

r Steven M. Zdatny, Ph.D. (U. Penn.). 

Visiting Assistant Professor 

r Steven J. Ericson, Ph.D. (Harvard). Japan. 

Mathematics 
Professors 

T lan Christie, Ph.D. (Dundee U.). Numerical partial differential equations. 

T Harvey R. Diamond, Ph.D. (MIT). Applied probability. 

T Harry Gingold, DSc. (Israel Inst. Tech.). Differential equations, Perturbation methods, Asymptotic methods. 

r Henry W. Gould, M.A. (U. Va.). Combinatorics, Number theory, Special functions. 

T Anthony Hilton, Ph.D. (Reading U.). Eberly Professor. Combinatorics, graph theory. 

*Caulton L. Irwin, Ph.D. (Emory U.). Associate Director, Energy Research Center. Variational 

methods, Optimization, Applied mathematics. 
T Jin Bai Kim, Ph.D. (VPI & SU). Emeritus. Algebra, Semigroups. 
r Michael E. Mays, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Number theory. 

t William H. Simons, Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon U.). Analysis, Differential equations, Applied mathematics. 
Associate Professors 

f Krzysztof Ciesielski, Ph.D. (Warsaw U.). Analysis, Topology. 
r Gary Ganser, Ph.D. (RPI). Applied mathematics, Fluid mechanics. 

tHarumi Hattori, Ph.D. (RPI.). Differential equations, Continuum mechanics, Numerical analysis. 
T Andrzej Karwowski, Ph.D. (Rutgers U.). Continuum mechanics. 
tHong-Jian Lai, Ph.D. (Wayne St. U.). Combinatorics, Graph theory. 
T Dening Li, Ph.D. (Fudan U.). Partial differential equations. 
r James E. Miller, Ph.D. (U. Ky.). Complex analysis. 
f James L. Moseley, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Partial differential equations. 
Joseph Wilder, Ph.D. (RPI). Applied mathematics. 
r Cun-Quan Zhang, Ph.D. (Simon Fraser U.). Combinatorics, Graph theory. 
Assistant Professors 

r Weifu Fang, Ph.D. (Claremont). Applied Mathematics. 
f John Goldwasser, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Combinatorics, Linear algebra. 
\Jerzy Wojciechowski, Ph.D. (Cambridge U.). Combinatorics, Graph theory. 

96 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Philosophy 
Professors 

T Ralph W. Clark, Ph.D. (U. Colo.). Ethics, Business ethics, Metaphysics. 

f Theodore M. Drange, Ph.D. (Cornell U.). Philosophy of religion, Epistemology. 

f Mark R. Wicclair, Ph.D. (Columbia U.). Philosophy of law, Medical ethics, Ethics. 

Associate Professors 

'Richard A. Montgomery, Ph.D. (U. Ill.-Chicago). Chairperson. Philosophy of mind/cognitive 

science, Philosophy of science. 
f Daniel Shapiro, Ph.D. (U. Minn.). Social and political philosophy, Ethics, Philosophy of law. 
Assistant Professor 
'Ned Markosian, Ph.D. (U. Mass-Amherst.). Metaphysics, Philosophy of language, History of 

philosophy. 

Physics 
Professors 

Atam P. Arya, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Nuclear spectroscopy, Physics education. 

f Bernard R. Cooper, Ph.D. (U. Calif.). Benedum Professor of Physics. Condensed matter and 
materials theory. 

r Martin V. Ferer, Ph.D. (U. III.). Phase transitions and critical phenomena, Theory. 

'Larry Halliburton, Ph.D. (U. Mo.). Chairperson. Solid state physics, Experiment. 

Richard T. Kouzes, Ph.D. (Princeton U.). Nuclear physics, Physics education. 

'John E. Littleton, Ph.D. (U. Rochester). Astrophysics. 

f Carl A. Rotter, Ph.D. (Case W. Res. U.). Neutron scattering, Physics education. 

r Mohindar S. Seehra, Ph.D. (U. Rochester). Eberly Professor. Magnetic, electronic, optical proper- 
ties of solids, Experiment. 

'Richard P. Treat, Ph.D. (U. Calif. Riverside). Mathematical physics. 

Associate Professors 

r Wathiq Abdul-Razzaq, Ph.D. (U. Illinois-Chicago Circle). Solid state physics, Experiment. 

f Nancy C. Giles, Ph.D. (N.C. St. U.). Optical properties of semiconductors, Experiment. 

f Boyd Edwards, Ph.D. (Stanford U.). Fluid dynamics, Combustion processes, Percolation theory. 

r Mark E. Koepke, Ph.D. (U. Maryland). Plasma physics, Experiment. 

t H. Arthur Weldon, Ph.D. (MIT). Particle physics, Quantum fields, Theory. 

Assistant Professors 

David Lederman, Ph.D. (U Calif.-Santa Barbara). Condensed matter physics, Experiment. 

'Thomas H. Myers, Ph.D. (N.C. St. U.). MBE growth of ll-VI semiconductors. 

Leonardo Golubovic, Ph.D. (Belgrade U.). Condensed matter theory and statistical physics. 

Earl E. Scime, Ph.D. (U. Wise. -Madison). Plasma physics, Experiment. 

Political Science 
Professors 

'Robert E. DiClerico, Ph.D. (Ind. U.). Director of Undergraduate Studies. American politics, 

Presidential politics, Political parties, Electoral behavior, Public policy (Agenda setting). 
'Robert Dilger, Ph.D. (Brandeis U.). Director, Institute for Public Affairs. Intergovernmental 

relations, State and local government, Congress. 
'Joe D. Hagan, Ph.D. (U. Ky.). International relations and world politics, Foreign policy 

analysis. 
'Hong N. Kim, Ph.D. (Georgetown U.). Comparative politics (Asia), Comparative public policy. 
'Donley Studlar, Ph.D. (Ind. U.) Eberly Distinguished Professor. British politics, Comparative 

politics (European and English-speaking regimes), Gender and ethnic politics. 
\James B. Whisker, Ph.D. (U. Maryland). Political thought and philosophy, American politics, 
dodger D. Yeager, Ph.D. (Syracuse U.). Comparative politics, Africa, Political development. 
Associate Professors 
'Richard A. Brisbin, Jr., Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins U.). Public law and judicial politics, Public policy 

(Criminal justice and regulation). 
'Robert D. Duval, Ph.D. (Fla. St. U.). Methodology, International politics and policy, Public policy 

(Energy, environmental, foreign). 

Eberly College of Arts and Sciences 97 



'Allan H. Hammock, Ph.D. (U. Va.). Chairperson. American government, Public policy (Civil rights, 

health care). 
'Susan Hunter, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Public policy (environment, policy design, ethics), 

Contemporary political theory. 
Assistant Professors 

Weil Berch, Ph.D. (U. Wash.). Public policy (political economy), American politics (state and local). 
*Paul Hoyt, M.A. (Ohio St. U.). Comparative politics (Middle East), International relations, U.S. 

Foreign Policy. 
'John Kilwein, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Public law, Judicial politics, Public policy, Public administration. 
r Kevin Leyden, Ph.D. (U. Iowa). Congress, Political behavior, Interest groups, Research methods. 
'Christopher Z. Mooney, Ph.D. (U. Wise). State politics, Research methods, Legislative politics. 
Jeffrey S. Worsham, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Public policy (regulation, social welfare), Bureaucratic 

politics and public administration. 

Psychology 
Professors 

'Philip N. Chase, Ph.D. (U. Mass.). Chairperson. Verbal behavior, Concept learning, Individualized 

instruction, Organizational behavior management. 
'Stanley H. Cohen, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Quantitative methods, Applications of computers in 

behavioral sciences, Multivariate analysis. Survey and evaluation research. 
*Philip E. Comer, Ph.D. (WVU). Director, Carruth Center for Counseling and Psychological Ser 

vices. Adjustment and developmental aspects of college life, Counseling and psychotherapy, 

Psychopathology, Diagnostic methods. 
'Barry A. Edelstein, Ph.D. (Memphis St. U.). Social competence, Behavioral assessment, Behavior therapy. 
'Georg H. Eifert, Ph.D. (U. Frankfurt, Germany). Eberly Distinguished Professor. Models and 

treatments of anxiety disorders, Conceptual advances in behavior therapy, Clinical applica- 
tions of classical conditioning principles. 
'William J. Fremouw, Ph.D. (U. Mass.). Cognitive-behavioral therapy, Eating disorders. 
'Robert P. Hawkins, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Behavior analysis of child behavior, Behavioral assessment, 

Child treatment programs. 
Daniel E. Hursh, Ph.D. (U. Kansas). Educational psychology, Personalized systems of instruction, 

Language evaluation. 
'Kennon A. Lattal, Ph.D. (U. Ala.). Centennial Professor. Experimental analysis of behavior, Behavi 

or theory and philosophy, History of psychology. 
Joseph Panepinto, Ph.D. (WVU). Community psychology, Program development and evaluation. 
'Michael Perone, Ph.D. (U. Wise-Milwaukee). Associate Chairperson. Basic processes in the 

operant behavior of humans and animals, Research methodology, Laboratory application of 

microcomputers, Radical behaviorism. 
'Hayne W. Reese, Ph.D. (U. Iowa). Centennial Professor. Cognitive development across the 

lifespan, Lifespan research methodology, Philosophical analysis. 
'Richard J. Seime, Ph.D. (U. Minn.). Adult behavior therapy and assessment, Eating disorders, 

Mood disorders. 
James N. Shafer, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Emeritus. Behavior analysis. 
R. T. Walls, Ph.D. (Penn State U.). Educational psychology, Human learning, Vocational 

Rehabilitation. 
Associate Professors 
'Andrew S. Bradlyn, Ph.D. (U. Miss.). Pediatric behavioral medicine, Child behavior therapy and 

assessment. 
James Capage, Ph.D. (Ohio U.). Clinical assessment, Pschotherapy, Abnormal behavior. 
'Virginia L. Goetsch, Ph.D. (U. Ga.). Behavioral medicine, Psychophysiology of stress, Anxiety 

disorders. 
'Irving J. Goodman, Ph.D. (U. Rochester). Neural mechanisms of behavior, Psychopharmacology, 

Behavioral neuroscience. 
'Carol V. Harris, Ph.D. (U. Fla.). Child and adolescent behavior therapy, Adolescent substance 

abuse, Pediatric behavioral medicine. 
'Katherine Hildebrandt Karraker, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Infant social development, Physical ap- 
pearance effects on development, Parent-infant relations. 

98 WVU Graduate Catalog 



'Kevin Larkin, Ph.D. (U. Pitt). Behavioral assessment and treatment of anxiety-related disorders, 

Relationship between cardiovascular reactivity and cardiovascular disease. 
Alice Darnell Lattal, Ph.D. (WVU). Organizational behavior management. 
*John C. Linton, Ph.D. (Kent U.). Behavioral medical psychology, Crisis intervention. 
Daniel W. McNeil, Ph.D. (U. Ala.). Director of Clinical Training. Experimental psychopathology, 

Fear, Anxiety, Phobia. 
Vernon Odom, Ph.D. (U. N.C.). Abnormal and normal visual development. 
'B. Kent Parker, Ph.D. (U. Utah). Conditioning and learning, Animal cognition, Stimulus control and 

memory, Research design and statistics. 
Assistant Professors 

Dennis Becotte, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Federal corrections. 

Martin Boone, Ph.D. (Okla. St. U.). Behavioral medicine, Clinical neuropsychology. 
David Brunetti, Ph.D. (Okla. St. U.). Individual and group psychotherapy, Psychological assess 

ment, Forensic evaluation 
Jeannie Sperry Clark, Ph.D. (Ohio U.). Factors associated with successful placement and 

improvement of psychiatric inpatients, Ethical decisions in psychotherapy. 
Bruce Corsino, Ph.D. (Fla. Inst. Tech.). Ethics and psychology, Informed consent, End-of-life 

treatment issue. 
John Crosbie, Ph.D. (Flinders U. South Australia). Human operant behavior, Programmed 

instruction, Statistical analysis of single-subject data. 
Lydia Eifert-McLarnon, Ph.D. (Concordia U.). Illness behavior, Chronic and acute pain, Women's 

health issues. 
Scott H. Friedman, Psy.D. (Hahnemann U.). Director of Training, Carruth Center for Counseling and 

Psychological Services. Psychotherapy, Assessment, Dissociative disorders, Brief psychotherapy. 
Jeffrey Hammond, Ph. D. (U.S. International U.). Supervision, Forensic psychology, Psychotherapy. 
'Jennifer Haut, Ph.D. (U. North Dakota). Behavioral medicine. 
'Marc Haut, Ph.D., (U. North Dakota). Behavioral medicine. 
Alfred Kasprowicz, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Behavioral medicine, Psychophysiology. 
Donald K. Kincaid, Ed.D. (WVU.). Developmental disabilities, Positive behavior support, Personal 

futures planning. 
Jan M. Kouzes, Ed.D. (Indiana U. ). Psychotherapy with individuals, couples, families, groups. 
Cheryl B. McNeil, Ph.D. (U. Fla.). Disruptive behavior disorders of children, Assessment, Parent- 
child interactions. 
'Tracy L. Morris, Ph.D. (U. Miss.). Peer relationships and social anxiety in children, Parent-child 

interactions, Internalizing disorders in children. 
'Anne Watson O'Reilly, Ph.D. (U. Mich.). Cognitive development in young children, Representational 

ability, Symbolic thought. 
'David W. Schaal, Ph.D. (U. Fla.). Behavioral pharmacology. 
'Joseph R. Scotti, Ph.D. (SUNY-Binghamton). Mental retardation and developmental disabilities, 

AIDS prevention, Behavioral systems, Standards of practice, Treatment of survivors of trauma. 
Brian H. Sharp, Ph.D. (WVU). Clinical neuropsychology and rehabilitation, Traumatic brain injury. 
Julie Smith, Ph.D. (WVU). Organizational performance systems, Innovation and creativity, Training 

systems. 
Nina Spadaro, Ed.D. (WVU). Family and marriage maintenance during incarceration, Group therapy. 
Thomas J. Spencer, Ph.D. (WVU). Organizational behavior management. 
'Raymond J. Shaw, Ph.D. (U. Toronto). Memory and cognition, Alterations due to aging. 
Mark D. Weist, Ph.D. (Va. Poly. Inst, and St. U. ). School-based mental health services. 
Leslie Wilk, Ph.D. (W. Mich. U.). Organizational behavior management, performance management 

and leadership. 
Christina Sara Wilson, Ph.D. (Wayne St. U. ). Clinical neuropsychology, Dementia, Head Injury. 

Public Administration 
Professors 

Herman Mertins, Jr., Ph.D. (Syracuse U.). Public finance, Planning, Public management. 
'Gerald M. Pops, Ph.D. (Syracuse U.), J.D. (U. Calif.). Personnel, Public law. 
'David G. Williams, Ph.D. (SUNY Albany) Chairperson. Public organization, Management. 



Eberly College of Arts and Sciences 99 



Associate Professors 

T Kenneth A. Klase, D.PA. (U. Ga.). Public budgeting and finance, Public policy analysis, Planning. 
Assistant Professors 

Nancy Adams, M.S.N. (U. Md.). Healthcare administration. 

L. Christopher Plein, Ph.D. (U. Mo.). Public policy, Legal and Political foundations. 

Soo Geun Song, D.PA. (U. Ga.). Research methods, Public budgeting and finance, Policy analysis. 

Religious Studies 
Professor 

'Manfred O. Meitzen, Ph.D. (Harvard U.). Director. Contemporary theology, New Testament studies, 
Ethics, Psychiatry and religion. 

Sociology and Anthropology 
Professors 

'Ronald C. Althouse, Ph.D. (U. Minn.). Chairperson, Sociology. Theory, Work, Occupational safety 

and health. 
'Richard A. Ball, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Sociology. Deviant behavior, Criminology, Social psychology. 
'Jerold M. Starr, Ph.D. (Brandeis U.). Sociology. Life course, Social movements, Sociology of 

knowledge. 
Associate Professors 
r Lawrence T. Nichols, Ph.D. (Boston C.) Sociology. Criminology, Sociology of business, Theory, 

Qualitative methods. 
*Ann L. Paterson, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Sociology. Education, Sex roles, Socialization. 
'Partricia Rice, M.A. (Ohio St.). Anthropology. Prehistoric art, Physical archaeology. 
'Kenyon R. Stebbins, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Anthropology. Medical anthropology, Latin America, 

Political economy of history. 
Assistant Professors 
'Bruce Keith, Ph.D. (U. Neb.). Sociology. Stratification, Occupations and the professions, 

Methodology. 
'Sally W. Maggard, Ph.D. (U. Ky.). Sociology. Appalachian studies, Gender, Work, Social change. 
Melissa Latimer, Ph.D. (U. Ky.). Sociology. Stratification and inequality, Poverty, Labor market analy- 
sis, Work and occupations, Gender and race issues, Sociology of sports, Violence against women. 
F. Carson Mencken, Ph.D. (LSU). Sociology. Stratification, Work and labor markets, Industrial, Job 

matching, Networks. 
Gretchen Stiers, Ph.D. (U. of Mass.). Sociology. Medical sociology, Health, Aging, Family, Gender 

relations. 

Statistics and Computer Science 
Professors 

'John M. Atkins, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.) . Computer Science. Design of database management systems, 

Analysis of algorithms, Mathematics of computation. 
*Donald F. Butcher, Ph.D. (Iowa St. U.). Statistics. Design and analysis of experiments, Monte Carlo 

simulation, Regression analysis. 
*Erdogan Gunel, Ph.D. (SU NY-Buffalo). Statistics. Bayesian inference, Categorical data analysis, 

Biometry. 
'E. James Harner, Jr., Ph.D. (Cornell U.). Statistics. Robust estimation, Statistical computation, 

Modeling observational studies. 
'D. Michael Henry, Ph.D. (TCU). Computer Science. Databases, Cryptography, Neural networks. 
*Franz X. Hiergeist, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Associate Chairperson. Computer Science, Mathematics of 

computation, Computer design. 
*Wayne A. Muth, Ph.D. (Iowa St. U.). Chairperson. Computer science, Simulation, Mathematical 

modeling, Computer performance. 
'Y. V. Reddy, Ph.D. (WVU) Computer Science. Artificial intelligence, Knowledge based simulation, 

Computer graphics. 
'William V. Thayne, Ph.D. (U. III.). Statistics. Statistical genetics, Regression analysis. 

1 00 WVU Graduate Catalog 



George E.Trapp, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon U.). Computer Science. Numerical analysis, Mathematical 

programming, Network models. 
Stanley Wearden, Ph.D. (Cornell U.). Statistics. Biometrics, Statistical genetics, Population biology. 
Associate Professors 

*Daniel M. Chilko, M.S. (Rutgers U.). Statistics. Statistical computing, Computer graphics. 
William H. Dodrill, M.S. (Columbia U.). Computer Science. Microcomputer applications, Computers 

in medicine. 
f Gerald R. Hobbs, Jr., Ph.D. (Kans. St. U.). Statistics. Nonparametric statistics, Regression analysis. 
f James D. Mooney, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Computer Science. Operating systems, Text processing, 

Computer architecture. 
r Frances L. Van Scoy, Ph.D. (U. Va.). Computer Science. Programming languages and compilers, 

Software development environments, Parallel processing. 
Assistant Professors 
r Magdalena Niewiadomska - Bugaj, Ph.D. (Adam Mickiewicz U., Poznan, Pol.). Statistics. Discrimi 

nant analysis, Statistical expert systems, Statistical computing. 
Uohn R. Callahan, Ph.D. (Maryland). Computer Science. Development of programming languages, 

Tools for distributed systems, Software engineering. 
'Srinivas Kankanahalli, Ph.D. (New Mexico State). Computer Science. Artificial Intelligence, 

Connectionism/neural networks, Parallel processing. 
f Raghu R. Karinthi, Ph.D. (Maryland). Computer Science. Solid modelling, Automatic feature 

extraction, Al process planning. 
'William F. Klostermeyer, Ph.D. (U. Florida). Computer Science. Design and analysis of algorithms, 

Operating systems, Distributed algorithms and distributed systems. 
f Murali Sitaraman, Ph.D. (Ohio State ... Computer Science. Software engineering, Data structures, 

Software reuse. 
Adjunct Professors 
William N. Anderson, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon U.). Computer Science. Numerical analysis, 

Mathematical programming, Electrical networks. 
Thomas J. O'Brien, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Computer Science. Numerical analysis, Mathematical 

modelling, Numerical simulation. 
Tuncer J. Oren, Ph.D. (U. Ariz.). Computer Science. Artificial intelligence, Software engineering, 

Simulation. 
Bernard P. Zeigler, Ph.D. (U. Ariz.). Computer Science. Artificial intelligence, Systems modelling and 

simulation, Distributed simulation architectures. 
Adjunct Associate Professors 
Laurance D. Eisenhart, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon U.). Computer Science. Numerical analysis, 

Scientific systems development. 
Mark S. Fox, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon U.). Computer Science. Knowledge based simulation, Artificial 

intelligence, Knowledge representation. 
Thomas D. Morley, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon U.). Computer Science. Electrical networks, Functional 

analysis, Combinatorics. 
Adjunct Assistant Professors 

Michael E. Attfield, Ph.D. (WVU). Statistics. Design and analysis of experiments. 
Rodolphe Nassif, Ph.D. (Inst. Natl. Poly., France). Computer Science. Information systems, 

Distributed database management systems. 
Martin R. Petersen, Ph.D. (N.C. St.). Statistics. Design and analysis. 

Women's Studies 
Professor 

*Judith G. Stitzel, Ph.D. (U. Minn.). Women's studies, Feminist pedagogy, Creative writing. 
Associate Professor 

Helen M. Bannan, Ph.D. (Syracuse U.). Director. Women's Studies, American Indian history. 
Visiting Assistant Professor. 

Barbara Scott Winkler, Ph.D. (U. Mich.). Women's studies, Feminist pedagogy, History of sexuality. 



Eberly College of A rts and Sciences 1 1 



Biology 

Keith Garbutt, Chairperson of the Department 

200 Brooks Hall 

Degrees Offered: Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy 

The Department of Biology offers graduate studies leading to the degrees of doctor 
of philosophy and master of science. The doctor of philosophy degree is offered in the 
area of cellular and molecular biology and in the area of environmental plant biology, 
with research concentration in the areas of gene regulation and transcriptional control 
during development; genetic analysis of circadian rhythms in Drosophila; positional ef- 
fect on gene expression in Drosophila; cellular and molecular bases of regulation of cell 
proliferation; pheromonal communication; bone cell differentiation; endocrinology of re- 
production; molecular biology of aging; population and ecological genetics of plants; 
environmental plant stress physiology; and physiological, population, community and 
ecosystem ecology with an emphasis on global climate change, regional environmental 
issues and conservation of biodiversity. The master of science provides specialization in 
animal behavior as well as in cellular and molecular biology and environmental plant 
biology as listed above. Each degree requires completion of an original research project 
which represents the principal theme about which the graduate program is constructed. 
Students may work toward an advanced degree only with the approval of the department. 

Master of Science 

Prerequisites and Requirements Applicants for the master of science program in biology 
must show at the minimum the equivalent of a bachelor's degree from an accredited 
institution, an undergraduate grade-point average of 3.0, a 50th percentile ranking for 
the verbal, quantitative, and analytical sections of the Graduate Record Examination; an 
adequate science background, which normally includes one year of physics and two 
years of chemistry; and a sufficient knowledge in biology as reflected in scores normally 
greater than the 50th percentile on all three sections of the GRE subject test in Biology. 
Applicants are requested to submit an essay describing past research experience and 
expectations for career goals. Three letters of recommendation from individuals familiar 
with the applicant's academic performance are required as well as official transcripts 
from all colleges or universities attended. The Department of Biology's Graduate Commit- 
tee reviews the applicant's records and makes the decision to admit or reject the applicant. 
The WVU general requirements for the master of science are outlined elsewhere in 
the graduate catalog. Students in the biology M.S. program may apply up to six hours of 
research credit toward the 30-hour requirement; the remaining 24 hours of credit must 
be earned in graduate courses which reflect a diversified exposure to biology. The estab- 
lishment of an advisory committee and the generation of a program of study are ex- 
plained in detail in the department's Graduate Student Handbook. A final oral examina- 
tion is administered by the advisory committee after the program of study has been 
completed and the thesis has been submitted. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

Program The program for the degree of doctor of philosophy concentrating in cellular 
and molecular biology, or in environmental plant biology, reflects a flexible, research- 
oriented approach geared to develop the interests, capabilities, and potentials of mature 
students. Applicants must have met all the entrance requirements listed above for the 
master of science program. Acceptance into the Ph.D. program is by vote of the Gradu- 
ate Committee of the Department of Biology. This committee ensures that all entrance 
requirements are met or that provisions have been made to remedy the deficiencies, and 
that facilities and personnel are adequate to support the program to a successful conclusion. 

1 02 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Each student admitted to the Ph.D. program works under the close supervision of a 
faculty research advisor and an advisory committee; details on the composition and es- 
tablishment of an advisory committee are available in the Graduate Student Hand- 
book. Students must have a program of study formulated and approved within 12 months 
of entering the Ph.D. program; all deficiencies must have been removed earlier. Signifi- 
cant deviations from an established program of study require approval from the advisory 
committee and the graduate committee. 

Examinations and Dissertation Proposal The advisory committee is responsible for over- 
seeing the progress of the student and for administering and judging performance in the 
required examinations; it ensures that all Department of Biology, College of Arts and 
Sciences, and University requirements are met during the course of the student's pro- 
gram of study. The program of study outlines the course work to be taken in support of 
the proposed research. 

Students must successfully complete a Preliminary Exam and Proposal Exam be- 
fore being promoted to candidacy for the Ph.D. The Preliminary Exam is given by the 
end of the fourth semester in residence and consists of two parts, a Written Exam and an 
Oral Exam. The Proposal Exam is taken by the end of the fifth semester in residence and 
consists of a written dissertation research proposal, which is also orally presented before 
the department. 

Candidacy Successful passage of the Preliminary and Proposal examinations leads to 
promotion to candidacy, wherein the student may concentrate fully upon the dissertation 
research and prepare for the final examination. The final examination consists of the 
submission of a completed and acceptable written dissertation and an oral dissertation 
defense. A formal departmental seminar covering the dissertation research must be pre- 
sented before graduation. 

Biology (BIOL) 

201 . History of Biology. 1. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 1 , 3 and 2, 4 or equiv. History of development of 
biological knowledge, with philosophical and social backgrounds. 

209. Topics and Problems in Biology. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. (May be repeated for max. of 6 hr.) 
PR: Permit required. Topics and problems in contemporary biology. All topics or prob- 
lems must be selected in consultation with the instructor. 

211. Advanced Cellular/Molecular Biology. II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 19 or consent. Advanced 
study of fundamental cellular activities and their underlying molecular processes. 

212. Advanced Cellular/Molecular Biology— Laboratory. II. 1 hr. PR or Cone: BIOL 21 1 
or consent. Experimental approaches to the study of cellular systems. 1 hr. lab. 

213. Introduction to Virology. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 19 or consent. Survey of viruses; their modes 
of replication; contributions made to molecular biology; significance of viral disease in agri- 
culture and medicine, and contemporary use of viruses in biotechnology. 3 hr. lee. 

214. Molecular Basis of Cellular Growth. I. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 19 or consent. Study of the 
integration of molecular events as they regulate the growth and division of cells. Topics 
include: polypeptide growth factors as cell effectors, the eukaryotic cell cycle, and the 
cancer cell as a model system. 

21 6. Cell and Molecular Biology Methods. 1. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 1 9 or consent. Introduction to 
the theory and application of basic analytical tools used in molecular biology. Selected 

Biology 103 



topics included are: hydrodynamic methods, chromatography, electrophoresis, and gen- 
eral laboratory methods. 

219. Introduction to Recombinant DNA Technology. I. 4 hr. PR: BIOL 19 or consent. An 
introductory course covering the basic principles and techniques of recombinant DNA 
technology. Includes molecular cloning, isolation of plasmid DNA, agarose/acrylamide 
gel electrophoresis, restriction enzyme mapping, nucleic acid hybridization, and DNA 
sequencing. 

231 . Animal Behavior. 1. 4 hr. PR: BIOL 1 , 3 and 2, 4 or 1 5, PSYC 1 , or consent. Introduc- 
tion to animal behavior (ethology) emphasizing the biological bases and evolution of 
individual and social behaviors; laboratory includes independent investigation of behav- 
ioral phenomena. 

232. Physiological Psychology. I. 3 hr. PR: 9 hr. psychology, behavior, physiology, or 
graduate standing. Introduction to physiological mechanisms and the neural basis of 
behavior. (Also listed as PSYC 232.) 

233. Behavioral Ecology. 1. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 21 or consent. Consideration of the influences 
of environmental factors on the short- and long-term regulation, control, and evolution of 
the behaviors of animals. 

234. Physiology of Animal Behavior. II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 231 or consent. Explores the way 
behavior is controlled in a wide variety of animals so that commonalities and varieties of 
neural and endocrine mechanisms may be better understood. 

235. Primate Behavior. II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 1 , 3 and 2, 4 or 1 5 or consent. Primates as they 
exist in their natural habitats, as they suggest clues to human behavior and the evolution 
of behavior. Case studies and comparative primate behavior of prosimians to monkeys, 
to apes, to human hunters and gatherers. (Also listed as SOCA 257.) 

240. Methods in Ecology and Biogeochemistry. II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 21 or consent. Intro- 
duction to the theory and application of basic analytical tools used in ecology and bio- 
geochemistry. Topics include sampling of terrestrial and aquatic organisms and their 
environment, and chemical analyses of biological materials. 

242. Acid Precipitation on Aquatic Ecosystems. II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 1 , 3 and 2, 4, or BIOL 
15 or equiv. Acid precipitation and its effects on freshwater ecosystems including all 
biological communities as well as overall effects on system functions and studies to 
assess the recovery from whole lake treatments. 

243. Plant Ecology I. 4 hr. PR: BIOL 21, or consent. Environmental and ecological 
relationships of plants. 

246. Limnology. I. 4 hr. PR: BIOL 1 , 3 and 2, 4, or 21 , or consent. Physical, chemical, and 
biological characteristics of inland waters with an introduction to the principles of biological 
productivity. 

247. Aquaculture. I. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 1 , 3 and 2, 4, or 1 5, or consent. An introduction to the 
farming and husbandry of freshwater and marine organisms. Overnight field trips are 
voluntary. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 



1 04 WVU Graduate Catalog 



250. Aquatic Seed Plants. I. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 1 , 3 and 2, 4, or 21 , or consent. Classification, 
ecology, and economic importance of aquatic seed plants. 

251 . Principles of Evolution. I. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 21 , or consent. Introduction to the study of 
evolution. 

252. Flora of West Virginia. II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 1 , 3 and 2, 4, or consent. Consideration of 
the native plant life of the state. 

253. Structure of Vascular Plants. II. 4 hr. PR: BIOL 1 , 3 and 2, 4, or 21 , or PLSC 52, or 
consent. Development and evolution of vegetative and reproductive structures of vas- 
cular plants. 

254. Plant Geography. II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 1, 3 and 2, 4, or 15, or consent. Study of plant 
groupings and worldwide distribution of plants. 

255. Invertebrate Zoology. II. 4 hr. PR: BIOL 1, 3 and 2, 4, or 21. Advanced study of 
animals without backbones. 

257. Ichthyology. II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 1 , 3 and 2, 4, or 21 , or consent. Internal and external 
structure of fishes, their systematic and ecological relationships, and their distribution in 
time and space. (Dissection kit required.) 

259. General Parasitology. II. 4 hr. PR: BIOL 1 , 3 and 2, 4, or 21 , or equiv. Introduction to 
the biology of parasites. (Dissection kit required.) (Also listed as MBIO 224.) 

260. Plant Development. I. 4 hr. PR: BIOL 15, 17, 19, and 21, and organic chemistry or 
biochemistry, or consent. Experimental studies of plant growth and development. 

261. Comparative Anatomy. I. 4 hr. PR: BIOL 15, 17, 19, and 21, or consent. Afunctional 
and evolutionary study of vertebrate structure. (Dissection kit required.) 

262. Vertebrate Embryology. II. 4 hr. PR: BIOL 15, 17, 19, and 21 , or consent. An experi- 
mental and descriptive analysis of vertebrate development. 

263. Vertebrate Microanatomy. II. 5 hr. PR: BIOL 15, 17, 19, and 21, or consent. Struc- 
tural and functional approach to the study of tissues and organs of vertebrates. 

268. Physiology of the Endocrines. I. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 21 or consent. Regulation of the 
organs of internal secretions, and mechanisms of action of the hormones produced. 

269. Physiology of the Endocrines— Laboratory. I. 1 hr. PR or Cone: BIOL 268. Experi- 
mental techniques used in study of the endocrine system. 

270. General Animal Physiology. I. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 15, 17, 19, and 21, or consent. In- 
depth, current treatment of physiological principles which operate at various levels of 
biological organization in animals of diverse taxonomic relationships. Understanding is 
developed from background lectures and student analysis in discussion sessions of re- 
search literature. 



Biology 1 05 



271 . General Animal Physiology— Laboratory. 1.1 hr. PR or Cone: BIOL 270. After learn- 
ing basic techniques, students are provided the opportunity to design, execute, and re- 
port on an independent research project in physiology. 

309. Topics and Problems in Biology I, II, S. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Topics and problems in 
contemporary biology, to be selected in consultation with instructor. 

311. Biology Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. Discussions and presentations of general interest to 
biologists. 

314. Molecular Cell Biology. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. An advanced course presenting con- 
temporary methodologies and their application to the study of problems in cellular orga- 
nization,, molecular genetics, and developmental biology. Introduction to the research 
literature is stressed. 

315. Molecular Basis of Virology. I. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 19 or equiv., or consent. Lectures on 
bacterial, animal, and plant viruses; their structure, replication, and interaction with host 
cells. Discussion of the contributions virology has made to the understanding of molecu- 
lar mechanisms in biology. 

320. Molecular Biology of the Gene. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 1 9 or consent. Comprehensive sur- 
vey of basic principles, theories, and techniques of molecular biology, including struc- 
ture/function of nucleic acids, DNA replication, transcription, translation, recombination, 
gene regulation, and function. 3 hr. lee. 

340. Ecosystem Dynamics. I. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 21 or equiv. Studies of modern approaches 
to ecosystem analysis. Emphasis will be on energy and material transfers. Approach will 
be holistic. 

345. Fisheries Science. II. 4 hr. PR: BIOL 257 or equiv., or consent. Population dynamics 
in relation to principles and techniques of fish management. (Offered in spring of even 
years.) 

355. Advanced Plant Systematics 1. II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 151 or equiv. Taxonomy of pteri- 
dophytes, gymnosperms, and monocotyledons. 

356. Advanced Plant Systematics 2. II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 151 or equiv. Taxonomy of 
dicotyledons. 

362. Developmental Biology. I. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 262 or equiv., organic chemistry or bio- 
chemistry, or consent. The molecular and cellular basis of differentiation and morpho- 
genesis. (Offered in fall of odd years.) 

364. Advanced Plant Physiology I, II. 3 hr. PR: BIOL 168 or equiv., organic chemistry, 
general physics, and consent. Advanced studies of plant processes including recent 
advances in the field. I. Second Semester, odd-numbered years— Water relations and min- 
eral nutrition and translocation. II. First Semester, odd-numbered years — Plant growth and 
development. III. Second Semester, even-numbered years— Environmental physiology. 



1 06 WVU Graduate Catalog 



375. Fundamentals of Gerontology. II. 3 hr.. PR: MDS 50 or consent. An advanced mul- 
tidisciplinary examination of current research in biological, psychological, and sociologi- 
cal issues of human aging and the ways in which these impinge on the individual to 
create both problems and new opportunities. (Also listed as PSYC 375.) 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 



Chemistry 

Paul W. Jagodzinski, Chairperson of the Department 
222 Clark Hall or 357 Chemistry Research Laboratory 
Degrees Offered: Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy 

The Department of Chemistry offers graduate studies leading to the degrees of master 
of science and doctor of philosophy with research concentration in the areas of analyti- 
cal, inorganic, organic, physical, and theoretical chemistry. The master of science and 
doctor of philosophy degrees require completion of a research project, which represents 
the principal component of the graduate program. 

Prerequisites 

Applicants for graduate studies in chemistry must have a bachelor's degree as a 
minimum requirement. Applicants must have a major or concentration in chemistry and 
an appropriate background in physics and mathematics. All entering graduate students 
in chemistry are required to take departmental guidance examinations in the major areas 
of chemistry. These examinations, at the undergraduate level, are administered before 
registration and serve to guide the faculty in recommending a course program for the 
beginning graduate student. Deficiencies revealed by the departmental guidance exami- 
nations need to be corrected in a manner prescribed by the faculty. All graduate students 
pursuing M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in chemistry are required to teach in the instructional 
laboratories for a minimum of two semesters. 

Thesis/Credits 

The WVU general requirements for the master of science degree are outlined else- 
where in this catalog. Graduate students in the M.S. program in chemistry are required 
to submit a research thesis. They may apply up to six hours of research credit toward the 
30-hour requirement. The remaining 24 hours of credit must be earned in the basic gradu- 
ate courses which reflect a diversified exposure to chemistry; no more than nine hours of 
200-level chemistry courses may be included; no more than 10 hours may be elected 
outside the department; and course work taken at the 300 to 400-level must include at 
least three, three credit-hour courses distributed in two of the three areas of chemistry 
outside the student's major area of research. Students are required to enroll in the de- 
partmental seminar program and are expected to attend special lectures and seminars 
offered by visiting scientists. A final oral examination is administered after completion 
and submission of the thesis. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

The program for the degree of doctor of philosophy reflects a flexible, research- 
oriented approach geared to develop the interests, capability, and potential of students. 
A program of courses is recommended to suit individual needs based on background 
and ability. These courses are classified as basic graduate courses which present the 



Chemistry 107 



essentials of a given discipline on an advanced level, and specialized graduate courses 
that take one to the frontiers in a specific area of research. The course offerings are 
designed to provide guidelines from which students can launch their independent stud- 
ies in preparation for candidacy examinations. Students are required to enroll in the 
departmental seminar program and are expected to attend special lectures and semi- 
nars offered by visiting scientists. 

Graduate students in the Ph.D. program are required to complete satisfactorily a mini- 
mum of three courses (three credits each) at the 300-400 course level, offered by the 
Department of Chemistry and distributed in two areas outside their major area of research. 
In addition, each major area in chemistry requires students in that area to enroll in basic 
graduate courses presenting the essentials of that discipline on an advanced level. 

Candidacy Candidacy examinations contain written and oral portions. The written ex- 
aminations are of the cumulative type, and are offered eight times a year. The oral ex- 
amination is based on a proposition for a research problem not intimately related to the 
student's own project, or any particular research project being actively pursued at WVU. 
This proposition is presented in writing to the student's research committee and de- 
fended before that group and any other interested faculty members. 

Research 

Research, which is the major theme of graduate studies, may be initiated as early as 
the student and faculty feel appropriate for the individual. Normally, a student will begin 
laboratory work no later than the second semester. Upon successful completion of an 
original piece of research, the candidate will present results in a Ph.D. dissertation and at 
the appropriate time defend the work in a final oral examination. 

Chemistry(CHEM) 

201. Chemical Literature. I. 1 hr. PR: CHEM 134 and CHEM 141 or 246. Study of tech- 
niques for locating, utilizing, and compiling information needed by the research worker in 
chemistry. 1 hr. lee. 

202. Selected Topics. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Written consent and 2.0 Chem GPA. Individual 
instruction under supervision of a faculty member. 

210. Instrumental Analysis. II. 2 hr. PR: CHEM 115 and Physical Chem. Lectures and 
demonstrations. Basic electronics, electrochemistry, spectroscopy, mass spectrometry 
and chromatography. 2 hr. lee, 1 hr. demonstration. 

21 1 . Intermediate Analytical Chem. 1. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 1 15 and Physical Chem. Concepts 
underlying modern analytical procedures and their application to the solution of contem- 
porary problems; presented at the intermediate level. 3 hr. lee. 

212. Environmental Chem. II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 115, 134, and Physical Chem. Study of the 
nature, reactions, transport, and fates of chemical species in the environment. 2 hr. lee, 1 
hr. demonstration. 

213. Instrumental Analysis Lab. I. 1 hr. PR: CHEM 210. Practical application of modern 
instrumental methods to problems in chemical analysis. 3 hr. lab. 

214. Comp Mthds in Analyt Chem. 1. 1 hr. PR: CHEM 210; Cone: CHEM 213. Instruction 
in the use of data acquisition and data processing systems in the analytical chemistry 
laboratory. 3 hr. lab. 

1 08 WVU Graduate Catalog 



222. Intermediate Inorganic Chem. I. 3 hr. PR: Physical Chem. Structure, bonding, and 
reactivity of the compounds of main-group and transition metal elements. Molecular struc- 
ture, solid state chemistry, ligand field theory, and coordination chemistry. 3 hr. lee. 

223. Inorganic Synthesis Lab. II. 2 hr. PR: CHEM 222. Application of modern synthetic 
and spectrochemical methods of analysis to the preparation and characterization of main 
group, solid-state, transition-metal, and organometallic compounds. Two 3 hr. lab. 

235. Mthds of Structure Dtmn. I. 4 hr. PR: CHEM 134 and 136. Use of chemical and 
instrumental methods for the structural elucidation of organic compounds. Techniques 
covered include: UV, IR, NMR, ESR, and Raman spectroscopies, as well as mass spec- 
trometry. Useful to students in chemistry and related fields of research and applied sci- 
ence. 2 hr. lee, two 3 hr. lab. 

237. Polymer Chem. I. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 134 and Physical Chem. Methods, mechanisms, 
and underlying theory of polymerization. Structure and stereochemistry of polymers in 
relation to chemical, physical, and mechanical properties. 3 hr. lee. 

239. Organic Syntheses. II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 134, 136. Modern synthetic methods of 
organic chemistry. 1 hr. lee, two 3 hr. lab. 

241. Chem Crystallography. II. 3 hr. PR or Cone: Physical Chem. or consent. Applica- 
tions of X-ray diffraction of crystals to the study of crystal and molecular structure. In- 
cludes theories of diffraction and crystallographic methods of analysis. 3 hr. lee. 

246. Physical Chem. I. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 134, MATH 16, and PHYS 12. A first course in 
physical chemistry. Topics include a study of thermodynamics and chemical equilibria. 3 
hr. lee. (Students may not receive credit for CHEM 246 and for CHEM 141 .) 

247. Physical Chem Lab. II. 1 hr. PR: CHEM 18 or 1 15 and CHEM 246. Experimentation 
illustrating the principles of physical chemistry and offering experience with chemical 
instrumentation. 3hr. lab. 

248. Physical Chem. II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 246 and MATH 17. Continuation of CHEM 246 
Chemical dynamics and the structure of matter. 3 hr. lee. (Students may not receive 
credit for CHEM 248 and for CHEM 141 .) 

249. Physical Chem Lab. I. 2 hr. PR: CHEM 246, 247, 248. Continuation of CHEM 247. 
Two 3 hr. lab. 

250. Bonding and Molec Structure. I. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 248. Introduction to the quantum 
theory of chemical bonding. Atomic structure, theoretical spectroscopy, predictions of 
molecular structures and bond properties. 3 hr. lee. 

314. Mass Spec Prncpls & Prctc. II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 210. Fundamental principles under- 
lying modern mass spectrometry. Gas phase chemistry related to the formation and frag- 
mentation of ions. The design of instrumental systems for mass spectrometry. Application 
of mass spectrometric techniques to multidisciplinary problems of current interest. 3 hr. lee. 

321 . Organometallic Chemistry. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing in chemistry, or consent of 
the instructor. Structure, syntheses, chemical properties of organometallic compounds; 
organometallic compounds in organic syntheses and in catalysis. 3 hr. lee. 

Chemistry 109 



331. Adv Organic Chem 1. I. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 134. Structural concepts, bonding, tau- 
tomerism, static and dynamic stereochemistry, mechanistic classifications of reagents, 
and reactions including some applications. 3 hr. lee. 

332. Adv Organic Chem 2. II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 331. Continuation of CHEM 331 with 
emphasis upon synthetic methods and reaction mechanisms. 3 hr. lee. 

341 . Chem Thermodynamics. I. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 248. Principles of classical and statisti- 
cal thermodynamics and their application to chemical problems. 3 hr. lee. 

41 1 ,412. Sem in Analyt Chem. I, II. 1 hr. per sem. Current literature and research. 

413. Electrochem and Instrumentn. I. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 210. Electronic instrumentation 
applied to study of mass transfer kinetics of electrode reactions, voltammetry, and high- 
frequency methods. 3 hr. lee. 

414. Analyt Atomic Spectrom. II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 213. Theory of atomic spectroscopy 
relevant to elemental analysis. Considerations in the design and use of modern optical 
spectrometry systems. 3 hr. lee. 

415. Chemical Separations. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 115, 133, and Physical Chem. Fundamentals 
of separative transport and flow transport processes underlying all separation techniques. 
Empirical coverage of chromatographic and electrophoretic methods for analytical separa- 
tions. 3 hr. lee. 

417, 418. Adv Topics in Analyt Chem. I, II. 1-3 hr. per sem. Recent advances and topics 
of current interest. Lec./discussion. 

421, 422. Sem in Inorganic Chem. I, II. 1 hr. per sem. Current literature and research. 

423. Phys Mthds in Inorg Chem. I. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 222. Symmetry, vibrational spectros- 
copy, theory and applications of NMR and EPR methods, magnetism, optical activity, 
dynamic processes and fluxional behavior. 3 hr. lee. 

424. Coordination Chem. II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 222. Symmetry, hybridization, ligand theory, 
molecular orbital theory, metal-ligand bonding in coordination complexes and organo- 
metallics. 3 hr. lee. 

425. Inorg Rxns and Mchnsms. 1. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 222. Inorganic reactions (ligand substi- 
tution, aquation, organometallic reactions, electron transfer); kinetics and mechanistic 
studies. 3 hr. lee. 

427, 428. Adv Topics in Inorg Chem 1,11.1-3 hr. per sem. Recent advances and topics of 
current interest. Lec./discussion. 

431 , 432. Sem in Organic Chem. I, II. 1 hr. per sem. Current literature and research. 

433. Physical Organic Chem. II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 331. Theoretical considerations of or- 
ganic molecules, kinetics and other methods used in the study of organic structure and 
reaction mechanisms, linear free energy relationship and other related topics. 3 hr. lee. 



1 1 WVU Graduate Catalog 



437, 438. Adv Topics in Org Chem. I, II. 1-3 hr. per sem. Recent advances and topics of 
current interest. 

441, 442. Sem in Phys Chem. I, II. 1 hr. per sem. Current literature and research. 

443. Chem Kinetics. I. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 248. Theories and applications of kinetics in 
gaseous state and in solution. 3 hr. lee. 

444. Stat Mechanics. I or II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 446. Theory and application of statistical 
mechanics to chemical systems. 3 hr. lee. (Offered on demand.) 

445. Theoretical Chem 1. 1 or II. 3 hr. PR: Differential equations. Theoretical background 
for quantum mechanics. 3 hr. lee. 

446. Theoretical Chem 2. I or II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 445. Theories and applications of 
quantum mechanics in chemistry. 3 hr. lee. (Offered on demand.) 

447. Molec Spectrosc and Structure. II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 250. Advanced applications of 
spectral methods to the study of molecular structure. 3 hr. lee. 

448,449. Adv Topics in Phys Chem. I, II. 1-3 hr. per sem. Recent advances and topics of 
current interest. 

491. Adv Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced subjects which 
are not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study may be independent or through 
specially scheduled lectures. 

492. Research Sem. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Graduate student in chemistry. Research seminars by 
visiting lecturers. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 

499. Grad Colloquium. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. For graduate students not seeking 
course work credit but who wish to meet residence requirements, use the University's 
facilities, and participate in academic and cultural programs. 



Communication Studies 

James C. McCroskey, Chairperson of the Department 

130 Armstrong Hall 

Degree Offered: Master of Arts 

The Department of Communication Studies offers work leading to the degree of 
Master of Arts, with a concentration in communication theory and research. Persons who 
possess a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university may be admitted to 
the program. Qualified graduate students from a variety of disciplines are admitted to the 
program. The master of arts degree program is intended to qualify the student to: 

• Assume a variety of professional roles in educational, industrial, governmental, or 
media institutions. 

• Teach the subject matter in high school and/or college. 

• Undertake advanced training toward a doctorate in the behavioral/social sciences. 



Communication Studies 1 1 1 



Requirements 

In addition to the general WVU requirements, the graduate student in communica- 
tion studies must meet departmental requirements. These include successful comple- 
tion of the minimum number of required graduate hours as set forth in Program A, B, or 
C, below with a grade of B or above in each class and the maintenance of a minimum 
grade-point average of 3.0. 

Classes graded "S" or marked "CR" may not be counted toward a degree. 

Program A 

Applicants for admission must specify the program they wish to pursue. Program A 
is open only to full-time resident students. Programs B and C are open to both part-time 
and full-time students. 

All students planning to continue graduate study past the M.A. level are encouraged 
to enter this program. The following are required: 

• At least 36 hours of graduate credit, 30 of which must be in the Department of 
Communication Studies. A maximum of six hours of thesis credit will be allowed. 

• Completion of COMM 401 and 420. 
•A thesis. 

• An oral examination on the thesis. 

Program B 

All students planning a professional career in a field other than education are en- 
couraged to enter this program. This is normally a terminal degree program in communi- 
cation studies. The following are required: 

• A minimum of 36 hours of course work with at least 30 hours in the Department of 
Communication Studies: 

• Successful completion of written and oral comprehensive examinations. 

The oral examination may be waived with the approval of the student's examination 
committee and the departmental coordinator of graduate studies. 

Students who wish to prepare themselves to be more effective professional commu- 
nicators but who may not wish to complete program B may obtain a certificate in corpo- 
rate and organizational communication by completing 15 specified hours in this pro- 
gram. Three courses are required: COMM 491 -A Applied Communication Theory, COMM 
491 -B Nonverbal Communication in the Organizational Environment, and COMM 376 
Theory and Research in Organizational Communication. Six hours of electives may be 
chosen from COMM 370, 373, 374, and 377. 

Program C 

All students planning a professional career in elementary or secondary education 
are encouraged to enter this program. This is normally a terminal degree program in 
communication studies. Students may complete this program through off-campus study, 
on-campus study, or a combination. The following are required: 

• A minimum of 33 hours of course work with at least 27 hours in the Department of 
Communication Studies including COMM 361 , 362, 363, and 491 . 

• Successful completion of written and oral comprehensive examinations. 

The oral examination may be waived with the approval of the student's examination 
committee and the departmental coordinator of graduate studies. 



1 1 2 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Communication Studies (COMM) 

206. Advanced Study in Nonverbal Communication. I, II. 3 hr. PR: COMM 106. Functions 
of nonverbal communication including status, power, immediacy, relationship develop- 
ment, regulation, turn-taking, leakage and deception, intuition, person perception, and 
emotional expressions. 

221. Persuasion. I, II. 3 hr. PR: COMM 11. Theory and research in persuasion, empha- 
sizing a critical understanding and working knowledge of the effects of social communi- 
cation on attitudes, beliefs, and behavior. 

231 . Communication and Symbol Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. PR: COMM 1 31 . Advanced study of 
language in communication. Specific attention to conversational analysis. 

361 . Communication in the Classroom. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Teaching experience or consent. 
Role of interpersonal communication in classroom environment, with particular empha- 
sis on communication between students and teachers. Recommended for elementary, 
secondary, and college teachers in all fields. 

362. Nonverbal Communication in the Classroom. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: COMM 361. Impact 
of nonverbal communication behaviors of students and teachers on teacher-student in- 
teraction and student learning. Recommended for elementary, secondary, and college 
teachers in all fields. 

363. Communication in the Educational Organization. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: COMM 361. 
Problems of communication within educational organizations with emphasis on elements 
that impact educational change, conflict management, and interpersonal influence. Rec- 
ommended for elementary, secondary, and college teachers in all fields. 

364. Communication Problems of Children. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: COMM 11. (Primarily for 
elementary and secondary school teachers and language arts supervisors.) Normal matu- 
rational development of listening and speaking skills, their relationships to language ac- 
quisition, and influence upon achievement. 

365. Media in Communication and Education. I, II, S. 3 hr. Use of the media in educa- 
tional and other communication environments with emphasis on communication pro- 
cesses and principles relevant to television and film. 

370. Interpersonal Communication: Theory and Research. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Consent. 
Survey of the theory and research in dyadic interpersonal communication. Attention to 
accuracy, coordination, and congruency models with emphasis upon relational commu- 
nication and intimate communication in interpersonal relationships. 

372. Theory and Research in Mass Communication. I, II. 3 hr. Mass communication from 
a consumer's viewpoint. Use of consumer-oriented mass media research also stressed. 

373. Theory and Research in Persuasion. I, II, S. 3 hr. Various theories and principles of 
persuasion with emphasis on contemporary research literature. 

374. Intercultural Communication: Theory and Research. 3 hr. Advanced seminar in com- 
munication of various cultures. Special emphasis on research in diffusion of innovations. 



Communication Studies 1 1 3 



375. Communication Apprehension and Avoidance. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. Theory 
and research related to individuals' predispositional and situational tendencies to ap- 
proach or avoid communication. Emphasis on work in the areas of willingness to com- 
municate, communication apprehension, reticence, and shyness. 

376. Theory and Research in Organizational Communication. I, II. 3 hr. Contemporary 
research linking communication variables and networks to organizational change, effec- 
tiveness, leadership, power, and management practices. Analysis of communication prob- 
lems within a variety of organizations. 

377. Small Group Theory and Practice. I, II, S. 3 hr. Specific research areas in interper- 
sonal communication with intensive emphasis on small groups. 

391. Advanced Topics. 3-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced topics not cov- 
ered in regularly scheduled courses. 

397. Research. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activities leading to a thesis, problem 
report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly project. 

401 . Introduction to Graduate Study in Human Communication. I. 3 hr. Major emphasis 
on designing and conducting experimental and laboratory research in human communi- 
cation. Computer applications to social science research also given consideration. Should 
be taken the first semester of graduate study. 

402. Advanced Seminar in Research Methods. II. 3 hr. PR: COMM 401 . Research tech- 
niques necessary to conduct original communication research. Emphasis on advanced 
statistical techniques. 

420. Survey of Human Communication Theory I. 3 hr. Broad overview of contemporary 
theories in human communication. Should be taken the first semester of graduate study. 

433. Special Topics. I, II, S. 3-12 hr. PR: Consent. Thorough study of special topics in 
human communication including interpersonal and small group, language, intercultural, 
organizational, persuasion, and mass communication, nonverbal communication, and 
communication education. 

475. Independent Study I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Open to graduate students pursu- 
ing independent study in communication. 

490. Teaching Practicum. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. (Open only to graduate assistants in the 
Department of Communication Studies.) Supervised experience in classroom teaching. 

491. Advanced Study I, II, S. 3 hr. Advanced study in a variety of areas in human 
communication. 

492. Directed Study 1-6 hr. Directed study, reading, and/or research. 

493. Special Topics. 1-6 hr. A study of contemporary topics selected from recent devel- 
opments in the field. 

494. Special Seminars. 1-6 hr. Special seminars arranged for advanced graduate 
students. 

1 1 4 WVU Graduate Catalog 



496. Seminar in Human Communication. I, II, S. 3-9 hr. Current problems and research 
in human communication. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 
499. Thesis. I, II, S. 3-6 hr. 



Computer Science 

Wayne A. Muth, Chairperson of Department of Statistics and 

Computer Science 
John M. Atkins, Director of Computer Science Graduate Programs 

319 Knapp Hall 
Degrees: Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy 
Areas of emphasis: Computer Science and Computer and Information Sciences 

The master's degree is intended to qualify the student to assume a professional role 
in an educational, industrial, or governmental research project, teach in a junior or senior 
college, or undertake advanced training toward a doctorate in computer science. Be- 
cause many students receive baccalaureate degrees from colleges which do not offer 
undergraduate programs in computer science, a student with an outstanding undergradu- 
ate record does not need a degree in computer science to enter the master's program. 

Regular Admission 

Applications from students not eligible for admission as regular graduate students 
and from foreign students are normally evaluated during January for admission to the 
summer session. Graduate Record Examination general test scores are required for 
admission into the master's program. 

An applicant for admission to the master's degree program is expected to satisfy the 
following requirements for regular admission: 

• A bachelor's degree in computer science, equivalent to that offered by this depart- 
ment, from an accredited college or university. 

• A minimum undergraduate GPA of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale; 

• At least a 3.0 GPA on all computer science, statistics, and mathematics course 
work; 

• A GRE verbal score of at least the 50th percentile; 

• A GRE quantitative score of at least the 50th percentile; 

• A GRE analytical score of at least the 50th percentile. 

Provisional Admission 

Applicants for admission to the master's degree program who do not satisfy the 
criteria for regular admission will be granted provisional admission if they meet the fol- 
lowing conditions: 

• A minimum of 50th percentile on the quantitative and analytical components of the 
GRE; 

•A cumulative GPA between 2.5 and 3.0 and a cumulative GPA between 2.5 and 3.0 
on all computer science, mathematics and statistics course work undertaken. 

Students admitted provisionally must maintain a GPA of at least 3.0 on all course 
work attempted. 



Computer Science 1 1 5 



Applicants who do not meet the minimum criteria for provisional admission may 
enroll as non-degree students and then apply for provisional admission when the criteria 
for provisional admission have been met. 

Students admitted to the master's program who do not have an equivalent bachelor's 
degree in computer science may be required to enroll in one or more courses that represent 
deficiencies in their undergraduate curriculum. Students are minimally expected to know 
the material contained in the following courses: 

• One year of calculus (MATH 15 and 16 or equivalent) and one semester of statis- 
tics (STAT 201 or equivalent). 

• Documented knowledge of a high-level programming language such as Ada, C, 
Modula-2, PL/1, or Pascal (CS 15, 16, and 76, or equivalent). 

• Assembler language and computer organization (CS 56 or equivalent). 

• Discrete mathematics (CS 26 or equivalent). 

• Analysis of algorithms (CS 126 or equivalent). 
•Theory of programming languages (CS 136 or equivalent). 

• Software engineering (CS 176 or equivalent). 
•Theory of operating systems (CS 156 or equivalent). 

Options 

Two options are available for students seeking a master of science. The problem 
report option requires 36 hours of course work including three hours of credit for a prob- 
lem report. The thesis option requires 30 hours of course work including six hours of 
credit for a thesis. 

Blocks/Core Courses 

Graduate courses in computer science are grouped into six blocks. The blocks and 
core courses in each block are as follows: 

• Operating systems and architecture: CS 356, 366 

• Programming languages: CS 336, 346 

• Mathematics of computing: CS 315, 326 

• Data semantics: CS 377, 378 

• Software engineering: CS 375, 376 

• Artificial intelligence and visualization: CS 386, 388 

Each block has two courses that are designated core courses. These are prerequisites 
for advanced courses in each block. 

Master of Science 

Requirements Candidates for master's degrees must complete one core course in the 
operating systems and architecture block, one core course in the programming languages 
block, and one core course in the mathematics of computing block, as well as one core 
course each in any two of the three remaining blocks. 

Candidates must complete two additional courses in one of the five blocks in which 
a core course was completed. 

Candidates must complete two semesters of seminar (CS 396). 

Candidates must pass qualifying examinations in five of six core areas. 

Technical Electives Candidates may use six hours of graduate credit from approved 
technical electives at the discretion of the student's committee and the department chair. 
Approved technical electives include any statistics course except STAT 31 1 , any electri- 
cal engineering or computer engineering course, and any mathematics course except 
MATH 333-337 inclusive. 



1 1 6 WVU Graduate Catalog 



No more than one course in which a grade of C is received may be counted toward 
meeting degree requirements. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

The doctor of philosophy is a research degree rather than a course work degree. 
Doctoral students are required to complete a number of advanced courses but more time 
is spent in original research in close association with an experienced researcher. The 
Ph.D. degree is intended to prepare a student for teaching and research in computer and 
information science for business, industry, and educational institutions. 

Admission Requirements 

An applicant for admission to the doctoral degree program is expected to satisfy the 
following requirements for regular admission: 

• A bachelor's degree in computer science, equivalent to that offered by this depart- 
ment, from an accredited college or university; 

• A minimum GPA of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale; 

• At least a 3.0 GPA on all computer science, statistics, and mathematics course 
work; 

• A GRE verbal score of at least the 50th percentile; 

• A GRE quantitative score of at least the 50th percentile; 

• A GRE analytical score of at least the 50th percentile. 

Applicants not satisfying these requirements should work on a master's degree in 
computer science before applying for admission to the Ph.D. program. 

Fall semester March 1 

Spring semester October 1 

Summer session January 1 

Applications are accepted at any time; however, no guarantee of admission can be made 
for a specific semester if the deadline has not been met. If applicants cannot enroll at the 
designated semester after a favorable admission decision, no guarantee is given that 
they will be permitted to enroll at a later time. 

The Ph.D. requires a minimum of 18 hours of course work beyond the master's. 

Qualifying Examinations Within three years of admission to the doctoral degree pro- 
gram, applicants must receive a high pass on departmental qualifying examinations, 
demonstrating a breadth of knowledge in computer science. A Ph.D. student who does 
not receive a high pass on the departmental qualifying examination in two attempts may 
transfer all credits earned at WVU toward acquiring a master's degree. To earn a master's 
degree, the student must satisfy all requirements for the degree. 

It is anticipated that a doctoral student will complete a minimum of 42 hours of 
formal graduate-level (300- and 400-level) course work in computer science beyond the 
equivalent of a bachelor's degree in computer science, including 18 hours of advanced 
(400-level) graduate course work beyond that required for the departmental qualifying 
examination, with at most six of the 18 hours being in "directed reading" courses. De- 
pending on a student's background, additional course work may be required. 

All doctoral students must demonstrate reading competency in scientific literature 
written in a language other than a student's native tongue. The choice of a foreign lan- 
guage other than French, German, Russian, Japanese, or Spanish must be approved by 
the computer science graduate faculty. 

Comprehensive Examination After satisfactorily passing the departmental qualifying ex- 
amination, a doctoral student will be permitted to stand for the comprehensive examina- 
tions. These examinations will be prepared, administered, and evaluated by the student's 

Computer Science 1 1 7 



dissertation committee. All examinations must be taken within a span of two calendar 
weeks. 

Dissertation Prospectus Usually after completion of the comprehensive examinations, 
the doctoral student will present a research prospectus to his/her dissertation commit- 
tee, outlining the original research which the student is to perform. The prospectus will 
consist of a statement of the research problem, a review of the pertinent scientific litera- 
ture in the area, and a description of the methods which will be employed by the student 
in an attempt to solve the research problem. After the committee has questioned the 
student on the prospectus and approved it as the doctoral research topic, the student will 
be recognized as a doctoral candidate. 

Residency Doctoral candidates must satisfy the University's one-year residency re- 
quirement. It is expected that this one year of residency will be spent performing re- 
search after completion of the comprehensive examinations by completing nine hours of 
research in two consecutive semesters. 

Dissertation After the doctoral candidate has completed the original research outlined in 
the prospectus, the dissertation will be presented to the dissertation committee, after 
which the candidate will formally defend his/her dissertation at a public meeting. Full 
degree requirements are met when the dissertation committee deems that the candidate 
has successfully completed the research outline in the prospectus and has performed 
satisfactorily in defense of the work. The degree is then awarded. 

More information concerning graduate studies may be found in Guidelines for Master's 
and Doctoral Students, available through the department. 

Computer Science (CS) 

216. Numerical Concepts. 3 hr. PR: CS 126. Computer Arithmetic, Number representa- 
tion, and errors; locating roots of equations; interpolation; numerical integration and dif- 
ferentiation; numerical solution of initial value problems for ordinary differential 
equations; solving systems of linear equations; data smoothing. 

236. Compiler Construction. PR: CS 136. Theory and practice of the construction of 
programming language translators; scanning and parsing techniques, semantic process- 
ing, runtime storage organization, and code generation; design and implementation of 
an interpreter or compiler by students. 3 hr. lee. 

246. Automata Theory. 3 hr. PR: CS 136. Introduction to formal languages, grammars, and 
automata; regular expressions and finite automata, context-free languages and linear-bound 
automata, and Turing machines and recursively enumerable languages. 3 hr. lee. 

256. Operating Systems Structure. 3 hr. PR: CS 156. Support of computer components; 
device management and interrupts, process scheduling, file management, complete OS 
structure, OS development and debugging, configuration management, and performance 
testing. 3 hr. lee. 

258. Advanced Operating Systems. 3 hr. PR: CS 256. Operating system topics not cov- 
ered in CS 156 or 256; reliability and security, system management, and virtual machine 
structures; introduction to distributed and realtime systems; emphasis on design issues 
faced by actual systems. 3 hr. lee. 

266. Computer Organization and Architecture. 3 hr. PR: CS 156. Computer structure, 
emphasis on implications for software design; evolution of computers; elementary digital 

1 1 8 WVU Graduate Catalog 



logic; CPU structures; memory and I/O structures; pipelining and memory management; 
introduction to parallel and high-level architectures. 3 hr. lee. 

267. Microprocessor Structures. 3 hr. PR: CS 156. Typical microprocessor systems includ- 
ing OS architecture, assembly language programming, and interfacing capabilities. 3 hr. lee. 

268. Data and Computer Communications. 3 hr. PR: CS 156. Introduction to funda- 
mental concepts and principles of data and computer communications; digital data com- 
munication techniques; multiplexing, switching, LANs and WANs, and protocols and 
architecture. 3 hr. lee. 

276. Advanced Software Engineering. 3 hr. PR: CS 176. Engineering process, project 
economics, project organizational and management issues, configuration management. 
3 hr. lee. 

278. Database Design and Theory. 3 hr. PR: CS 176. Relational data model using rela- 
tional algebra and SQL and the object-oriented data model; relational database and 
semantic design theory. 3 hr. lee. 

286. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence. 3 hr. PR: CS 176. Survey of Al techniques, 
heuristics search, game playing, knowledge representation schemes: logic, semantic 
net, frames, rule-based; natural language processing, advanced Al techniques/systems: 
planning, blackboard architecture, neural net model; Al implementation. 3 hr. lee. 

288. Introduction to Computer Graphics. 3 hr. PR: CS 176. Overview of I/O hardware, 
elements of graphics software, fundamental algorithms, two dimensional viewing and 
transformations, design for interaction, and introduction to three-dimensional concepts. 
3 hr. lee. 

291. Topics in Computer Science. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: CS 76 or equiv. Advanced study of 
topics in computer science. 

301. Computers in Research. I. 3 hr. (Statistics and Computer Science majors should 
obtain their graduate committees' approval before registering.) Use of computers in re- 
search. Algorithms and programming. Scientific and statistical programming packages. 

303. Microcomputers in Mathematics/Science. S. 3 hr. PR: MATH 3 or consent. An inte- 
grated course in computer science, statistics and mathematics for secondary educators. 
Focuses on programming techniques and uses problems from the areas of statistics and 
mathematics at the high school level as examples. 

311. Scientific Computing Applications. II. 3 hr. PR: 76 or equiv. Application of math- 
ematical modelling and simulation methodology, languages, and systems. Discrete simu- 
lation using GPSS-V language. Linear programming. Finite difference methods using 
higher level languages. 

315. Advanced Mathematics of Computation. I. 3 hr. PR: MATH 215. Foundations of 
computer science; formal logic, graph theory, computability and complexity theories. 

320. Solution of Nonlinear Systems. II. 3 hr. PR: CS 216 or MATH 241 or consent. Solu- 
tion of nonlinear systems of equations. Newton and Secant Methods. Unconstrained 
optimization. Nonlinear overrelaxation techniques. Nonlinear least squares problems. 
(Equiv. to MATH 320.) 



Computer Science 1 1 9 



325. Numerical Interpolation and Approximation. 1. 3 hr. PR: CS 216 or consent. Interpo- 
lation and approximation using Chebychev polynomials, Pade approximations, Chebychev 
economization of Taylor Series. Hermite interpolation, orthogonal polynomials and 
Gaussian Quadrature. 

326. Advanced Analysis of Algorithms. II. 3 hr. PR: CS 126. Analysis and design tech- 
niques for efficient sequential and parallel algorithm design; NP-completeness, advanced 
analysis techniques, advanced algorithms, and parallel algorithms. 

330. Design of Language Processors. II. 3 hr. PR: CS 236. Study of the design and 
construction of automatic programming language processors. Investigation of the struc- 
ture of scientific and business oriented compilers, list processors, and information pro- 
cessing languages. 

336. Formal Specification of Language. I. 3 hr. PR: CS 236. Specifications of language 
syntax and semantics by grammars and automata and by attribute grammars, denotational 
semantics, and action equations; algebraic, denotational, and operational semantics; 
application of formal specifications to construction of software tools. 

346. Advanced Automata Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: CS 246. Survey of automata outside the 
Chomsky hierarchy with applicability to parallel processing, learning, temporal logic, and 
language processing. 

350. Software Engineering in Data Communications. I. 3 hr. PR: CS 256 or consent. 
Data communication principles, software design techniques for implementing data com- 
munications systems, testing and debugging techniques, networks and data link control, 
software design in a network environment. A "hands-on" project in data communications 
design is included. 

356. Theory of Operating Systems. I. 3 hr. PR: CS 256 or consent. Theoretical analysis 
of selected aspects of operating system design; topics include interaction of concurrent 
processes; scheduling and resource allocation; virtual memory management; access 
control; and distributed and realtime system issues. 

365. Distributed Database Management Systems. II. 3 hr. PR: CS 278. Reference archi- 
tectures for distributed database management systems. Integration of local databases 
stored at different sites into a global database. Heterogeneity of data models. Query 
translation and optimization. Synchronization of concurrent access. Integrity and reliability. 

366. Advanced Computer Systems Architecture. II. 3 hr. PR: CS 266 OR CPE 272 or 
consent. High performance techniques, pipelined and parallel systems, and high-level 
architectures; comparative evaluation of architectures for specific applications; empha- 
sis on software implications of hardware specifications. 

375. Software Verification and Validation. II. 3 hr. PR: CS 136 and CS 176. Principles of 
formal software specification; formal verification, testing and other validation techniques. 

376. Formal Methods in Software Engineering. 1. 3 hr. PR: CS 276. Principles of rigorous 
specification, designing, implementation and validation of sequential, concurrent and 
realtime software; emphasis on reading current papers on these topics. 

377. Data: Types, Semantics and Abstraction. II. 3 hr. PR: CS 176. Data type and struc- 
ture specification, axiomatic and model-based specification, algebraic techniques, test- 
ing and verification specifications, data abstraction facilities in modern programming lan- 
guages, examples and associated algorithms. 

1 20 WVU Graduate Catalog 



378. Theory of Database Systems. I. 3 hr. PR: CS 278. Abstract and newer database 
models; introduction to database design techniques in the context of semantic data 
modeling; equivalence of different relational models; object-oriented databases. 

386. Advanced Artificial Intelligence Techniques. II. 3 hr. PR: CS 286. Reasoning under 
uncertainty; nonmonotonic reasoning, statistical reasoning, fuzzy logic; planning, parallel 
and distributed Al, natural language processing, learning, connectionist models, temporal 
logic, common sense knowledge and qualitative reasoning, Al techniques and robotics. 

388. Interactive Computer Graphics. I. 3 hr. PR: CS 126. Viewing in three dimensions, 
projections, rendering of surfaces and solids, illumination and shading, interaction han- 
dling, display processors and programming systems, and graphics system organization. 

390. Teaching Practicum. I and II. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Supervised practices in college 
teaching of computer science. 

391 . Advanced Topics in Computer Science. I, II, S. 3-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in 
advanced computer science subjects not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study 
may be independent or through specially scheduled lectures. 

396. Graduate Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Consent. 

397. Research in Computer Science. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent 

415. Computability and Recursive Function Theory. 3 hr. PR: CS 315. Introduction to 
recursive function theory, approaches to computability, Church's thesis, decidability, re- 
cursive and recursively enumerable sets, numbering computable functions, Godel's in- 
completeness theorem, reducibility, and computational complexity. 

418. Information Dissemination. 3 hr. PR: CS 326. Research issues in information dis- 
semination in graphs; emphasis on broadcasting and gossiping algorithms, including 
identification and solution of open research questions. 

428. Advanced Neural Networks. 3 hr. PR: CS 328 or equiv. Continuation of C S 328. 
Unsupervised learning: Hebbian and competitive; Hamming and Euclidean distance clas- 
sifiers; discussion of Hamming, Maxnet, Kohonen, and ART 1 ANNs; presentation of 
papers by students from research literature. 

458. Distributed Systems and Algorithms. 3 hr. PR: CS 126 and 356. Distributed and 
networked operating systems and the algorithms necessary to achieve such goals as 
transparency, sharing, fault tolerance, and efficient process and task scheduling. 

472. Information Modeling. 2 hr. PR: CS 278 or 377, or consent. Information modeling, 
data definition languages, graphical information models (NIAM and IDEF), computer- 
readable information models (EXPRESS); information exchange and sharing using STEP 
application protocols. 

475. Advanced Software Verification. 3 hr. PR: CS 336 or 375. Formal and practical 
modular verification of functionality and performance; soundness and completeness of 
proof systems; module testing. 

477. Software Reuse. 3 hr. PR 375 or 376 or 37. Research issues in software reuse; 
formal methods, component engineering, and specification and programming languages. 

Computer Science 1 2 1 



478. Advanced Databases Theory. 3 hr. PR: CS 378. Design theory for relational data- 
bases; functional dependencies; multivalued dependencies and normal forms; project- 
join mappings, tableaux and the chase; representation theory. 

486. Global Knowledge Networks. 3 hr. PR: CS 386 or consent. Representational for- 
malisms and effective retrieval techniques to obtain information from international knowl- 
edge repositories connected via high-speed networks. 

488. Advanced Graphics and Multimedia. 3 hr. PR: CS 388 and fluency in C, Unix and X; 
or consent. Computer graphics and multimedia; raster graphic architectures, advanced 
raster algorithms, ray tracing, radiosity, multimedia representation, multimedia commu- 
nications and similar topics. 

490. Teaching Practicum. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Supervised practice in college teach- 
ing of computer and information sciences. 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced subjects 
which are not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study may be independent or 
through specially scheduled lectures. 

492. Directed Study, I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Directed study, reading, and/or research. 

496. Graduate Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Consent. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent.. 

English 

Patrick W. Conner, Ph.D., Chairperson of the Department 

Brian McHale, Ph.D. Supervisor 

Elaine Ginsberg, M.A. Supervisor 

Stansbury Hall 

Degrees Offered: Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy 

To be admitted to the Department of English as prospective candidates for the de- 
gree of Master of Arts , students are expected to have completed work comparable to the 
department's undergraduate requirement for English majors (but with records distinctly 
above the average), and to present as part of their applications their scores on the Gradu- 
ate Record Examination General Aptitude Test, and, if nonnative speakers of English, 
their TOEFL scores. Past experience has shown that successful graduate students usu- 
ally score at least the 60th percentile on the verbal section of the GRE. 

Master of Arts 

Admission The applicant may be admitted as a regular graduate student — one who is 
approved for a degree program; as a provisional graduate student — one who is accepted 
for study but at the time of acceptance does not meet all the requirements for regular 
admission; or as a non-degree graduate student. (The GRE and TOEFL scores are not 
required of non-degree graduate students.) 

Course Requirements (No Thesis) M.A. students selecting the non-thesis option must 
successfully complete 30 hours, distributed as follows: nine hours of core courses; nine 
hours of author, topic, genre courses; nine hours of seminar courses (including ENGL 

1 22 WVU Graduate Catalog 



492); and three hours of unrestricted course work. No more than six hours of course 
work outside the Department of English can apply toward the 30-hour requirement. Stu- 
dents should check with the department about the most current courses available. 

Course Requirements and Thesis A candidate for the M. A. degree may choose to take 24 
hours of course work and write a thesis, for six hours credit, under the supervision of a 
thesis advisor. The thesis may be creative (a novel or a collection of short stories, poems, 
or literary essays with an analytic introduction) or scholarly. A candidate may register for up 
to 1 2 hours of thesis credit, but only six hours can be included in the 30 hours required for 
the degree. Thesis hours are graded as S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory). 

Students electing the thesis option are expected to defend their finished work before 
their thesis committees and any others who wish to attend the oral examination. The 
English Department requires no terminal examination. Instead, course distribution re- 
quirements and individual courses provide rigor and breadth, and only classes passed 
with a grade of B or better count toward the degree. 

Language Requirement Two options are available for fulfilling the foreign language re- 
quirement. In the first option, students may take a graduate reading examination admin- 
istered by the Department of Foreign Languages in French, German, classical Greek, 
Italian, Latin, Russian, or Spanish. In the alternative option, students may fulfill the lan- 
guage requirement by having successfully completed (with receipt of a grade of A or B in 
the last course) a second-year level of foreign language study at an accredited college or 
university (or its international equivalent) within the last five years. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

Admission Applicants for admission to the program will be judged on the bases of aca- 
demic record, three recommendations from former teachers, a statement of purpose 
outlining their academic and professional goals, a sample of their academic writing, and 
the Graduate Record Examination Advanced Test scores. Nonnative English-speaking 
applicants must also present their TOEFL scores. All decisions on admission are made 
by the Ph.D. admissions committee. 

Examinations and Requirements The doctoral program can be completed in three years 
of full-time study beyond the master's degree or its equivalent. During the first year in 
residence, students must enroll in English 499Graduate Colloquium, and pass the quali- 
fying examination. Thirty credit-hours must be taken prior to the examination for formal 
admission to candidacy. Full-time students are expected to enroll in nine credit-hours per 
semester. Only 300- and 400-level courses can be applied to the 30 credit-hours require- 
ment; nine of these hours must be in 400-level seminars, one of which must be English 
488 Current Directions in Literary Study. All doctoral candidates, unless they have previ- 
ously taken an equivalent course, must take English 492 Introduction to Literary Re- 
search. Neither English 490 (required of all teaching assistants) nor English 492 may be 
substituted for the seminar requirements. Doctoral students must teach successfully in 
the department. Concurrent with the teaching practicum, six hours of teaching practicum 
(three for teaching composition and three for teaching literature) are also required. This 
requirement can be waived for those candidates with teaching experience approved by 
the department. Students are permitted only six hours of independent study, however. 
The dissertation carries 12 hours; thus, the typical Ph.D. program includes 48 credit 
hours. 

Upon approval by the plan of study committee, students may choose to complete a 
minor, not to exceed 12 hours in 300- or 400-level courses, in a related subject offered by 
another department. 

English 123 



Language Requirement The foreign language options are the same as for the master's 
program and must be completed prior to taking the examination for formal admission to 
candidacy. 

Doctoral Dissertation After completing course work, passing the examination for formal 
admission to candidacy, and fulfilling the language and teaching requirements, the stu- 
dent, under the direction of the dissertation committee chairperson, writes a prospectus 
of the final project. The dissertation, meant to be an original contribution to scholarship in 
its field, should be able to be completed in one year. 

The final examination (oral defense of the dissertation) is scheduled by the disserta- 
tion director and is open to the public. 

Core Courses 

301 . The Graduate Writing Workshop 

310. Old English 1 (Anglo-Saxon) 

312. Medieval Literature 

313. Renaissance Literature 

314. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Literature 

315. Romantic Literature 

316. Victorian Literature 

317. Twentieth-Century British Literature 

320. Studies in Composition and Rhetoric 
350. Shakespeare 

370. American Literature to 1865 

371 . American Literature, 1865 to 1915 

372. American Literature, 1915 to Present 
383. Recent Literary Criticism 

Author, Topic, Genre Courses 

31 1 . Old English 2 (Beowulf) 

321 . Studies in Drama 

322. Studies in Poetry 

323. Studies in the Novel 

324. Studies in Non fiction Prose 

325. Study of Selected Authors 
392. Special Topics 

Seminars 

440. Seminar in Medieval Studies 

446. Seminar in Renaissance Studies, 1550-1660 

460. Seminar in Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Studies 

470. Seminar in British Romanticism 

476. Seminar in Victorian Studies 

484. Seminar in American Studies 

485. Seminar in Twentieth-Century British Studies 
488. Current Directions in Literary Study 

492. Introduction to Literary Research 

493. Folger Institute Seminar 

494. Seminar 

499. Graduate Colloquium 



1 24 WVU Graduate Catalog 



English (ENGL) 

301. Graduate Writing Workshop. I, II. 3 hr. (With departmental consent, may be re- 
peated for a maximum of 6 credit hours.) Advanced workshop in creative writing. Genre 
and focus varies from semester to semester. PR. Instructor consent. 

310. Old English 1. I, II. 3 hr. Study of Anglo-Saxon with selected readings from the 
literature of the period. 

311. Old English 2. I, II. 3 hr. PR: ENGL 310. Beowulf and other texts in Old English. 

312. Medieval Literature. 3 hr. Readings in the literature of the Medieval period; attention 
to major writers and genres; focus on literary theory. 3 hr. lee. 

313. Renaissance Literature. 3 hr. Readings in the literature of the English Renaissance; 
attention to major writers and genres; focus on literary history. 3 hr. lee. 

314. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Literature. 3 hr. Readings in the literature of 
England during the Restoration and the eighteenth century; attention to major writers 
and genres; focus on literary history. 3 hr. lee. 

315. Romantic Literature. 3 hr. Readings in the literature of England during the romantic 
period; attention to major writers and genres; focus on literary history. 3 hr. lee. 

316. Victorian Literature. 3 hr. Readings in the literature of England during the Victorian 
period; attention to major writers and genres; focus on literary history. 3 hr. lee. 

317. Twentieth-Century British Literature. 3 hr. Readings on the literature of England 
during the twentieth century; attention to major writers and genres; focus on literary 
history. 3 hr. lee. 

320. Studies in Composition and Rhetoric. 3 hr. Integration of theory with pedagogy for 
effective instruction, composition and rhetoric. Historical development of composition 
theory and current issues in rhetoric. 3 hr. lee. 

321 . Studies in Drama. 3 hr. Advanced study in the genre of drama, with emphasis vary- 
ing from year to year. Course may include textual, historical, critical, formalist, and/or 
theoretical study. Not restricted to any one period or century. 

322. Studies in Poetry. 3 hr. Advanced study in the genre of poetry, with emphasis vary- 
ing from year to year. Course may include textual, historical, critical, formalist, and/or 
theoretical study. Not restricted to any one period or century. 

323. Studies in the Novel. 3 hr. Advanced study in the genre of the novel, with emphasis 
varying from year to year. Course may include textual, historical, critical, formalist, and/ 
or theoretical study. Not restricted to any one period or century. 

324. Studies in Nonaction Prose. 3 hr. Advanced study in the genre of nonfiction, with 
emphasis varying from year to year. Course may include textual, historical, critical, for- 
malist, and/or theoretical study. Not restricted to any one period or century. 

325. Study of Selected Authors. 3 hr. Advanced study of one or more major authors. 

English 125 



350. Shakespeare. I, II. 3 hr. Intensive study of selected plays. Special attention to 
textual problems and to language and poetic imagery, together with the history of 
Shakespearean criticism and scholarship. 

370. American Literature to 1865. 3 hr. Readings in the literature of America from its 
beginnings to 1865; attention to major writers and genres; focus on literary history. 

371. American Literature, 1865-1915. 3 hr. Readings in the literature of America from 
1865-1915; attention to major writers and genres; focus on literary history. 

372. American Literature, 1915-Present. 3 hr. Readings in the literature of America from 
1915 to the present; attention to major writers and genres; focus on literary history. 

383. Recent Literary Criticism. 3 hr. Brief survey of theories of major schools of recent 
criticism and an application of these theories to selected literary works. 

392. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-9 hr. PR: Consent. Advanced study of special topics in 
language, literature, or writing. 

400. Thesis. I, II. 3 hr. 

401. Thesis. I, II. 3 hr. 

440. Seminar in Medieval Studies. I, II. 3 hr. Topics from English literature, 1 100-1500. 

446. Seminar in Renaissance Studies, 1550-1660. I, II. 3 hr. Studies in major authors 
and special topics in the Renaissance. 

460. Seminar in Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Studies. I, II. 3 hr. 

470. Seminar in British Romanticism. I, II. 3 hr. Studies in major authors and special 
topics in the field of British Romanticism. 

476. Seminar in Victorian Studies. I, II. 3 hr. Research and discussion in selected topics 
in the literature and history of the period. 

484. Seminar in American Studies. I, II. 3 hr. Seminar in principal authors and move- 
ments in American literature. 

485. Seminar in Twentieth-Century British Studies. 3 hr. Seminar in principal authors and 
movements in twentieth-century British literature. 

488. Current Directions in Literary Study. II. 3 hr. PR: Advanced graduate standing (En- 
glish 383 recommended). Intensive study of one or more current approaches to literature 
and theories of criticism, with some emphasis on the interrelations of literary study with 
other disciplines. 

490. Teaching Practicum. I, II. 3-6 hr. I— Supervised practice in college teaching of 
expository writing. II — Supervised practice in college teaching of literature. 

491 . Advanced Study. I, II. 3 hr. Specific topics approved by the instructor. 
1 26 WVU Graduate Catalog 



492. Introduction to Literary Research. I, II. 3 hr. Bibliography; materials and tools of 
literary investigations; methods of research in various fields of literary history and inter- 
pretation; problem of editing. Practical guidance in the writing of theses. 

493. Folger Institute Seminar. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. (Enrollment is by special 
application only. Contact department chairperson for information.) Seminar conducted 
by distinguished scholars and held at the Folger Institute of Renaissance and Eighteenth 
Century Studies in Washington, D.C. Topics vary. (Also listed as HIST 493.) 

494. Seminar. I, II. 3 hr. Specific authors to be approved by instructor. 

497. Research. I, II. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. 

498. Doctoral Thesis. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. 

499. Graduate Colloquium. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Credit for this course may not be 
applied toward satisfaction of the 30-hour degree requirements at either the master's or 
doctoral level. 



Foreign Languages 

Frank W. Medley, Jr., Chairperson of the Department 

205-B Chitwood Hall 

Jeffrey Bruner, Graduate Coordinator 

216 Chitwood Hall 

Degree Offered: Master of Arts 

The Department of Foreign Languages offers areas of emphasis for graduate study 
in French, German, Spanish (peninsular literature as well as Spanish-American litera- 
ture), the teaching of English to speakers of other languages (TESOL), linguistics, and 
comparative literature. Graduate courses are also offered in classics, foreign literature in 
English translation, language teaching methods, and bibliography and research. Candi- 
dates for the master's degree are accepted in any of the areas of emphasis as long as 
they fulfill all requirements of the master of arts listed below. 

Advisory Committee 

The department chairperson is the official advisor for all departmental graduate stu- 
dents. The chairperson, or associate chairperson, serves as temporary advisor until the 
student requests, and has approved by the associate chairperson, a committee of three 
or more faculty members during his or her first semester of study. Students should inform 
themselves of faculty members' areas of expertise early in their first semester in order to 
facilitate committee selection. The student should request a meeting of his or her com- 
mittee prior to preregistration for the second semester to get acquainted and discuss his 
or her professional goals. The student should develop a close working relationship with 
the committee and feel free to request a committee meeting whenever necessary — for 
guidance or course selection, advice on professional advancement, examinations, pos- 
sible thesis topics, etc. Students may also request a revision of the composition of their 
committees when professional interests change. 

Admission Prerequisites 

A student is expected to have an undergraduate major in the areas of interest or be 
required to make up any deficiencies. The student should normally show an average of 

Foreign Languages 127 



at least 3.0 (B) in undergraduate foreign language courses. 

•Minimum of 24 hours of course work in the department exclusive of 391 and 397 
courses. (A total of 36 hours is required.) 

•Maximum of three hours of 397 credit unless a thesis is undertaken, in which case 
six hours of 397 credit can be applied to the 36 required hours. 

•No more than three hours of 391 credit can be applied to the 36 hours. (An excep- 
tion can be made only if used to allow a student to enroll in a 200 course and student has 
already reached the maximum number of 200 credits.) 

•Selection of areas of emphasis. 

Four French literature courses 

Linguistics 247 Structure of Modern French 

Linguistics 341 History of the French Language 

French 217 French Culture or 

French 292 French Civilization 

French 344 Explication de Textes or 
French 326 Literary Criticism 

Four German literature courses 

Linguistics 257 Structure of German 

Linguistics 351 History of the German Language 

German 292 or 392 German Culture and Civilization 
Area of emphasis I: Four peninsular literature courses 

Spanish 223 Estudios de Estilo or 

Spanish 324 Explicacion de Textos 

Spanish 392 Spanish Culture 

Linguistics 217 Structure of Spanish 

Linguistics 31 1 History of the Spanish Language 
Area of emphasis II: Four Spanish American literature courses 

Spanish 223 Estudios de Estilo or 

Spanish 324 Explicacion de Textos 

Spanish 292 Spanish American Culture 

Linguistics 217 Structure of Spanish and 
Linguistics 31 1 History of Spanish 
Area of emphasis III: Five courses in Peninsular and Spanish American literature (three 
courses in one area and two courses in the other). 

Spanish 223 Estudios de Estilo or Spanish 324 Explicacion de Textos 

Spanish 316 Peninsular Culture and 

Spanish 292 Spanish American Culture 

Linguistics 217 Structure of Spanish and 

Linguistics 31 1 History of the Spanish Language 
For those students writing a thesis, Spanish 223 or Spanish 324 may double count as a 
core requirement. 

TESOL 

Language 321 Seminar Methods ESL 
Language 392 Seminar Theory ESL 
Linguistics 392 Seminar ESL Linguistics 
Linguistics 202 Phonology 
ESL 391 Advanced Topics American Culture 
Four courses from the following: 

English 21 1 History of the English Language 
English 220 American Poetry 
English 235 American Drama 

1 28 WVU Graduate Catalog 



English 245 Studies in Appalachian Literature 

English 266 American Romanticism 

English 280 Southern Writers 

English 292 Special Topics 

English 294 Fiction for Adolescents 

English 321 Studies in Drama* 

English 322 Studies in Poetry* 

English 323 Studies in the Novel* 

English 324 Studies in Nonfiction Prose 

English 325 Studies of Selected Authors* 

English 340 The American Novel to 1915 

English 370 American Literature, 1830-1865 

English 371 American Literature, 1865-1915 

English 372 American Literature, 1915 to Present 

English 392 Special Topics (with approval of FL Department) 
Minimum of six linguistic courses including: 

Linguistics 202 Phonology 

Linguistics 283 Transformational Grammar 

Linguistics 383 Advanced Transformational Syntax 

Linguistics 392 Seminar Advanced Phonology 

One culture course of a contrastive nature 

In lieu of four literature courses, two of the following can substitute for literature 
courses: (One may double count for the linguistics requirement for those students writing 
a thesis.) 

Linguistics 31 1 History of Spanish 

Linguistics 341 History of French 

Linguistics 351 History of German 

English 21 1 History of English 

Linguistics 353 Middle High German 

Linguistics 313 Old Spanish 

Linguistics 343 Old French 

English 310 Old English 

English 311 Old English 

Seven courses of literature 
(five of the seven must be in the Department of Foreign Languages) 

FLIT 369 Comparative Literature 

One culture course of a contrastive nature 

One of the following linguistics courses: 

Linguistics 31 1 History of Spanish 

Linguistics 313 Old Spanish 

Linguistics 341 History of French 

Linguistics 343 Old French 

Linguistics 351 History of German 

Linguistics 353 Middle High German 

English 21 1 History of the English Language 

English 31 or 31 1 Old English 

Other students may petition for another area of emphasis which falls within the gen- 
eral guidelines but is not listed above. A detailed plan must be submitted and approved 
by a committee appointed by the department chairperson. 



Foreign Languages 129 



International Students 

All international students whose native language is not English must demonstrate 
proficiency in English. Proficiency may be demonstrated in either of the following ways: 

•TOEFL of 550 and TSE of 230 

•ACTFL oral proficiency rating of two and successful passing of a department En- 
glish writing examination 

Students choosing areas of emphasis in French, German, or Spanish must demon- 
strate proficiency in that language by achieving a 2+ oral proficiency rating and success- 
fully passing the departmental writing examination in that language. 

Language Proficiency 

Students who choose areas of emphasis in TESOL, linguistics, or comparative lit- 
erature and whose native language is English must demonstrate proficiency in a second 
language by achieving an oral proficiency rating of two and passing the departmental 
written examination in that language, or presenting four semesters or the equivalent of 
two foreign languages with at least a B average. 

Students choosing the TESOL area of emphasis whose native language is not En- 
glish must demonstrate a higher level of English proficiency than that required in point 
five. Proficiency for those students may be demonstrated in one of the following ways: 

• TOEFL of 600 and TSE of 250. 

• ACTFL oral proficiency rating of 2+ and successful passing of the 
departmental advanced English writing examination. 

If required courses are not offered during the time the student is enrolled, he/she 
may request permission to make appropriate substitutions. Students must declare the 
area of emphasis they intend to follow at the time of their initial registration. Students 
can request changes in their area of emphasis before the semester in which the student 
takes his/her written examinations. 

Other Requirements 

• A 3.0 GPA is required for graduation. 

• Demonstration of ability to undertake research and to write clearly and succinctly. 
The three possible areas of emphasis for fulfilling this requirement are listed in the 
departmental graduate student handbook. 

• Seven-hour written examination based upon the reading list. Students will have a 
reading list composed of seven sections. One may be drawn up by the student and the 
student's major advisor or selected from the master reading list. Candidates who write a 
thesis will have the number of sections (and hours of the examination) reduced to four. 
Five of the seven exams must be in the student's area of emphasis unless the student 
writes a thesis; in this case, all four must be in the area of emphasis. 

• A one- to two-hour oral examination based upon course work and/or thesis. 

Graduate Assistants 

All graduate assistants are required to complete Language Teaching Methods 421 
as part of the work in the major fields unless they have had a similar course in their 
undergraduate study. The candidate's committee, together with the student, will deter- 
mine the distribution of courses and the thesis requirement in the light of the student's 
aims and needs. The committee also will administer the oral comprehensive examina- 
tion near the end of the candidate's course of study. Both oral and written examinations 
are normally given only twice a year, in November and in April. Graduate assistants are 
required to enroll each semester in Lang. 490 and 499, although these credits do not 
count toward the master's. 



1 30 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Because of staff scheduling difficulties, students should not expect to have their 
committees available for the completion of work on their degrees for summer graduation. 

Thesis 

A thesis, if chosen, must be submitted to the student's committee chairperson at 
least one month before the end of the enrollment period in which the student expects to 
complete all requirements for graduation. If this requirement is not met, thesis accep- 
tance may be withheld for one semester. 

An acceptable thesis proposal, including a problem statement, a thorough review of 
the literature, and an appropriate research design, is to be submitted to, and approved 
by, the student's committee before a thesis can be undertaken. Normally this proposal is 
submitted at least one semester before undertaking the writing of the thesis. 

The thesis defense will be approximately one hour in length and is given after suc- 
cessful completion of the written examinations on elective master's reading list sections 
and the oral examination on course work. 

One bound copy of the approved thesis is to be given to the Department of Foreign 
Languages upon completion of work for the degree. 

Normally, the master's program requires four full semesters of study. Graduate as- 
sistants in particular should take this fact into account when planning their programs. 

Study Abroad 

Courses in German have been offered in Germany and Austria during the summer, 
in Spanish in Spain, Mexico, and Colombia during the summer, and in French in Canada 
during the summer and in France during the fall, spring, and summer. Students partici- 
pating in a fall or spring semester abroad enroll for 15-18 semester hours of credit. 

The Department of Foreign Languages generally offers a spring and a summer 
session in France and a summer session in Austria and in Spain or Mexico — contingent 
upon funding and faculty availability. 

Bibliography and Research (BIBY) 

301. Introduction to Research. I. 1-3 hr. (For seminar credit, counts as 1 hour; for a 
specific project carried out during the course, counts as 3 hours.) PR: Graduate 
standing. Pro-seminar in graduate-level research in foreign languages, literature, 
and linguistics. 

365. Methods of Research. I. 3 hr. 

Classics (CLAS) 

201. Roman Novelists. I. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: CLAS 109, 110, or consent. 

202. Roman Comedy. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: CLAS 109, 1 10, or consent. 
235. Roman Epic. I. 3 hr. PR: CLAS 109, 1 10, or equiv. 

292. Pro-Seminar in Latin or Greek Literature. 1-6 hr.* PR: Consent. Special topics. 

392. Seminar in Latin or Greek Literature. 1-6 hr.* PR: Consent. Special topics. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I, II. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activi- 
ties leading to a thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly project. 



Foreign Languages 1 3 1 



English as a Second Language 

391. Advanced Topics. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced topics not 
covered in regularly scheduled courses. 

Foreign Literature in Translation (FLIT) 

21 1 . Chinese Literature in Translation. 1. 3 hr. Survey of selected works of Chinese litera- 
ture from ancient times through the eighteenth century. 

221. Japanese Literature in Translation. II. 3 hr. Survey of selected works of Japanese 
literature from ancient period to the mid-nineteenth century and an introduction to a few 
works of the modern period. 

241 . Women Writers of Spain. 3 hr. Major women writers of Spain from the earliest 
extant manuscripts to the present; focus on twentieth-century works. 

263. French Women Writers. II. 3 hr. Selected works of French women writers. 

292. Pro-Seminar. I, II, S. 1-6 hr.* PR: 6 hr. of upper-division literature courses or con- 
sent. Special topics. 

369. Comparative Literature: Theory and Practice. 1. 3 hr. PR: Reading fluency in at least 
one foreign language. Conceptual bases of comparative literature and their application 
to literary interpretation. 

392. Seminar. I, II, S. 1-6 hr.* PR: 6 hr. of upper-division literature courses or consent. 
Special topics. 

French (FRCH) 

203. Conversational French. 1. 3 hr. PR: FRCH 1 10 or consent. Intensive spoken French. 

217. French Civilization. II. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. of French. 

221 . The Romantic Movement. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of French or consent. 

222. French Realism. II. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of French or consent. 

229. Literature of the Sixteenth Century. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of French or consent. 

231 . Phonetics and Pronunciation. II. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. of French or equiv. 

232. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of French or consent. Survey of 
major literary works of eighteenth-century France. 

292. Pro-Seminar. I, II, S. 1-6 hr.* PR: 18 hr. of French or consent. Special topics. 

305. Fundamentals for Reading French. 1. 3 hr. PR: Graduate or upper-division standing. 
(FRCH 305 and 306 is intended for graduate students from other departments to teach 
them to read general and technical French.) 

306. Reading French. II. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. of French or equiv. or FRCH 305. (Graduate 
students may meet a doctoral foreign language requirement by achieving a grade of B or 
better in this course.) 

1 32 WVU Graduate Catalog 



326. Literary Criticism. II. 3 hr. PR: B.A. in French or consent. 

337. Moliere. II. 3 hr. PR: B.A. in French or consent. 

344. Explication de Textes. II. 3 hr. PR: 24 hr. of French or equiv. 

371 . The Modern Novel to 1930. 1. 3 hr. PR: B.A. in French or consent. 

372. The Novel After 1930. II. 3 hr. PR: B.A. in French or consent. 

374. French Women Writers. 3 hr. PR: B.A. in French or consent. Selected works of 
French women writers. 

381 . Medieval French Literature. II. 3 hr. PR: LING 342 or consent. 

391. Advanced Topics. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced topics not 
covered in regularly scheduled courses. 

392. Seminar. 1-6 hr.* PR: Consent. Special topics. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I, II. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activi- 
ties leading to a thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly project. 

German (GER) 

243. Medieval German Literature. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of German or consent. 

245. Classicism and Romanticism. 1. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of German or consent. Critical study 
of German literature from 1750 to 1830. 

246. The Liberal Age. II. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of German or consent. Critical study of German 
literature from 1830 to 1880. 

247. The Age of Crisis. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of German or consent. A critical study of 
German literature from 1880 to present. 

292. Pro-Seminar. 1-6 hr.* PR: Consent. Special topics. 

301. Independent Reading. PR: Consent. I. 3 hr. Supervised reading for students who 
wish to do intensive work. 

302. Independent Reading. II. 3 hr. PR: GER 301 . Continuation of GER 301 . 

305. Fundamentals for Reading German. I. 3 hr. PR: Graduate or upper-division stand- 
ing. (GER 305-306 is intended for graduate students from other departments to teach 
them to read general and technical German.) 

306. Reading German. II. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. of German or equiv. or GER 305. (Graduate 
students may meet a doctoral foreign language requirement by achieving a grade of B or 
better in this course.) 

376. The Modern Novel. I, II. 3 hr. PR: 24 hr. of German or consent. A study of represen- 
tative modern novels from 1900 to 1945. 



Foreign Languages 1 33 



391. Advanced Topics. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced topics not 
covered in regularly scheduled courses. 

392. Seminar. 1-6 hr.* PR: Graduate standing or consent. Special topics. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I, II. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activi- 
ties leading to a thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly project. 

Language Teaching Methods (LANG) 

221 . The Teaching of Foreign Languages. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Required of all students 
who are prospective foreign language teachers on the secondary level. 

292. Pro-Seminar. I, II, S. 1-6 hr.* PR: Consent. Special topics. 

321. ESL Methods. I, II, S. 3 hr. Theory and practice of teaching English as a second 
language; techniques and approaches for teaching speaking, listening, reading, and writing 
skills. 

391. Advanced Topics. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced topics not 
covered in regularly scheduled courses. 

392. Seminar. I, II, S. 1-6 hr.* PR: Consent. Special topics. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I, II. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activi- 
ties leading to a thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly project. 

421. Teaching Foreign Language in College. I, II. 1-6 hr.* Methods and techniques of 
teaching a foreign language at the college level. 

490. Teaching Practicum. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. 

499. Graduate Colloquium. I, II, S. 1-6 hr.* Required each semester of all graduate assis- 
tants in the Department of Foreign Languages. 

Linguistics(LING) 

202. Phonology. I. 3 hr. PR: LING 1 , 111 or consent. Description of sounds and sound 
systems in language. Articulatory phonetics. Structural and generative approaches to 
phonetics. 

217. Structure of Spanish. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of Spanish and LING 111 or consent. De- 
scription of the phonological or grammatical systems of Spanish, with emphasis on con- 
trastive analysis (Spanish/English) and applied linguistics. 

247. Structure of Modern French. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of French and LING 1 1 1 or consent. 
Study of phonology, morphology, and syntax of modern French together with a contras- 
tive analysis of French and English. 

257. Structure of German. II. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of German and LING 111 or consent. 
Phonological, morphological, and syntactical structure of contemporary German language. 

267. Structure of Russian. II. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of Russian and LING 111 or consent. 
Phonological, morphological, and syntactical structure of contemporary Russian. 

1 34 WVU Graduate Catalog 



283. Transformational Grammar. S. 3 hr. PR: LING 1 1 1 and consent. Emphasis on gen- 
erative syntax in English, German, Romance, and Slavic languages. 

284. History of Linguistics. I. 3 hr. PR: LING 1 1 1 or consent. Development of linguistics 
from Greeks and Romans to contemporary researchers with concentration on major 
linguists and schools of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 

288. Sociolinguistics. I. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: LING 1 or 111 or consent. Linguistic 
study of geographical and social variation in languages; effects of regional background, 
social class, ethnic group, sex, and setting; outcomes of conflict between dialect and 
between languages. 

292. Pro-Seminar. 1-6 hr.* PR: Consent. Special topics. . 

31 1 . History of the Spanish Language. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of Spanish 
and LING 1 1 1 or consent. Evolution of Castilian from Vulgar Latin to its modern standard 
form through a study of historical phonology, morphology, and syntax, together with the 
external factors which influenced the development of the language. 

313. Old Spanish. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. 

331 . Applied Linguistics. 3 hr. PR: LING 1 1 1 or equivalent and prior study of a second 
language or consent. Study of the use of linguistic analysis in improving how pronuncia- 
tion, grammar, and vocabulary are presented in foreign language courses. 

341 . History of the French Language. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: 1 8 hr. of French and 
LING 111 or consent. Evolution of French from Vulgar Latin into the Modern French 
standard through a study of historical phonology, morphology, and syntax, together with 
the external factors which influenced the development of the language. 

343. Old French. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Study of the oldest monuments of the French 
language including the Chanson de Roland and Aucassin et Nicolette in an effort to trace 
the evolution of Francien, Anglo-Norman, and Picard and Vulgar Latin. 

351 . History of the German Language. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of German 
and LING 1 1 1 or consent. Historical development of standard German with emphasis on 
its relationship to the other German languages and dialects. 

353. Middle High German 1. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of German and LING 111 or consent. 
Study of the linguistic developments of Middle High German from the eleventh to the 
fifteenth centuries with illustrative readings from the Niebelungenlied. 

361 . History of the Russian Language. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of Russian 
and LING 1 11 or consent. Development of Russian from Indo-European to the present. 

363. Language Change and Reconstruction. 3 hr. PR: LING 1 1 1 or equivalent. Explora- 
tion of the mechanisms of language change, theories of diachronic linguistics, and tech- 
niques for reconstructing unattested languages; concentration on the Indo-European 
family and its history. 



Foreign Languages 1 35 



383. Advanced Transformational Syntax. I. 3 hr. PR: LING 283 or consent. Examination 
and discussion of theoretical issues in generative-transformational syntax. Focus on 
specific proposals advanced within the framework of Government-Binding Theory. 

387. Psycholinguistics. I. 3 hr. PR: LING 1 1 1 or consent. Provides an insight into the 
many areas of psycholinguistics study, including language acquisition, sentence pro- 
cessing, animal communication, dichotic listening, aphasia, and semantics. 

391. Advanced Topics.. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced topics not 
covered in regularly scheduled courses. 

392. Seminar. 1-6 hr.* PR: Consent. Special topics. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I, II. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activi- 
ties leading to a thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly project. 

Russian (RUSS) 

292. Pro-Seminar 1-6 hr.* PR: 18 hr. of Russian or equiv. 

Spanish (SPAN) 

221 . Golden Age Literature. II. 3 hr. PR: 24 hr. of Spanish or consent. Consideration of 
Spanish literature of the Renaissance and the Counter Reformation with readings in the 
novel, the comedia. and lyric poetry. 

223. Estudios De Estilo. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of Spanish or equiv. 

224. Introduction a la Literatura. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. A study of basic genres, 
themes, and techniques. Intensive reading of selected texts from various periods. Em- 
phasis on Peninsular and/or Spanish American literature. 

292. Pro-Seminar. 1-6 hr.* PR: Consent. Special topics. 

315. Lyric Poetry. I. 3 hr. PR: 24 hr. of Spanish or equiv. 

324. Explicacion De Textos. II. (Alternate years.) 3 hr. PR: 24 hr. of Spanish or equiv. 

325. The Picaresque Novel. I. 3 hr. PR: 24 hr. of Spanish or equiv. 

326. Cervantes. II. 3 hr. PR: 24 hr. of Spanish or consent. 

391. Advanced Topics. I. II. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced topics not 
covered in regularly scheduled classes. 

392. Seminar. 1-6 hr.* PR: Consent. Special topics. 

395. Sixteenth Century Literature. I. 3 hr. PR: B.A. in Spanish or consent. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I. II. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activi- 
ties leading to a thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly project. 



1 36 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Geography 

Trevor Harris, Chairperson of the Department of Geology and Geography 
Daniel Weiner, Associate Chairperson for Geography 
425 White Hall, P.O. Box 6300 
Degrees Offered: Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy 
with a major in Geography 

The graduate program in geography at West Virginia University provides students 
with the opportunity to study for a master of arts or a doctor of philosophy degree with an 
area of emphasis in one of the following fields: 

• Regional development and planning 

• Geographic information systems and remote sensing 

• Environmental and resource geography 

Research 

Students who are interested in pursuing research in an area other than these may do 
so provided the research area matches the interest of a faculty member in the department 
who agrees to supervise the student's program. Students who wish to focus their research 
on a particular region are encouraged to do so. The graduate program in geography at 
WVU has strong links with the University's Regional Research Institute, the geology pro- 
gram, the Water Research Institute, the international studies program, the West Virginia 
Geological and Economic Survey, the Center for Women's Studies, and the Center for 
Black Culture and Research. 

Admission/Application Requirements 

Master of Arts applicants should submit GRE scores, a personal two-page state- 
ment defining the applicant's interest in geography and career intentions, and two letters 
of recommendation from people who are familiar with the student's undergraduate train- 
ing. Ph.D. applicants should send three letters of recommendation, GRE scores, and a 
personal, two-page statement defining the applicant's interest in geography and career 
intentions. This material should be forwarded directly to the coordinator of the geography 
graduate program at the departmental address. 

Prospective students must have an overall undergraduate GPA of 2.75 and a 3.0 
GPA for undergraduate geography courses. Students with degrees in other disciplines 
are encouraged to apply although they may be asked to make up deficiencies in geogra- 
phy during the first year in the program. 

Master of Arts 

Each incoming student is interviewed prior to the first semester to ascertain the student's 
interests and to assess whether the student has academic deficiencies. All students are 
initially supervised by the coordinator of the graduate program until the student develops a 
more clearly defined research interest. During the early part of the second semester of 
residence, a first year progress interview will be held with Department of Geography Gradu- 
ate Studies Committee. The purpose of the meeting is to discuss student progress in the 
program and to facilitate the process of choosing an M.A. thesis advisor and committee. 
Two of the three committee members (including the advisor) must be geography faculty 
members at WVU. Students may change advisor or committee members after consultation 
with the advisor and the Department of Geography Graduate Studies Committee. In cases 
where a student is performing significantly below expectations, the progress interview may 
result in non-continuance in the program. 



Geography 1 37 



Course Work A student will be awarded the master of arts degree after completing a 
minimum of 30 hours of graduate credit, including one required course in the philosophy, 
theory, and practice of geography (GEOG 301) and one course in research methods 
(GEOG 302). The student will also select four elective courses, three of which must be in 
geography, that provide training in the student's area of specialization. The student must 
also complete Geography 300 Colloquium for each semester of residence. 

Thesis The thesis and thesis defense will represent the outcome of independent re- 
search undertaken by the student. The thesis must reflect the student's knowledge of the 
literature pertaining to the subject matter of the thesis and be regarded by the student's 
program committee as a contribution to the discipline of geography. The student's com- 
mittee will determine the proposal's acceptability. If it is deemed unacceptable, a further 
presentation may be required. The proposal must be typed and copied to the committee 
at least two weeks prior to the presentation. A full proposal of the thesis research will be 
presented to the faculty in an oral presentation at the end of the second semester or 
beginning of the third semester. The defense of the thesis will take place when the stu- 
dent and his/her committee agree that a defensible copy of the thesis is complete. It is 
expected that full-time students shall not need more than two years to satisfy all program 
requirements. The thesis examination is graded on a pass/provisional pass/fail basis by 
a majority vote of the committee. A student who fails may submit another thesis or a 
revised version upon the approval of the student's committee. No student may be 
reexamined more than once. A student who is given a provisional pass will generally be 
required to make minor revisions or corrections to the thesis. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

Prospective doctor of philosophy students must have a master's degree. Students 
with degrees in other disciplines are encouraged to apply, but they may be asked to make 
up deficiencies in geography during their first year in the program. Incoming geography 
students may also be asked to make up deficiencies if any are found during the student's 
entry interview with faculty. This interview is immediately prior to the first semester of 
the program. 

Students are expected to be well grounded in one of the program's areas of emphasis, 
and also in the history and philosophy of geography. Students will be awarded a Ph.D. after 
obtaining 54 hours of graduate credit, completing certain required courses, passing com- 
prehensive examinations, and writing a dissertation. These steps are discussed in more 
detail below. 

Course Work The course Geographic Traditions (GEOG 301) and Geographic Research 
Design (GEOG 302) are required, as well as three general electives and two method elec- 
tives. An additional 1 1 hours of other courses, which may include seminars and directed 
study courses, must also be completed. A limited number of the required courses may be 
waived if the student has already completed an equivalent course and can demonstrate 
proficiency with the material. 

Examinations and Dissertation Oral and written comprehensive examinations which 
cover the student's knowledge in two areas of specialization, and the research topic 
form the second part of the doctoral program requirements. Upon successful comple- 
tion of the comprehensive examination the student will be expected to defend a disser- 
tation research proposal. The award of the Ph.D. is granted upon the successful de- 
fense of the dissertation itself. 



1 38 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Teaching Assistantships 

The geography graduate program has available several teaching and research as- 
sistantships each year, which are allocated to qualified students on a competitive basis. 
These awards include a full tuition waiver. Additionally, meritorious tuition waivers are 
offered on a competitive basis to outstanding students who do not receive assistant- 
ships. Teaching assistantships are awarded annually and for no more than four semes- 
ters for M.A. students and six semesters for Ph.D. students. Assistantships are recon- 
firmed each year based on performance in the previous year with respect to both assis- 
tantship duties and academic progress. Requests for teaching assistantships and tuition 
waivers should be sent directly to the coordinator of graduate studies in geography. The 
deadline for receipt of the latter application is March 15. 

Research Assistantships 

Research assistantships must be applied for through the faculty member whose re- 
search is providing the funding. The geography faculty are engaged in numerous funded 
research projects, many of which provide graduate students with opportunities for obtaining 
research skills and experience as well as employment and tuition aid. Furthermore, the 
professional contacts made in the course of faculty research frequently provide graduate 
students with opportunities for career development. General information regarding the avail- 
ability of research assistantships may be obtained from the coordinator of graduate studies. 
For further information on deadlines, requirements for waivers, the dollar value of assistant- 
ships and tuition waivers, please contact the geography graduate program coordinator. 

Computing Facilities 

The geography program's computing facilities are based on a stand-alone DEC local area 
network within the department. The LAN supports teaching and research in GIS, remote sens- 
ing, and spatial statistics. Currently, the system is centered on VAX 4000, VAX 3900, and VAX 
3500 multi-user machines. Twelve workstations are clustered via Ethernet. The teaching labora- 
tory is based upon INTEL 386 and 486 PCs networked via Ethernet to the cluster and supporting 
graphic terminal emulation. The system has in excess of nine gigabytes of on-line storage and 
magnetic tape drives. It supports Tektronix graphic workstations, multiple terminals, four digitiz- 
ers, a color scanner, and a 36" color electrostatic plotter and a dye sublimation printer. Major 
hardware upgrades are scheduled. 

The computer equipment is housed in recently renovated computer laboratories 
within the department. The labs represent state-of-the-art computing facilities funded by 
the NSF and WVU. The laboratory provides hands-on capability for research and teach- 
ing as well as computer-based lecture facilities and is among the most sophisticated 
facilities in the country. 

The laboratory operates ESRI's ARC-INFO in both multi-user and workstation envi- 
ronments. TYDAC SPANS raster GIS operating under OS/2 is supported on the per- 
sonal computers. ERDAS Imagine and GRASS are installed on the workstations. The 
laboratory has SAS, SAS-Graph, Surface III, Oracle, and extensive database, graphics, 
spreadsheet, and statistical packages. Dynamic Graphics 3D EMOD software is cur- 
rently being installed on a dedicated workstation for GIS applications. The computer 
system is linked to WVNETs mainframe IBM and VAX installations for access to all 
major software and to the BITNET and INTERNET electronic networks. 

The remote sensing program operates a full-range, portable GER MK IV spectroradiometer. 

Geography(GEOG) 

200. Geography Data Analysis. I. (Alternate years.) 3 hr. Quantitative techniques for 
collection, classification, and spatial analysis of geographical data with emphasis on 
map analysis and application of spatial statistics. 

Geography 1 39 



201. Geography of WV and Appalachia. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 8 or consent. Geographic 
analysis of the changing socio-economic activities and physical environment in West 
Virginia and Appalachia. Emphasis on the historical development of the state and region 
and contemporary spatial and social inequalities. 

202. Political Geography. II. 3 hr. Examines the interrelationship between politics and the 
environment, human territoriality, the political organization of space, geopolitical aspects 
of the nation-state and international problems. 

205. Hist Geog U.S. Environment II. 3 hr. Surveys natural resource exploitation and 
environmental alteration in the United States from 1 600 to the present with consideration 
of changing natural resource, conservation, and environmental perceptions and policies. 

209. Industrial Geography. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 109 or consent. Introduction to theories and 
concepts of industrial geography; emphasis on the interdependence of the world economy 
and spatial patterns of industrial restructuring; case studies from various industrial sectors 
and regions. 

210. Global Issues: Inequality and Interdependence. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: GEOG 
1 or 2 or 8. Themes of spatial equity and justice in an increasingly interdependent world 
system. Contemporary issues concerning location, place, movement, and region. 

21 1 . Rural and Regional Development. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 2 or 8. An investigation into rural 
and regional development in developed and underdeveloped regions. The relationship 
between development theory and policy is explored. 

212. Geography of Gender. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 8 or consent. An exploration of how gender 
affects spatial patterns and processes. Theoretical and empirical aspects of feminism 
are analyzed, including women and employment, Third World feminism, sexuality and 
space, and gender in academia. 

215. Environmental Systems Geography. II. 3 hr. GEOG 7, equivalent, or consent. A 
geographic analysis of the earth system emphasizing the interdependence and feed- 
back mechanisms of the hydrologic cycle, ecosystems and climate. 

219. Problems in Geography. I, II. 1-9 hr. PR: Consent. Independent study or special 
topics. 

220. Seminar in Geography I, II. 1-9 hr. per sem.; max. 15 hr. PR: Consent. Includes 
separate seminars in urban, economic, physical, behavioral, social, Appalachian, trans- 
portation, census, planning, resource, international studies, geographic model building, 
rural problems, cartography, aging and environment, and energy. 

221 . Geomorphology. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 1 . (Optional field trip at student's expense.) An 
examination of the physical processes which shape the surface of the earth, with empha- 
sis on fluvial processes and environmental geomorphology. (Also listed as GEOL 221.) 

225. Urban and Regional Planning. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 110 or POLS 121 or consent. 
Explores concepts, techniques, and processes of physical and socio-economic planning 
and their application to urban and regional problems. 



1 40 WVU Graduate Catalog 



230. Land Use Policy. (Alternate years.) 3 hr. PR: GEOG 225 or consent. Basic concepts 
of land use policy at the national, regional, county, and local level are examined. Environ- 
mental and land use policies are analyzed. 

250. Introduction to GIS. 4 hr. Geographic information systems (GIS) in principle and 
practice. Spatial data handling in a computer environment; data, analysis, production 
and display for planning and decision-making. 3 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. 

252. Geographical Informational Systems Applications. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: GEOG 
200 and GEOG 250. Operational and management issues in planning management analy- 
sis, locational decision making and design and implementation of GIS. Lab project em- 
phasizes student's specialization. 2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. 

253. Geographic Information System Design. PR. Consent. Geographic database de- 
sign and implementation using contemporary vector software in a GIS project. 

255. Introduction to Remote Sensing. I. 3 hr. PR: Theory, technology and applications of 
photointerpretation and digital image analysis of aerial photography and multispectral 
images. 2 hr lee, 1 hr lab. (Also listed as GEOL 255.) 

262. Digital Cartography . 3 hr. PR: GEOG 161 or consent. Computer-assisted mapping 
emphasizing the appropriate uses of software in thematic and topographic map design, 
annotation, symbolization, color, design, display, and reproduction. 

266. Field Camp. 3-6 hr. Observations, data gathering, and other techniques for un- 
derstanding physical environment, human geography, and culture; off-campus field 
experience. 3 hr. lee, 3 hr. field camp. 

285. Methods of Geographic Research. I. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: Consent. Geographic 
analysis as problem-solving activity. Practical experience in field techniques, library research, 
hypothesis formation and testing, and report preparation and presentation. Students will 
acquire skills in literary and numerical approaches to geographic data analysis. 

290. Geographical Perspectives on Energy II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. A survey of the distri- 
bution of finite, renewable, and continuous energy resources and an investigation of the 
geographical patterns of energy consumption and energy flows. The policy implications 
of an unequal distribution of energy are evaluated. 

295. Internship. I, II, S. 1-12 hr. PR: Junior standing and consent. A working internship 
with an agency or company designed to give the student experience in the practical 
application of geographic training to specific problems. 

299. Honors Thesis. I, II, S. 3-6 hr. PR: Departmental consent. Thesis proposal, writing, 
and defense for students admitted to the Honors Program. 

300. Geography Research Colloquium. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Consent. Lectures and presenta- 
tions on recent and current research by resident and visiting scholars. 

301. Geographic Traditions. 3 hr. PR: consent. Review of the major approaches in geo- 
graphic scholarship. 



Geography 141 



302. Geographic Research-Design. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 200 and GEOG 301. Choosing, 
preparing, and developing research problems of geographic interest. Emphasizes pro- 
posal writing and research design alternatives. 

309. Advanced Industrial Geography. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 209 or consent. Examination of 
theoretical perspectives and applied research in industrial geography; focus on inter- 
national industry and employment trends with case studies from developed and under- 
developed countries. 

315. Development Geography. 3 hr. PR: Consent. An analysis of the concept and practice 
of development. Alternative people-centered approaches to social change are investigated. 

321 . Advanced Fluvial Geomorphology 1. 4 hr. PR: GEOL 221 or GEOG 221 or consent. Analy- 
sis of stream processes, landforms, deposits, including paleohydrology and Appalachian surficiaJ 
geology. (Fall semester of odd numbered years; required weekend field trips at student's ex- 
pense; also listed as GEOL 321.) 

322. Surficial and Glacial Geology. I. 4 hr. PR: GEOL 221 or GEOG 221 or consent. 
Analysis of late Cenozoic landscapes, especially those caused by glaciers or otherwise 
influenced by global climate change. (Fall semester of even-numbered years; required 
weekend field trips at student's expense; also listed as GEOL 322. 

325. Planning Theory and Process (Alternate years). 3 hr. PR: GEOG 225 or consent. A 
survey of the historical development of planning theory, the various roles planners play in 
practice, and the ethical dilemmas they face. 

329. Problems in Geomorphology. I, II. 1-4 hr. (Also listed as GEOL 329.) 

351 . GIS Technical Issues.. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 250. Current issues in GIS research. Techni- 
cal aspects of GIS operations, algorithms, theory of geographical data structures, and error 
handling. Labs focus on tools, data structures, database languages, and macros. 2 hr. lee, 
1 hr. lab. 

399. Advanced Research Methods. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 301 and consent. Review of 
quantitative and qualitative methods used in geographic research. 

41 1 . Regional Development. (Alternate years.) 3 hr. PR: Consent. Review of contempo- 
rary geographic theories of uneven spatial development of capitalism. 

420. Resource Geography Seminar. (Alternate years.) 3 hr. PR: Consent. Survey of the 
geographical literature on natural resource management and nature-society theory. 

452. Advanced GIS. 1. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 252 or GEOG 351 , or consent. Functional strengths 
and weaknesses of GIS. Related geographical information science technologies, GPS, 
remote sensing, multimedia, spatial statistics, and expert systems. Multidimensionality 
(4-D GIS), temporality, social implications of GIS. 

455. Advanced Remote Sensing. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 255, GEOL 255, or consent. Collec- 
tion, processing, and classification of remotely sensed data, including optical, thermal, 
radar, and topographic information. 2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. (Also listed as GEOL 455.) 

489. Geography Graduate Student Internship. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Internship in 
the private or public sector designed for practical application of geographic training. 



1 42 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Geology 

Trevor Harris, Chairperson of the Department of Geology and Geography 

Thomas Kammer, Associate Chairperson for Geology 

425 White Hall 

Degrees Offered: Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy 

The graduate program in geology at WVU provides study opportunities in the follow- 
ing areas: 

• Hydrogeology and Environmental Geology, with strengths in flow and contaminant-trans- 
port modeling, mine reclamation, floods and debris flows, landfill siting and monitoring; 

• Basin Analysis, with strengths in seismic modeling, basin structures, deposystem analysis, 
sequence stratigraphy, biostratigraphy, diagenesis, and plate tectonics; and 

• Energy Geology, with strengths in the exploration and development of oil, gas, and coal. 

Admission Procedures and Prerequisites 

Applicants for graduate studies in geology must have as a minimum requirement a 
bachelor's degree and an overall grade-point average of at least 2.75. Acceptance by 
the Department of Geology and Geography is necessary before admission of any pro- 
spective student to the program. All candidates for a graduate degree in geology must 
submit scores in the general aptitude tests of the Graduate Record Examination. Appli- 
cants seeking admission and financial support for the fall semester should apply by Feb- 
ruary 15. For spring semester, apply by October 1 . Write to the department for an appli- 
cation package. 

Before being admitted to programs leading to the master of science or the doctor of 
philosophy, a student must pass an undergraduate review examination covering physi- 
cal, historical and structural geology, sedimentation-stratigraphy and mineralogy. The 
examination is given from 7:00-9:30 p.m. on the third day of classes each semester. 

Students seeking admission to the master's program or the Ph.D. program must 
complete the equivalents of all allied science and mathematics courses required for the 
B.S. in geology at WVU, plus the following geology courses: Geology 1 , 2, 3, 4, 1 52, 1 84, 
185, 261, and 266. Similar courses from other universities or relevant experiences may 
be substituted if approved by the departmental graduate curriculum committee. In some 
cases a requirement may be waved by the committee if the student can pass the under- 
graduate review examination for that subject area. 

GPA Requirements 

A minimum grade-point average of 3.0 must be maintained in required formal courses 
in geology and cognate fields for the master's degree and 3.3 for the Ph.D. Loads of 9-1 2 
hours are required and no withdrawals are permitted after the first two weeks of a se- 
mester. A student who fails to maintain the required average at the completion of any 
semester during the graduate program will be allowed one academic year (two semes- 
ters) to attain the required average. Failure to attain this average by the end of the proba- 
tionary period will permanently eliminate the student as a candidate for a graduate de- 
gree in this department. 

Master of Science 

Emphasis Areas Students are required to take certain courses specified by their advi- 
sory committee. Students in the research option must take at least one course in each of 
three different areas in geology. Students in the Professional Studies option must take at 
least five courses from a minimum of three different topic areas. The five topic areas, 
with the relevant courses, are as follows: 



Geology 143 



• Stratigraphy/Sedimentation/Paleontology: GEOL 332, 341 , 346; 

• Structure/Tectonics. GEOL 351, 354, 357; 

• Petrology. GEOL 385, 394; 

•Geophysics/Quantitative Methods/GIS/Remote Sensing. GEOL 252, 352, 353, 399, 
and GEOG 251 , 252, and 355; 

• Hydrogeology/Geomorphology. GEOL 321, 322, 362, 364, 365, 395. 

Approved graduate courses in biology, chemistry, physics, computer science, math- 
ematics, engineering, soil sciences, or law may be taken as outside courses by geology 
graduate students. Students are free to take as many courses as they choose outside 
the department as long as they satisfy the emphasis areas requirements. 

No later than the beginning of the second semester in residence, the prospective 
candidate must choose one of the options leading to the master of science (M.S.) de- 
gree in geology. 

Research Option This has been the traditional option for the master of science in geol- 
ogy. Students considering continued studies (doctor of philosophy) should choose this 
option. A minimum of 24 formal course hours or seeking employment in an area of geo- 
logical research and six research hours are required for graduation. A thesis based on 
original research also is required. With consent of the candidate's advisory committee, 
the field work need not be done while in residence at WVU. 

Required to graduate: 30 hours, including certain required courses specified by 
the advisor. 

Professional Studies Option This option is designed specifically for students seeking 
experience in preparing and presenting professional problems. Students choosing this 
option would be seeking employment in technical fields rather than continuing studies for 
a higher degree. A minimum of 34 formal-course hours and 8 problems hours (GEOL 
392) are required for graduation. The problems hours are in lieu of a thesis and are 
designed to simulate the work of professional geologists as they seek solutions to open- 
ended problems. Experience in presentation of problems and solutions is an integral part 
of the program. Problems credits may be earned in conjunction with off-campus experi- 
ences by consent of the candidate's advisory committee. Required to graduate: 42 hours, 
including certain required courses specified by the advisor. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

Program The candidate for the doctor of philosophy must complete a program of courses 
outlined by the candidate's doctoral committee. Reading competence in a foreign lan- 
guage is required. Written and oral comprehensive examinations must be successfully 
completed. Work on original research is to be presented in a dissertation and defended 
in an oral examination. Graduate seminar is required. 

Cooperative Projects 

The National Research Center for Coal and Energy is located on the WVU campus. 
Research funding for graduate students is obtained by graduate faculty through the 
NRCCE's National Mine Land Reclamation Center and Water Research Institute. Close 
cooperation between the West Virginia Geological and Economic Survey, located on 
Cheat Lake near Morgantown, and the Department of Geology and Geography makes a 
large amount of material available for laboratory investigation, including the fossil collec- 
tions of the department and the survey. A large number of samples of drill cuttings from 
deep wells in West Virginia and adjoining states are housed in the survey. Complete 
analytical geochemical equipment is available through a University analytical laboratory 
available to the department. The department also has a number of cooperative projects 

1 44 WVU Graduate Catalog 



with the Morgantown Energy Technology Center of the U.S. Department of Energy. Mor- 
gantown is conveniently situated for detailed studies of Mississippian, Pennsylvanian, 
and Permian formations. Mineral products of the region near Morgantown include coal, 
petroleum, natural gas, and limestone. The occurrence and utilization of these materials 
can be studied by graduate students interested in economic geology. 

Equipment and Facilities 

Department geophysical equipment includes a Geometries magnetometer, a Worden 
gravimeter, an engineering seismograph, and a three-component short period seismo- 
graph. A permanent summer field camp (Camp Wood) is located in the folded Appala- 
chians at Alvon (Greenbrier County), West Virginia, although its basic field course also 
includes mapping of metamorphic and igneous rocks along the Maine sea coast. 

The geology program includes an annual trip to the Florida Keys and glacial geology 
studies in Maine. Additional oceanography courses and research are available at the 
Marine Science Consortium at Wallops Island, Virginia, with which WVU is affiliated. 

Research andTeaching Computer Resources 

The department's computing facilities are centered around an Open VMS Cluster 
providing a local area network with a fiber optic link to the Internet. The cluster is com- 
prised of three main machines: a VAX 4000, a MicroVAX 3900, and a VaxStation 3500 
with attached Sky Warrior array processor. In addition, A VaxStation 3100 and a Dec 
Alpha 3400 complete the cluster. The cluster contains nine gigs of on-line storage and 
services printers, plotters, and PCs throughout the department. 

A recently renovated computer lab provides seating for 26 people with access to 
Intel 486/66 and Pentium-based personal computers. Teaching and research facilities 
offer numerous printers and plotters, including high-speed laser printers, a Tektronix color 
plotter, Versatec and Benson black and white electrostatic plotters, and a Calcomp elec- 
trostatic plotter. 

The department is making a transition from an Open VMS cluster to a client server 
network centered around an AlphaServer 2100 4/200 with 128 megs of RAM, a Dec 
Alpha 3400 Workstation, an HP Apollo 9000/720 Workstation, and a DecStation 5400. 
Future modifications to the computing facilities include acquisition of a Windows NT server 
and a multimedia lab. 

Computer Software Resources 

The department maintains several software packages that are available for both 
instructional and research usage. Statistical packages such as SAS, Minitab, and NTSYS 
allow students to undertake detailed statistical analysis. Surface III, Mapping Contour 
System, and other mapping software enable users to contour and compare 2D surfaces. 
Geographic Information System (GIS) software, including ARC-INFO, IDRISI, GRASS, 
and SPANS, is accessible to students who want to integrate and compare complex geo- 
logical and geophysical data. ERDAS IMAGINE provides a suite of image processing 
tools for analyzing remote sensed data. Dynamic Graphics Earth Vision software pro- 
vides an interactive 3D visualization environment to assist interpretation of multidisci- 
plinary data. AutoCAD and other computer-aided design packages are available to accu- 
rately draw surfaces and diagrams. 

State-of-the-art geophysical modeling and processing software are also available 
for instructional and research use. GX Technologies' Advanced Interpretive Modeling 
System, and Landmark Geophysical's MIRA software help in the analysis of reflection 
seismic data. Seismic processing capabilities are present in the form of numerous inter- 
nally developed software in addition to Western Geographical's Sierra Seis, and ICI's 
Eavesdropper processing software. Interpex Ltd.'s MAGIX package is used to undertake 

Geology 145 



both forward and inverse modeling of gravity and magnetic data. Interpex Ltd.'s RESIXIP 
and EMIX34 provide forward and inverse modeling capabilities for resistivity and terrain 
conductivity data. 

Software for groundwater modeling falls into several categories. Emphasis is placed 
on using state-of-practice commercial packages whenever appropriate, to enhance ca- 
reer development for both research and professional practice. Supported capabilities 
include aquifier characterization (AQTESOLV), finite-difference flow codes (MODFLOW), 
particle-tracking and pathline analysis codes (MODPATH. PATH3D), and solute-trans- 
port codes (HFLOW. SOLUTE). Both preprocessors (MODELCAD) and postprocessors 
(SURFER. Spyglass TRANSFORM) are available for visualization of modeling results. 
Software in a variety of levels of sophistication are employed so that instruction can be 
carried out at both undergraduate and advanced levels. 

Geology (GEOL) 

201 . Physical Geology for Teachers. I. II. 3 hr. (Credit cannot be obtained for both GEOL 
201 and GEOL 1 or 5.) PR: High school teaching certificate and consent. Composition 
and structure of earth and the geologic processes which shape its surface. 

215. Environmental Geology II. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 221 or concurrent registration or con- 
sent for non-geology majors. (Field trips and independent field project required.) Prin- 
ciples, practice, and case histories in application of earth science to environmental prob- 
lems. Includes: water quality; landslides; subsidence; waste disposal; legal aspects; and 
geological aspects of land-use planning. 

221. Geomorphology. II. 3 hr.PR: GEOL 1 or 5. (Optional field trip(s) at student's ex- 
pense.) An examination of the physical processes which shape the surface of the earth, 
with emphasis on fluvial processes and environmental geomorphology. 

231. Paleontology. I. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 3, 4. and STAT 101; or consent. (Required weekend 
field trip at student's expense.) Uses of paleontologic data in geology; biostratigraphy, 
paleoecology. evolution, extinction, and biogeography; lab emphasis on identification 
and utilization of marine invertebrate fossils. 

252. Environ and Expl Geophysics 1. I. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 2 and either MATH 16 or GEOL 
161. Basic theory, computer modeling, and use of gravitational, magnetic, resistivity, and 
electromagnetic methods in the evaluation of shallow targets of interest to environmen- 
tal, hydrological, and hazardous waste site investigations. 

255. Introduction to Remote Sensing. I. 3 hr. Theory, technology and applications of 
photointerpretation and digital image analysis of aerial photography and multispectral 
images. (2 hr lec.,1 hr lab.) (Also listed as GEOG 255.) 

260. Carbonate Sedimentation of the Florida Keys. S. 2 hr. PR: GEOL 1 , 2, and consent. 
(Transportation, room and board, boat charter, and other misc. costs at student's ex- 
pense.) Field trip to the Florida Keys to study origin and development of coral reefs and 
related carbonate sediments. 

261. Stratigraphy and Sedimentation. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 3. 4, 152, 185. (Required field 
trips at student's expense.) Study of sediments and sedimentary rocks with an empha- 
sis on the analysis of fades. 



1 46 WVU Graduate Catalog 



263. Physical Hydrogeology. I. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 1, MATH 3, or consent. Principles of 
groundwater hydrology, emphasizing the occurrence and movement of groundwater. 
Topics include aquifer properties, flow net analysis, and hydraulic aquifer testing. 

266. Appalachian Geology Field Camp. S. 6 hr. PR: GEOL 152, 185, 261 , and consent. 
(Living expense in addition to tuition must be paid at time of registration.) Practical 
experience in detailed geological field procedures and mapping. 

269. Applied Hydrogeology Seminar 1.1 hr. A review of professional practices and op- 
portunities in hydrogeology. Seminar talks by hydrological professionals from WVU, 
industry, and government agencies. Field trips to examine hydrogeological practices 
and techniques. 

270. Mineral Resources. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 1, 184. Description, mode of occurrence, 
and principles governing the formation of ore deposits. 

272. Petroleum Geology II. 3 hr. PR: GEOL. 151 or 152. Origin, geologic distribution, 
methods of exploration and exploitation, uses and future reserves of petroleum and natural 
gas in the world. (Offered in spring of odd years.) 

273. Petroleum Geology Laboratory. II. 1 hr. PR or Cone: GEOL 152. Well sample de- 
scription, correlation, and interpretation. Construction and interpretation of subsurface 
maps used in exploration for hydrocarbons. (Offered in spring of odd years.) 

294. Geochemical Systems. II. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 16. Basic review of physical and aque- 
ous chemistry, discussion of basic geochemical processes; calcium carbonate chemistry, 
diagenetic processes, weathering, the silicate and iron system. 

321 . Advanced Fluvial Geomorphology 1. 4 hr. PR: GEOL 221 or GEOG 221 or consent. 
Anafysis of stream processes, landforms, deposits, including paleohydrology and 
Appalachian surficial geology. (Fall semester of odd-numbered years.) (Required week- 
end field trips at student's expense; also listed as GEOG 321 .) 

322. Surficial and Glacial Geology. I. 4 hr. PR: GEOL 221 or GEOG 221 or consent. 
Analysis of late Cenozoic landscapes, especially those caused by glaciers or otherwise 
influenced by global climate change. (Fall semester of even-numbered years.) (Required 
weekend field trips at student's expense; also listed as GEOG 322.) 

329. Problems in Geomorphology I, II. 1-4 hr. 

332. Paleoecology II. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 231 and 261 or consent. Methods of paleoecologic 
analysis in sedimentary geology. Topics include trace fossil analysis, shell biogeochemistry, 
community paleoecology, biofacies analysis of basins, and Precambrian paleoecology. 

341 . Carbonate Sedimentology I (Alternate years.) 4 hr. PR: GEOL 231 , 261 . Origin and 
distribution of modern marine carbonate sediments as models for interpretation of an- 
cient limestone and dolomite facies. 

345. Stratigraphy of Porous Media. I (Alternate years.) 3 hr. PR: GEOL 261. Advanced 
discussion of the deposition of clastic sediments, chemistry of carbonates, sequence 
stratigraphy, porosity development in sandstones and limestones, flow of oil through 
rock. 

Geology 147 



346. Advanced Sedimentation. I. 4 hr. PR: GEOL 261 or consent. (Required field trips at 
student's expense.) Origin of sedimentary rocks; principles involved in interpretation of 
ancient geography, climates, animals, and plants. Emphasis on detrital sediments and 
rocks. 

351 . Tectonics. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 152 and 261 ; undergraduates need consent. Investiga- 
tion of patterns and processes of large-scale deformation mechanisms that shape earth. 
Focuses on the structural evolution and modeling process of various plate boundaries. 
(Offered in spring of even years.) 

352. Environ and Expl Geophysics 2. I. 4 hr. PR: PHYS 2, and either MATH 16 or GEOL 
161 , or consent. Studies in applied geophysics with emphasis on the environmental ap- 
plications of reflection and refraction seismology and ground penetrating radar.3 hr. lee, 
1 hr. computer lab. 

354. Structural Analysis and Synthesis. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 152 and 261 ; undergraduates 
need consent. Field and literature studies into the development of structures. Empha- 
sizes the use of physical and theoretical models to understand various mechanisms of 
deformation. (Offered in spring of odd years.) 

357. Basin Structures. I. 4 hr. PR: GEOL 152, 261, or equiv. The origin, development, 
and distribution of basins and the structure found within basins throughout the world are 
studied. The distribution of energy-related minerals related to basins and structural ac- 
cumulations is emphasized. 

362. Quantitative Hydrogeology II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 16, GEOL 263 or permission. 
Mathematical and computer analysis of groundwater flow. Aquifer systems. Radial-flow 
solutions. Well/aquifer test methods. Superposition, boundaries. Dispersive/advective 
transport. 

364. Environmental Hydrogeology. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 1 , 2, 263, or consent. (PR or Cone: 
GEOL 362.) Seminar reviewing groundwater occurrence, flow, quality, and exploration 
in various geologic terrains; groundwater pollution and dewatering; and ground water 
technology. Includes topical literature review. 

365. Groundwater Modeling. 1. 4 hr. PR: GEOL 362 or consent. Theory and application of 
groundwater flow modeling, focusing on MODFLOW. Numerical methods. Discretization 
and boundaries. Parameterization and calibration. Problems and case histories. 

366. Karst Geology. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Review of karst terrain hydrogeology and geo- 
morphology, emphasizing origins and nature of caves, sinkholes and other karst land- 
forms, environmental problems of karst, and its water and mineral/petroleum resources. 

385. Optical Mineralogy and Petrology. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 1 85. Introduction to the optical 
properties of minerals and the use of the petrographic microscope. Interpretation of sedi- 
mentary, igneous, and metamorphic rocks based on microscopic examination of thin 
sections. (Offered alternate years.) 

392. Non-Thesis Research. I, II, S. 1-12 hr. PR: Consent. Supervised non-thesis re- 
search for M.S. Option 2. Report required by arranged deadline. 



1 48 WVU Graduate Catalog 



394. Physical Geochemistry. 1. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 1 , 185; CHEM 16. Introduction to thermo- 
dynamics and its application to geologic systems. Equilibrium calculations involving pure 
phases and solutions in the gaseous, liquid, and solid states. (Offered in fall of even 
years.) 

395. Aqueous Geochemistry. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 1 , CHEM 12 or 16, or consent. Review of 
basic chemical principles as they apply to aqueous geochemical environments. Properties 
of water and the types, sources, and controls of the common and environmentally signifi- 
cant chemical species dissolved in water. 

397. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activities leading to a Master's 
thesis in Option 1 . 

399. Quantitative Methods in Geo-Sciences. II. 3 hr. PR: STAT 212, 311, or consent. 
Brief review and introduction to multivariate quantitative techniques as applied to geol- 
ogy and geography. 

455. Advanced Remote Sensing. II. 3 hr. PR: GEOG 255, GEOL 255, or consent. Collec- 
tion, processing, and classification of remotely sensed data, including optical, thermal, 
radar, and topographic information. 2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. (Also listed as GEOG 455.) 

496. Graduate Seminar. I, II. 1-6 hr. 

497. Dissertation Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 



History 

Barbara Howe, Chairperson of the Department 

202 Woodburn Hall 

Degrees Offered: Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy 

The Department of History offers graduate courses in the history of the United States, 
Appalachia/Region, Europe, Africa, Asia, Latin America, and science and technology and in 
public history. Courses are designed to prepare students in historiography, research meth- 
ods, and interpretation. Students can select concentrations leading to preparation for ca- 
reers in teaching and scholarship and as specialists for various branches of government, 
business, and service. Students in the program are normally expected to pursue the de- 
grees of master of arts or doctor of philosophy. 

Master of Arts 

Admission Students seeking admission to the master of arts program should have the 
equivalent of a bachelor's degree in history. Application requirements include transcripts (a 
minimum of a 3.0 average in history courses is expected), three letters of recommendation, 
statement of purpose, writing sample, and combined scores of 1 500 on the Graduate Record 
Examination General Aptitude Test. 

Requirements This program requires the completion of a minimum of 30 hours of course 
work with at least a 3.0 average and achievement of proficiency in one foreign language 
or a research skill (six hours) relevant to the student's program. All 30 hours may be in 
history, or students may select up to six hours outside of the department. The history 
course work shall include a well-defined core area (selected from the fields listed for 

History 149 



comprehensive examinations or approved by the graduate studies committee) of at least 
12 hours, including one readings/research seminar sequence. In addition, students are 
expected to enroll continuously in HIST 499 Department Colloquium for at least two 
semesters. Credit for this course does not count towards the degree. Students are also 
required to complete a master's thesis. A maximum of six hours of credit for HIST 497 
Research can be taken for writing the thesis and for fulfilling the 30-hour M.A. require- 
ment. Candidates for the M.A. are required to pass a final oral examination on their core 
area of study and thesis. 

Public History Program The department also offers a 36-hour M.A. with an emphasis in 
public history, intended to provide enhanced employment opportunities to graduate students 
interested in using their education in history in a profession such as historic preservation, 
contract history work, archives, or historic site administration. The public history program 
works closely with WVU's Institute for the History of Technology and Industrial Archaeology. 
This is the only complete public history graduate curriculum in West Virginia. 

Students apply for admission as they would for the regular M.A. program and should 
indicate on their application that they are interested in public history. In addition, students 
should submit a two-page letter of application, which should indicate the student's back- 
ground in history or public history and why the student wants to be admitted to the history 
program; this letter should be addressed to the director of graduate studies of the De- 
partment of History. Students may be admitted to graduate study who do not have an 
undergraduate major in history by making up deficiencies in their course work for under- 
graduate credit; these courses may be taken while the students are enrolled for graduate 
classes or students may be able to test out of some courses. 

The public history emphasis consists of 1 5 hours of public history courses (introduc- 
tion to public history, two methods courses, and a six-hour supervised internship). Some 
courses may be taken outside the Department of History. Public history students are not 
required to meet the foreign language/research skill requirement. Students are required 
to take a 300-400 level readings/research seminar sequence in one subject area in the 
Department of History outside public history. Course descriptions, syllabi, policies and 
procedures, and a list of internship possibilities are available at the Department of His- 
tory on request by contacting the coordinator of the public history program. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

Program Students seeking admission to the doctor of philosophy program should have 
the equivalent of a M.A. in history. Application requirements include a transcript (a mini- 
mum of a 3.0 average in graduate history courses is required), three letters of recom- 
mendation, and combined scores of 1500 on the Graduate Record Examination General 
Aptitude Test. Students should also include a statement of purpose and an example of 
their written work as a part of the application. 

Requirements Requirements for the Ph.D. degree in history include the general WVU 
requirements; achievement of proficiency in one foreign language or "research skill" with 
a second language or skill at the discretion of the department; completion of two readings/ 
seminar sequences beyond those offered for the M.A.; continuous enrollment in HIST 
499 Department Colloquium for all full-time students (part-time students must attend for 
at least four semesters); passing the Ph.D. comprehensive examination of two parts (oral 
and written) administered by a committee of faculty members (normally at the end of a full- 
time student's second year of study); preparation of an acceptable dissertation based on 
original investigation; and successful defense of the dissertation in a final examination. 



1 50 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Fields of Study A candidate must offer a program of study in four fields, at least three of 
which must be in history; the other may be in a related field approved by the department. 
Doctoral students must maintain a 3.0 grade point average to remain in good standing. 
Fields available in the department include but are not limited to Europe, United States, 
Africa, East Asia, Latin America, Appalachia/regional, and science and technology. At 
least one field must be in a geographic area outside the major field of concentration for 
dissertation work. 

Dissertation Dissertation work should normally be in United States history, twentieth- 
century Europe, European social history, Appalachia/regional, science and technology, 
or modern Africa. Students working in these areas, either at the M.A. or Ph.D. level, have 
the opportunity to study with adjunct professors and faculty from other departments and 
universities. 

History (HIST) 

200. Greece and Rome. 3 hr. Covers the Minoan and Mycenaean civilizations, Archaic 
and Classical Greece, Alexander the Great and the Hellenistic Age, the Roman Repub- 
lic, and Etruscan and Carthaginian states, and the rise of the Roman Empire. 

201. Social and Economic History of the Middle Ages, 300-1000. 3 hr. (HIST 103 is recom- 
mended as preparation.) Topics include the social-economic crisis of the late Roman and Ger- 
man institutions, the Merovingian and Carolingian economics, Pierenne Thesis, and transition to 
feudal society. 

204. Ancient and Medieval Science. 3 hr. Investigations of the natural world in classical 
antiquity and medieval Europe. 

205. The Renaissance. 3 hr. The underlying political, economic, and social structure of 
fourteenth- and fifteenth-century Italy with concentration on significant intellectual and cul- 
tural trends, including humanism and art, gender roles, state formation, and exploration. 

206. The Reformation. 3 hr. Religious change in sixteenth-century Europe focusing on 
distinguishing theological characteristics of major reformers, the response of the people 
to these religious changes, and the impact on European politics and society. 

207. The Rise of Modern Science. 3 hr.The emergence of the scientific world view from the 
Renaissance through the Enlightenment. 

208. Science in Modern Europe. 3 hr. Crystallization and generalization of scientific world 
view in Europe after the Scientific Revolution. Emphasizes the mutual interaction of sci- 
ence, society, and culture. 

209. Brazil: Colony to World Power. 3 hr. Examines the transition of Brazil from a colony 
to a world power, with special emphasis on recent economic developments, regional 
diversity, political patterns, foreign affairs, and race relations. 

210. Modern Spain. 3 hr. Survey of the Moslem, Hapsburg, and Bourbon periods followed 
by an examination of modern political and social forces, the Civil War, and the rule of Franco. 

211. Industrial Revolut'n 1600-1900. 3 hr. Focuses on technical, economic, and social 
changes surrounding the Industrial Revolution in England and the United States. Exam- 
ines also the expanding effects of the process of industrialization in Continental Europe. 

History 151 



212. Introduction to Public History. 3 hr. Introduction to a wide range of career possibilities 
for historians in areas such as archives, historical societies, editing projects, museums, 
business, libraries, and historic preservation. Lectures, guest speakers, field trips, individual 
projects. 

213. France-Renaissance to Napoleon. 3 hr. French history from the end of the Hun- 
dred Years War to Napoleon's defeat at Waterloo. Focus on the construction of the 
modern French state, the Enlightenment, the French Revolution, and Napoleon. 

214. France since 1815. 3 hr. French history from the restoration of the Bourbon mon- 
archy to the present. Will emphasize the development of a modern industrial society, 
the revolutions of the nineteenth century, the impact of the World Wars, and France's 
role in the new Europe. 

215. European Diplomatic History, 1815 to 1919. 3 hr. Develops an understanding of the 
forces, men, and events which determined diplomatic relations between the major powers. 

216. European Diplomatic History, 1919 to Present. 3 hr. Scope similar to HIST 215. 

217. World War II in Europe. 3 hr. Impact of World War II on the political culture and 
moral fabric of European societies; emphasis on themes of invasion, occupation, col- 
laboration, resistance, survival, and retribution. 

219. Revolutionary Russia, 1905-1939. 3 hr. Detailed study of the revolutionary era of 
Russian/Soviet history with emphasis on the origins of Russian radicalism, the upheav- 
als of 1905 and 1917, and Stalin's "revolution from above." 

220. The U.S.S.R., 1939 to Present. 3 hr. Detailed study of the recent social and political 
history of the Soviet Union. The Soviet experience in World War II, Stalin's last years, 
and the conflict between reformism and conservatism since Stalin's death. 

221 . Hitler and the Third Reich. 3 hr. PR: Junior, senior, or graduate standing. Myths and 
realities of Hitler's public and personal life; emphasis on rise to power, party, ideology, 
and propaganda techniques; position and policies as fuehrer. 

222. Modern Germany since 1900. 3 hr. The Weimar Republic, the Third Reich, and the 
two German states created after World War II. 

225. History of Modern China. 3 hr. Introduction to modern China (since 1839) with atten- 
tion to China's Confucian heritage; examines in detail the Chinese effort to modernize in 
the face of Western diplomatic and economic pressure; specific attention to China's Na- 
tionalist and Communist revolutionary traditions. 

226. History of Modern Japan. 3 hr. Modern Japan (since 1 868) with attention to the devel- 
opment of Japanese institutions and ideas in earlier periods, especially the Tokugawa Era 
(1600-1868); examines the rapid pace of economic change in the nineteenth and twentieth 
centuries along with the important social, political, and diplomatic implications of this change. 

227. East Africa to 1895. 3 hr. East Africa from earliest times to beginning of European 
control. Population movement and interaction, development of varying types of polity, 
revolutionary changes, and the European scramble for East Africa form the major focus. 



1 52 WVU Graduate Catalog 



228. East Africa since 1895. 3 hr. History of colonial rule and movement to independence 
in East Africa. Political, economic, and social changes will be examined with particular 
emphasis on the rise and triumph of African nationalism. 

229. History of Africa: Pre-Colonial. 3 hr. History of Africa from earliest times to the middle 
of the nineteenth century. Particular emphasis on population movement and interaction, 
state formation, and the development of trade in sub-Saharan Africa as well as the 
impact of such external influences as Christianity and Islam. 

230. History of Africa: Colonial. 3 hr. History of Africa from the middle of the nineteenth 
century to the 1960s. Political and economic trends will form major focus. 

231. Seventeenth-Century Britain, 1603-1715. 3 hr.The more significant political, social, 
economic, religious, and intellectual developments of Britain during a century of revolu- 
tion and of the men and women who interacted with those movements. 

232. Eighteenth-Century Britain, 1715-1832. 3 hr. The Age of Aristocracy, the political, so- 
cial, religious, economic, and intellectual forces which produced it, and the reasons for its 
decline under the combined impact of the Industrial, Agricultural, American, and French 
revolutions. 

245. History of American Women. 3 hr. Examination of the history of American women 
from 1607 to the present, with emphasis on working conditions, women's rights, devel- 
opment of feminism, women's role in wartime, and women in the family. 

246. Hist European Women to 1700. 3 hr. History of European women to 1700, empha- 
sizing philosophic, economic, and societal sources of women's oppression, women's 
self-perceptions and their roles in work, religion, and the family and the development of 
feminism. 

251. African-Amer Hist to 1900. 3 hr. Slave trade and evolution of slavery in the New 
World, the attack upon slavery and its destruction, the South and the blacks during Re- 
construction, and the age of Reaction and Racism, 1875-1900. 

252. African-Amer Hist since 1900. 3 hr. Reconstruction, the age reaction and racism, 
black migration, black nationalism, blacks in the world wars, and desegregation. 

253. Civil War and Reconstruction. 3 hr. Causes as well as the constitutional and diplo- 
matic aspects of the Civil War; the role of the American black in slavery, in war, and in 
freedom; and the economic and political aspects of Congressional Reconstruction. 

255. Gilded Age in US History. 3 hr. Examines responses of the American people and 
institutions to opportunities and problems of the late nineteenth century. Emphasis on 
rise of big business; labor organization; immigration; regular, reform, and radical politics; 
disappearance of the frontier; farm crisis; and origins of imperialism. 

257. US From McKinley to New Deal, 1896-1933. 3 hr. American national history from 
William McKinley to Franklin D. Roosevelt. Particular attention is given to the great changes 
in American life after 1896; national, political, economic, social, and cultural develop- 
ment; the Progressive Era in American politics; and alterations in American foreign rela- 
tions resulting from the Spanish-American War and World War I. 



History 153 



259. US Hist New Deal-Great Society. 3 hr. Covers New Deal, World War II; Cold War, with 
emphasis on American social, political, technological, and cultural developments; United 
States domestic problems and foreign relations from 1945 to 1968. 

263. American Diplomacy to 1941. 3 hr. PR: None; HIST 52 and 53 recommended. American 
foreign policy and diplomacy from the adoption of the Constitution to America's entry into World 
War II. 

264. American Diplomacy since 1941. 3 hr. PR: None; HIST 52 and 53 recommended. 
America's foreign policy and growing involvement in international relations including the 
U.S. role in World War II, Korean War, and Vietnam. 

266. American Economic History to 1865. 3 hr. Origins and development of American 
business, agricultural, and labor institutions; problems, and policies, from 1600 to 1865; 
influence of economic factors upon American history during this period. 

267. American Economic History Since 1865. 3 hr. Scope similar to that stated for HIST 
266. 

268. The Old South. 3 hr. (For advanced undergraduate and graduate students.) History 
of the South — exploring peculiar differences that led to an attempt to establish a sepa- 
rate nation. The geographical limitation permits a detailed study of economic and social 
forces within the context of the larger national history. 

269. The New South. 3 hr. Integration of the South into the nation after the Civil War. 
Emphasis on southern attitudes toward industrialization, commercial agriculture, orga- 
nized labor, and the African-Americans. Special attention to the southern literary renais- 
sance and conservative and progressive politics of the southern people. 

273. Appalachian Regional History. 3 hr. Historical survey of Central Appalachian three 
phases of development: traditional society of the nineteenth century, the transformation of a 
mountain society by industrialization at the turn of the twentieth century, and contemporary 
Appalachia. 

274. The City in American History. 3 hr. A survey of urban history in the United States, 
including the Colonial period, with emphasis on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, 
focusing on physical development of cities (planning, transportation, architecture, 
suburbanization) and social history. 

289. Intro to Historic Preservation. 3 hr. Introduction to historic preservation issues, in- 
cluding law, economics, not-for-profit organizations, site interpretation, architectural his- 
tory, industrial archeology, federal programs, downtown revitalization, and landmarks 
commissions. 

290. Introduction to Historical Research. 3 hr. (Required for History majors; non-majors 
by consent.) Introduction to research techniques useful for history. Instruction in locating 
sources, taking notes, and writing research papers. 

301 . Readings in Medieval History. 3 hr. Examination of the literature, biography, sources, 
and research methods on selected problems in medieval history, using discussion and 
written reports on assigned readings. May be repeated once. 



1 54 WVU Graduate Catalog 



305. Readings in English History. 3 hr. Directed readings of scholarly books and articles, 
primarily in the history of England from about 1 450 to about 1 625 but with some opportu- 
nity for the student to fill gaps in the student's knowledge of other periods of English 
history. May be repeated once. 

309. Rdgs Central European History. 3 hr. All students will read and discuss selected 
works illustrating outstanding scholarship or interpretative problems related to fifteenth-, 
sixteenth-, and early seventeenth-century history. In addition, opportunity will be provided 
for each student to pursue an independent reading project tailored to the student's special 
interests. May be repeated once. 

310. Historic Site Interpretation and Preservation. 3 hr. PR: HIST 212. Introduction to 
historic site interpretation and preservation, including establishing criteria, site inventory, 
and recording techniques using the "case study" method. Lectures, films, discussions, 
and field projects will introduce students to the rapidly growing area, including environ- 
mental impact work. 

31 1 . Archival Management. 3 hr. PR: HIST 212. Principles and practices of archival work 
within a laboratory context. Includes lectures and selected readings illustrated by hold- 
ings and policies of West Virginia and Regional History Collection of the WVU Library. 

312. Practicum in Historical Editing. 3 hr. PR: HIST 212. Principles and practices of 
historical editing in a laboratory context. Includes lectures and readings with illustrations 
from ongoing editing projects. 

313. Local History Research Methods. 3 hr. Emphasis on research methods applicable 
to any locality; includes legal records, oral records, secondary sources, photographs, 
maps, and government documents. 

314. Rdgs Eastern European History. 3 hr. Intensive readings on specific topics in Rus- 
sian, Soviet, or East European history. Students should normally have had History 117 
and 1 18 or their equivalents. Primarily designed for graduate students and selected un- 
dergraduates. May be repeated once. 

317. Rdgs Western European History. 3 hr. This course, primarily for graduate students 
and selected undergraduates, is designed for an intensive reading program on special 
problems in western European history. May be repeated once. 

321 . Readings in Asian History. 3 hr. Intensive readings in the history of East Asia (espe- 
cially China and Japan) since the nineteenth century; students should normally have had 
HIST 225 and 226, or their equivalents; reviews, as well as bibliographical and historio- 
graphical essays, required. May be repeated once. 

325. Readings in African History. 3 hr. This course will normally focus on readings and 
discussion on problems in the history of pre-colonial Africa, the major works in African 
history, and recent interpretations in the field. May be repeated once. 

330. Rdgs in Latin American History. 3 hr. PR: Graduate status. Critical examination of 
selected sources and topics for understanding and interpreting Latin American history. 
May be repeated once. 



History 155 



331 . Rdgs American History, 1585-1763. 3 hr. Supervised readings and reports designed 
to prepare students for intensive study in a seminar or for field examinations in colonial 
American history. May be repeated once. 

345. Rdgs in American Labor History. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Readings seminar designed to 
provide a broad knowledge of American labor and working class history by focusing on 
conceptual issues and methods of research that have shaped the development of this 
field. May be repeated once. 

355. Rdgs Amer Hist 1763-1800. 3 hr. Readings and reports designed to prepare stu- 
dents for an intensive study in a seminar or field examination. May be repeated once. 

359. Rdgs US Hist 1840-1898. 3 hr. Survey of interpretive literature on Sectionalism, 
Civil War, Reconstruction, and Gilded Age. Assignments are both oral and written reports 
on assigned readings and a critical essay on some aspect of American historiography for 
this period. May be repeated once. 

363. Rdgs in US History 1898 to Present. 3 hr. Readings and class-led discussion of one 
paperback book per week and preparation of a paper based on these books and the 
class discussion of them. May be repeated once. 

373. Rdgs Appalachian Regional Hist. 3 hr. A course for graduate students and seniors 
in the history of West Virginia and neighboring states, which form what is known as the 
Trans-Allegheny or Upper Ohio region. May be repeated once. 

375. Rdgs in Science and Technology 3 hr. Examination of the literature, bibliography, 
and sources on selected topics in the history of science and technology. Class discus- 
sions and written reports on assigned topics. May be repeated once. 

382. Rdgs Social History of US. 3 hr. The objective of the course is to establish for 
graduate students usable frames of reference for selected topics in social history by 
examining the ways in which historians have written about these topics. May be re- 
peated once. 

391. Advanced Topics. I, II, S. Variable 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced 
topics not covered in regularly scheduled courses. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I, II, S. Variable 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Re- 
search activities leading to a thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent schol- 
arly project. 

402. Seminar in Medieval History. 3 hr. PR: HIST 301 ; reading knowledge of Latin and a 
modern European language strongly recommended. Directed examination of bibliographic 
sources and historiographical issues on selected aspects of the Middle Ages, leading to 
preparation of a research paper based on primary sources. May be repeated once. 

410. Sem Central European Hist. 3 hr. An intensive survey of the bibliographical aids and 
printed source materials available in the field. A research paper and a bibliographical 
essay will be presented by each student. Reading knowledge of German and French 
strongly recommended. May be repeated once. 



1 56 WVU Graduate Catalog 



41 1 . Internship in Public History. 6 hr. PR: HIST 212 and two intermediate public history 
courses. A professional internship at an agency involved in a relevant area of public 
history. Supervision will be exercised by both the Department of History and the host 
agency. Research report or finished professional project required. 

414. Sem Eastern European Hist. 3 hr. PR: HIST 1 17, 1 18 or equiv. Research seminar on 
selected topics in Russian, Soviet, or Eastern European history. One major paper and 
extensive reading based on available source materials is required. May be repeated once. 

41 8. Sem Western European History. 3 hr. A research seminar in selected topics in western 
European history. One major paper and extensive reading based on available source ma- 
terial is required. A reading knowledge of the appropriate languages is required, if appli- 
cable. May be repeated once. 

422. Seminar in Asian Hist. 3 hr. Advanced readings and research in East Asian history; specific 
emphasis on research tools and techniques; research paper based on English-language sources 
required; students should normally have had HIST 225 and 226 or their equivalents. May be 
repeated once. 

426. Seminar in African History. 3 hr.The seminar will normally focus on eastern Africa in 
the colonial period. Location and use of source materials will be emphasized as well as 
economic and political developments. Students will spend considerable time in research 
and writing on selected aspects of eastern African history. May be repeated once. 

432. Sem American History. 1585-1763. 3 hr. PR: HIST 331 or consent. Directed re- 
search on colonial American history, using original and secondary materials. May be 
repeated once. 

441 . Sem in Latin American History. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Survey of Latin American histo- 
riography, location and use of primary source materials, discussion of research tech- 
niques, and the writing of a research paper. Reading knowledge of Spanish, Portuguese, 
or French will be helpful. May be repeated once. 

456. Sem American History. 1763-1830. 3 hr. PR: HIST 355 or consent. Advanced 
readings and research in revolutionary and early national American history. May be 
repeated once. 

460. Sem US Hist 1850-1898. 3 hr. Directed research in mid- and late 19th-century Ameri- 
can history, including guidance in methods of research and manuscript preparation. May be 
repeated once. 

464. Sem US Hist, 1 898-Present. 3 hr. Directed research in recent American history includ- 
ing guidance in method of research and manuscript preparation. May be repeated once. 

474. Sem Appalachian Regional Hist. 3 hr. A seminar for graduate students in the history 
of West Virginia and neighboring states, which form what is known as the Trans-Allegh- 
eny or Upper Ohio region. May be repeated once. 

476. Sem Science and Technology 3 hr. PR: HIST 375 or consent. Research seminar in 
the history of science and technology. Discussion of methods and sources; presentation 
and critique of research papers based on primary sources. May be repeated once. 



History 157 



489. Folger Institute Seminar. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. (Enrollment is by special 
application only. Contact department chairperson for information.) Seminar conducted 
by distinguished scholars and held at the Folger Institute of Renaissance and Eighteenth 
Century Studies in Washington, D.C. Topics vary. (Also listed as ENGL 493.) 

490. Teaching Practicum. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Supervised practices in college teaching 
of history. (/Vote: This course is intended to insure that graduate assistants are adequately 
prepared and supervised when they are given college teaching responsibilities.) 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced subjects 
which are not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study may be independent or 
through specially scheduled lectures. 

492. Directed Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Directed study, reading, and/or research. 

493. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. A study of contemporary topics selected from recent 
developments in the field. 

494. Special Seminars. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Special seminars arranged for advanced graduate 
students. 

495. Independent Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Faculty supervised study of topics not available 
through regular course offerings. 

497. Research. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. 

499. Graduate Colloquium. 1 hr. PR: Consent. Graduate students in residence must 
register for the colloquium. Students are expected to enroll continuously for at least two 
semesters. Credit for this course does not count towards degree requirements. 



Liberal Studies 

Richard Montgomery Director 

252 Stansbury Hall 

Degree Offered: Master of Arts in Liberal Studies 

This interdisciplinary program provides an opportunity for highly motivated students 
to continue their studies beyond the baccalaureate under a coherent program but with- 
out the exclusive concentration in one discipline. Studies for this degree should focus 
primarily on theoretical issues in the liberal arts disciplines such as humanities (English, 
history, philosophy, religious studies, and foreign languages), the fine arts, or the social 
sciences. 

Curriculum 

Each student, in conjunction with a graduate advisor, will put together a personal- 
ized curriculum centered around some topic or interdisciplinary area of special interest. 
Topics might include area studies such as Appalachian studies or French culture; period 
studies such as the Renaissance or the Enlightenment; or some other area of special 
interest, such as women's studies, that will tie together work in several different disci- 
plines. The central theme is essential to the degree program to provide coherence and 
structure; a degree will not be awarded for an unrelated collection of courses. The focus 



1 58 WVU Graduate Catalog 



provided by a central topic will ensure that studies are pursued in depth, and justify the 
granting of a graduate degree. 

Faculty 

There are more than 750 graduate faculty members at WVU who can be called 
upon to assist students in their individual plans of study. The program is administered by 
the master of arts in liberal studies committee, which is appointed by the program direc- 
tor and is responsible for admitting candidates to the program, approving study con- 
tracts, overseeing the final evaluation, and determining whether degree requirements 
have been met. This committee serves roughly the same administrative function for the 
master of arts in liberal studies (M.A.L.S.) as an academic department serves for more 
traditional degree programs. 

Admission 

Requirements for admission to the M.A.L.S. program: 

• Baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution. 

• Minimum undergraduate grade-point average of 3.0. Probationary status may 
be granted for those who do not meet this standard but who exhibit clear potential 
for graduate work. 

• GRE General Aptitude Test scores that clearly demonstrate the ability to do 
graduate work. 

• Acceptance by the M.A.L.S. committee of a preliminary study plan for the degree. 

Application 

To apply for admission to the M.A.L.S. program, the student should simultaneously 
submit an application for graduate admission to the Office of Admissions and Records 
and submit an essay of approximately 1 ,000 words outlining the proposed plan of study 
to the M.A.L.S. committee. This plan must describe the central focus of the study in 
some detail and must include a preliminary identification of course work to be taken, 
along with an indication of how each course relates to the central topic. 

The quality of the admissions essay is one of the primary criteria used by the M.A.L.S. 
committee in making admission decisions. Thus, the essay should be carefully thought 
out and clearly written; it should provide evidence of direction and motivation as well as 
mastery of the necessary writing skills. Another criterion for admission to the program is 
that the proposed plan of study can be carried out at WVU. The applicant should consult 
the course listings elsewhere in this catalog to determine whether the courses offered 
are adequate to the proposed study plan. In some cases, the necessary courses may not 
be available. 

Advisory Committee 

After admission to the M.A.L.S. program, the student will choose an advisor and a 
master's committee with the assistance of the M.A.L.S. committee. The advisor will then 
help the student to draw up a final version of the plan of study, which should include a 
description of the central, unifying theme, a (possibly revised) list of course work to be 
taken, with an indication of the relevance of the courses to the central topic, and a de- 
scription of the final project. 

Special Requirements 

In addition to the general requirements listed in the graduate catalog for all graduate 
programs at WVU, the M.A.L.S. program has the following specific requirements: 

• A minimum of 36 semester hours of approved course work, subject to the following 
restrictions: a. Because the degree is intended to be interdisciplinary no more than 18 

Liberal Studies 1 59 



hours can be taken in one departmental discipline; b. No more than 12 hours of indepen- 
dent study will be approved; c. The program must include at least three hours of course 
work in research methodology. 

• A minimum 3.25 grade-point average for all course work in the degree program. 

• Fulfillment of all requirements of the study contract. 

• Successful completion of a final project (e.g., a comprehensive examination, re- 
search project, a performance project, or master's thesis). 



Mathematics 

Harvey R. Diamond, Interim Chairperson 

370 Armstrong Hall 

Degree Offered: Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy 

Master of Science 

Programs are available for students to study applied mathematics, pure mathemat- 
ics, mathematics combined with another discipline, or mathematics for secondary edu- 
cation. Entering students should have the equivalent of an undergraduate major in math- 
ematics. To be in good standing, a student is expected to maintain at least a 3.0 average 
(B) in mathematics courses and to present at least a 3.0 average in all work offered in 
fulfillment of the degree program. 

Advisory Committee Each student, upon beginning a graduate program, will be assigned 
an advisory committee consisting of at least three members of the graduate faculty. This 
committee will assist the student in designing a written plan of study that takes into 
account the student's interests and needs as well as the aims of the department's gradu- 
ate programs. Later changes in the plan are possible only through mutual agreement of 
the student and the committee. 

Programs The student's plan of study is developed in one of these programs: pure 
mathematics, mathematics for secondary educators, applied mathematics, and interdis- 
ciplinary. The programs are designed either for students who intend to pursue a doctor of 
philosophy in mathematics or for those planning to seek employment in education, gov- 
ernment, or industry. Depending upon the program selected, 30 to 33 semester hours 
are required. 

Note: Math 490 may not be counted for credit to satisfy graduate course hour require- 
ments. 

Completion Requirements A student with 18 or more hours of graduate study, who has 
completed the basic required courses with a cumulative average of at least 3.3, may peti- 
tion the advisory committee to accept the successful completion of a project in lieu of the 
final examination. Otherwise, all four programs of study require a written final examination. 



Doctor of Philosophy 

The doctor of philosophy is a research program in which the final product is an 
original, publishable research thesis. The program requires students to take 28 hours of 
course work. Areas of focus include number theory, analysis, topology, applied math- 
ematics, combinatorics, and graph theory. 



1 60 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Requirements 

Applicants must have completed a graduate degree similar to the M.S. in math- 
ematics outlined above. The following materials should be submitted: 

• A WVU admission application 

• An application for financial support 

• Official undergraduate and graduate transcripts 

•Three letters of recommendation from individuals having experience of an applicant's 
mathematical ability 

• GRE scores for the general test and for the mathematics subject test 

• TOEFL scores for students whose native language is not English. 

All doctoral students must demonstrate that they are prepared to undertake doctoral 
work and research by passing an entrance examination, given each year in May and 
August, within the first year of study. 

Twenty-eight hours of course work are required of all doctoral students. The distri- 
bution of these courses is as follows: 

• Twelve hours at the 400 level in the student's major area. 

• Six hours in each of two minor areas. With the approval of the director of graduate 
studies, up to one course in a minor area may be at the 300 level. 

• Four hours of MATH 496 Seminar. 

Computer Language Proficiency Proficiency in a computer language at the level of CS 
301 or an approved equivalent is required. Reading proficiency in French, German, Rus- 
sian, or another foreign language, which may be proved through a score of 465 or better 
on an examination given by Educational Testing Service, or through grades of A or B in a 
Foreign Language 306 course, is required. 

Dissertation Committee After the above requirements are satisfied, a student must re- 
quest that the director of graduate studies select a dissertation committee of at least five 
members, with a dissertation advisor as chairperson and one member from outside the 
department. 

Examinations and Dissertation The student must pass a qualifying oral and written ex- 
amination on the major and minor areas of study. If examination results are unsatisfac- 
tory, the dissertation committee may reexamine the student once. 

A Ph.D. candidate must complete a dissertation, representing at least 24 hours of 400- 
level credit, under the supervision of a dissertation advisor. The research upon which the 
dissertation is based must conform to scholastic standards and constitute an original and 
publishable contribution to mathematics. 

Mathematics (MATH) 

213. Partial Differential Equations. II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 18 or consent. Introduces students 
in mathematics, engineering, and the sciences to methods of applied mathematics. First 
and second order equations, canonical forms, wave, heat and Laplace's equations, rep- 
resentation of solutions. 

215. Applied Modern Algebra. 1. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Finite fields, algebraic coding theory, 
Boolean algebras, monoids, finite state, and Turing machines. 

217. Applied Mathematical Analysis. II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 18. The algebra and differential 
calculus of vectors, solution of the partial differential equations of mathematical physics, 
and application of functions of a complex variable. 



Mathematics 161 



219. Seminar in Applied Mathematics. I, II. 1-12 hr. PR: Consent. Selected topics in 
applied mathematics. 

220. Numerical Analysis 1. I, II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 17 (or both MATH 16 and CS 120) and a 
programming language. Computer arithmetic, roots of equations, interpolation, Gaussian 
elimination, numerical integration and differentiation. Numerical solution of initial value prob- 
lems for ordinary differential equations. Least square approximations. (Equiv. to CS 220.) 

221 . Numerical Analysis 2. II. 3 hr. PR: CS 220 or MATH 241 or consent. Solutions of 
linear systems by direct and iterative methods. Calculation of eigenvalues, eigenvectors, 
and inverses of matrices. Applications to ordinary and partial differential equations. (Equiv. 
toCS221.) 

224. Mathematics of Compound Interest. II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 16 or 128. A problem-solv- 
ing course focusing on the measurement of interest, annuities, amortization schedules, 
and sinking funds, and the valuation of bonds and other securities. 

228. Discrete Mathematics 2. II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 16 and 120 or equiv. Applications of 
discrete mathematics to computer science. Methods of solving homogeneous and non- 
homogeneous recurrence relations using generating functions and characteristic equa- 
tions; digraphs to analyze computer algorithms; graph theory and its ramifications to 
computer algorithms. (Equiv. to CS 228.) 

231 ,232. Introduction to Mathematics for the Elementary Teacher. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: 
MATH 34 or consent. (Not open to students who have credit for MATH 131.) (For in- 
service elementary mathematics teachers.) Systems of numeration; sets, relations, bi- 
nary operations, the algebraic structure of various number systems; the notions of length, 
area, and volume; coordinate geometry. 

241. Applied Linear Algebra. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: MATH 17; MATH 18 or consent. Matrix 
algebra with emphasis on algorithmic techniques and applications of physical models. 
Topics include solution of large systems of equations, orthogonal projections and least 
squares, and eigenvalue problems. 

251 ,252. Introduction to Real Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: MATH 163 or consent. A 
study of sequences, convergence, limits, continuity, definite integral, the derivative, dif- 
ferentials, functional dependence, multiple integrals, sequences and series of functions. 

255. Advanced Real Calculus. S. 3 hr. MATH 1 8 or consent. Limits, series, metric spaces, 
uniformity, integrals. 

256. Complex Variables. II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 18. Complex numbers, functions of a com- 
plex variable; analytic functions; the logarithm and related functions; power series; Laurent 
series and residues; conformal mapping and applications. 

269. Advanced Topics in Mathematics. I, II, S. 3-9 hr. PR: Consent. An independent but 
directed study program, the content of which is to be mutually agreed upon by the indi- 
vidual student and instructor. 

301 ,302. Combinatorial Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: One year of calculus. Permuta- 
tions, combinations, generating functions, principle of inclusion and exclusion, distribu- 
tions, partitions, compositions, trees and networks. 



1 62 WVU Graduate Catalog 



305,306. Theory of Numbers. I, II. 3 hr. PR: One year of calculus. Introduction to classi- 
cal number theory covering such topics as divisibility, the Euclidean algorithm, Diophan- 
tine equations, congruences, primitive roots, quadratic residues, number-theoretic func- 
tions, distribution of primes, irrationals, and combinatorial methods. Special numbers 
such as those of Bernoulli, Euler, and Stirling. 

313. Intermediate Differential Equations. II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 17, 18. A rigorous study of 
ordinary differential equations including linear and nonlinear systems, self-adjoint eigen- 
value problems, non-self-adjoint boundary-value problems, perturbation theory of au- 
tonomous systems, Poincare-theorem. 

317,318. Advanced Calculus. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: MATH 18. Primarily for engineers 
and scientists. Functions of several variables, partial differentiation, implicit functions, 
transformations; line surface and volume integrals; point set theory, continuity, integra- 
tion, infinite series and convergence, power series, and improper integrals. 

319. Seminar in Applied Mathematics. 1-12 hr. PR: Consent. Selected topics in applied 
mathematics. Topics previously offered include applied linear algebra, computational fluid 
dynamics, numerical partial differential equations, ordinary differential equations, pertur- 
bation methods, and stochastic processes. 

320. Solution of Nonlinear Systems. II. 3 hr. PR: CS 220 or MATH 241 or consent. Solu- 
tion of nonlinear systems of equations. Newton and Secant Methods. Unconstrained 
optimization. Nonlinear overrelaxation techniques. Nonlinear least squares problems. 
(Equiv. to CS 320.) 

330. Introduction to Applied Mathematics. S. 1-6 hr. PR: Calculus or consent. (Designed 
especially for secondary-school mathematics teachers; others admitted with departmen- 
tal approval obtained before registration.) Problem solving and construction of math- 
ematical models in the social, life, and physical sciences. Examples illustrating the ori- 
gins and use of secondary school mathematics in solving real world problems. 

333. Modern Algebra for Teachers. I, S. 3 hr. PR: Calculus or consent. (Designed espe- 
cially for secondary-school mathematics teachers. Others admitted with departmental 
approval obtained prior to registration.) Introduction to algebraic structures: groups, rings, 
integral domains and fields. Development and properties of the rational and real number 
systems. 

334. Modern Algebra for Teachers. II, S. 3 hr. PR: MATH 141 or 333 or consent. Further 
investigation of algebraic structures begun in MATH 333. (Emphasis on topics helpful to 
secondary-school mathematics teachers.) Topics include Sylow theory, Jordan-Holder 
Theorem, rings and quotients, field extensions, Galois theory and solution by radicals. 

335. Foundations of Geometry. S. 3 hr. PR: Calculus or consent. (Designed especially 
for secondary mathematics teachers; others admitted with departmental approval ob- 
tained before registration.) Incidence geometries with models; order for lines and planes; 
separation by angles and by triangles; congruence; introduction to Euclidean geometry. 

336. Transformation Geometry. S. 3 hr. PR: MATH 141 or 333 or consent. (Designed 
especially for secondary-school mathematics teachers; others admitted with departmen- 
tal approval obtained before registration.) A modern approach to geometry based on 
transformations in a vector space setting. The course unifies the development of geom- 
etry with the methods of modern algebra. 



Mathematics 163 



339. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-12 hr. 

341 ,342. Modern Algebra. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: MATH 141 or consent. Concepts from set 
theory and the equivalence of the Axiom of Choice. Zorn's Lemma and the Well-Ordering 
Theorem; a study of the structure of groups, rings, fields, and vector spaces; elementary 
factorization theory; extensions of ring and fields; modules and ideals; and lattices. 

343. Linear Algebra. II, S. 3 hr. PR: MATH 241 or consent. Review of theory of groups 
and fields; linear vector spaces including the theory of duality; full linear group; bilinear 
and quadratic forms; and theory of isotropic and totally isotropic spaces. 

351 ,352. Theory of Functions of Real Variables. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: MATH 181 , 252. 
A development of the Lebesgue integral, function spaces and Banach spaces, differen- 
tiation, complex measures, the Lebesgue-Radon-Nikodym theorem. 

355,356. Theory of Functions of Complex Variables. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: MATH 252. 
Number systems, the complex plane and its geometry. Holomorphic functions, power 
series, elementary functions, complex integration, representation theorems, the calculus 
of residues, analytic continuation and analytic function, elliptic functions, Holomorphic 
functions of several complex variables. 

357. Calculus of Variations. II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 18, 252, (or 318). Necessary conditions 
and sufficient conditions for weak and strong relative minimums of an integral, Euler- 
Lagrange equation. Legendre condition, field construction, Weierstrass excess function, 
and the Jacobi equation. 

381 ,382. Topology. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: MATH 252 or consent. A detailed treatment of 
topological spaces covering the topics of continuity, convergence, compactness, and 
connectivity; product and identification space, function spaces, and the topology in Eu- 
clidean spaces. 

400. Seminar in Number Theory. I, II. 1-12 hr. 

402. Special Functions. I, II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 18, 252. Operational techniques, general- 
ized hypergeometric functions, classical polynomials of Bell, Hermite, Legendre Noerlund, 
etc. Introduction to recent polynomial systems. Current research topics. 

405,406. Analytic Number Theory I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: MATH 306, 356. Selected 
topics in analytic number theory such as the prime number theorem, primes in an arith- 
metical progression, the Zeta function, the Goldbach conjecture. 

451,452. Functional Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: MATH 181, 241, 252. A study of 
Banach and Hilbert spaces; the Hahn-Banach theorem, uniform boundedness principle, 
and the open mapping theorem; dual spaces and the Riesz representation theorem; 
Banach algebras; and special theory. 

457,458. Theory of Partial Differential Equations. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: MATH 252. 
Cauchy-Kowaleski theorem, Cauchy's problem, the Dirichlet and Neumann problems, 
Dirichlet's principle, potential theory, integral equations, eigenvalue problems, numerical 
methods. 

460. Thesis. I, II. 1-6 hr. 



1 64 WVU Graduate Catalog 



490. Teaching Practicum. I, 11.1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Supervised practices in college teach- 
ing of mathematics. 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced subjects 
which are not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study may be independent or 
through specially scheduled lectures. 

496. Graduate Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Consent. Each graduate student will present at 
least one seminar to the assembled faculty and graduate student body of the student's 
program. 

497. Research. 1-15 hr. 

499. Graduate Colloquium. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. For graduate students not seek- 
ing course work credit but who wish to meet residence requirements, use the University's 
facilities, and participate in its academic and cultural programs. 



Although philosophy has no graduate program, the following graduate courses are 

available. 

Philosophy (PHIL) 

230. Philo and Cultural Criticism. 1. 3 hr. PR: 3 hr of philosophy at the 100 level or above, 
or consent. Recent philosophical analyses and critiques of modern Western culture; its 
relationship to discursive, social, economic, disciplinary, and gendering practices. 

253. Philosophy of Mathematics. 3 hr. PR: PHIL. 106 or consent. Contemporary view- 
points in the foundations of mathematics. (Not offered every year.) 

285. Philosophy of Language. I or II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hr. in philosophy or linguistic or language 
major or consent. Philosophical problems concerning the nature of meaning and lan- 
guage. (Not offered every year.) 

290. Directed Studies. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Instructor's written 
consent. Individually supervised research and projects. 

292. Advanced Topics in Philosophy. I or II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hr. in philosophy or consent. 
Advanced philosophical investigation of selected problems and issues. Topics will vary. 

302. Philosophy of Science. I or II. 3 hr. Philosophical problems associated with the 
concepts and methodology of science. 

303. Theory of Knowledge. I or II. 3 hr. Definitions of knowledge, truth, and belief. Prob- 
lems associated with skepticism, induction, perception, introspection, memory, and a 
priori knowledge. 

305. History of Philosophy. I or II. 3-9 hr. Selected topics in the history of Western phi- 
losophy, usually with concentration on one of the following periods: ancient, medieval, 
modern, or recent. 

306. Metaphysics. I or II. 3 hr. Traditional problems associated with universals and particu- 
lars, reality and experiences, causality, space and time, matter and mind, the nature of the 
self, etc. 



Philosophy 1 65 



308. Ethics of the Marketplace. I, II. 3 hr. An examination of moral questions regarding 
the evaluation of economic systems, labor/management relationships, product liability, 
advertising, codes of conduct, and conflicts of interest. 

310. Ethics. I or II. 3 hr. An examination of selected theoretical and applied problems in 
the field of professional ethics. 

313. Philosophy of Social Science. I or II. PR: Consent. Philosophical problems associ- 
ated with the concepts and methodology of the social sciences. 

321 . Seminar: Selected Topics. 3-9 hr. 

391. Advanced Topics. I, II, S. 1-9 hr. 

397. M.A. Research or Thesis. I, II, S. 1-9 hr. PR: Consent. 



Physics 

Larry E. Halliburton, Chairperson of the Department 

212 Hodges Hall 

Degrees Offered: Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy 

The graduate program is designed to provide a solid background in classical and 
modern physics, a broad understanding of major research fields, and an opportunity for 
in-depth investigation. Each student has a faculty advisor who will help plan a program of 
study and research. The first few semesters are devoted to course work, typically three 
courses per semester. Any student whose background is weak in a particular area is 
encouraged to register for the appropriate undergraduate course. The minimum grade 
for credit in graduate courses is C; a grade-point average of 3.0 must be maintained. 

Examination Requirements 

Students are required to take the graduate examination, which is offered in January 
and August, by the end of the third semester. The purpose of the examination, which is 
written and covers classical mechanics, electromagnetism, and quantum mechanics, is 
to verify that each student has the necessary fundamental background to begin research. 
A different standard of performance on the examination is required for master of science 
and doctor of philosophy students; an M.S. is not prerequisite to a Ph.D. 

Master of Science 

For students who plan to do master's research and write a thesis, the qualifying 
examination consists of taking two sections of the graduate examination and passing at 
the 40% level. They must take 24 hours of courses at the 300 level or above, including 
Physics 331, 333, 351, 383, and 387. The thesis gives students practical experience in 
working on a research problem, writing up the results, and presenting an oral defense. 

Students who pass the graduate examination at the 60% level on all three sections 
and who take 30 hours of courses at the 300 level or above, including Physics 331 , 333, 
351, 383, and 387, are awarded the M.S. degree. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

For admission to doctor of philosophy, research, a student must perform at the 60 
percent level on all three sections of the graduate examination. After this examination, 



1 66 WVU Graduate Catalog 



research becomes the central focus. The Ph.D. qualifying examination consists of an 
oral presentation before a faculty committee. The student presents published material 
about his/her subfield of specialization. After the oral, the student is formally advanced 
to Ph.D. candidacy to do original research, culminating in the written dissertation and 
oral defense. The average completion time for the Ph.D. is five years beyond the bac- 
calaureate and requires 36 hours of course work at the 300 level or above, with a 
minimum of six hours at the 400 level. 

Research Groups 

Research groups consist of a professor and several graduate students and/or post- 
doctoral fellows, with financial support from a federal agency or private industry. Depart- 
mental research specialties include condensed matter physics (theory and experiment), 
nonlinear dynamics (theory and experiment), applied physics (theory and experiment), 
plasma physics (experiment), astrophysics (theory), and elementary particle physics (theory). 

GRE/TOEFL 

Applicants are expected to have a bachelor's degree in physics, with upper-division 
courses in electricity and magnetism, mechanics, quantum mechanics, thermodynam- 
ics, and mathematical methods. Students lacking some of these courses may be admit- 
ted provisionally and will be allowed to remedy the deficiencies by taking the appropriate 
courses. Applicants should take the GRE general and physics tests. If English is not the 
student's native language, TOEFL scores are also required. Application deadline is Feb- 
ruary 15; contact the department for additional information. 

Financial Aid 

With rare exceptions, all students who are admitted receive financial support. Be- 
ginning students usually receive teaching assistantships; more advanced students re- 
ceive research assistantships. Several fellowships are available for outstanding students, 
allowing full-time concentration on course work and research and more rapid progress 
toward the degree. 

Physics (PHYS) 

201 .Special Topics. I, II. 1-6 hr. per sem. (May be repeated to max. of 24 hours.) Study of 
topics of current interest in physics. 

213. Introductory Electronics. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 12. Principles and applications of inte- 
grated circuits and digital electronics. 2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. 

221. Optics. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 12, MATH 18. A basic course in physical optics covering 
wave mathematics, propagation, polarization, interference, and diffraction; applications 
in geometrical optics and selected topics in scattering and quantum optics. 

225. Atomic Physics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 124 or equiv. Relativistic mechanics, atomic 
structure, and spectra. 

231 ,232. Theoretical Mechanics. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: PHYS 1 1 , 12 or equiv; Cone: 
MATH 18. Scalar, vector, and tensor fields; curvilinear coordinate systems. Kinematics 
and dynamics of particles, systems of particles, and rigid bodies. Lagrangian and Ham- 
iltonian formulation. Relativistic motion. 



Physics 167 



233,234. Electricity and Magnetism. I, II. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 12, MATH 18. Electrostatics, 
electrostatics in matter, magnetostatics, magnetostatics in matter, Maxwell's equations, 
reflection and refraction, wave guides and cavities. 

241 . Advanced Physics Laboratory. I, II. 1-2 hr. per sem. PR: PHYS 11, 12, 124. Experi- 
ments in physics designed to complement theory courses; gives experience in data 
taking and instrumentation, and methods of data evaluation and error analysis. 

248. Physics Seminar. I, II. (No credit.) (Suggested for junior, senior, and graduate Phys- 
ics majors.) These lectures acquaint students with topics of current interest in physics. 

213. Introductory Quantum Mechanics. I. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 124, MATH 18. Fundamental 
principles of quantum mechanics; state functions in position and momentum space, op- 
erators, Schrodinger's equation, applications to one-dimensional problems, approxima- 
tion methods, the hydrogen atom, angular momentum and spin. 

263. Nuclear Physics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 124; MATH 17. Study of characteristic prop- 
erties of nuclei and their structure as inferred from nuclear decays and reactions, leading 
to a knowledge of nuclear forces and models. 

271. Solid State Physics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 124 or equiv.; MATH 17. Properties of 
crystalline solids; includes crystal structure, binding, lattice vibrations and an investiga- 
tion of thermal, electrical, magnetic, and optical phenomena based on energy band theory. 

281 . Plasma Physics 3 hr. PHYS 12, Cone: PHYS 234. Introductory course in the phys- 
ics of ionized gases; particle and fluid treatment of plasmas, waves, equilibrium and 
stability, kinetic theory, and nonlinear effects. 

283. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. II. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 124 or equiv.; MATH 
17. Introduction to the statistical foundations of thermodynamics; applications of the fun- 
damental laws of thermodynamics to physical and chemical systems. 

301. Special Topics. I, II. 1-6 hr. per sem. (May be repeated to max. of 24 hours.) PR: 
Consent. (Primarily for Graduate students.) Specialized topics of current interest in physics. 

321. Optics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 11, 12 or equiv.; MATH 17. A basic course in physical 
optics covering radiation theory, diffraction, interference, polychromatic waves, scatter- 
ing, polarization, double refraction, and selected topics in quantum optics. 

325. Intermediate Atomic Physics. I. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 351 . A review of the theory of one- 
electron atoms. The main emphasis is on the theory of two-electron and many-electron 
atoms: para and ortho helium; central field approximation; Thomas-Fermi theory; Hartree- 
Fock theory; L-S, J-J, and intermediate coupling; interaction with electromagnetic fields. 

331 . Advanced Classical Mechanics. I. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 231, 232, and differential equa- 
tions. Lagrange and Hamilton form of equations of motion, rigid bodies, small and nonlin- 
ear oscillations. Transformation theory, relativistic dynamics, and systems with an infinite 
number of degrees of freedom. 

333,334. Advanced Electricity and Magnetism. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: PHYS 233, 234, 
and differential equations. Electrostatic and magnetostatic boundary value problems. 



1 68 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Maxwell's equations for time varying fields. Green's functions and integral representa- 
tions; applications to radiation; diffraction, wave guides, plasma physics, and relativistic 
motion of charged particles. 

351,352. Quantum Mechanics. I, II. 3 hr. per sem. PR: PHYS 251. Breakdown of classi- 
cal physics, the Schrcedinger equation and its interpretation, one dimensional problems, 
operator methods and abstract Hilbert space, identical particles, three dimensional prob- 
lems, the hydrogen atom, angular momentum, spin, vector coupling, time independent 
perturbation theory, variational principle, atomic and molecular structure, semiclassical 
radiation theory, scattering theory. 

354. Outline of Physics. S. 3 hr. PR: One year introductory college physics. (Primarily for 
education majors; not open to physics majors.) Elementary study of atomic and molecular 
structures and spectra, solid state and nuclear physics, relativity and elementary particles. 

355,356. Workshop for Physics Teachers. S. 3 hr. per sem. PR: One year college phys- 
ics; One year of college mathematics. (Primarily for Education majors; not open to Phys- 
ics majors.) Techniques of apparatus construction and demonstration. 

358. Light . II, S. 3 hr. PR: One year of college physics or equiv. (Primarily for education 
majors; not open to physics majors.) A demonstration course designed to illustrate the 
basic concepts covering light and optics. 

371,372. Intermediate Solid State Physics. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 271, 351, or equiv. Crystal 
structure, reciprocal lattice, phonons, dielectric properties, optical properties, semicon- 
ductors, cooperative phenomena including superconductivity and magnetism. 

383. Statistical Mechanics. II. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 283, 351 . Ensemble theory, applications to 
noninteracting systems, as well as perturbative and approximate treatment of interac- 
tions. Typical applications include equilibrium constants, polymers, white dwarfs, metals, 
superfluids, magnetic transitions. 

387. Mathematics for Physicists and Engineers. I. 3 hr. PR: Calculus, differential equa- 
tions, PHYS 11, 12 or equiv. Complex variables: series, contour integration and confor- 
mal mapping; ordinary differential equations; Fourier series, Laplace transforms; Fourier 
transforms, special functions; Bessel functions and Legendre, Hermite, and Laguerre 
polynomials; introduction to partial differential equations; Poisson's equation, Wave equa- 
tion, and diffusion equation. 

388. Mathematics for Physicists and Engineers. II. 3 hr. PR: Calculus, differential equa- 
tions, PHYS 11, 12 or equiv. Vector spaces, tensor calculus, group theory, integral equa- 
tions, calculus of variations, nonlinear systems and other topics as time permits. 

401 . Advanced Research Topics. I, II. 1-6 hr. (May be repeated to max. of 24 hours.) PR: 
Consent. Specialized topics in field of physics related to the research interests of the 
department. Open only to students who have completed most of the basic graduate 
courses. 

410. High Energy Physics. I. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 351, 352. Fundamental particle interac- 
tions, field theory, S-matrix expansions, space time symmetries, internal symmetries, 
unsolved problems. 



Physics 169 



425. Advanced Atomic and Molecular Physics. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 325. Quantum mechan- 
ics of atoms and molecules at an advanced level emphasizing the role of symmetry. 
Necessary material on group theory is included. 

463. Advanced Nuclear Physics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 225, 251, and 263. Detailed pre- 
sentation of nuclear models, nuclear reaction mechanisms, nuclear forces and theories 
of nuclear disintegrations. 

471 . Advanced Solid State Physics. II. (Alternate years.) 3 hr. PR: PHYS 271 , 325, 351 . 
Advanced treatment of solid state theory; electronic, vibrational, transport, thermody- 
namic, and magnetic properties of solids. 

481 . Kinetic Theory of Plasma. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 281 , 331 , and 334. An advanced course 
focusing on the Vlasov theory of plasma equilibrium and stability. The application to 
plasma waves will be emphasized. 

482. Magnetohydrodynamic Theory of Plasma. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 281 , 331 , 334. Theory of 
ideal magnetohydrodynamics for plasma equilibrium and stability; emphasis on analytic 
theory in developing the model, describing various equilibria, and evaluating plasma 
stability. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 

Astronomy (ASTR) 

216. Astronomy for Teachers. S. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Basic concepts and methods in 
astronomy and how to teach them using the celestial sphere and geometrical tools. Ob- 
servational work at night. The use of a telescope and camera. 

325. Intermediate Astronomy II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 16 or consent. Measurement of the 
universe; trigonometric parallax, statistical parallax, moving clusters, cluster H-R dia- 
grams, masses of various binary systems, Kepler's Laws, and the three-body problem. 

267. Basic Astrophysics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: PHYS 124 or equiv. The several equations of 
state, the Boltzmann-Saha equation, the H-R diagram and interpretation of spectra, in- 
troduction to radiative transfer and stellar structure. 



Political Science 

Allan S. Hammock, Chairperson of the Department 

316-AWoodbumHall 

Degrees Offered: Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy 

The master of arts and doctor of philosophy programs in political science are de- 
signed to give advanced training to students who desire a career in government or the 
private sector as policy analysts or who wish to enter selected teaching or research fields 
with a specialization in public policy (either U.S. domestic or international), American 
politics, state politics, comparative politics, and/or international politics. 

Master of Arts 

The master of arts with emphasis in public policy is offered by the Department of 
Political Science in cooperation with the Department of Economics. It is designed to 

1 70 WVU Graduate Catalog 



provide students with a broad knowledge of the policy making process and the many 
factors influencing public policies at the international, national, state, and local levels of 
government. A problem-analytic approach, drawn from both economics and political sci- 
ence, is used to develop the ability to comprehend, assess, and evaluate issues, prob- 
lems, and policies in the public sector. Prospective graduates are expected to be skilled 
at gathering and interpreting data, reporting, writing, and analyzing policy options and 
alternatives, and evaluating the intended and unintended consequences of public pro- 
grams and policies. Most graduates will take jobs in government or with private firms 
needing specialists in policy analysis. 

Prerequisites/Requirements Ideally, applicants for the master of arts degree should have 
a B.A. in political science (with a minimum of six hours in economics) or a B.A. or B.S. in 
economics (with a minimum of six hours in political science). However, students from 
other fields and disciplines are also encouraged to apply. In addition, the applicant should 
have an overall grade-point average of 2.75, and should submit three letters of recom- 
mendation from faculty familiar with the student's work. All students must also submit the 
Verbal and Quantitative results of the Graduate Record Examination. 

In order to remain in good standing, students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative aver- 
age and receive a 3.0 average in each semester for which they are enrolled. Students 
who do not maintain a 3.0 cumulative average will be placed on probation and will be 
suspended if they fail to regain a 3.0 cumulative average in their next nine hours of study. 

Admission Admission to candidacy for the M.A. degree requires that the student complete 
a minimum of 36 hours (exclusive of colloquium) in a specialized curriculum offered by the 
Department of Political Science and the Department of Economics. This curriculum in- 
cludes courses in economics, policy evaluation, the policy process, and public policy analy- 
sis. In addition, students must complete work in political science methodology and statisti- 
cal methods. All students must enroll in POLS 499 Colloquium each semester in residence. 

Research The M.A. degree provides an optional research practicum or internship during 
the fourth semester of work. The practicum enables the student to conduct actual policy 
research in a public agency. The practicum will carry an additional six hours of graduate 
credit. Students may also choose a six-hour thesis option. 

Examinations Students will be expected to pass final written/oral examinations in policy 
analysis. Students who fail examinations may be allowed to retake them at the next 
regularly scheduled examination period. It is contrary to departmental policy to give a 
third examination. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

The doctor of philosophy degree is designed for persons planning careers either as 
policy analysts in government or as researchers and teachers in institutions of higher 
education. Those students who choose to enter the Ph.D. program emphasizing policy 
analysis will receive training appropriate for persons who wish to undertake research 
and analysis on public issues in government, both foreign and domestic. This training 
includes a comprehensive knowledge of policy formulation, implementation, and evalua- 
tion and a thorough understanding of the dynamics of political institutions. A central fo- 
cus of the policy studies option will be competence in research methodology and statis- 
tical techniques of policy analysis. 

Those students who choose to enter the Ph.D. program with the intention of enter- 
ing the field of research and teaching may concentrate on policy studies or take a more 



Political Science 1 7 1 



traditional curriculum that features four fields: American national and state politics, inter- 
national relations, comparative politics, and public policy and administration. 

Admission Admission to the Ph.D. program is open to students with either a bachelor's 
or a master's degree. Students with degrees in political science, economics, public ad- 
ministration, sociology, psychology, engineering, social work, business, law, medicine, 
or journalism are encouraged to apply. An undergraduate applicant should have a grade- 
point average of 3.0; a graduate applicant 3.5. In addition, all applicants must submit the 
results of the Graduate Record Examination and at least three letters of recommenda- 
tion from faculty familiar with the applicant's work. Admission will be based on an overall 
assessment of the individual's record. 

Candidacy The work of all individuals admitted to the doctoral program will be formally 
evaluated at the end of the first two semesters (at least 1 8 credit hours of study) at which 
time one of the following recommendations is made: (1 ) admission to candidacy for the 
doctoral degree; (2) admission to the master's degree program in public policy studies; 
or (3) termination. 

The program of each person admitted to the doctoral program is designed in accor- 
dance with his or her career objectives and previous training. A complete description of 
the Ph.D. program and course requirements may be obtained by writing the Director of 
Graduate Studies, Department of Political Science, West Virginia University, Morgan- 
town, WV 26506. This should be done before application to the program. 

Minimum Requirements 

The following constitute the formal minimum requirements of the Ph.D. program: 

Public Policy Option General Option 

Public Policy Core (18 hrs) Public Policy (15 hrs) 

Policy Research Methods (15 hrs) Research Methods (12 hrs) 

Economics (6 hrs) Elective Specialty I (15 hrs) 

Policy Field (18 hrs) Elective Specialty II (15 hrs) 

Dissertation (24 hrs) Dissertation (24 hrs) 

Total: 81 hrs Total: 81 hrs 

In addition to the formal course work, students must also pass written and oral com- 
prehensive examinations in their specialty fields. All course work completed for the M.A. 
at West Virginia University also counts toward the Ph.D. Course work from other institu- 
tions will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. 

In order to remain in good standing, students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative aver- 
age and receive a 3.0 average in each semester for which they are enrolled. Students 
are required to spend at least one year (two semesters) in residence enrolled in a full- 
time graduate program of no less than nine semester hours each semester. All graduate 
students must enroll in POLS 499 (Colloquium) each semester in residence. 

Faculty 

The Department of Political Science has 19 full-time faculty members. The major 
strengths of the graduate faculty are: policy studies (15 faculty with policy specialties); 
American national and state politics and administration (eight faculty with U.S. politics 
and institutional specialties); international and comparative politics (four faculty with in- 
ternational affairs specialties, including U.S. foreign policy, .comparative foreign policy, 
and national security policy); comparative politics (three faculty with comparative politics 
specialties, including development politics, African, Western European, Canadian, and 
Far Eastern area studies, and cross-national political analysis); research methods (two 

1 72 WVU Graduate Catalog 



faulty with advanced statistical analysis specialties); and policy fields (ten faculty with 
policy specialties in criminal law, development, political economy, energy, environmen- 
tal, foreign policy, gender, national security, regulation, and social welfare). In addition, 
faculty in the Department of Public Administration and the Department of Economics 
teach courses included in the M.A. and Ph.D. curricula. 

Research 

Graduate students have opportunities to conduct research with the political science 
faculty, faculty associated with the Policy Analysis Group, the Institute for Public Affairs, 
and other research organizations at the University, and with externally funded grant 
projects. Opportunities exist for field experience in various government settings, includ- 
ing the West Virginia Legislature, which annually provides paid internships for graduate 
students in the M.A. or Ph.D. programs. 

Financial Aid 

The department has a number of assistantships and fellowships available for stu- 
dents in both the M.A. and Ph.D. programs. Students interested in financial assistance 
should apply directly to the Department of Political Science. Graduate assistants may 
enroll for no more than nine credit hours per semester (excluding colloquium) 

Political Science (POLS) 

210. The American Presidency. I, II. 3 hr. Institutional, behavioral, and societal forces 
which have given rise to the modern presidency; factors which enhance and constrain 
the exercise of the presidential power over those constituencies with which the president 
must interact; the nature and consequences of the presidential decision-making pro- 
cess; desirability and/or feasibility of reforming the presidency. 

21 1 . Political Parties and Electoral Processes. II. 3 hr. Parties and elections in America; 
emphasis on nomination processes, general elections, campaigns, mass media, cam- 
paign finance, voting, electoral college, and parties in government. 

212. Judicial Politics. II. 3 hr. The role of courts and judges in the American political 
process. Topics include the structure and process of courts, factors involved in judicial 
decision-making, and the appropriate role of courts in matters of public policy. 

213. American Constitutional Law. I. 3 hr. The role of the Constitution in the American 
political system. Topics covered include the political concept of constitutionalism; the role of 
the Supreme Court in the political process; division of powers among the three branches of 
government; and the constitutional relation between the national government and the states. 

214. Civil Liberties in the U.S. I, II. 3 hr. Issues in constitutional law concerning personal 
liberties against government action. Topics include free speech, press and association; 
religious freedoms; abortion; the right to privacy; due process of law; and criminal proce- 
dure safeguards. 

215. Law and Public Policy. I, II, S. 3 hr. Advanced examination of the role of courts in 
policy-making, including agenda-setting and formulation by courts, the outcomes of policy 
litigation, and the politics of legal reform. 

216. Public Opinion and Politics. I, II. 3 hr. In depth treatment of the origins, content, and 
impact of public opinion in American politics; political ideology, partisanship, socializa- 
tion, mass media, opinion polls, and survey research techniques. 

Political Science 1 73 



21 7. Interest Groups and American Democracy. I, II, S. 3 hr. The role of interest groups in 
American politics, focusing on their distribution and internal dynamics, their involvement 
in campaigns and elections, their influence on public policy, and their place in a demo- 
cratic system. 

218. The Legislative Process. II. 3 hr. Structure and organization of legislative bodies, 
powers of legislature, detailed study of lawmaking procedures, influences of outside forces. 

221 . West Virginia Government and Administration. I, II. 3 hr. Organization and operation 
of the state government of West Virginia. 

225. Urban Politics. I. 3 hr. Legal basis, structure, processes, and politics of urban gov- 
ernments and cooperative-conflict relations with other governmental units. 

226. Problems of State and Local Government. I, II. 3 hr. PR: POLS 120 or equiv. Change 
processes in state and local systems in the context of federalism. 

231. Criminal Law, Policy and Administration. I, II. 3 hr. Legal and administrative ap- 
proach to policy issues in crime and punishment. Focuses on the criminal law, court 
decisions, and implementation of law and policy in the criminal justice field. 

233. Politics of Social Welfare Policy. I, II. 3 hr. Questions of poverty and inequality; who 
are the poor, what causes economic inequality, what have been governmental and private 
solutions, and what successes and failures have there been in the war against poverty? 

234. Politics of Economic Policy. I, II. 3 hr. An examination of U.S. economic policy, with 
an emphasis on the political considerations that influence policy development and imple- 
mentation; government regulation, taxation, and spending. 

235. Civil Rights Policy and Politics. II. 3 hr. Analysis of the law, politics, and policy re- 
lated to discrimination in public accommodations, voting, education, housing and em- 
ployment based on race, gender, national origin, handicapped status and age. 

236. Energy Policy and Politics. II. 3 hr. An examination of U.S. energy policies and 
politics, with particular emphasis placed on the development and implementation of en- 
ergy policies since 1973. 

238. Politics of Environmental Policy. I. 3 hr. Examines the formulation and evaluation of 
United States environmental policy. 

242. American Administrative Systems. I. 3 hr. Analysis of the nature and processes of 
American public administration (political, legal, economic, and social conditions), includ- 
ing the role of the bureaucracy in a democracy. (Equiv. to PUBA 242.) 

244. Administrative Law. II. 3 hr. PR: POLS 140 or consent. Administrative powers and 
limitations, procedure in administrative adjudication and rule-making, discretion, ultra 
vires as a check on administrators, notice and hearing, administrative penalties, judicial 
control and administrative liability. 

250. Government of Japan. II. 3 hr. Survey of political institutions and governmental 
process of Japan with special emphasis on the analysis of political problems in the post- 
war period. 

1 74 WVU Graduate Catalog 



251. Government of Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. II. 3 hr. Survey of the political 
nondemocratic governments of the Soviet Union and its Eastern European satellites, 
with special reference to the guiding role and development of Marxism-Leninism. 

253. Western Democratic Governments. I. 3 hr. Examination of the government and 
politics of selected western democracies. Included are Canada, Great Britain, France, 
and West Germany. 

254. Government of China. I. 3 hr. Survey of political institutions and governmental pro- 
cess of Communist China with a special emphasis on the analysis of political problems 
since 1949. 

255. Governments of Latin America. I. 3 hr. Comparative study of the major nations of 
Latin America. 

256. Governments of the Middle East. II. 3 hr. Governments and political forces of the 
Middle East. 

258. Politics of Africa. II. 3 hr. Historical legacies and current political processes of 
tropical African countries. 

261 . International Organization. II. 3 hr. Agencies created since the close of World War II. 
Some reference to development of international law and United Nations. 

263. Public International Law. I. 3 hr. Law governing relations among nations, including 
development of rules, means of enforcement, and conflicts between theory and practice. 

264. Conduct of American Foreign Relations. I. 3 hr. Concepts about and factors influ- 
encing the formulation and execution of United States foreign relations; analysis of past 
policies and current issue areas in relations with major developed and developing na- 
tions and international organizations. 

265. Politics, Ethics and War. II. 3 hr. PR: POLS 160 or consent. An examination of the 
relationship between politics, ethics and war with special reference to nuclear weapons 
and strategies. Emphasis on the causes of the nuclear dilemma. 

266. Sower Foreign Policy. II. 3 hr. Concepts about and factors influencing the formula- 
tion and execution of Soviet foreign relations; analysis of past policies and current 
issue areas in relations with major developed and developing nations and international 
organizations. 

267. Latin America in International Affairs. II. 3 hr. Relations of Latin American states 
among themselves, with the United States, the United Nations, regional organizations, 
and non-Western states. Analysis in depth of the Monroe Doctrine and its corollaries and 
the inter-American system. 

268. International Conflict. I, II. 3 hr. PR: POLS 160 or consent. Conflict in international 
relations, particularly armed conflict between nations. The role of force, impact of mod- 
ern technology and nuclear weaponry, theoretical and research approaches to causes of 
conflict and modes of conflict resolution. 

269. Far Eastern International Relations. II. 3 hr. International relations of Far Eastern 
countries with emphasis on historic roots of recent conflicts, the competitive role of the 

Political Science 1 75 



United States and the Soviet Union, confrontation between the communist and anticom- 
munist countries in the region, and the regional cooperation and security problems in the 
postwar period. 

272. Recent and Contemporary Political Thought. I. 3 hr. Examination of integral liberal- 
ism and the forces leading to the decline of liberalism and a critical analysis of the fascist 
and communist ideologies with their threat to the traditions of western civilization embod- 
ied in Christianity and conservatism. 

273. American Political Theory. I, II. 3 hr. Major political ideas and their influence upon 
American society and government from the seventeenth century to present. 

275. Psychological Theories of Politics. II. 3 hr. Introduction to rational choice theory and 
various psychological theories of politics; application of psychological theories to both 
international relations and American politics. 

279. Analysis of Political Behavior. II. 3 hr. Examines political behavior in terms of recent 
behavior theories emanating from a variety of disciplines. 

299. Special Topics. I, II. 1-3 hr. 

300. Introduction to Policy Research. I. 3 hr. Introduction to the research methods and 
techniques used in policy analysis. Topics include logic of inquiry, research designs, 
measurement, and survey and unobtrusive research. 3 hr. seminar. 

310. Intergovernmental Relations. I. 3 hr. Examination of the politics and policy conse- 
quences of intergovernmental relations in the United States. Topics include the develop- 
ment of intergovernmental relations, regulatory federalism, and intergovernmental fiscal 
relations. 3 hr. seminar. 

330. Policy Analysis. 1. 3 hr. Overview of the field of public policy studies. The issues and 
problems involved in studying policy making, and assessment of policy analysis as a 
mode of thinking and inquiry. 3 hr. seminar. 

331 . Economic Analysis of Public Policies. 3 hr. Application of economic analysis to ques- 
tions of public policy. Consideration of problems of public goods and usefulness of cost 
benefit analysis to policy making. (Equiv. to ECON 343.) 

336. Politics of Agenda Setting. I, II. 3 hr. Examines the confluence of social, economic, 
and political influences on the development of public problems and their placement on 
the policy agenda. 3 hr. seminar. 

345. Public Administration and Policy Development. II. 3 hr. PR: POLS 140 or consent. 
Decision-making and policy development in the administrative process by the case 
method. 3 hr. seminar. 

336. Politics of Planned Development. I. 3 hr. Political aspects of social, economic, and 
technological change, with special reference to the politics of development planning and 
administration. 3 hr. seminar. 



1 76 WVU Graduate Catalog 



355. Comparative Public Policy. I, II. 3 hr. Comparison of public policy outputs in several 
western European countries and Japan with emphasis on the analysis of variables that 
account for variations in distributive, regulative, and extractive policies. 3 hr. seminar. 

360. International Public Policy Analysis. II. 3 hr. Provides a bridge between the conven- 
tional study of international relations and the analysis of externally directed public policy. 
Introduces the graduate student to specific policy areas such as international trade, aid, 
resources, and security policy. 3 hr. seminar. 

400. Quantitative Methods for Policy Analysis. II. 3 hr. PR: POLS 300 and STAT 31 1 , or 
equivalents. Application of range of statistical techniques in public policy research. In- 
cludes use of selected computer software commonly used in policy analysis. 

401 .Advanced Quantitative Methods. I. 3 hr. PR: POLS 400 or equivalent. Advanced 
topics in quantitative methods for policy research. Methods surveyed include multiple 
linear regression, time-series analysis, causal modeling and linear programming. 

403. Internship. I, II. 6-9 hr. per sem.; students may enroll more than once. PR: Consent. 

410. Seminar in Judicial Politics, Policy, and Law. I. 3 hr. Judicial influence on American 
public policy with emphasis on the political theory of American law, the agenda of dis- 
putes, the formulation of public policy by courts, and the effects of judicial policy on 
politics. 3 hr. seminar. 

429. Seminar in State and Local Government. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. 

430. Seminar: American Policy Process. I. 3 hr. A survey of the literature which deals 
with how various institutions and linkage mechanisms in U.S. politics affect the public 
policy process. 3 hr. seminar. 

435. Public Policy Evaluation Research. II. 3 hr. Methods and techniques in evaluating 
public policies. Topics include the relation of policy analysis to policy making; types of 
evaluation; planning evaluations; alternative evaluation designs; measuring program 
consequences; problems of utilization; and the setting of evaluation research. 3 hr. 
seminar. 

438. Seminar in Public Policy Implementation. II. 3 hr. Research seminar focusing on 
factors influencing the capacity of government to deliver services. Includes an examina- 
tion of how socio-economic conditions, technology, public opinion, interest groups, in- 
stitutional actors, and decision-making variables influence policy outcomes. 3 hr. seminar. 

439. Seminar in Policy Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. PR: POLS 335 or consent. This course re- 
quires students to conduct an original piece of quantitative policy research. Designed for 
advanced students, the course is taken following the completion of the department's 
research methods sequence. 3 hr. seminar. 

441. Directed Reading and Research in Public Administration. I, II. 2-4 hr. per sem.; 
students may enroll more than once. PR: POLS 140 or consent. 

480. Thesis. I, II. 2-6 hr. 

491. Advanced Study. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. 

Political Science 177 



497. Research. 1-15 hr. 
499. Colloquium. I, II. 1-6 hr. 



Psychology 

Philip N. Chase, Chairperson of the Department 

101-AOglebay Hall 

Degrees Offered: Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy 

Programs Offered 

The doctoral degree programs in behavior analysis, lifespan developmental psy- 
chology, adult clinical psychology, and child clinical psychology prepare students for 
careers in teaching, research, and/or practice. The professional master's degree in 
adult clinical or child clinical psychology prepares students for work in community men- 
tal health centers, medical facilities, mental health and mental retardation institutions, 
and school systems. 

Admission 

Students are admitted only at the beginning of the fall semester. Application must be 
completed by the preceding February 1 . Acceptance is based on: 

•Adequate academic aptitude at the graduate level as measured by the Graduate 
Record Examination; 

•Achievement in undergraduate course work, with a minimum grade point average 
of 3.0 required; 

•Personal qualities that predict success in graduate study and as a professional 
after graduation; 

•Adequate preparation in psychology and related fields; and 

•Fit between the applicant's interests and the offerings of a department graduate 
program. 

Courses 

Graduate courses in psychology are open only to regular graduate students except 
by special departmental permission. Students in the master of arts and doctor of philoso- 
phy programs must have a final 3.0 average in all psychology courses attempted. 

Master of Arts Requirements 

Two years of full-time study with a minimum of 48 hours of credit are required for the 
master of arts degree. Six hours of credit may be counted for the M.A. thesis. Students 
who are accepted into one of the Ph.D. programs are required to complete an M.A. 
thesis and will receive the M.A. degree upon completing the thesis and credit-hour re- 
quirements. Students accepted into the professional M.A. degree track in clinical psy- 
chology must complete a specified sequence of courses and complete a six-month, full- 
time internship. Completion of a thesis is optional. 

Doctor of Philosophy Requirements 

Students are accepted for study toward the doctor of philosophy degree upon entry 
into the department. Each program requires completion of a specific set of required and 
elective courses (described in detail in the Department Graduate Handbook). Students 



1 78 WVU Graduate Catalog 



are formally admitted to doctoral candidacy after completion of the master's degree or its 
equivalent, a comprehensive preliminary examination, and other requirements. 

A dissertation and oral examination on the dissertation are required for all Ph.D. 
candidates. Students in the clinical psychology programs must also complete a 12- 
month internship. The internship must be approved by the program and by the director 
of clinical training. 

Non-Degree Students 

Graduate courses in psychology are designed for regularly admitted degree-seek- 
ing students as part of an extensive program of preparing those students for professional 
careers. Thus, students not admitted into one of the psychology graduate programs are 
discouraged from taking graduate courses in psychology. Non-psychology graduate stu- 
dents must obtain the instructor's permission to enroll in any psychology graduate course. 

Psychology (PSYC) 

213. Directed Studies. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. (No more than 10 hours may be 
applied to the 42 hours of psychology to which Psychology majors are limited.) Individu- 
ally supervised reading, research, and/or applied projects. 

218. History & Systems of Psych. I or II. 3 hr. PR: One 100-level psychology course; 
junior or senior psychology major or consent. A survey of psychology from its origins in 
philosophy, biology, and physics through the early major schools of psychological thought 
to modern perspectives on the science of behavior and its applications to human affairs. 

223. Cognition and Memory. I or II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 102; junior or senior psychology major 
or consent. Theoretical and empirical issues in cognitive psychology. Topics include mecha- 
nisms and theories of attention, memory, language, and conceptual processes. 

224. Learning and Behavior Theory. I or II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 1 71 ; junior or senior psychol- 
ogy major or consent. Advanced course in empirical and theoretical issues in the psy- 
chology of learning. 

225. Perception. I or II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 102; junior or senior psychology major or con- 
sent. Survey of the structure and function of human sensory systems (primarily visual 
and auditory), perceptual issues and theories. 

226. Physiological Psychology. I or II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 131; junior or senior psychology 
major or consent. Advanced study of the physiological mechanisms of behavior. Topics 
include neural and endocrine mechanisms of behavior and issues, methods, and find- 
ings in behavioral neuroscience. 

242. Prenatal & Infant Development. I or II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 141 ; junior or senior psychol- 
ogy major or consent. Behavior and development from conception to two years. Includes 
behavioral genetics and hazards of prenatal development, as well as sensory-motor, 
cognitive, language, and socioemotional behavior during infancy. 

243. Child & Adolescent Behavior. I or II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 141; junior or senior psychology 
major or consent. Theory and research on major psychological processes in childhood and 
adolescence; maturation, personality, socialization, sensory, and cognitive development. 



Psychology 1 79 



245. Adulthood and Aging. I or II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 141 ; junior or senior psychology major 
or consent. Psychological issues in the study of adulthood, with an emphasis on the 
characteristics of older adults. Topics include the psychosocial and biological context of 
aging, cognitive and personality changes from early to late adulthood, psychopathology 
in later life, dementia, issues in caregiving, and death and dying. 

251 . Social Psychology. I or II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 151 ; junior or senior psychology major or 
consent. Social factors that determine human behavior, survey of research in selected 
areas of social psychology and their implications for social phenomena. 

262. Psychological Assessment. I or II. 3 hr. PR: One 100-level psychology course; jun- 
ior or senior psychology major or consent. Theory and practice in development and use 
of psychological assessment procedures. Includes intelligence testing, behavioral as- 
sessment, and interviewing. 

263. Personality Theory. I or II. 3 hr. PR: One 100-level psychology course; junior or senior 
psychology major or consent. Theoretical and empirical readings in a survey of major per- 
spectives in personality theory, including dynamic, cognitive, humanistic, and behavioral. 

264. Psychology of Adjustment. I or II. 3 hr. PR: One 100-level psychology course; junior or 
senior psychology major or consent. Dynamic principles of human personality adjustment. 

274. Behavior Modification. I, II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 171; junior or senior psychology major 
or consent. Basic principles of behavior and their application to changing significant hu- 
man behavior. Includes clinical, educational, parenting, industrial/organizational, com- 
munity, and other applications. 

282. Exceptional Children. I or II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 141 ; junior or senior psychology major 
or consent. Exceptional mental retardation or advancement; organic disabilities having 
behavioral consequences, such as cerebral palsy or deafness; and behavior disorders. 

295. Seminar in Psychology. I or II. 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: One 100-level 
psychology course; junior or senior psychology major or consent. Presentation and dis - 
cussion of selected topics. 

297. Honors Investigation & Thesis. I, II, S. 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit; max. credit 
6 hr.) PR: junior or senior psychology major and admission to Honors Program in Psy- 
chology/Supervised readings and investigation culminating in the honors thesis. 

301. Professional Issues in Psych. I, II. 1-3 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) Survey of 
professional issues in psychology as they relate to a particular subdiscipline, topic, or issue. 

302. Ethical Issues in Psychology. II. 1-3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with consent.) 
The ethical standards for psychologists are applied to research and clinical problems. 

303. Legal Issues in Psychology. II. 1-3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with consent.) 
Review of the major areas in which psychologists interact with the civil and criminal legal 
systems. 

31 1 . Res Design & Data Analysis r. 1. 3 hr. Principles of experimental design in psychol- 
ogy including group and single subject methodologies. Topics include: (1) internal and 



1 80 WVU Graduate Catalog 



external vaiidity; (2) simple and complex analysis of variance; and (3) reversal and mul- 
tiple baseline designs. 

312. Res Design & Data Analysis 2. II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 31 1 or consent. Inferential statis- 
tics, simple correlation and regression, multiple correlation and regression, partial corre- 
lation, analysis of power, analysis of covariance, analysis of variance of designs with 
unequal cell sizes. 

313. Directed Study. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. Directed 
reading and research in special areas. 

315. Multivariate Analysis. I. (Alternate years.) 3 hr. PR: PSYC 31 1 , or equiv. Data analy- 
sis techniques in psychology with application to typical research problems. Includes simple 
matrix algebra, multiple correlation, discriminant analysis, multivariate analysis of vari- 
ance, and an introduction to factor analysis. (Equiv. to STAT 341.) 

316. Quasi-Experimental Design. I. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: PSYC 311 and 312 or 
equiv. Consideration of the statistical procedures used with quasi-experimental group 
and single-subject designs. 

320. Experimental Analysis of Beh. I. 3 hr. Research and theory in the psychology of 
learning. Assessment of traditional and behavior analytic approaches to the study of 
positive reinforcement, aversive control, and stimulus control. Includes laboratory work 
with animals. 

321. Human Behavior. I. (Alternate years.) 3 hr. PR: PSYC 320. Review of the role of 
basic human operant research in testing the generality of animal-based behavior prin- 
ciples, analyzing phenomena that are specific to humans, and extending behavior analy- 
sis to traditional psychological problems. 

323. Applied Behavior Analysis. II. (Alternate years.) 3 hr. PR: PSYC 320. Methodologi- 
cal, empirical, and conceptual issues in the application of basic research in behavior 
analysis to problems of social significance.. 

341 . Meth Issues in Dev Psych. II. (Alternate Years). 3 hr. Methodological issues in psy- 
chological research on the major age periods and the life span. Topics include: validity; 
reliability; age, cohort, and time of measurement; cross-sectional, longitudinal, and mixed 
designs; data analytic methods; ethical issues. 

342. Concept Issues in Dev Psych. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. History, philosophies, and 
theories of psychological development in the major age periods and the life span; con- 
ceptual issues such as nature-nurture, sex differences, cultural differences, life events, 
rigidity-plasticity, continuity-discontinuity, and competence-performance. 

344. Infant Behavior and Dev. I. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. Evaluation of current research 
literature in the areas of physical, cognitive, perceptual, language, and socioemotional 
development from conception to approximately two years. 

347. Child & Adol Cognitive Dev. I. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. Examination of the psychologi- 
cal literature on child and adolescent cognitive development. Topics include perception, 
learning, language, problem solving, social cognition, and others. Research and theory 
are emphasized. 

Psychology 181 



348. Child & Adol Social Dev. I. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. Examination of the psychological 
literature on child and adolescent social/emotional development. Topics include parent- 
child, peer, and sibling relationships; effects of marital and family functioning; friendship; 
aggression; and altruism. Research and theory are emphasized. 

349. Adult Development and Aging. I. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. Current issues in research 
on adulthood and aging. Issues addressed include societal and biological influences on 
adult aging; theoretical accounts of cognitive aging; areas of positive development; per- 
sonality change; psychopathology; caregiving and family issues; and death, dying, and 
bereavement. 

364. Child Behavior Modification. I. 3 hr. Assessment, intervention, and evaluation strat- 
egies appropriate for childhood disorders and based on behavior principles. 

375. Fundamentals of Gerontology. I. 3 hr. PR: MDS 50 or consent. An advanced multi- 
disciplinary examination of current research in biological, psychological, and sociological 
issues of human aging and the ways in which these impinge on the individual to create 
both problems and new opportunities. (Also listed as BIOL 375.) 

379. Intro to Clinical Psychology. 1. 3 hr. Basic interviewing skills and current problems in 
the practice of clinical psychology. 

381 . Behavior Pathology II. 3 hr. Advanced study of diagnostic classification, functional 
analysis, and experimental research in psychopathology of child, adult, and geriatric 
adjustment problems. 

390. Seminar on Teaching Psych. I, II. 1 -3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with consent.) PR: 
Consent. Review and discussion of methods and issues in college teaching of psychology. 

397. Master's Degree Res or Thesis. I and II. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. 

41 1 . Single-Subject Research Meth. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: PSYC 31 1 and 320. 
Critical evaluation of single-subject designs in basic and applied research. Major topics 
include single-subject methodology's historical and conceptual bases, its relation to group- 
statistical methods, and its role in behavioral psychology. 

415. Adv Exp Analysis of Behavior. I. 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with consent.) PR: 
PSYC 320. Selected topics and research issues in the experimental analysis of behavior. 

416. Adv Applied Behavior Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with consent.) 
PR: PSYC 323. Application of research and theory of behavior analysis to social prob- 
lems; other selected topics. 

417. Res Issues in Behav Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with consent.) 
PR: Consent. Examination of research issues in general psychology as approached from 
a behavior analytic perspective. Specific topics vary from year to year. 

419. Seminar in Methodology I, II. 1-3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with consent.) Cur- 
rent problems and techniques in research design, data analysis, and research methods. 



1 82 WVU Graduate Catalog 



420. Reinforcement and Punishment. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: PSYC 320. Exami- 
nation of theories of response acquisition, maintenance, and suppression in the context 
of recent experimental work with animals and humans. 

421. Behavior Theory & Philosophy. I. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: PSYC 320 or equiv. 
Critical consideration of contemporary concepts, theories, and methods of psychology. 

423. Behavior Analysis Practicum. II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 323 and consent. Supervised ap- 
plied behavior analysis experience integrated with a seminar emphasizing group solu- 
tions to problems that individuals encounter in students' applied projects. Progress and 
final project reports are presented and evaluated. (1 hr. seminar; 2 hr. practicum.) 

424. Social Behavior. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. Examines current concepts, research, 
and findings in social psychology from various perspectives. Focuses on understanding 
and explaining the social context of individual and group behavior. 

425. History and Systems. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. Study of the history of psychology 
from its roots in physics, biology, and philosophy. The development of American psychol- 
ogy is emphasized. 

426. Stimulus Control and Memory. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: PSYC 320 or consent. 
Critical review of basic research and theory in discrimination learning, stimulus generali- 
zation, and memory. 

427. Advanced Behavior Analysis Practicum. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: PSYC 423 or consent. 
Supervised applied behavior analysis experience in an approved setting. 

436. Top Sem: Cognitive Dev. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with 
consent.) Topical seminar on current issues in cognition and learning over the life span 
or during selected periods of the life span. 

437. Practicum in Dev Psych. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Provides experience in a wide 
range of applied settings. Sites are chosen to accommodate exposure to the entire lifespan 
from infancy through old age. Supervising reponsibilities are determined by the instruc- 
tor-in-charge in the agency. 

442. Top Sem: Life Span Dev. II. 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with consent.) Topical 
seminar exploring a particular period of the life span or perspectives on the life span. 

443. Top Sem: Social Development. II. 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with consent.) 
Topical seminar on current issues in personality and socialization over the life span or 
during selected periods of the life span. 

456. Program Evalin Clinical Serv. I. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. Examines the nature, method, 
and process of evaluative research, especially as it applies to social and behavioral 
treatment and service delivery programs. 

464. Family and Marital Therapy II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. Examines both theoretical 
and practical aspects of the assessment and treatment of family and marital difficulties. 

467. Child Clin Psych Practicum. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Con- 
sent. Supervised field experience in various aspects of delivering psychological services 

Psychology 183 



directly or indirectly to children. Experience in assessment, treatment, program design, 
administration, and evaluation. 

468. Sem in Child Clinical Psych. I or II. 1- 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with consent.) 
Current issues and research related to a particular area of clinical psychology involving 
children. 

470. Beh & Psych Assessment 7. I. 3 hr. Conceptual and methodological bases for be- 
havioral assessment; comparison of trait-oriented versus behavioral assessment; de- 
sign and evaluation of measurement systems, particularly self-report, ratings by others, 
and direct observation, within the basic framework of generalizability theory. 

471 , Beh & Psych Assessment 2. II. 3 hr. PR: PSYC 470. Evaluation of clinically relevant 
behavior and environments by means of testing and other methods. Includes test selec- 
tion, administration, and report writing. 

477. Adult Clin Psych Practicum. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Con- 
sent. Supervised practice of psychological techniques in clinics or institutional settings; 
experience in psychological testing, interviewing, report writing, case presentation, inter- 
pretation of tests and supportive counseling. 

479. Sem in Clinical Psychology. I or II. 1-3 hr. (May be repeated for credit with consent.) 
Research and problems in clinical psychology. 

480. Clinical Neuropsychology. II. (Alternate years.) 3 hr. Neuroanatomical foundations, 
neurobehavioral disorders, neuropsychological assessments, and psychopharmacological 
principles and practices relevant to clinical psychology. 

481. Psychophysiology. II. (Alternative Years.) 3 hr. PR: 3 hr. of physiological psychology 
or consent. The current state of theory, methods, and findings concerning the associa- 
tion of physiological response systems and psychological states and processes, includ- 
ing biofeedback intervention. 

482. Adult Behavior Therapy. II. 3 hr. Reviews the roots and development of behavioral 
intervention with adult populations. Applied clinical intervention is stressed in concert 
with evaluation and research application. 

483. Integrat Beh Psychotherapy. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. Conceptual and practical 
introduction to basic tenets, concepts, and techniques of major schools of psychotherapy. 
Reviews psychotherapy integration efforts by analyzing therapy process variables and 
therapist activities presumably common to many effective forms of therapy. 

490. Teaching Practicum. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. 
Supervised practice in college teaching of psychology. 

497. Research. (Dissertation). I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. 



1 84 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Public Administration 

David G. Williams, Chairperson of the Department 

302-B Woodburn Hall P.O. Box 6322 

Degree Offered: Master of Public Administration 

The Department of Public Administration offers a public administration curriculum 
for graduate students seeking the degree of master of public administration (M.P.A.) or a 
specialization as part of another graduate degree program. This program provides a 
professional orientation to the primary facets of public management. 

Curriculum 

The master of public administration curriculum serves the needs of students from a 
variety of backgrounds who wish to pursue careers in public service. It directs particular 
attention to developing an understanding of the management function in the public con- 
text as well as preparation in utilizing advanced management techniques applicable to 
all levels of government — local, state, national, and international — as well as the not-for- 
profit sector, particularly health and hospital organizations. 

The study program is designed to supply an academic foundation for comprehen- 
sion of the range of processes and management approaches employed in public admin- 
istration. These include public management theory and practice, personnel administra- 
tion, budgetary and financial management, organizational dynamics, legal and ethical 
concerns, practically-oriented research, and leadership. Particular stress is placed on 
those functions and issues that require the greatest degree of adaptation, innovation, 
and responsiveness on the part of the professional administrator. 

The curriculum reflects the diversity of skills required by all levels of government. 
The range of needs is broad in scope; students apply from diverse backgrounds, includ- 
ing political science, other social sciences, physical sciences, humanities, and from po- 
sitions in public service, not-for-profit, and private sectors. 

General Requirements 

The M.P.A. degree requires the completion of 47 credit hours. The general require- 
ments are listed below. These general requirements can be tailored to individual stu- 
dents' needs with revisions agreed upon by both student and advisor. 

• Integrative seminar (two credit hours): Orientation to professional skills and pro- 
gram content (PA 300). 

• Foundation courses (13 credit hours): Public management theory and practice (PA 
310), public financial management (PA 320), methods for public administration research 
(PA 330), and legal and political foundations (PA 340). 

• Advanced courses (nine credit hours): Public budgeting (PA 420), applied research 
in public administration (PA 430), and public personnel administration (PA 441). 

• Elective courses (12 credit hours): Selections from a wide range of specialized 
public administration elective courses and elective courses offered in other fields. 

• Internship (nine credit hours): Public administration internship (PA 403) and project 
paper (PA 404). 

• Integrative seminar (two credit hours): Application of course concepts to planned 
change in public organizations (PA 452). 

Degree Completion 

It usually takes four semesters for full-time students to complete the M.P.A. degree. 
Course work can be completed in two semesters and a summer. In addition, the intern- 
ship is generally one semester in length, although a variety of internship arrangements 



Public Administration 1 85 



are possible. For those individuals who have had substantial public service experience, 
internship credit can be awarded. 

Health Care Administration 

Elective courses are offered in health care administration for students who desire to 
specialize in this area as part of the M.P.A. degree. A certificate program is also avail- 
able. Check at the department for details. 

Joint Degrees 

The department has established both joint degree and double degree programs 
with a number of other graduate programs. A joint J.D./M.PA. degree program has been 
established with the College of Law to provide preparation in both law and public admin- 
istration. A joint M.S.W./M.PA. degree has been developed with the cooperation of the 
School of Social Work to provide preparation for administrators in the social services. 
Double degree programs may also be arranged with other academic programs and pro- 
fessional schools. Graduate studies regulations permit limited credit from one graduate 
degree to be applied to a second degree. Students may pursue two degrees and use 
approved course work for both degrees. 

Recommended Courses 

While many tool skills are included in the required courses, it is strongly recom- 
mended that students take courses in accounting, statistics, and computer science as 
part of their undergraduate program. Course work may also be taken at the graduate 
level in these subjects (200 and above) and counted as elective hours. 

Minor 

A graduate minor in public administration may be taken in conjunction with other 
graduate degrees in the College of Arts and Sciences. In addition, a graduate minor in 
public administration may be part of graduate degree programs outside the College as 
approved by the graduate committee for that student. 

At the master's level, a minor consists of 1 2 hours of course work (PA 31 0, 320, 340, 
and one advanced course). At the doctoral level, 15 hours of course work is required (PA 
31 0, 320, 340, and two advanced courses). A grade-point average of 3.0 must be achieved 
for the courses taken in the graduate minor. 

Changes in course requirements within the hour limits may be approved by the 
Department of Public Administration for students with specialized needs or back- 
ground experience. 

Admission 

Candidates must meet the WVU general admission requirements for graduation 
from an accredited college and grade-point average. Admission into the M.P.A. program 
is competitive with decisions based on: 

• Application for admission and transcripts (submitted to the Office of Admissions 
and Records). 

• Three letters of evaluation (forms are available from chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of Public Administration), Graduate Record Examination scores for the aptitude 
test, and a vita. These materials should be submitted to the chairperson of the Depart- 
ment of Public Administration. 

In the case of practicing administrators, a record of accomplishment in administra- 
tive performance will be weighed heavily in combination with the criteria outlined above. 



1 86 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Application Deadline 

The deadline for fall or summer applications is April 1 ; Applicants will be notified 
around April 1 5; deadline for January admission is October 1 5; applicants will be notified 
around November 1 . Decisions on applications will be made during these two periods, 
although late applications are considered if space is available. 

Application forms and additional information may be obtained by contacting the chair- 
person of the Department of Public Administration. 

Public Administration (PUBA) 

300. Professional Skills Seminar. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Orientation and overview of 
public administration; M.P.A. program content and expectations; research resources and 
computer applications; professional development activities and public service. 

31 0. Public Management Theory and Practice. I, II, S. 3 hr. Graduate level introduction to 
management theory and practice in the public sector, including contextual influences, 
administrative behavior and motivation, decision-making, leadership, organizational de- 
sign, communication and evaluation. 

320. Public Financial Management. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Principles and practices of 
public sector financial management including management control concepts, govern- 
mental financial accounting and reporting, analytical and managerial techniques and 
microcomputer applications to public financial management. 

330. Methods for Public Administration Research. I, II. 4 hr. PR: Consent. Introduction to 
the foundations and processes of applied research applicable to public administration, 
with emphasis upon data collection and analysis. Use of the personal computer for word 
processing and data analysis is also emphasized. 

340. Legal and Political Foundations. I, II, 3 hr. PR: Consent. Constitutional-legal basis 
of American public administration; the policy making process; administrative agency re- 
lationships with executive, legislative and judicial branches; bureaucratic power and 
legitimacy; and administrative legal process. 

345. Public Administration and Policy Development. II. 3 hr. Policy development exam- 
ined in terms of values, process, specific policy cases, alternative "futures" analyses and 
policy science. 

403. Internship. I, II, S. 6 hr. PR: Consent. A working internship in a government or public 
service related agency, designed to provide students with an opportunity to gain field 
experience, and to relate knowledge gained through course work situation. (Graded S or 
U.) 

404. Public Service Internship Analysis. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: PUBA 403, consent. Designed 
for students enrolled in PUBA 403. Students undertake in-depth analysis of elements of 
their internship (policy matters, organizational questions, administrative dilemmas, etc.), 
and prepare a written report. 

410. Administrative Behavior in Public Organizations. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Introduces 
and familiarizes the student with the nature of individual and group behavior in public 
organizations and bureaucratic settings. 



Public Administration 1 87 



41 1 . Public Planning. II. 3 hr. Principles and practices of government planning including 
development and management of policy, political and economic context of strategic plan- 
ning and social planning. 

412. Administrative Ethics and Justice. I. 3 hr. PR: PUBA 310 or consent. Analysis of 
ethical issues in public administration. Study of the concepts of distributive and proce- 
dural justice and their applications to administrative decision-making. 

420. Public Budgeting. I, II. 3 hr. PR: PUBA 320 or consent. Advanced study of public 
budgeting at the federal, state and local levels of government. Emphasis is placed on 
principles of public finance, budgeting processes and approaches; revenue sources and 
tax structures; and budget preparation and analysis. 

430. Applied Research in Public Administration. I, II 3 hr. PR: PUBA 330, consent. Comple- 
tion of an original, quantitative, applied research project dealing with issues and/or prob- 
lems in the public sector. 

431 . Information Management in Public Administration. II. 3 hr. Concepts and practice of 
information management in the public sector; computer applications and their impact on 
organizational performance as well as public accountability, political and administrative 
constraints, ethics and privacy. 

441. Public Personnel Administration. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Concept of merit and 
ideological roots of merit system; personnel functions in government with emphasis upon 
acquiring and managing human resources, equity, employee and executive develop- 
ment and problems of patronage and employee relations. 

443. Public Employee Labor Relations. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Provides overview of theory, 
structures, and issues of public-sector labor relations; specific knowledge and training in 
processes and behaviors of contract negotiation and contract maintenance; and intro- 
duction to conflict management in non-unionized settings. 

452. Capstone Seminar: Strategies for Change. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Develops knowl- 
edge base and techniques for using Public Administration concepts gained in the curricu- 
lum to effect planned change in organizations and cope with its ethical implications. 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Focuses on those subjects of most 
topical concern in public administration. 

492. Directed Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Directed study, reading and/or re- 
search. 

494. Special Seminar: (topic). II, 1 -6 hr. Special seminars arranged for advanced gradu- 
ate students. 



1 88 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Sociology and Anthropology 

Ronald Althouse, Chairperson of the Department 

423 Hodges Hall 

Degree Offered: Master of Arts 

The Department of Sociology and Anthropology offers an emphasis in applied social 
research leading to the degree of master of arts . Students are trained to be able to take 
positions in government, universities, community agencies, and private industry that re- 
quire them to design and conduct research for purposes of evaluating policies and pro- 
grams, documenting social needs, monitoring service delivery, and marketing products 
and services. The program also serves as a good foundation for students who may later 
choose to pursue doctoral studies. 

Admission 

Applicants for admission to graduate study must have a bachelor's degree from an 
accredited institution. Applicants should have their college or university transcripts sent 
directly to the WVU Office of Admissions and Records. Candidates should also submit 
three completed "Recommendation Forms" from former professors, supervisors, or em- 
ployers. Applicants should submit a written statement of why they are interested in the 
program and in a career in applied social research. An on-campus interview in the de- 
partment is encouraged. Scores for the Graduate Record Examination are not essential 
for admission but must be provided before the beginning of classes. Foreign students for 
whom English is not the native language are required by the University to submit Test of 
English As a Foreign Language (TOEFL) scores (a minimum score of 550 is required) 
and may be required to participate in the University's language orientation sessions. 

Application Deadline 

Application should be completed by March 1 for admission to the fall semester. 
Students seeking financial assistance must request and submit a separate application 
form furnished by the department. 

Remediation 

Students with deficient background in sociological theory or methods may be re- 
quired to do remedial work. Full-time students who are admitted as special provisional 
students are required to complete 1 2 hours of approved course work with a B average or 
better within a year; students who fail to do so are suspended. The department graduate 
committee assesses all students and determines who will be permitted to continue in the 
program, with or without assistance. Normally, assistance is for no more than two years. 

Degree Requirements 

The 36 hour program requires 30 hours of course work and either the completion of 
an applied research report (six hours) based on an analysis of a social program or policy, 
or a master's thesis (six hours) for students interested in investigating a theoretical prob- 
lem or methodological issue. During the first three semesters, students are required to 
enroll in a series of core research courses. These include survey research methods, 
qualitative research methods, elementary and advanced data analysis, principles of re- 
search design, and a seminar in applied social research policy. 

Options 

The thesis may consist of an empirical assessment of community needs, problems, 
policies, and/or programs or an analysis of a problem in the social scientific literature. 

Sociology and Anthropology 1 89 



The student, in consultation with his/her program committee, chooses electives either in 
the department or elsewhere in the University as a basis for gaining expertise in some 
specific area of concentration. 

Faculty 

In addition to instruction in technical skills, faculty furnish an overview of the rela- 
tionship between policy and research and provide expertise in a broad range of sub- 
stantive areas, including economic development in Appalachia; gender, racial, and eth- 
nic studies; the sociology of education and work; criminal justice system; health care 
delivery; injury prevention; community and organizational development; and conflict 
analysis and resolution. 

Bachelor of Arts/Master of Arts 

This special option is available to WVU undergraduate sociology and anthropology 
majors with a grade-point average of 3.0. By taking nine hours of specified graduate 
work as elective credit during the senior year, students can complete a 30-credit M.A. in 
only one year of full-time study. However, students cannot hold an assistantship and still 
complete the degree in one year. Contact the department chairperson for more details. 

Sociology and Anthropology (SOCA) 

201. Sociological Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hr. SOCA and senior standing or consent. Sys- 
tematic analysis of major sociological theories viewed from the historical perspective 
and in terms of current research. 

204. Complex Organizations. I. 3 hr. PR: 6 hr. SOCA or consent. The structure and 
functioning of large-scale, bureaucratic organizations, including studies of industrial or- 
ganizations, prisons, hospitals, government bureaus, and the military in contemporary 
society. 

205. Class, Status, and Power. I or II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hr. SOCA or consent. Analysis of 
various systems of social inequality. Emphasis on empirical studies describing social 
class system, distribution of status and power, and patterns of social mobility in America. 

211. Social Research Methods. I, II. 3 hr. PR: SOCA 1 or 5 or consent. Logic of social 
research, elements of research design, and problems of measurement, with emphasis 
on survey research methodology and data analysis. 

222. Community Development. II. 3 hr. PR: SOCA 122, or 6 hrs. SOCA, or consent. 
Application of sociological knowledge of structure of communities for planning programs 
and services. Emphasis on techniques of organizing efforts for community change in 
developing nations. 

223. Sociology of Rural Life. I or II. 3 hr. PR: SOCA 1 or consent. Social aspects of rural 
living. Characteristics of rural population, social structure, and institutional arrangements: 
family, community, education, religion, recreation, health, welfare, and local government. 

230. The Criminal Justice System. II. 3 hr. PR: SOCA 132 or consent. A sociological 
introduction to the criminal justice system. Analysis of police work, court activities, and 
corrections within the context of American social organization and societal definitions of 
crime and justice. 



1 90 WVU Graduate Catalog 



231. Sociology of Law. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Senior standing and permission of instructor. 
Development and practice of law as part of social systems; theoretical treatments of the 
relationship between law and social order; emphasis on issues of class, race, and gender. 
3 hr. lee. 

232. Sociology of Education. I. 3 hr. PR: SOCA 1 or consent. Education as a social 
institution, cultural and class influences on education, social roles and career patterns in 
the school system, the school and problems of the community. (Also listed as Ed. F. 300.) 

233. Sociology of Work and Work Places. I or II. 3 hr. PR: SOCA 1 or consent. Explores 
the significance of work and work relations in contemporary society. Emphasis is given to 
the analysis of employment settings including industrial organizations. 

253. Religion, Magic, and Healing. I or II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hr. SOCA or consent. Symbolism, 
magic, ritual, shamanism, sorcery, and concepts of sin and salvation related to peasant 
and tribal cosmologies will be examined as causes of and remedies for suffering in tradi- 
tional and modern contexts. 

258. Anthropology of Health and Illness. 3 hr. PR: 6 hr. SOCA or Consent. Health and 
Disease, diagnosis, and healing in cross-cultural perspectives; analyses of social, cul- 
tural, political, and economic factors in modern and traditional medical systems. 

261 . Issues in Crime and Justice. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Senior seminar on crime and 
the social organization of justice. Special focus on problems of professionals in preven- 
tion, enforcement, corrections, and institutional reform. Emphasis on recent research, 
emerging trends, and key policy choices. 

290. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: 6 hr. SOCA or consent. Topics change so students 
may enroll more than once. 

291 . Honors Seminar. I or II. 1-3 hr. 

293. Independent Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. per sem. PR: 3.0 grade-point average and written 
departmental permission. Directed reading or research for students desiring work not 
available in regular course offerings. 

31 1 . Survey Research Methods. I. 3 hr. PR: SOCA 21 1 and STAT 101 or consent. Pro- 
vides students with an overview of survey research including problem definition, research 
design, sampling, measurement, instrument construction, project management, ethical 
considerations, and report writing. 

313. Qualitative Methods. I or II. 3 hr. Provides students with supervised field experi- 
ences in interviewing, participant observation, and other methods of qualitative data gath- 
ering, analysis, and presentation. 

317. Data Analysis. II. 3 hr. PR: Stat. 101 or equiv. Using social science survey data, this 
course integrates statistics, computer usage, and social science theory to examine alter- 
native methods of analyzing social science data. Makes extensive use of SPSS software 
package. 

318. Data Analysis. I. 3 hr. PR: SOCA 317. Continuation of SOCA 317. 



Sociology and Anthropology 1 9 1 



319. Microcomputer Applications. I. 1 hr. A directed tutorial in selected social science 
applications of microcomputer use with emphasis on production of research reports. 
(SOCA majors only.) 

322. Contemporary Sociological Theory. II. 3 hr. Review of recent trends and orienta- 
tions in sociology. Theory construction, topologies, mathematical models, and the rela- 
tionship between theory and research. Review of current literature. 

390. Special Topics. I, II. 1-3 hr. A graduate course offered as the need arises. Topics 
change so students may enroll more than once. 

391. Seminar. I, II. 3-9 hr. 

393. Independent Study. I, II, S. 1-9 hr. PR: Written departmental consent. Directed read- 
ing and/or research in a specialized area of interest. 

394. Thesis or Applied Problem Research. I, II, S. 6 hr. 

395. Field Work. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Departmental consent. Supervised field work. 
490. Teaching Practicum. I, II. 1-3 hr. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 



Statistics 

Wayne A. Muth, Chairperson of Department 

31 1 Knapp Hall 

Degree Offered: Master of Science 

The Department of Statistics and Computer Science offers a master of science with 
a major in statistics. The master of science degree is intended to qualify the student to 
assume a professional role in an educational, industrial, or governmental research project, 
to teach in a junior or senior college, or to undertake advanced training toward a doctor- 
ate in statistics or one of the quantitative fields of science. 

Because many students receive baccalaureate degrees from colleges which do not 
offer undergraduate programs in statistics and because historically statistics has been 
primarily a field of graduate education, a student does not need a degree in statistics to 
enter the M.S. degree program in statistics. In fact, a good background in engineering, 
mathematics, or science is a reasonable preparation for graduate work in statistics. 

Options 

Two options are available for students seeking a master of science in statistics. The 
two options are: 

• Problem Report Option: At least 36 hours of course work including three hours 
of credit for a problem report. 

•Thesis Option: At least 30 hours of course work including six hours of credit for 
a thesis. 

Prerequisites 

Students are expected to know the material contained in the following courses upon 
admission to the program. Otherwise, these deficiencies must be removed as early as 
possible in the student's degree program. Otherwise, in order to stay in the program, 

1 92 WVU Graduate Catalog 



these deficiencies must be removed on the terms specified by the admission committee. 

• Single and multivariable calculus (MATH 15, 16, 17 or equiv.) 

• Linear or matrix algebra (MATH 241 or equiv.) 

• Probability and statistics (STAT 201 or equiv.) 

• Programming (CS 15, 16 or equiv.) 
Minimum required courses for either option are: 

•STAT 361,362,396. 

• Fifteen hours from STAT 312, 313, 341, 351, 371, 381. 

• One course from STAT 441 , 451 . 

• One course from STAT 390, 392. 

Credit towards the degree requirements is not given for STAT 31 1 . 

Examinations 

Students must pass two written comprehensive examinations on foundation ma- 
terial and a final oral examination on the thesis or problem report. One comprehen- 
sive examination covers the theory taught in STAT 361 and 362; the other covers 
the applications taught in STAT 31 2, 31 3, 341 , 351 , and 381 . These written exami- 
nations are normally given in the first four weeks of the semester in which the stu- 
dent expects to graduate. The final oral examination is a defense of the graduate 
research project required of all students, and it is usually given within four weeks 
after the student has presented an acceptable copy of the thesis or report to the 
advisor and graduate committee. 

More information concerning graduate studies may be found in Graduate Programs 
in Statistics available from the Department of Statistics and Computer Science. 

Requirements for Minor 

Any student pursuing a master's degree in the College of Arts and Sciences may 
complete a minor in statistics by completing the following requirements: 

• Prerequisite one year of calculus equivalent to MATH 15 and 16; knowledge of a 
high-level programming language; 

• One six -hour sequence in statistical theory from STAT 261 Theory of Probability 
and STAT 262 Theory of Statistics or STAT 361 Theory of Statistics 1 and STAT 362 
Theory of Statistics 2. 

•An additional six hours of statistics selected from the following courses: 

STAT 231 Sampling Methods 3 hours 

STAT 312 Statistical Methods 2 3 hours 

STAT 31 3 Design of Experiments 3 hours 

STAT 341 Applied Multivariate Analysis 3 hours 

STAT 351 Applied Regression Analysis 3 hours 

STAT 371 Introduction to Exploratory Data Analysis 3 hours 

STAT 381 Nonparametric Statistics 3 hours 

STAT 441 Multivariate Statistical Theory 3 hours 

STAT 451 Linear Models 3 hours 

• A grade of C or better in all courses completed and a minimum 3.0 GPA for all 
courses used to fulfill the requirements of a minor in statistics. 

• The student's graduate committee must include a member of the faculty of the 
Department of Statistics and Computer Science. 

• The problem report or thesis must include a significant application of statistics or 
otherwise demonstrate the application of statistical techniques to a research problem. 



Statistics 193 



Doctor of Philosophy 

A student pursuing a doctor of philosophy in the Eberly College of Arts and Sciences 
may complete a minor in statistics by satisfying the following requirements: 

• Prerequisites of three semesters of calculus equivalent to MATH 15, 16, and 17; 
knowledge of a high-level programming language equivalent to completing CS 15. 

• Six hours of statistical theory by completing STAT 361 Theory of Statistics 1 and 
STAT 362 Theory of Statistical Theory 2. 

• Twelve hours selected from these courses: 

STAT 312 Statistical Methods 2 3 hours 

STAT 313 Design of Experiments 3 hours 

STAT 341 Applied Multivariate Analysis 3 hours 

STAT 351 Applied Regression Analysis 3 hours 

STAT 371 Introduction to Exploratory Data Analysis 3 hours 

STAT 381 Nonparametric Statistics 3 hours 

STAT 441 Multivariate Statistical Theory 3 hours 

STAT 451 Linear Models 3 hours 

• A grade of C or better in all courses, and a GPA of 3.0 for all courses used to meet 
the requirements of the minor. 

• The student's graduate committee must include a member of the faculty from the 
Department of Statistics and Computer Science. 

• Statistics must be one of the areas included in the comprehensive examinations. 

Statistics (STAT) 

201. Introduction to Probability and Statistics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 16. Probability, ran- 
dom variables, discrete and continuous probability distributions, joint probability distribu- 
tions, expected value. The central limit theorem. Point and interval estimation and tests 
of hypotheses. Chi-square tests, linear regression, and correlation. 

205. Introductory Probability and Statistical Inference. 1. 3 hr. PR: Math 1 28 or equiv. Prob- 
ability, random variables, expectation, random sampling, descriptive statistics, sampling 
distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, linear regression, nonparametric statics. 

212. Intermediate Statistical Methods. I, II. 3 hr. PR: STAT 101 or 201 or equiv. Extension 
of basic concepts of statistical inference: estimation and hypothesis testing for more than 
two populations, multiple regression and correlation, curvilinear regression, analysis of 
variance and covariance. 

213. Introductory Design and Analysis. II. 3 hr. PR: STAT 212. Introduction to the linear 
model, the complete and fractional factorial experiment, and the completely random, 
randomized complete block, Latin square, and split-plot experimental designs. 

221 . Statistical Analysis System (SAS). I, II. 3 hr. PR: STAT 101 or 201 or equiv., and CS 
1 or equiv. Introduction to the use of the Statistical Analysis System (SAS), a statistical 
computer program. Students will perform statistical data analysis, data file modifications, 
and statistical report writing. 

231 . Sampling Methods. 1. 3 hr. PR: STAT 101 or 201 or equiv. Methods of sampling from 
finite populations, choice of sampling unit, and sample survey design. Estimation of con- 
fidence limits, and optimum sample size. Single and multistage sampling procedures. 

251 . Data Analysis. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: STAT 213. Computer analyses of simu- 
lated or real unbalanced data using a matrix approach to linear models. The techniques will 



1 94 WVU Graduate Catalog 



include least squares analysis of variance and covariance, multiple and polynomial regres- 
sion, and multiple discrimination. 

261 . Theory of Probability. I. 3 hr. PR or Cone: MATH 17. Theoretical coverage of prob- 
ability, random variables, discrete and continuous probability distributions. Expected value, 
moment generating functions, special probability distributions. Random sampling and 
distributions of certain functions of random variables. The Central Limit Theorem. 

262. Theory of Statistics. II. 3 hr. PR: STAT 261. Theoretical introduction to statistical 
inference. Properties of estimators and techniques of estimation. Hypotheses testing 
including the Neyman-Pearson Lemma and likelihood ratio tests. Regression and corre- 
lation. Selected topics. 

291 . Topics in Statistics. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: STAT 201 or equiv. Advanced study of special 
topics in statistics. 

305. Foundations of Probability and Statistics. S. 3 hr. PR: Math 16 or consent. Probabil- 
ity, random variables, discrete and continuous probability distributions, point and interval 
estimation, chi-square tests, linear regression, and correlation. 

311. Statistical Methods 1. 1, II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 3. Statistical models, distributions, prob- 
ability, random variables, tests of hypotheses, confidence intervals, regression, correla- 
tion, transformations, F and Chi-square distributions, analysis of variance and multiple 
comparisons. (Equiv. to ED P 31 1 and PSYC 31 1 .) 

312. Statistical Methods 2. I, II. 3 hr. PR: STAT 31 1 or equiv. Completely random, ran- 
domized complete block, Latin square and split-plot experimental designs. Unplanned 
and planned multiple and orthogonal comparisons for qualitative and quantitative treat- 
ments and factorial arrangements. Multiple linear regression and covariance analysis. 
(Equiv. to ED P 312 and PSYC 312.) 

313. Design of Experiments. II. 3 hr. PR: STAT 312 or equiv. Expected mean squares, 
power of tests and relative efficiency for various experimental designs. Fixed, random, 
and mixed models. Use of sub-sampling, covariance and confounding to increase power 
and efficiency. 

341 . Applied Multivariate Analysis. I. 3 hr. PR: STAT 31 1 or equiv. Introduction to Euclid- 
ean geometry and matrix algebra; multiple and multivariate regression including multiple 
and canonical correlation; the k-sample problem including discriminant and canonical 
analysis; and structuring data by factor analysis, cluster analysis, and multidimensional 
scaling. 

351 . Applied Regression Analysis. I. 3 hr. PR: STAT 312. Matrix approach to linear and 
multiple regression, selecting the "best" regression equation, model building, and the 
linear models approach to analysis of variance and analysis of covariance. 

361. Theory of Statistics 1. I. 3 hr. PR: MATH 17. Probability and random variables, 
univariate and multivariate distributions, expectations, generating functions, marginal and 
conditional distributions, independence, correlation, functions of random variables in- 
cluding order statistics, limiting distributions, and stochastic convergence. 

362. Theory of Statistics 2. II. 3 hr. PR: STAT 361. Techniques of point and interval 
estimation, properties of estimates including bias, consistency, efficiency, and sufficiency; 



Statistics 195 



hypothesis testing including likelihood ratio tests and Neyman-Pearson Lemma; Baye- 
sian procedures, analysis of variance and nonparametrics. 

371 . Introduction to Exploratory Data Analysis. I. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: An introduc- 
tory statistics course. Basic ways in which observations given in counted and measured 
form are approached. Pictorial and arithmetic techniques of display and discovery. Meth- 
ods employed are robust, graphical, and informal. Applications to social and natural sci- 
ences. 

381. Nonparametric Statistics. II. 3 hr. PR: STAT 311 or equiv. Distribution-free proce- 
dures of statistical inference. Location and scale tests for homogeneity with two or more 
samples (related or independent); tests against general alternatives. 

390. Teaching Practicum. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Supervised practice in college teach- 
ing of statistics. 

391. Advanced Studies in Statistics. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in ad- 
vanced statistics subjects which are not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study 
may be independent or through specially scheduled lectures. 

392. Analysis of Experiments. II. 1 hr. PR: Consent. Statistical consulting and data 
analysis. 

396. Graduate Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Consent. It is anticipated that each graduate 
student will present at least one seminar to the assembled faculty and student body in 
statistics. 

397. Research in Statistics. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. 

441. Multivariate Statistical Theory. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: STAT 341, 361 or 
consent. Euclidean vector space theory and matrix algebra, multivariate normal sam- 
pling theory, the theory of the multivariate general linear hypothesis including multivari- 
ate regression, MANOVA, and MANCOVA, and the theory of factor analysis. 

451. Linear Models. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. PR: STAT 351, 362. Multivariate normal 
distribution, distribution of quadratic forms, linear models, general linear hypotheses, 
experimental design models, components of variance for random effects models. 



Center for Women's Studies 

Helen M. Bannan, Director 
218 Eiesland Hall 

The Center for Women's Studies has a university-wide mission to coordinate inter- 
disciplinary teaching and research on women and gender. The Center sponsors lec- 
tures, films, colloquia, symposia, conferences, faculty development programs, and schol- 
arships. A resource library in the Center supplements the women's studies holdings of 
other campus libraries. The Center is supported by the West Virginia Alliance for Women's 
Studies, a community-based group that promotes women's studies and women's educa- 
tion throughout the state. 



1 96 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Although there is currently no independent graduate degree in women's studies 
available at West Virginia University, students interested in doing graduate work in women's 
studies can apply for admission to the master of arts in liberal studies program (M.A.L.S.), 
offered through the Eberly College of Arts and Sciences. This interdisciplinary program 
provides an opportunity for students to develop their course work and project in the 
framework of women's studies scholarship. Interested students should become familiar 
with the requirements of M.A.L.S as described on page 163 and contact the M.A.L.S 
director before contacting the Center. 

Undergraduate Certificate in Women's Studies 

Students can also choose to complete an undergraduate certificate in women's stud- 
ies in conjunction with the M.A.L.S. degree or any other graduate degree. The certificate, 
a 19-hour program with two required and four elective courses, allows the student to 
design an individualized certificate or choose to focus on an area of concentration such 
as Women in the Arts or Women's Health and Sexuality. The certificate constitutes a 
valuable credential in a variety of careers necessitating an understanding of women's 
issues. To enroll in the certificate program, students must register with the Program Spe- 
cialist in the Center for Women's Studies. 

Financial Assistance 

Some financial assistance is available to students doing graduate work in women's 
studies. Students who qualify as West Virginia residents are eligible for the Winifred 
South Knutti Graduate Scholarship in Women's Studies. Teaching assistantships may 
also be available. 

For further information, contact the Center for Women's Studies, 218 Eiesland Hall, 
P.O. Box 6450, Morgantown, WV 26506-6450. Telephone (304) 293-2339. 

In addition to the women's studies courses listed below, other courses focusing on 
women and gender as well as independent study opportunities are available in several 
university departments. 

Women's Studies (WMST) 

240. Methods and Perspectives in Women's Studies. I, II, 4 hr. PR: Junior standing or 
consent. Exploration of theories, perspectives, and methods appropriate to the interdis- 
ciplinary study of women and gender. 

290. Independent Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Individual study of an issue in 
women's studies and/or gender studies. 

391 . Advanced Topics. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced women's 
studies' topics. Study may be independent or through scheduled meetings. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I, II, S. 1-9 hr. PR: Consent. 

490. Teaching Practicum. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Supervised practice in college teach- 
ing of women's studies. 

491 . Advanced Study. I, II, 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced women's stud- 
ies' topics. Study may be independent or through scheduled meetings. 



Women's Studies 197 



College of Business and Economics 

Sydney V. Stern, Ph.D., Dean 

William S. Reece, Ph.D., Associate Dean 

Tom S. Witt, Ph.D., Associate Dean 

Richard M. Gardner, M.B.A., Assistant Dean 

Susan Gustin, M.A., Assistant Dean 

Paul J. Speaker, Ph.D., Director of Graduate Programs 

The College of Business and Economics was founded in November of 1951 and 
graduated its first class in the spring of 1953. Since that time, the College of Business 
and Economics has become one of the largest colleges at West Virginia University. In 
1954, the College became fully accredited by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools 
of Business, the highest level of business accreditation. 

In 1990, the new College of Business and Economics building was completed on 
the site of Old Mountaineer Stadium on the Downtown Campus adjacent to historic 
Woodburn Hall. The four-story facility houses modern classrooms, two auditoriums, 
state-of-the-art computer laboratories, and space for the College's research and ser- 
vice centers. 

Our mission centers around educating students to prepare them for professional 
careers in business, industry, government, and education. The College administration 
and faculty work with the WVU Career Services Center and private employers to place 
our graduates in rewarding professional positions. 

The master of arts and doctor of philosophy degrees in economics prepare students 
for careers in business, government, and higher education. Students receive in-depth 
education in the concepts and methods of economic analysis and also study business 
analysis, public policy, mathematical economics, labor economics, environmental eco- 
nomics, public finance, and econometrics. These programs are well-suited to students 
with undergraduate degrees in economics, finance, mathematics, statistics, public policy, 
history, and other humanities majors. 

The master of business administration program is especially attractive for the stu- 
dent with a non-business undergraduate major since no business courses are prerequi- 
site for admission. Course work includes an even exposure to all of the functional areas 
of management and provides a broad, general management orientation. The M.B.A. 
program is also available part time on evenings or weekends at various locations through- 
out West Virginia. 

The master of science program in industrial relations provides a flexible, interdisci- 
plinary education for the student desiring a career in human resources management 
(industrial relations). All undergraduate majors are acceptable. Areas of study may in- 
clude the functional areas of business, counseling, law, safety, and others. 

The master of professional accountancy program is available to students with un- 
dergraduate degrees in accounting. The program follows the AlCPA's recommendations 
for a five-year accounting education and meets the requirements of all states with 150- 
hour requirements for CPA certification. The master's programs can be completed by a 
full-time student in one to one and a half years. Specific information about graduate 
programs in the College of Business and Economics may be obtained from Office of 
Graduate Programs, 333 Business and Economics Building, P.O. Box 6025, West Vir- 
ginia University, Morgantown, WV 26506-6025. Telephone (304) 293-5408. 



1 98 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Graduate Programs 

Business Administration M.B.A. 

Economics M.A., Ph.D. 

Industrial Relations M.S. 

Professional Accountancy M.P.A. 

Overview of Programs 

The M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in economics prepare students for careers in business, 
government, and higher education. Students receive in-depth education in the concepts 
and methods of economic analysis and also study business analysis, public policy, math- 
ematical economics, labor economics, environmental economics, public finance, and 
econometrics. These programs are well-suited to students with undergraduate degrees 
in economics, finance, mathematics, statistics, public policy, history, and other humani- 
ties majors. 

The M.B.A. program is especially attractive for the student with a non-business un- 
dergraduate major since no business courses are prerequisite for admission. Course 
work includes an even exposure to all of the functional areas of management and pro- 
vides a broad, general management orientation. The M.B.A. program is also available 
part time on evenings or weekends at various locations throughout West Virginia. 

The master of science program in industrial relations (M.S.I.R.) provides a flexible, 
interdisciplinary education for the student desiring a career in human resources man- 
agement (industrial relations). All undergraduate majors are acceptable. Areas of study 
may include the functional areas of business, counseling, law, safety, sociology, and 
others. 

The master of professional accountancy (M.P.A.) program is available to students 
with undergraduate degrees in accounting. The program follows the AlCPA's recommen- 
dations for a five-year accounting education and meets the requirements of all states 
with 150-hour requirements for C.RA. certification. The master's programs can be com- 
pleted by a full-time student in one to one-and-a-half years. 

Special Requirements 

The M.B.A., M.P.A., and M.S. in industrial relations and the M.A. and Ph.D. in eco- 
nomics programs require a bachelor's degree from an accredited institution. Overall grade 
point average is considered, with additional attention given to the grade point average 
achieved in the last sixty hours of course work. The Graduate Management Admissions 
Test (GMAT) is required for all of the business graduate programs. For the MSIR pro- 
gram, the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) may be substituted for the GMAT. The 
economics programs require the GRE. A resume is a requirement of the admission pro- 
cess for all programs. 

Graduate Faculty 

* Indicates regular membership in the graduate faculty. 
Indicates associate membership in the graduate faculty. 

Accounting 
Professors 

\Jay H. Coats, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Cost/managerial accounting, Microcomputers in accounting, 

Accounting education. 
'Robert S. Maust, M.S. (WVU), CPA. Financial accounting, Accounting theory, Managerial and cost 

accounting. 
*Adolph A. Neidermeyer, Ph.D. (U. Iowa). Federal and state income taxation, Estate planning, 

Financial accounting. 

College of Business and Economics 1 99 



♦David B. Pariser, Ph.D. (So. III.). CPA, CMA, CCA, CGFM. Financial accounting, Governmental 

accounting and auditing, Public sector accounting, International accounting. 
♦Ann B. Pushkin, Ph.D. (VPI&SU). CPA. Auditing, EDP auditing, Accounting information systems, 

Microcomputer applications. 
*Gail A. Shaw, Ph.D. (U. Mo.). CPA, Financial accounting theory, Auditing, Business combinations. 
♦G. Stevenson Smith, Ph.D. (U. Ark.). CPA, CMA, CCA. Not-for-profit and governmental 

accounting, Cost accounting, Managerial accounting. 
Associate Professor 

♦Scott I. Jerris, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Financial accounting, Accounting theory, Capital markets. 
Assistant Professors 
♦Richard C. Brooks, Ph.D. (LSU). CGFM. Managerial accounting, Governmental accounting, Public 

sector accounting. 
*Bonnie W. Morris, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). CPA. Accounting information systems, Expert systems and 

artificial intelligence, Internal audit ing. 
*Timothy A. Pearson, Ph.D. (U. Wise). CPA. Auditing, Financial accounting, Microcomputer 

applications. 

Economics 
Professors 

♦Donald R. Adams, Jr., Ph.D. (U. Penn). American economic history, European economic history, 

Economic development. 
♦Luc E. Anselin, Ph.D. (Cornell U.). Regional economics, Econometrics. 
•Robert D. Britt, Ph.D. (U. Colo.). Managerial economics, History of economic thought, Economic 

history. 
r Clifford B. Hawley, Ph.D. (Duke U.). Labor economics, Microeconomic theory, Econometrics. 
♦Ming-jeng Hwang, Ph.D. (Tex. A&M U.). General theory, Urban and regional economics, 

Mathematical economics. 
♦Andrew W. Isserman, Ph.D. (U. Penn.). Regional economics. 

♦Kern O. Kymn, Ph.D. (U. Chicago). General theory, Mathematical economics, Econometrics. 
♦Patrick C. Mann, Ph.D. (Ind. U.). Utility economics, Industrial organization. 
♦Douglas Mitchell, Ph.D. (Princeton U.). Monetary theory, Macroeconomic theory. 
r William S. Reece, Ph.D. (Wash. U. — St. Louis). Public economics. 

♦Tom S.Witt, Ph.D. (Wash. U— St. Louis). Econometrics, Energy economics, Regional economics. 
Adjunct Professors 
♦Walter C. Labys, Ph.D. (Nottingham U.). Adjunct. Commodity market modeling, Mineral 

economics, Econometrics. 
*Virgil Norton, Ph.D. (Ore. St. U.). Agricultural economics, Resource economics, Health care. 
♦Tim T. Phipps, Ph.D. (U. Cal. Davis). Agricultural economics, Resource economics. 
Associate Professors 

r Ronald J. Balvers, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Financial economics, Macroeconomic theory. 
♦Brian J. Cushing, Ph.D. (U. Md.). Urban and regional economics, Econometrics, Public finance. 
t William Trumbull, Ph.D. (UNC). Public finance, Law and economics, Applied microeconomics. 
Adjunct Associate Professor 

♦Victor K. Chow, Ph.D. (U. Ala.). Corporate finance, Portfolio management, Microeconomics. 
Assistant Professors 

*Subhayu Bandyopadhyay, Ph.D. (U. Md.). International trade, International finance. 
*Sudeshna Bandyopadhyay, Ph.D. (U. Md.). Labor economics. 

T Stratford M. Douglas, Ph.D. (UNC). Econometrics, Industrial organization, Corporate finance. 
*Eun-Soo Park, Ph.D. (Northwestern U.). Microeconomic theory, Game theory. 
♦Russell S. Sobel, Ph.D. (Fla. St. U.). Public finance. 

Finance 
Professors 

♦Howard L. Brewer, Ph.D. (U. Iowa). Financial management, Portfolio applications. 
♦William B. Riley, Ph.D. (U. Ark.). Investments, Capital markets. 
♦Frederick C. Scherr, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Corporate finance, Capital markets. 

200 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Associate Professors 

'Ashok Abbott, Ph.D. (VPI&SU). Financial institutions, Corporate finance, Mergers and acquisitions. 

'Victor Chow, Ph.D. (U. Ala.). Corporate finance, Portfolio management. 

f Karen C. Denning, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Corporate finance, Speculative markets, Economic regulation. 

r Terry L. Rose, Ph.D. (U. of III.). Insurance, Risk management. 

r Paul J. Speaker, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Financial institutions, Modeling, Uncertainty. 

Management and Industrial Relations 
Professors 

*Neil S. Bucklew, Ph.D. (U. Wise). Past President. Industrial relations, Collective bargaining, 

Labor-management relations. 
tRandyl D. Elkin, Ph.D. (Iowa St. U.). Collective bargaining, Arbitration, Health care bargaining. 
r Jack A. Fuller, Ph.D. (U. Ark.). Heuristic decision making, Production planning and control, 

Systems analysis and design. 
f Ali H. Mansour, Ph.D. (U. Ga.). Management information systems, Management science, 

Production operations management. 
'Dietrich Schaupp, D.B.A. (U. Ky.). Organizational performance and development, Labor- 
management cooperation. 
"Fred A. Zeller, Jr., Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Labor-management relations, Economic development, 

Human resources. 
Associate Professors 

f Gerald L. Blakely, Ph.D. (UNC). Human resource management, Organizational behavior. 
*Thomas L. Blaskovics, Ph.D. (Marquette U.). Management information systems, Psychological 

testing. 
\John Harpell, D.B.A. (Ga. St. U.). Operations research, Mentorship, Production management. 
*Cindy L. Martinec, Ph.D. (SUNY-Buffalo). Strategic management. 
*Wilbur J. Smith, M.S. (U. Wise). Human resource economics, Employment and training programs, 

Labor force. 
*Owen A. Tapper, M.S. (U. Wise). Trade unionism, Safety and health, Labor-management 

cooperation. 
Assistant Professor 

*Kunal Banerji, (U. Ky). International business, Policy and strategy. 
f James Denton, Ph.D. (Kent St. U.). Decision science, Operations management. 
'Robert H. Moorman, Ph.D. (Ind. U.). Human resource management, Organizational behavior. 
*Monika Renard, Ph.D. (U. Md.). Human resource management. 
f Michael D. Wolfe, Ph.D. (U. Tex.). Information systems. 

Marketing 
Professors 

'Cyril M. Logar, D.B.A. (Kent St. U.). Health care marketing, Strategic marketing and planning, 

Marketing research. 
*Terry Wilson, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Services marketing, Marketing planning. 
Associate Professors 

f Paula F. Bone, Ph.D. (U. So. Car.). Consumer behavior, Marketing research, Public policy. 
*Robert W. Cook, D.B.A. (Kent St. U.). Sales management, Product management, Marketing 

strategy and planning, Retail management. 
r Gordon McClung, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Marketing strategy and planning, Services marketing. 
f Thomas Ponzurick, D.B.A. (Memphis St. U.). Health care and services marketing, International 

marketing, Strategic marketing research. 
Assistant Professors 
f Robert Corey, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Channels of distribution, New product development, Direct 

marketing, Retail management, Business ethics. 
'Karen R. France, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Health care and service marketing, Consumer research, 

Advertising strategy. 



College of Business and Economics 201 



Accountancy, Professional 

Paul J. Speaker, Director of Graduate Programs 
333 Business and Economics Building 
Degree Offered: 

Master of Professional Accountancy 

Given the changing environment in both the public and private sectors of the economy, 
many accountants will need an educational background that goes beyond that obtained 
in an undergraduate degree program. Accountants must be proficient in applying profes- 
sional concepts and principles to a wide variety of existing situations and also have the 
ability to adapt to new standards and methods of doing business. Competing in such an 
environment requires a solid technical foundation, an adeptness in analyzing multifari- 
ous business situations, and the aptitude to effectively communicate recommended so- 
lutions and conclusions. Thus, the objectives of the master of professional accountancy 
degree are as follows: 

• Enhancement of the knowledge base acquired in an undergraduate accounting 
program with respect to professional concepts, standards, and principles and the ability 
to apply them. 

• Development of higher level critical thinking, problem solving, and other creative 
skills beyond those attributable to undergraduate education. 

• Enhancement of an understanding of ethical, legal, and regulatory issues with 
respect to business decisions. 

• Continued development of an awareness of the impact of the global environment 
on business decisions. 

• Enhancement of skills applicable to analyzing diverse and complex business 
situations. 

• Comprehension and evaluation of the economic, political, and societal effects of 
accounting techniques and authoritative pronouncements. 

• Creation of an attitude conducive to lifelong learning. 

• Continued development of listening, writing, and oral communication skills. 

Graduates of the MPA program should find employment in industrial, service, gov- 
ernmental entities, and public accounting firms, or attain a background for entry into 
doctoral programs. 

AICPA Guidelines/CPA Exam Requirements 

The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) has stated that a 
CPA candidate should have 150 semester-hours of formal education in order to be pre- 
pared to cope with the increasingly complex nature of an accounting practice. Thus, a 
five-year accounting education will be a membership requirement for the AICPA begin- 
ning in the year 2000. Further, 1 50 semester-hours are required to sit for the CPA exami- 
nation in many states; this requirement will take effect in West Virginia on July 1 , 2000. 
The MPA program at WVU not only satisfies the 150 hour requirement but also provides 
a foundation for the student to prepare to sit for professional accounting examinations. 

Financial Aid 

Financial aid in the form of graduate assistantships and tuition waivers may be avail- 
able to a limited number of qualified students on a competitive basis. Part time student 
workers may have the opportunity to work with faculty who teach accounting principles. 
Graduate students are also eligible for the following awards: 

The Accounting Faculty Outstanding M.P.A . Award: To honor an outstanding mas- 
ter of professional accountancy major based on academic performance and contribution 
to the accounting program. 

202 WVU Graduate Catalog 



West Virginia Tax Institute M.P.A . Award: To honor an outstanding master of profes- 
sional accountancy major, based on academic performance and exceptional service to 
the accounting department. 

Professor and Mrs. Enoch Howard Vickers Graduate Award: To honor an outstand- 
ing master of professional accountancy major based on academic performance and con- 
tribution to the MPA program. 

Program 

The M.P.A. program at WVU follows the 150-hour recommendation of the AICPA, 
as published in its report entitled Education Requirements for Entry into the Accounting 
Profession. The College of Business and Economics is fully accredited by the American 
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. The graduate courses leading to the M.P.A. 
degree are intended to be completed in one calendar year of full-time studies. The pro- 
gram requires that the student have an undergraduate degree with a minimum of 24 
hours in accounting. Work experience is not a requirement for admission. Students may 
enter the program on either a full-time or part-time basis in any semester, but fall is the 
preferred starting date. Careful selection of degree candidates limits the size of classes, 
leads to high quality efforts in the program, and permits frequent and direct contact be- 
tween students and faculty. 

Admission 

To obtain approval for entry into the M.P.A. program, an applicant must have a bac- 
calaureate degree from an accredited college or university. Overall grade-point average 
is considered, with additional attention given to the grade point average achieved in the 
last sixty hours of course work and the grade point average in accounting. The Graduate 
Management Admissions Test is also required. A resume is a requirement of the applica- 
tion process. All applications for approval to enter the M.P.A. program must be received 
in the WVU Office of Admissions and Records as early as possible and no later than one 
month before the date for which enrollment is requested. 

Prerequisites 

To assure that all students in the program have the same foundation in business, the 
following prerequisite courses, or their equivalent, must be completed before enrolling in 
M.P.A. graduate courses: principles of accounting (six hours), intermediate accounting 
(six hours), advanced accounting, cost accounting, tax accounting, auditing, principles 
of economics (six hours), principles of marketing, principles of management, principles 
of finance, production management, statistics, business law, business policy, and com- 
puter science. A student without the necessary prerequisite courses may be approved to 
enter the M.P.A. program as a provisional graduate student. 

Master of Professional Accountancy 

The candidate's program will be planned with the assistance and approval of the 
director of graduate programs. The M.P.A. degree requires 39 hours of graduate credit 
and is normally completed in one calendar year. The program of study is as follows: 

Accounting 330 Financial Accounting Theory and Practice 

Accounting 333 Income Taxes and Business Decisions 

Accounting 391 A Oral/Written Skills for Professionals 

Accounting 391 B International Dimensions of Accounting 

Management 303 Introduction to Management Science 



Accounting 203 



Accounting 332 Governmental and Nonprofit Accounting 
Accounting 335 Computer Systems Auditing 
Economics 318 Economic Policy 
Finance 321 Corporate Financial Administration 
Elective Course 

Accounting 338 Controllership 
Accounting 340 Reporting Practices and Problems 
Accounting 345 Auditing and Professional Accounting Standards 
Elective Course 

No thesis is required in the program, but communication skills are emphasized in all 
courses. Extensive use is made of microcomputers in accounting applications. 

GPA 

The M.P.A. program requires that the student maintain a grade-point average of at 
least 3.0 on all work taken as a graduate student while enrolled in the College of Busi- 
ness and Economics, including prescribed work taken to remove undergraduate defi- 
ciencies. A student whose cumulative grade-point average falls below 2.75 will be placed 
on probation. If the average is not brought up to 2.75 by the end of the following semes- 
ter, the student will be suspended from the program. A grade below C in more than one 
course taken while enrolled as a graduate student will result in suspension from the 
graduate program. Complete information about the M.P.A. program may be obtained by 
contacting the director of graduate programs. 

Accounting (ACCT) 

200. Special Topics. S. 1-4 hr. PR: ACCT 111 or consent. Special topics relevant to 
accounting. (Maximum of nine semester hours in any or all courses numbered 200 
offered by the College may be applied toward bachelor's and master's degrees.) 

210. Advanced Accounting. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 112. Accounting for business combinations, 
consolidations, foreign currency translation, governmental and not-for-profit entities, and 
equity method investment accounting. 

21 1 . Accounting Systems. 3 hr. PR: C S 5, ACCT 1 10 or consent. Coreq.: MANG 101 . 
Analysis of data-processing fundamentals and information systems analysis, design, 
and implementation, including necessary computer hardware and software components 
with particular reference to accounting information systems and the controls necessary 
therein. 

213. Income Tax Accounting. 3 hr. Cone: ACCT 111 or 1 16 or consent. Overview and 
survey of Federal income tax principles for individuals and simple corporations with empha- 
sis on gross income, exemptions, deductions, capital gains and losses, and tax credits. 

214. Income Tax Accounting. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 213 or consent. The study of Federal 
income tax treatment of partnerships, corporations and estates, and the treatment of 
those property transfers subject to the Federal Gift Tax, together with an introduction to 
tax research and tax procedure. 

217. Auditing Theory. 3 hr. PR or Cone: ACCT 210 or consent. Auditing fundamentals; 
objectives, ethics, statistical sampling, standards and procedures. Emphasis on FASB 
and SAS disclosures. 



204 WVU Graduate Catalog 



297. Internship in Accounting. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Junior standing and consent. Super- 
vised practical experience in student's major field; identification, analysis, and evaluation 
of a specific project. (Student, under departmental supervision, arranges internship with 
sponsoring organization.) 

299. Independent Study. 1-3 hr.* PR: Consent. Students will develop and complete a 
program of specialized studies under the supervision of a cooperating instructor. This 
program may not include credit for internships or employment experience. 

311. Financial Accounting for Decision Making. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Basic accounting 
assumptions and standards underlying financial statements, the significance of financial 
statement measurements, and the relevance of such data for planning and control. Em- 
phasis on financial statement and cash-flow analysis. 

321. Managerial Control. 2 hr. PR: ACCT 311 or consent. Managerial accounting con- 
cepts and techniques used for planning and control. Interpretation and use of internal 
accounting reports. The use of accounting information in decision making. Emphasis on 
development of an effective management control system. 

325. Accounting Information Systems. 2 hr. PR: Consent. The design and use of comput- 
erized accounting information systems to support the transaction processing, reporting 
and decision-making systems of most organizations, including the use and critical analy- 
sis of currently available accounting packages. 

330. Financial Accounting Theory and Practice. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 112. Comprehensive 
examination of financial accounting theory as established by the opinions, statements 
and interpretations of professional organizations with special emphasis on their applica- 
tion and problem solving. 

332. Governmental and Nonprofit Accounting. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 112. Fund accounting and 
control in governmental and nonprofit entities; identification and control of cost centers; 
cost analysis and cost finding, and planning and control of operations and resources. 

333. Income Taxes and Business Decisions. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 213. Advanced federal 
income-tax problems with emphasis on tax planning for business decisions and tax re- 
search methodology. 

335. Computer Systems Auditing. 2 hr. PR: ACCT 325. The analysis and design of con- 
trol systems in a computerized accounting environment. Special emphasis on evaluating 
evidence to determine whether a computing system safeguards assets and maintains 
data integrity. 

338. Controllership. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Examination of the role of the controller in large 
entities in planning, measuring, evaluating, and controlling performance and in reporting 
to stockholders and governmental agencies. 

340. Reporting Practices and Problems. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Evaluation of financial re- 
porting practices and trends, including an examination of the reporting requirements of 
the SEC and other regulatory agencies. Practitioners will be used extensively for class 
discussion and presentations. 



Accounting 205 



345. Auditing and Professional Accounting Standards. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 21 7. Professional 
objectives, principles, and standards of auditing; audit reports and related communications; 
and case studies of audit sampling, professional ethics, legal liability and reporting. 

349. Seminar. 3 hr. PR: Consent. 

491 . Advanced Study. 1 -6 hr. 



Business Administration 

Paul J. Speaker, Director of Graduate Programs 
333 Business and Economics Building 
Degree Offered: 

Master of Business Administration 

The master of business administration program is accredited by the American As- 
sembly of Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB) and is the only M.B.A. program in 
West Virginia so accredited. It is offered as a full-time, day-class program in Morgantown 
and as a part-time program in Charleston, Morgantown, New Martinsville, Parkersburg, 
and Wheeling. The standards of excellence that support accreditation by the AACSB are 
maintained at all instructional sites. 

The M.B.A. degree program recognizes the need for a manager of the future to be 
able to anticipate and recognize change and then to manage resources advantageously 
in that environment. Thus, the curriculum emphasizes a general, broad-based approach 
to graduate education in management which provides the student with the qualitative 
and quantitative skills necessary for a manager to succeed in such an environment. The 
program develops a managerial perspective that is primarily line as opposed to staff 
oriented and is relevant to those in both private and public organizations. 

Credit Hours 

The plan of study requires a total of 48 semester hours of graduate credit. The 
program is designed for individuals with varying educational and professional backgrounds. 
No prior course work in business administration is required as a condition of admission 
to the program. No master's thesis is required for completion of the degree. 

The full-time M.B.A. degree program is completed in 13 1/2 months of full-time study 
on the Morgantown campus. A full-time student can enter the program only on July 1 of 
each year and graduates in mid-August of the following year. Students may enter the 
part-time M.B.A. program in designated semesters. A minimum of two and a half years is 
required for the part-time student to complete the program. 

Admission 

Full-time To gain admission to the full-time M.B.A. program, an applicant must have a 
bachelor's degree from an accredited institution. The full-time M.B.A. program is de- 
signed for students with non-business undergraduate majors. Admissions decisions are 
based on an assessment of expected success in the program shown by the application 
materials and on space available. The admissions committee considers grade point av- 
erage in all previous college-level work and also the grade point average in the last 60 
hours of course work. The Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) is required. 
Each applicant must submit a resume with the application. The admissions committee 
takes no action on an application for admission to the full-time program until the appli- 
cant submits a GMAT score. 



206 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Part-time To gain admission to the part-time M.B.A. program, an applicant must have a 
bachelor's degree in any discipline from an accredited institution. The Graduate Man- 
agement Admissions Test (GMAT) is required. Applicants may, however, gain provisional 
admittance to the part-time program for one semester only prior to taking the GMAT. 
Each applicant must submit a resume showing prior work experience. Admissions deci- 
sions are based on assessments of expected success in the program as shown by the 
application materials and on space available. For applicants with less than five years of 
work experience, the GMAT and the undergraduate record provide the strongest indica- 
tors of success. For applicants with five or more years of experience, the admissions 
committee will place greater emphasis on the work history. For applicants with masters 
or doctoral degrees, the admissions committee may waive the GMAT requirement. 

Transcripts and Deadlines 

Applications for admission to the M.B.A. program and official transcripts of all prior 
academic work should be submitted to the WVU Office of Admissions and Records as 
early as possible. Applicants who have attended institutions other than WVU must re- 
quest the registrar or records office of those institutions to forward a complete official 
transcript directly to the WVU Office of Admissions and Records. For the full-time pro- 
gram, the deadline for receipt of applications and transcripts in the College's Office of 
Graduate Programs is March 1 . For the part-time program, the deadline is one month 
prior to the starting date requested. Admission to the program is competitive and subject 
to space being available. 

Financial Aid 

A limited number of graduate assistantships and tuition waivers are available to full- 
time students on a competitive basis. Graduate assistants are paid a cash stipend during 
the regular semesters that is competitive in amount with that offered by other universi- 
ties; graduate assistants are assigned to faculty members to assist in research, teach- 
ing, and other academic endeavors. University scholarships are available on a competi- 
tive basis to minority students. Additional information and application forms can be ob- 
tained from the director of graduate programs. 

M.B.A. Program 

The M.B.A. degree program requires 48 hours of graduate credit, including the fol- 
lowing courses: 

Accounting 31 1 Financial Accounting for Decision Making 

Accounting 321 Managerial Control 

Business Law 31 1 Legal and Regulatory Environment 

Economics 317 Economic Decision Making 

Economics 318 Economic Policy 

Economics 319 Applied Business and Economics Statistics 

Finance 31 1 Managerial Finance 

Finance 321 Corporate Financial Administration 

Management 301 Organizational Behavior and Ethics 

Management 303 Introduction to Management Science 

Management 31 1 Management Information Systems 

Management 321 Operations Management/Applied Quantitative Analysis 

Management 325 Seminar in Organizational Processes 

Management 351 Policy and Strategy 

Marketing 31 1 Marketing Management 

Marketing 321 Marketing Strategy 

Seminar 

Seminar 

Business Administration 207 



Selected graduate courses may be waived depending on an individual's undergradu- 
ate degree and the recently of the degree; however, other graduate courses must be 
substituted for waived courses. Specific course offerings and requirements may have 
changed since this book was printed. Please contact the director of graduate programs 
for the current program description. 

Academic Standards 

The M.B.A. requires that the candidate achieve a cumulative grade-point average of 
at least 3.0 on all work counting toward the graduate degree. A regular graduate student 
whose cumulative grade-point average falls below 2.75 will be placed on probation. If the 
average is not brought up to 2.75 by the end of the following semester, the student will be 
suspended from the program. A grade below C in more than one course taken while 
enrolled as a graduate student will result in suspension from the program. In addition, the 
student must maintain a 3.0 average in all work counting toward the graduate degree. 

Part-time Program 

Students in the part-time program are subject to the same requirements and restric- 
tions as students enrolled in the full-time program. Classes in the part-time program are 
taught by graduate faculty members in the College. The M.B.A. part-time program is 
offered in its entirety in Charleston, Morgantown, New Martinsville, Parkersburg, and 
Wheeling. Weekend classes normally meet on Friday evenings (7:00 to 10:00) and 
Saturdays (9:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. or 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.). A three semester-hour course 
normally meets for five weekends and a two semester-hour course for three weekends. 
Weekend classes may have examinations scheduled on weekday evenings. Weekday 
classes normally meet one or two evenings per week and on occasional Saturdays. 

Accounting (ACCT) 

210. Advanced Accounting. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 112. Accounting for business combinations, 
consolidations, foreign currency translation, governmental and not-for-profit entities, and 
equity method investment accounting. 

211. Accounting Systems. 3 hr. PR: C S 5, ACCT 110 or consent. Coreq.: MANG 101. 
Analysis of data-processing fundamentals and information systems analysis, design, 
and implementation, including necessary computer hardware and software components 
with particular reference to accounting information systems and the controls necessary 
therein. 

213. Income Tax Accounting. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 111 or 115 or 116 or consent. Tax laws and 
the investment and business decisions they affect. Taxes are presented in meaningful 
relationships in order to form a general pattern of knowledge that is easier understood. 

214. Income Tax Accounting. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 213 or consent. The study of federal in- 
come tax treatment of partnerships, corporations and estates, and the treatment of those 
property transfers subject to the Federal Gift Tax, together with an introduction of tax 
research and tax procedure. 

217. Auditing Theory. 3 hr. PR or Cone: ACCT 210. Auditing fundamentals; objectives, 
ethics, statistical samplings, standards and procedures. Emphasis on FASB and SAS 
disclosures. 



208 WVU Graduate Catalog 



230. Advanced Accounting Theory. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 112, 115, and consent. Critical analy- 
sis of accounting concepts and standards with emphasis on their origin, development, 
and significance. 

297. Internship in Accounting. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Junior standing and consent. Super- 
vised practical experience in student's major field; identification, analysis, and evaluation 
of a specific project. (Student, under departmental supervision, arranges internship with 
sponsoring organization.) 

311. Financial Accounting for Decision Making. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Basic accounting 
assumptions and standards underlying financial statements, the significance of financial 
statement measurements, and the relevance of such data for planning and control. Em- 
phasis on financial statement and cash-flow analysis. 

321 . Managerial Control. 2 hr. PR: ACCT 31 1 or consent. Managerial accounting con- 
cepts and techniques used for planning and control. Interpretation and use of internal 
accounting reports. The use of accounting information in decision making. Emphasis on 
development of an effective management control system. 

325. Accounting Information Systems. 2 hr. PR: Consent. The design and use of comput- 
erized accounting information systems to support the transaction processing, reporting 
and decision-making systems of most organizations, including the use and critical analy- 
sis of currently available accounting packages. 

330. Financial Accounting Theory and Practice. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 112. Comprehensive 
examination of financial accounting theory as established by the opinions, statements 
and interpretations of professional organizations with special emphasis on their applica- 
tion and problem solving. 

332. Governmental and Nonprofit Accounting. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 112. Fund accounting and 
control in governmental and nonprofit entities; identification and control of cost centers; 
cost analysis and cost centers; cost analysis and cost finding, and planning and control 
of operations and resources. 

333. Income Taxes and Business Decisions. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 213. Advanced federal 
income-tax problems with emphasis on tax planning for business decisions and tax re- 
search methodology. 

335. Computer Systems Auditing. 2 hr. PR: ACCT 325. The analysis and design of con- 
trol systems in a computerized accounting environment. Special emphasis on evaluating 
evidence to determine whether a computing system safeguards assets and maintains 
data integrity. 

338. Controllership. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Examination of the role of the controller in large 
entities in planning, measuring, evaluating, and controlling performance and in reporting 
to stockholders and governmental agencies. 

340. Reporting Practices and Problems. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Evaluation of financial re- 
porting practices and trends, including an examination of the reporting requirements of 
the SEC and other regulatory agencies. Practitioners will be used extensively for class 
discussion and presentations. 



Business Administration 209 



345. Auditing and Professional Accounting Standards. 3 hr. PR: ACCT 217. Professional 
objectives, principles, and standards of auditing; audit reports and related communications; 
and case studies of audit sampling, professional ethics, legal liability and reporting. 

349. Seminar in Accounting. 3 hr. PR: Consent. 

491 . Advanced Study. 1 -6 hr. 

Business Law (B LAW) 

200. Special Topics. 1-4 hr. PR: BLAW 1 12 or consent. Special topics relevant to busi- 
ness law. (Maximum of nine semester hours in any or all courses numbered 200 offered 
by the College of Business and Economics may be applied toward bachelor's and master's 
degrees.) 

21 1 . Personnel Relations and the Law. 3 hr. The legal principles guiding employer-em- 
ployee relations, including agency law and the law regulating employee health, safety, 
compensation and benefits, job opportunity, and labor organizing. 

213. Law for the C.P.A. 3 hr. PR: BLAW 1 1 1 . A survey of those areas of commercial and 
regulatory law with which accountants need familiarity in order to exercise good judg- 
ment, practice their profession skillfully and understand their professional responsibility. 
(Credit cannot be received for both BLAW 112 and BLAW 213.) 

311. Legal and Regulatory Environment. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Examination of the legal 
environment in which business decisions are made and the response of the legal envi- 
ronment to change. Familiarization with the role of administrative agencies in the regula- 
tory process. 

491 . Advanced Study. 1 -6 hr. 

Economics (ECON) 

317. Economic Decision Making. 2 hr. PR: ECON 54 or consent. (Primarily for M.B.A. 
students.) Analysis of the firm as an optimizing unit operating in the market place. Exami- 
nation of product demand, production and costs, pricing theory and practices, risk, and 
capital budgeting. 

318. Economic Policy 2 hr. PR: ECON 317 or consent. (Primarily for M.B.A. and M.P.A. 
students.) Microeconomic analysis of macroeconomic phenomena is considered with 
particular attention paid to the reaction by firms to price and interest rate effects of fiscal 
and monetary policy. 

319. Applied Business and Economics Statistics. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Primary statistical 
methods used in business and economics research including hypothesis testing, estima- 
tion, linear regression, time series, and business forecasting. Statistical computer soft- 
ware is an integral part of the course. 

Finance (FIN) 

200. Special Topics. 1-4 hr. PR: FIN 1 1 1 , or FIN 31 1 , or consent. Special topics relevant 
to finance. 

21 2. Working Capital Management. 3 hr. PR: FIN 1 1 1 or 31 1 , FIN 1 1 2, ECON 1 25. Man- 
agement of current assets and liabilities. Topics include management of cash, market- 



21 WVU Graduate Catalog 



able securities, accounts receivable, inventories, trade accounts payable, and short-term 
bank borrowings. Decision models are used extensively. 

216. Risk Management. 3 hr. PR: FIN 115 or consent; PR or Coreq.: FIN 112. Transfer- 
able risks with which the entrepreneur must deal. Emphasis on the process by which 
decisions are made for handling these risks, including an examination of contributions 
and limitations of insurance system. 

217. Employee Benefit Plans. 3 hr. PR: FIN 1 1 5 or consent. Use, design, and regulation 
of group life insurance, health care and pensions, including their federal tax consequences. 
Study of the available contracts in each area and financing alternatives and practices. 

218. Life Insurance and Estate Planning. 3 hr. PR: FIN 115. Principles of life and health 
insurance protection; application of life insurance to individual, family, business, and 
societal needs; study of trusts, wills, and estates, integrating of income into estate 
management. 

21 9. Property and Liability Insurance. 3 hr. PR: FIN 1 1 5. Study of the use and production 
of property and liability insurance, including evaluation of insurance contracts and cur- 
rent insurance practices; legal and regulatory environment affecting use and production 
of insurance. 

220. Social Insurance. 3 hr. PR: FIN 115 or consent. Our social and political efforts to 
provide economic security for the general public. An examination of the parallel develop- 
ments of private insurance. 

250. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. 3 hr. PR: FIN 150 or consent; PR or 
Coreq.: FIN 1 12. The systematic selection, assessment, and ranking of corporate secu- 
rities in a portfolio framework through a synthesis of fundamental analysis, technical 
analysis, and random walk. 

251/331 . Bank Management. 3 hr. PR: FIN 1 1 1 or consent; PR or Coreq.: FIN 112. (May 
not be taken for both undergraduate and graduate credit.) Management of bank funds. 
Principles of organization lending and investment. Policy relationships to bank productiv- 
ity, organization, and profitability; preparation of financial reports; management of a simu- 
lated bank in a changing environment. 

252. Advanced Bank Management. 3 hr. PR: FIN 251 or consent. An advanced course in 
commercial banking involving problems of management of the money position, loan and 
investment portfolio, and capital adequacy. The student simulates actual bank operation, 
conducts case studies, and analyzes bank performance. 

31 1 . Managerial Finance. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Analysis of the standard financial activities 
of the firm including: financial planning, structure of financing, and asset selection. Intro- 
duction to microcomputer problem solution. 

321. Corporate Financial Administration. 3 hr. PR: FIN 111, or FIN 311, or consent. A 
study of theoretical concepts of corporate financial administration and the application of 
these concepts to real world case studies. 

331. Bank Management 3 hr. PR or Coreq.: FIN 311 or consent. (May not be taken 
for both undergraduate and graduate credit.) Management of bank funds. Principles 

Business Administration 2 1 1 



of organization lending and investment. Policy relationships to bank productivity, organi- 
zation, and profitability; preparation of financial reports; management of a simulated bank 
in a changing environment. (Same as FIN 251 with the addition of a research paper.) 

349. Seminar in Finance. 3 hr. PR: FIN 321. 

491 . Advanced Study. 1 -6 hr. 

Industrial and Labor Relations (ILR) 

262. Collective Bargaining and Labor Relations. 3 hr. PR: ECON 1 60 or consent. Exami- 
nation of the theory and practice of collective bargaining. Topics include economics and 
historical environment, labor law, unionization, contract negotiation, patterns in contract 
content, conflict resolution, grievance handling, and an introduction to arbitration. 

301 . Industrial Relations Analytical Techniques 1. 3 hr. PR: Admission to the ILR graduate 
program and C S 5 or equiv. Introduction to the software and hardware appropriate for use 
in human resource applications, emphasizing efficient and effective use of previously de- 
veloped software. Introduction to quantitative analytical decision-making techniques. 

302. Industrial Relations Analytical Techniques 2. 3 hr. PR: Admission to the ILR gradu- 
ate program. Further development of the quantitative analytical techniques and of busi- 
ness information systems used in the human resources field. Emphasis on quantitative 
decision-making and information systems in an industrial relations setting. 

310. Human Resources Economics. 3 hr. PR: Admission to the ILR graduate program. 
Consideration of the conditions of employment and unemployment at both macro and 
micro levels under varying degrees of competition, including the process of labor force 
preparation, labor market data and policy. 

312. Organizational Theory, Behavior, and Communication. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Empha- 
sis on the communication processes involved in problem resolution including organiza- 
tional decision making. Problems include organizational evaluation methods, training 
and leadership development, staffing, evaluation of proficiency of individuals, systems, 
and procedures. 

31 4. Industrial Relations Strategy and Policy. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Explores the integrative 
dimensions of organizational policies and their relationship to the personnel and indus- 
trial relations function. Business ethics in the industrial relations function. 

316. Labor Organization Industrial Relations. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Introduction to dynam- 
ics (adversary/cooperative) of industrial relations from a union viewpoint. Topics include 
conflict resolution, union government, alternatives to economic conflict bargaining, inter- 
action, the state of industrial relations and work society. 

330. Compensation Issues. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Seminar in compensation designed to 
develop further understanding of compensation theory and practice. Topic areas will in- 
clude labor supply, wage theory, legal constraints, motivation, equity theory, organiza- 
tional development as well as compensation structure and administration. 

332. American Trade Unionism. 3 hr. PR: ILR 262 or 316 or consent. Examines the rise 
of American unionism and traces historical factors shaping its philosophy. Topics include 



21 2 WVU Graduate Catalog 



economic conditions and union history, comparisons of AFL and CIO structures and the 
AFL-CIO as a government. 

333. Seminar: Quality of Work Life. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Analysis of current trends and 
approaches in "quality of work life improvement" with special attention to developments 
in participative management, job enrichment and gain sharing. Results of current re- 
search are featured. 

334. Work Group Dynamics and Leadership. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Small group or indi- 
vidual research on topics related to leadership and group dynamics in the work environ- 
ment including training and other human relations programs. 

337. Practicum in industrial Interviewing. 3 hr. PR: ILR 312 and consent. Experiential 
learning of industrial interviewing techniques covering legal and technical aspects of 
employment interviewing and other types of interviewing. 

340. Arbitration Theory and Practice. 3 hr. PR: ILR 262 and consent. Study of the pur- 
pose of arbitration, trends, principles of contract construction, hearing procedure evi- 
dence, remedies, training and education of arbitrators, training of advocates, and deci- 
sion writing. Students will arbitrate mock cases. 

342. Advanced Collective Bargaining. 3 hr. PR: ILR 262 or consent. Development of the 
economic theory, empirical analysis and policy implications of the impact of collective 
bargaining on wages, employment, market structure, and prices. 

344. Benefits. 3 hr. Considers employee benefits from the perspective of the industrial 
relations specialist who is responsible for articulating and administering a corporate pro- 
gram. Includes study of all benefits covered by major federal legislation. 

345. Equal Employment Opportunity Problems. 3 hr. PR: Consent. A series of lectures 
by specialists in equal employment opportunity affairs. Lecturers will include attorneys, 
directors of state and national EEO agencies, and representatives of business and in- 
dustry and the labor movement. 

491 . Advanced Study. 1 -6 hr. 

497. Research. 1-15 hr. 

Management (MANG) 

201. Business Information Systems. 3 hr. PR: MANG 101 and 105 or consent. Use of 
EDP for management control and decision making with emphasis on application in the 
functions of finance, marketing, personnel, accounting, and operations management. 3 
hr. lee. 

206. Organizational Theory and Analysis. 3 hr. PR: MANG 105 or consent. Influences of 
structure on the behavior and dynamics of the business organization. Attention on how to 
be an effective manager. 

21 1 . Advanced Production Management. 3 hr. PR: MANG 111. Integration of quantitative 
techniques and their application to production problems. Utilizes cases and projects. 

212. Management Science. I. 3 hr. PR: MANG 105. The study and application of quanti- 
tative methods to business problems in which deterministic conditions prevail. 

Business Administration 2 1 3 



216. Personnel Management. 3 hr. PR: MANG 105. Fundamental principles and prac- 
tices related to the procurement, development, maintenance and utilization of human 
resources. Focus on areas such as human resource planning, selection, training, perfor- 
mance appraising, compensation, safety and health, and labor relations. 



217. Personnel and Compensation. 3 hr. PR: MANG 216 or consent. Designing and 
implementing total compensation systems in both private and public sectors. The emerging 
elements of total compensation systems are included providing insights into problems 
and opportunities for personnel. 

220. Human Resource Management Research Methods. 3 hr. PR: MANG 205 and 216 
or consent. Research methods and measurement in human resource management; phi- 
losophy of science, ethics in research, research design, and analytical methods. 

222. Management Science. II. 3 hr. PR: MANG 212 or consent. The study and application 
of quantitative methods to business problems in which probabilistic conditions prevail. 

230. Entrepreneurship. 3 hr. PR: Consent. The role of the entrepreneur in business and 
society; includes an analysis of the individual entrepreneur, and investigates the nature 
and problems of establishing a new business enterprise. 

260. Practicum in Small Business. 3 hr. PR: Consent. A practical training ground in the 
identification and solution of small business problems. Through interaction with the busi- 
ness community, students are exposed to the opportunities and difficulties of small busi- 
ness entrepreneurship. 

297. Internship in Management. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Junior standing and consent. Super- 
vised practical experience in student's major field; identification, analysis, and evaluation 
of a specific project. (Student, under departmental supervision, arranges internship with 
sponsoring organization.) 

301 . Organizational Behavior and Ethics. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Interpersonal relationships 
through which administration becomes effective. Emphasis on human factors, but influ- 
ences of economic and technological factors also are considered. Focus on ethics and 
importance of harmony between individual needs and organization goals. 

303. Introduction to Management Science. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Study of management 
science models and techniques with applications in business decision-making problems. 
Coverage includes mathematical programming models, decision theory, simulation, net- 
work models, and other current management science topics. 

31 1 . Management Information Systems. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Examines computer technol- 
ogy, applications, information systems, and performance. Computer system planning, 
selection and implementation. Computer impact upon management, organization, and 
society from a managerial viewpoint. 

321 . Operations Management/Applied Quantitative Analysis. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Review 
of concepts, techniques, and models encountered in manufacturing and service opera- 
tions. Modeling approach and computer applications in operations management and 
management science are emphasized. 



2 1 4 WVU Graduate Catalog 



325. Seminar in Organizational Processes. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Examination of the dy- 
namics of the successful organization. Emphasis on the organization as an institution 
and the role of the manager in the organization. Implications of international competition 
will be addressed. 

349. Seminar in Management. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. In-depth study of important manage- 
ment issues. 

351. Policy and Strategy. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Capstone course. Integrates functional 
knowledge with strategy formulation and strategy implementation concepts. Cases of 
organizations varying in size, national affiliation, and profit orientation are analyzed with 
special emphasis on ethics and social responsibility. 

491 . Advanced Study. 1 -6 hr. 

Marketing (MKTG) 

203. Sales Management. 3 hr. PR: MKTG 1 1 1 or consent. Concentrates on the manage- 
rial responsibilities of sales managers for directing, motivating, and controlling a sales 
force plus the techniques of selling including handling objections and closing. 

205. Consumer Behavior. 3 hr. PR: MKTG 1 1 1 or consent. The consumer decision pro- 
cess in a marketing framework. Emphasis on psychological and sociological concepts 
which influence the decision process. 

207. Business Logistics Management. 3 hr. PR: MKTG 1 15 or consent. Examination of 
transportation, warehousing, materials handling, containerization, inventory control, pur- 
chasing, and warehouse location. Significant use made of problem solving with analyti- 
cal tools. 

21 0. Business to Business Marketing. 3 hr. PR: MKTG 1 1 1 or consent. A study of market- 
ing to three classes of customers: the industrial market, the institutional market, and 
governmental agencies. 

297. Internship in Marketing. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Junior standing and consent. Supervised 
practical experience in student's major field; identification, analysis, and evaluation of a 
specific project. (Student, under departmental supervision, arranges internship with spon- 
soring organization.) 

31 1 . Marketing Management. 2 hr. Introduction to marketing management with specific 
emphasis on consumer behavior and market segmentation, product planning, promo- 
tion, distribution, and pricing. 

321. Marketing Strategy. 3 hr. PR: MKTG 311. Emphasis on formulating a marketing 
strategy and developing analytical and decision-making capabilities. Cases will be used 
to illustrate specific business situations. 

349. Seminar in Marketing. 3 hr. 

491 . Advanced Study. 1 -6 hr. 



Business Administration 2 1 5 



Economics 

William Trumbull, Chairperson, Department of Economics 
420 Business and Economics Building 
Degrees Offered: 

Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy 

The master of arts and doctor of philosophy degrees in economics enable students 
to broaden and refine their knowledge of the concepts and methods of economic analy- 
sis. These programs are designed to prepare students for careers in business, govern- 
ment, and higher education. Student programs are planned with the assistance of a 
faculty advisor and approval of the Director of Graduate Programs. Additional informa- 
tion about the graduate programs in economics, and the regulations and requirements 
pertaining to them, may be obtained by securing a copy of Graduate Programs in Eco- 
nomicsirom the graduate director. Students are bound by these regulations and require- 
ments, as well as those of the College of Business and Economics. 

Prerequisites 

To be admitted as a regular student, applicants must have a grade-point average of 
3.0 or better for all undergraduate work completed and a minimum combined score of 
1 500 for the three parts of the general aptitude portion of the Graduate Record Examina- 
tion. All students must submit their scores on the general aptitude portion of the Gradu- 
ate Record Examination (GRE) and international students must also submit their scores 
on the TOEFL. In addition, it is required that all applicants will have completed at least 
one semester of each of the following courses: intermediate microeconomic theory, in- 
termediate macroeconomic theory, calculus, and statistics. Applicants not meeting these 
entrance requirements may be admitted on a provisional and/or deficiency basis, subject 
to certain performance conditions during their first semester in residence. 

Assistantships 

A limited number of graduate assistantships and tuition scholarships are available 
on a competitive basis to full-time students. Major selection criteria include prior aca- 
demic performance and GRE scores. Graduate assistants receive a cash stipend that is 
comparable in amount to that offered at other universities. Graduate assistants engage 
in research and/or teaching activities. The faculty of the Department of Economics also 
nominates outstanding applicants for University fellowships. Special scholarships are 
also available on a competitive basis to minority students. Further information and appli- 
cations can be obtained from the Director of Graduate Programs. 

Academic Standards 

To qualify for a graduate degree in economics, students must earn a cumulative 
grade-point average (GPA) of 3.0 or better for all courses completed as a graduate stu- 
dent at WVU. A regular graduate student in economics whose cumulative GPA falls be- 
low 3.0 (B) upon completion of the first nine hours of graduate study is not in good 
standing and will be placed on probation. A student in the program whose cumulative 
GPA falls below 3.0 will be placed on probation as of the close of the semester in which 
the GPA fell below 3.0. Such a student, placed on probation, who fails to raise his/her 
cumulative GPA to 3.0 by the end of the semester succeeding that in which his/her GPA 
fell below 3.0 is subject to suspension from the program at the end of that probationary 
semester. 

Other academic reasons for suspension from the program include failing grades on 
more than 50 percent of the course work taken in any semester, a third failure on either 

21 6 WVU Graduate Catalog 



a microeconomic theory or macroeconomic theory comprehensive examination, a fourth 
failure on comprehensive field examinations, or failure to complete all degree require- 
ments within the specified time limits. 

Master of Arts Program 

The master of arts program requires a total of 37 hours of graduate credit, including 
22 hours of economics. At least 25 hours of course work completed must be at the 300 
level. To qualify for the M.A. degree, graduate students in economics must earn a grade 
of B- or better in Economics 31 and 312, and a grade-point average of 3.0 in all courses 
attempted as a graduate student at WVU. The M.A. program has a thesis and a non- 
thesis option. 
Specific course requirements include: 

Economics 220 Introduction to Mathematical Economics 3 hr. 

Economics 310 Advanced Microeconomic Theory 1 4 hr. 

Economics 312 Advanced Macroeconomic Theory 1 3 hr. 

Economics 316 History of Economic Doctrines and Analysis.... 3 hr. 

If the student has recently successfully completed Economics 216 History of Eco- 
nomic Thought or its equivalent before entering the M.A. program, the Economics 316 
requirement may be waived. 
Statistics Requirement — (six credit hours are required.) 

Statistics 231 Sampling Methods 3 hr. 

Economics 226 Applied Econometrics 3 hr. 

or for students who consider going into the Ph.D. program, 

Economics 320 Mathematical Economics 3 hr. 

(substitute for Economics 220 in the core) 

Economics 325 Econometrics 1 3 hr. 

The student must also select the thesis or non-thesis alternatives: 

• Thesis Alternative: An acceptable thesis for six hours is required and the student 
must pass a final oral examination. 

• Nonthesis Alternative: In lieu of a thesis, the requirements for the M.A. are met by 
completion of two 300-level courses in one field of concentration in economics and sub- 
mission of a research paper that gives evidence of substantial ability to conduct scholarly 
research. 

Special M.A. Emphases 

The M.A. program in economics includes special emphases administered by the 
College of Business and Economics jointly with other units on campus. These emphases 
are business analysis, mathematical economics, public policy, and statistics and eco- 
nomics. To earn the M.A. in economics with a special emphasis, students must complete 
the M.A. requirements (above) and fulfill other requirements pertaining to the particular 
emphasis. The emphases are best viewed as coherent sample programs developed in 
conjunction with other units and are designed to prepare students for employment in a 
particular area or specialty of economics. 

Business Analysis Conducted in cooperation with other departments of the College of 
Business and Economics, the business analysis emphasis is designed to prepare stu- 
dents for employment in the business analysis area. As part of their M.A. program in 
economics, students complete 13 hours of business courses: Financial Accounting, 
Managerial Finance, Corporate Financial Administration, Organizational Behavior and 
Ethics, and Marketing Management. 



Economics 217 



Mathematical Economics The mathematical economics emphasis is conducted in coop- 
eration with the Department of Mathematics. Students entering this emphasis must 
previously have taken 12 hours in mathematics, including a course in calculus equiva- 
lent to MATH 1 5. Additional requirements are Advanced Micro Theory 2, Advanced Macro 
Theory 2, Econometrics, Mathematical Economics, Advanced Mathematical Economics, 
Applied Linear Algebra, and Introduction to Real Analysis. 

Public Policy The public policy emphasis is conducted in cooperation with the Department 
of Political Science and provides students with broad training in policy analysis skills and 
methods. Prior completion of at least six hours of political science course work is required. 
Additional requirements are Introduction to Policy Research, Public Policy Analysis, and 
Economic Analysis of Public Policies. 

Statistics and Economics Conducted in cooperation with the Department of Statistics and 
Computer Science, the statistics and economics emphasis is designed to prepare students 
for employment in the public or private sector that demands the use of quantitative skills. 
Additional requirements are statistics, probability, applied regression analysis, and econo- 
metrics. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

At least four years of full-time graduate work beyond the baccalaureate degree are 
usually required to complete the doctorate. A minimum of two consecutive semesters in 
actual residence as a full-time graduate student is required. To qualify for the doctor of 
philosophy degree in economics, a student must earn a cumulative grade-point average of 
3.0 in courses completed as a graduate student at WVU. 

The Ph.D. degree is not awarded for the mere accumulation of course credits nor for 
the completion of the specified residence requirements. All students are required to com- 
plete the graduate core curriculum, prepare themselves in two fields of concentration, and 
pass at least two additional 300-level courses with grades of B or better. Each student must 
also submit an acceptable dissertation. A minimum of 48 hours of graduate work in eco- 
nomics at the 300 level is required for all candidates for the Ph.D. degree in economics. 

Economics 3 1 Advanced Microeconomic Theory 1 4 h r. 

Economics 311 Advanced Microeconomic Theory 2 4hr. 

Economics 31 2 Advanced Macroeconomic Theory 1 3hr. 

Economics 313 Advanced Macroeconomic Theory 2 3hr. 

Econom ics 3 1 6 History of Economic Doctrines and Analysis 3 h r. 

Economics 320 Mathematical Economics 3hr. 

Economics 325 Econometrics 1 3 hr. 

Economics 326 Econometrics 2 3hr. 

Economics 329 Seminar in Econometrics 3 hr. 

Economics 409 Research Design and Methodology. 1 hr. 

Six semester hours (or the equivalent) must be taken in each of the student's two 
fields of concentration. Areas of concentration include monetary economics, public finance, 
regional and urban economics, labor economics, international economics, and resource 
economics. Other fields may also be approved. One of the fields of concentration may be in 
an outside area; selection must be approved by the graduate economics faculty. 

Comprehensive Examinations Students must pass written comprehensive examinations 
in economic theory (microeconomics and macroeconomics) and in two fields. For detailed 
rules, see departmental Graduate Programs in Economics filed in the Office of Graduate 
Director. 



21 8 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Candidacy and Dissertation When an applicant has successfully completed all course 
work and passed the written comprehensive examinations, the applicant will be formally 
promoted to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. The candidate must submit a dissertation 
pursued under the supervision of a member of the graduate faculty in economics on some 
problem in the area of the candidate's major interest. The dissertation must present the 
results of the candidate's individual investigation and must embody a definite contribution 
to knowledge. It must be approved by a committee of the graduate faculty in economics. 
After approval of the candidate's dissertation and satisfactory completion of other graduate 
requirements, a final oral examination on the dissertation is required. 

Each Ph.D. candidate is required to present a dissertation proposal to the graduate 
director after approval by at least three members of his or her dissertation committee in- 
cluding the chairperson. This proposal will include a statement of the problem (topic sum- 
mary), a preliminary survey of the literature, a description of the research methodology, and 
other pertinent material. With the approval of the graduate director, the student is then 
required to present the proposal in a faculty-student seminar. Credit for dissertation re- 
search and writing is available under Economics 497, but only if the student has a disserta- 
tion chairperson and an approved topic. 

Ph.D. Emphases 

The Ph.D. program includes special emphases conducted in cooperation with other 
units on campus. These are industrial relations, and mathematical economics. The empha- 
ses specify certain concentrations of course work and comprehensive examinations. Ac- 
ceptable dissertations are required of all students. 

Industrial Relations Graduate work in industrial relations typically is interdisciplinary in 
nature. The Ph.D. emphasis retains the interdisciplinary orientation while providing stu- 
dents with a Ph.D.-level of understanding of economic theory and economic analysis. Stu- 
dents in the industrial relations emphasis take the core courses in the Ph.D. program and 
take comprehensive examinations in microeconomic and macroeconomic theory. 

Students are required to complete two fields of concentration. One field must be indus- 
trial relations, which consists of the following courses: 

Industrial and Labor Relations 334 Leadership &Work Group Dynamics 

Industrial and Labor Relations 342 Advanced Collective Bargaining 

Industrial and Labor Relations 491 A Practicum in Research Methods 

Industrial and Labor Relations 491 B Research Theory 

The remaining field must be from within the Department of Economics. Most com- 
monly, this field is labor economics. Students must pass written comprehensive examina- 
tions in their two fields of concentration. 

Mathematical Economics The mathematical economics emphasis is conducted in coop- 
eration with the Department of Mathematics. To be admitted into this emphasis, students 
must have completed a minimum of 12 hours in mathematics, including a course in calcu- 
lus equivalent to Mathematics 15. In addition to the Economics Ph.D. core, students are 
required to take the following courses: 

Economics 328 Advanced Mathematical Economics 

Mathematics 241 Applied Linear Algebra 

Mathematics 251 , 252 Introduction to Real Analysis 

(MATH 251 and 252 may be replaced by MATH 31 7, 31 8.) 

Mathematics 357 Calculus of Variations 

Mathematics Elective — 3 hr. 

Students are required to successfully complete comprehensive examinations in 
microeconomic and macroeconomic theory, mathematical economics/econometrics, and 
one other field in economics. 



Economics 219 



Economics (ECON) 
Specialized Courses 

200. Special Topics. 1-4 hr. PR: ECON 51 or 55 or consent. Special topics relevant to 
economics. (Maximum of nine semester hours in any or all courses numbered 200 of- 
fered by the College of Business and Economics may be applied toward bachelor's and 
master's degrees.) 

297. Internship. 1-12 hr. PR: ECON 51 or 55 and departmental approval. Field experi- 
ence in the analysis and solution of economic problems in the public and private sectors. 

31 7. Economic Decision Making. 2 hr. PR: ECON 54 or consent. (Noncredit for Graduate 
students in Economics.) Analysis of the firm as an optimizing unit operating in the market 
place. Examination of product demand, production and costs, pricing theory and practice 
theory and practices, risk and capital budgeting. (Open only to MBA and MSLIR students.) 

318. Economic Policy. 2 hr. PR: ECON 31 Tor consent. (Noncredit for graduate students 
in Economics.) Microeconomic analysis of macroeconomic phenomena is considered 
with particular attention paid to the reaction by firms to price and interest rate effects of 
fiscal and monetary policy. (Open only to MBA and MPA students.) 

319. Applied Business and Economics Statistics. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Primary statistical 
methods used in business and economics research including hypothesis testing, estima- 
tion, linear regression, time series, and business forecasting. Statistical computer soft- 
ware is an integral part of the course. (Open only to MBA, MPA, and MSLIR students.) 

343. Economic Analysis of Public Policies. 3 hr. Application of economic analysis to ques- 
tions of public policy. Consideration of problems of public goods and other market fail- 
ures and usefulness of cost-benefit analysis to policymaking. (Equiv. to POLS 331.) 

Economic Theory 

211. Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. 3 hr. PR: ECON 51 or 54. Consumer choice 
and demand; economics of time; price and output determination and resource allocation 
in the firm and market under a variety of competitive conditions; welfare economics, 
externalities, public goods, and market failure. 

212. Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory. 3 hr. PR: ECON 51 or 55. Forces which de- 
termine the level of income, employment, and output. Particular attention to consumer 
behavior, investment determination, and government fiscal policy. 

216. History of Economic Thought. 3 hr. PR: ECON 51, 55. Economic ideas in perspec- 
tive of historical development. 

310. Advanced Microeconomic Theory 1. 4 hr. PR: ECON 211 or 220 and graduate 
standing or consent. Theories of production and allocation, utility; theory of the firm, 
pricing in perfect and imperfect markets and operations. 

31 1 . Advanced Micro Theory 2. 4 hr. PR: ECON 310. General equilibrium analysis, distri- 
bution theory, welfare economics. 

312. Advanced Macro Theory 1. 3 hr. PR: ECON 212 and 220 and graduate standing or 
consent. Classical, Keynesian, and Post-Keynesian theories. 



220 WVU Graduate Catalog 



313. Advanced Macro Theory 2. 3 hr. PR: ECON 312. Models of economic growth and 
fluctuations, and other advanced topics in macroeconomic theory. 

316. History of Economic Doctrines and Analysis. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and graduate 
standing or consent. Writings of the major figures in the development of economic doc- 
trines and analysis. 

Quantitative Economics 

220. Introduction to Mathematical Economics. 3 hr. PR: MATH 15 or 128, and ECON 54 
and 55; or consent. Principal mathematical techniques including set operation, matrix 
algebra, differential and integral calculus employed in economic analysis. Particular at- 
tention given to static (or equilibrium) analysis, comparative-static analysis and optimiza- 
tion problems in economics. 

225. Applied Business and Economic Statistics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 125 or STAT 101 or 
consent. Continuation of ECON 125. Principal statistical methods used in applied busi- 
ness and economic research including multiple regression, index numbers, time series 
analysis, forecasting models and methods, and sampling design. 

226. Introductory Econometrics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 125 or consent. Statistical methods 
applied to the analysis of economic models and data. Emphasis placed on multiple re- 
gression, multicolinearity, seasonality, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation, dummy vari- 
ables, time series analysis, distributed lags and simultaneous equations with economics 
and computer applications. 

320. Mathematical Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 220 or consent. Linear programming, 
input-output analysis, complex numbers, linear difference and differential equations, com- 
parative-static and dynamic analysis and optimization techniques. 

325. Econometrics 1. 3 hr. PR: STAT 262 or consent. Specification, estimation, and veri- 
fication of single-equation models. Topics covered include multicolinearity, autocorrelation, 
heteroscedasticity, dummy variables, time series analysis and forecasting, functional form, 
and specification error analysis. Students should be familiar with matrix algebra. 

326. Econometrics 2. 3 hr. PR: ECON 325 or consent. Identification and estimation of 
simultaneous equation models and their use in forecasting and simulation. Other ad- 
vanced topics include distributed lags, autoregressive models, errors in variables mod- 
els, aggregation problems, and pooled cross-section/time-series models. 

328. Advanced Mathematical Economics. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Mathematical properties of 
microeconomic models of general equilibrium and welfare, existence, uniqueness, and 
stability of equilibrium. Applications of Hamiltonian and maximum principles to growth 
models and economic control problems. Investigation of separability theorems. 

329. Seminar in Econometrics. 3 hr. 

Monetary Economics 

330. Monetary Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 312 or consent. Sources and determinants 
of supply of money; demand for money for transactions and speculative purposes; gen- 
eral equilibrium theory of money, interest, prices, and output; role of money in policy. 

334. Seminar in Monetary Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 312 or consent. 

Economics 221 



Public Finance 

241. Public Finance. 3 hr. PR: ECON 51 or 55. Governmental fiscal organizations and 
policy; taxes and tax systems with particular emphasis on federal government and state 
of West Virginia. 

340. Theory of Public Finance. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and graduate standing or consent. 
Economic role of government in a mixed economy with regard to resource allocation 
between public and private sectors, influence of government upon income distribution 
and economic stability and growth. 

344. Seminar in Public Finance. 3 hr. 

Public Regulation and Control 

245. Government and Business. 3 hr. PR: ECON 51 or 55. Market structure, conduct and 
performance; analysis of the antitrust laws — judicial interpretation and effect on the busi- 
ness sector. 

246. Transportation Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 51 or 55. Economic and institutional 
analysis of the domestic transportation system of the United States. Topics include role 
of transportation, carrier characteristics and services, transportation rates and costs, 
regulation of transportation. 

345. Industrial Organization. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and graduate standing or consent. 
Economic analysis of market structure, conduct, and performance; in-depth evaluation 
of markets and industries in the United States and the effect of government intervention 
on firm behavior. 

349. Public Regulation of Business. I or II. 3 hr. Economic analysis of regulation of spe- 
cific industries such as public utilities. 

International Economics 

250. International Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 51 or 55. Development of trade among 
nations; theories of trade, policies, physical factors, trends, and barriers in international 
economics. 

350. Advanced International Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 21 1 and 212. Contemporary 
theories of international economics; analysis of current problems in world trade and fi- 
nance. 

354. Seminar in International Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 212. 

Regional Economics 

255. Regional Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 51 or 55. Analysis of the regional economy's 
spatial dimension, emphasizing interregional capital and labor mobility, the role of cities, 
objectives and issues of regional policy, lagging regions and Appalachia, growth poles, 
and regional growth and income distribution. 

257. Urban Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 51 or 55. Analyzes the spatial dimensions of the 
urban economy, emphasizing both urban economic theory and urban policy. Issues in- 
clude cities and income inequality, urban upgrading function, blight, economics of ghet- 
tos, the economics of urban size. 



222 WVU Graduate Catalog 



355. Advanced Regional Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and graduate standing or 
consent. Regional income and flow of funds estimation, regional cyclical behavior and 
multiplier analysis, industrial location and analysis, techniques of regional input-output 
measurement, impact of local government reorganization on regional public service and 
economic development. 

357. Advanced Urban Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and graduate standing or con- 
sent. Analyzes the spatial dimensions of the urban economy, emphasizing urban theory, 
policy, and empirical research. Major subjects include urban income distribution, resi- 
dential location theory, spatial structure, neighborhood change, blight, ghettos, segrega- 
tion, renewal, and city size. 

358. Spatial Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 or consent. Spatial dimension incorpo- 
rated into the study of economic activity; spatial competition, market area analysis, 
locational equilibrium analysis, general spatial equilibrium. 

359. Seminar in Regional Economics. 3 hr. 

Labor Economics 

360. Advanced Human Resource Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and graduate stand- 
ing or consent. Examination and analysis of our social and economic efforts to solve 
current manpower problems in the U.S., including structural unemployment and inflation. 

364. Seminar in Labor Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and graduate standing 
or consent. 

Economic History 

270. Growth of the American Economy. 3 hr. PR: ECON 51 or 55. Central issues in 
development of the American economy. 

370. Economic History. 3 hr. Examination of the methods of research and 
issues in economic history of the United States. 

374. Seminar in Economic History. 3 hr. 

Economic Development 

213. Economic Development. 3 hr. PR: ECON 54 and 55. The problems, changes, and 
principal policy issues faced by nonindustrialized countries. 

Energy and Environmental Economics 

380. Energy Economics. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing and consent. Welfare analysis of 
supply interruptions and the foreign dependence question. Study of various energy re- 
sources in reference to policy alternatives under variant growth conditions and input- 
output models. Examination of coal industry and coal externalities. 

384. Environmental Economics. 3 hr. PR: ECON 310 and ECON 380 or MER 345 and 
graduate standing or consent. Examination of the theoretical and empirical literature 
dealing with externalities (pollution), the relationships between pollution and social costs, 
the relationships between energy production and environmental quality, and the optimal 
strategies for pollution abatement. 

Other Economics Courses 

299. Independent Readings in Economics. 3-6 hr. Supervised readings for undergradu- 
ate and graduate students in special areas. 

Economics 223 



390. Independent Reading in Economics. 3-6 hr. Supervised readings. For graduate 
students in special areas. 

409. Research Design and Methodology. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Completion of the comprehen- 
sive theory exams or consent. Basic research approaches based on examples from the 
student's own work, papers presented at the departmental research seminar series, and 
economics literature in general. 

491 . Seminar in Applied Economic Analysis. 3 hr. PR: 1 2 hr. of graduate- 1 eve I economics. 
497. Research. 1-15 hr. 



Industrial Relations 

Dietrich Schaupp, Coordinator, Industrial Relations 
1 16 Business and Economics Building 
Degrees Offered: 

Master of Science 

Industrial Relations Area of Emphasis available for 

Doctor of Philosophy 

The Department of Management and Industrial Relations offers a master of science 
in industrial relations. The AACSB accredited program of study prepares students for 
professional positions in human resources (employee relations) and labor relations. Course 
work can be structured to prepare students for doctoral studies in industrial relations, 
economics, management, or law. 

Doctor of Philosophy Studies 

The department operates, in conjunction with the Department of Economics, an 
industrial relations Doctor of Philosophy option. Master's students who plan to pursue 
the industrial relations option in the Ph.D. program in economics should align their master's 
work with the degree requirements. 

Entry-level professional opportunities for IR graduates include such positions as 
employee relations associate, assistant personnel manager, human resources adminis- 
trator, labor relations representative, professional research analyst, compensation ana- 
lyst and benefits administrator. Other positions include staff representative with orga- 
nized labor, apprentice arbitrator, labor-management consultant, National Labor Rela- 
tions Board field examiner, government employee relations representative, and employ- 
ment analyst. Many graduates are employed by Fortune 500 companies. Some find 
positions with organized labor, all levels of government, and advocacy organizations. 
The department, in conjunction with the WVU Career Services Center, makes a con- 
certed effort to place graduates in positions that fulfill student job objectives. 

Curriculum 

The curriculum is a blend of theory, analysis, and pragmatism. Core course work 
serves two purposes: to provide in-depth knowledge and skills pertaining to the human 
resource and labor relations functions of organizations, and to acquaint students with the 
operation of the other organizational business functions. A substantial number of elec- 
tive courses allows the student to tailor the curriculum to meet particular career goals 
and interests. More than 50 faculty members in a dozen departments offer course work 
and/or conduct research in the human resources and IR areas. 

224 WVU Graduate Catalog 



IRSA 

Students are encouraged to participate in academic-related extracurricular activi- 
ties. Many are cosponsored by the Industrial Relations Student Association: the ILR 
Newsletter, resume mailings, social events, and honors banquets. Outstanding academic 
achievement is recognized by membership in the Industrial Relations Honor Society. 
The faculty makes Outstanding IR Student awards yearly to persons selected on the 
basis of scholarship, informal leadership and extracurricular activities. 

Financial Aid 

A limited number of graduate assistantships and tuition waivers are available on a 
competitive basis. Major selection criteria include the applicant's grade-point average in 
prior academic work and GMAT/GRE scores. Graduate assistants are paid a cash sti- 
pend during the regular semesters that is competitive in amount with that offered by 
other universities; they are assigned to faculty members to assist in research, teaching 
and other academic endeavors. Additional scholarships are available on a competitive 
basis to minority students. Additional information and application forms can be obtained 
from the Director of Graduate Programs. 

GOALS 

Graduate Opportunities for Advanced Level Study (GOALS) is the minority recruit- 
ing program of a national consortium of IR schools. Minority students admitted to WVU's 
IR program are eligible to compete for full fellowships offered by GOALS. 

Academic Common Market 

The master of science program in industrial relations is an Academic Common Mar- 
ket program. Residents of Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, 
Maryland, Mississippi, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, or Virginia who are admitted 
to the M.S. IR program can pay tuition at West Virginia University's instate (resident) 
rates. 

Admission 

The master of science in industrial relations is interdisciplinary in nature and no 
specific undergraduate major is required. Course work in computer science, labor eco- 
nomics, statistics, and business disciplines is helpful. To gain admission into the master 
of science in industrial relations program, an applicant must have a bachelor's degree 
from an accredited institution. Overall grade point average is considered with additional 
attention given to the grade point average achieved in the last sixty hours of course work. 
Either the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) or the Graduate Record Ex- 
amination (GRE) is required. A resume is a requirement of the application process. No 
action is taken on an application for admission until a GMAT or GRE score is submitted. 
International students must also submit a satisfactory TOEFL score. 

Although not required, applicants may wish to send additional supportive material, 
including letters in support of their application, reference letters, a resume of work expe- 
rience, and an example of written work. 

Application Deadlines 

Students may enter the graduate program in any semester/session. Application dead- 
lines are one month before the start of classes in the term for which admission is sought. 
Later applications, while acceptable, may diminish the chances for admission due to the 
graduate class being filled. Since no admission decision can be made without the 
applicant's GMAT/GRE score being submitted, applicants should keep in mind the GMAT/ 
GRE test schedule. 

Industrial Relations 225 



Institute of Industrial and Labor Relations 

The mission of the Institute of Industrial and Labor Relations (ILR) is to coordinate 
instruction, research, and public service activities, which embrace a study of the ele- 
ments of human resources development uniquely identified with the economy of West 
Virginia. Membership is open to faculty who have an interest in the mission of the ILR. 
The ILR serves as a means of rational response to economic trends based on an amal- 
gamation of the three University functions: faculty/student research on a continuing ba- 
sis in search of human resource development possibilities; use of research results in 
credit instruction to produce a growing cadre of graduates aware of and trained to be 
able to contribute to the state's economic goals; and, using both of the former, extension 
and public service efforts designed to place the state's human resource development 
and use activities on their most economically rational courses. 

Program 

The master of science in industrial relations has a two-part core. The total length of 
the program will not be greater than 47 semester hours nor less than 42 hours. Program 
length depends upon the composition of course work taken as an undergraduate. 

The required IR core classes are designed to provide a solid, multidisciplinary foun- 
dation of IR theory and practice. IR 314 presents an overview of IR theory, practice, and 
issues from a management perspective. Its counterpart is IR 31 6, which covers the same 
subjects from the perspective of organized labor. In ILR 312 the concepts of industrial 
psychology are applied to IR. An eclectic view of collective bargaining and labor relations 
complete the sequence (ILR 262). 

The 12 hours of required IR core are: 

ILR 262 Collective Bargaining and Labor Relations 3 hr. 

ILR 312 Organizational Theory, Behavior and Communication . 3 hr. 

ILR 314 Industrial Relations Strategy and Policy 3 hr. 

ILR 316 Labor Organization Industrial Relations 3 hr. 

Specific course offerings and requirements may have changed since this document 
was printed. Please contact the director of graduate programs for the current program 
description. 

B&E Core 

Industrial relations functions are not separate from other organizational activities. 
Firms, labor organizations, and government units integrate IR with their management, 
business law, economics, accounting, finance, and marketing activities. The Business 
and Economics (B & E) core is designed to provide IR students with the body of knowl- 
edge necessary to these functions. They also include skills classes in computer hard- 
ware and software, management information systems, and integrative policy formula- 
tion. Students who have acquired equivalent knowledge of these areas as undergradu- 
ates may waive up to five hours of this functional core. If equivalent undergraduate course 
work exceeds five hours, IR elective course work will be substituted for B & E core hours. 

Program length may vary between 42 and 47 semester hours. Students who have 
no B & E background will complete a 47 credit-hour program. Those with equivalent 
course work may waive up to five hours of graduate requirements, resulting in a 42 
credit-hour program. 
The B&E core is as follows: 

ACCT 31 1 Financial Accounting for Decision Making 3 hr. 

BLAW 311 Legal and Regulatory Environment 2 hr. 

ECON 317 Economic Decision Making 2 hr. 

FIN 311 Managerial Finance 2 hr. 

MANG 31 1 Management Information Systems 3 hr. 

226 WVU Graduate Catalog 



MANG 321 Operations Management/ 
Applied Quantitative Analysis 3 hr. 

MANG 351 Policy and Strategy 3 hr. 

MKTG 31 1 Marketing Management 2 hr. 

The remaining hours will be chosen from the following courses after consultation 
with the advisor. While the listed courses are preferred, considerable latitude may be 
given the student by the advisor to choose other courses from public administration, law, 
industrial engineering, or other fields that are particularly appropriate to the student's 
background and interest. Approval must be obtained in advance. No more than six elec- 
tive hours may be taken at the 200 level. Electives may be chosen from the following: 
Industrial Labor Relations 

301 Industrial Relations Analytical Techniques 1 3 hr. 

302 Industrial Rela tions Analytical Techniques 2 3 h r. 

310 Human Resource Economics 3 hr. 

330 Compensation Issues 3 hr. 

332 American Trade Unionism 3 hr. 

333 Seminar: Quality of Work Life 3hr. 

334 Work Group Dynamics and Leadership 3hr. 

337 Practicum in Industrial Interviewing 3 hr. 

340 Arbitration Theory and Practice 3hr. 

342 Advanced Collective Bargaining 3hr. 

344 Benefits 3 hr. 

345 Equal Employment Opportunity Problems 3 hr. 

49 1 A Advanced Study 1-6 hr. 

491 B Advanced Study: Practicum in I LR 3hr. 

Management 

217 Personnel and Compensation 3hr. 

218 Focal Points in Management 1-3 hr. J 

325 Organizational Design 3 hr. 

349 Seminar in Management 3hr. 

Business Law 

211 Personnel Relations and the Law 3hr. 

311 Legal and Regulatory Environment 3hr. 

Economics 

21 1 Micro Economic Analysis 3 hr. 

21 2 Macro Economic Analysis 3hr. 

310 Advanced Micro Theory 1 4hr. 

31 2 Advanced Macro Theory 1 3hr. 

31 8 Economic Policy 2 hr. 

340 Public Finance 3hr. 

360 Advanced Human Resource Economics 3hr. 

364 Seminar in Labor Economics 3 hr. 

GFA 

The industrial relations program requires that the student maintain a grade-point aver- 
age of at least 3.0 on all work taken as a graduate student while enrolled in the College of 
Business and Economics. In addition, the student must maintain a 3.0 average in all work 
counting toward the graduate degree. A student whose cumulative grade-point average 
falls below 2.75 will be placed on probation. If the student's average is not brought up to 
2.75 by the end of the following semester, the student will be suspended from the program. 
A grade below C in more than one course taken while enrolled as a graduate student will 
result in suspension from the program. 

Industrial Relations 227 



Industrial Relations Emphasis in the Economics Ph.D. Program 

Graduate work in industrial relations typically is interdisciplinary in nature. The Ph.D. 
emphasis retains this orientation while providing students with a Ph.D. level of understand- 
ing of economic theory and economic analysis. Students in the industrial relations option 
take the nine core courses in the Ph.D. in economics program, take comprehensive exami- 
nations in microeconomic theory and macroeconomic theory, and follow the rules and re- 
quirements for obtaining the economics Ph.D. 

Industrial and Labor Relations (ILR) 

262. Collective Bargaining and Labor Relations. 3 hr. PR: ECON 160 or consent. Exami- 
nation of the theory and practice of collective bargaining. Topics include economics and 
historical environment, labor law, unionization, contract negotiation, patterns in contract 
content, conflict resolution, grievance handling, and an introduction to arbitration. 

301 . Industrial Relations Analytical Techniques 1. 3 hr. PR: Admission to the ILR graduate 
program and C S 5 or equiv. Introduction to the software and hardware appropriate for use 
in human resource applications, emphasizing efficient and effective use of previously de- 
veloped software. Introduction to quantitative analytical decision-making techniques. 

302. Industrial Relations Analytical Techniques 2. 3 hr. PR: Admission to the ILR gradu- 
ate program. Further development of the quantitative analytical techniques and of busi- 
ness information systems used in the human resources field. Emphasis on quantitative 
decision-making and information systems in an industrial relations setting. 

310. Human Resources Economics. 3 hr. PR: Admission to the ILR graduate program. 
Consideration of the conditions of employment and unemployment at both macro and 
micro levels under varying degrees of competition, including the process of labor force 
preparation, labor market data and policy. 

312. Organizational Theory, Behavior, and Communication. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Empha- 
sis on the communication processes involved in problem resolution including organiza- 
tional decision making. Problems include organizational evaluation methods, training 
and leadership development, staffing, evaluation of proficiency of individuals, systems, 
and procedures. 

314. Industrial Relations Strategy and Policy. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Explores the integrative 
dimensions of organizational policies and their relationship to the personnel and indus- 
trial relations function. Business ethics in the industrial relations function. 

316. Labor Organization Industrial Relations. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Introduction to dynam- 
ics (adversary/cooperative) of industrial relations from a union viewpoint. Topics include 
conflict resolution, union government, alternatives to economic conflict bargaining, inter- 
action, the state of industrial relations and work society. 

330. Compensation Issues. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Seminar in compensation designed to 
develop further understanding of compensation theory and practice. Topic areas will in- 
clude labor supply, wage theory, legal constraints, motivation, equity theory, organiza- 
tional development as well as compensation structure and administration. 

332. American Trade Unionism. 3 hr. PR: ILR 262 or 316 or consent. Examines the rise 
of American unionism and traces historical factors shaping its philosophy. Topics include 



228 WVU Graduate Catalog 



economic conditions and union history, comparisons of AFL and CIO structures and the 
AFL-CIO as a government. 

333. Seminar: Quality of Work Life. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Analysis of current trends and 
approaches in "quality of work life improvement" with special attention to developments 
in participative management, job enrichment and gain sharing. Results of current re- 
search are featured. 

334. Work Group Dynamics and Leadership. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Small group or indi- 
vidual research on topics related to leadership and group dynamics in the work environ- 
ment including training and other human relations programs. 

337. Practicum in Industrial Interviewing. 3 hr. PR: ILR 312 and consent. Experiential 
learning of industrial interviewing techniques covering legal and technical aspects of 
employment interviewing and other types of interviewing. 

340. Arbitration Theory and Practice. 3 hr. PR: ILR 262 and consent. Study of the pur- 
pose of arbitration, trends, principles of contract construction, hearing procedure evi- 
dence, remedies, training and education of arbitrators, training of advocates, and deci- 
sion writing. Students will arbitrate mock cases. 

342. Advanced Collective Bargaining. 3 hr. PR: ILR 262 or consent. Development of the 
economic theory, empirical analysis and policy implications of the impact of collective 
bargaining on wages, employment, market structure, and prices. 

344. Benefits. 3 hr. Considers employee benefits from the perspective of the industrial 
relations specialist who is responsible for articulating and administering a corporate pro- 
gram. Includes study of all benefits covered by major federal legislation. 

345. Equal Employment Opportunity Problems. 3 hr. PR: Consent. A series of lectures 
by specialists in equal employment opportunity affairs. Lecturers will include attorneys, 
directors of state and national EEO agencies, and representatives of business and in- 
dustry and the labor movement. 

491 . Advanced Study. 1 -6 hr. 

497. Research. 1-15 hr. 

CORE Courses 
Accounting (ACCT) 

31 1 . Financial Accounting for Decision Making. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Basic accounting 
assumptions and standards underlying financial statements, the significance of financial 
statement measurements, and the relevance of such data for planning and control. Em- 
phasis on financial statement and cash-flow analysis. 

Business Law (BLAW) 

31 1 . Legal and Regulatory Environment. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Examination of the legal 
environment in which business decisions are made and the response of the legal envi- 
ronment to change. Familiarization with the role of administrative agencies in the regula- 
tory process. 



Industrial Relations 229 



Economics (ECON) 

317. Economic Decision Making. 2 hr. PR: ECON 54 or consent. Analysis of the firm as 
an optimizing unit operating in the market place. Examination of product demand, pro- 
duction and costs, pricing theory and practices, risk, and capital budgeting. 

Finance (FIN) 

31 1 . Fundamentals of Finance. 2 hr. PR or Coreq: ACCT 31 1 or consent. Covers the 
basics of standard financial activities of the firm including: financial planning, the struc- 
ture of financing, and asset selection. 

Management (MANG) 

301 . Organization Behavior and Ethics. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Interpersonal relationships 
through which administration becomes effective. Emphasis on human factors, but influ- 
ences of economic and technological factors also are considered. Focus on ethics and 
importance of harmony between individual needs and organization goals. 

31 1 . Management Information Systems. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Examines computer technol- 
ogy, applications, information systems, and performance. Computer system planning, 
selection, and implementation. Computer impact upon management, organization, and 
society from a managerial point of view. 

321 . Operations Management/Applied Quantitative Analysis. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Review 
of concepts, techniques, and models encountered in manufacturing and service opera- 
tions. Modeling approach and computer applications in operations management and 
management science are emphasized. 

351. Policy and Strategy. 3 hr. PR: Consent. M.B.A. capstone course. Integrates func- 
tional knowledge with strategy formulation and strategy implementation concepts. Cases 
of organizations varying in size, national affiliation, and profit orientation are analyzed 
with special emphasis on ethics and social responsibility. 

Marketing (MKTG) 

31 1 . Marketing Management 2 hr. Introduction to marketing management with specific 
emphasis on consumer behavior and market segmentation, product planning, promo- 
tion, distribution, and pricing. 



230 WVU Graduate Catalog 



College of Creative Arts 

Philip J. Faini, MM., Dean and Director 

J. Bernard Schultz, Ph.D., Associate Dean for Academic Affairs 

The College of Creative Arts, composed of the Divisions of Art, Music, and Theatre, 
serves an academic and cultural function and provides an educational and interdiscipli- 
nary environment for the exploration, advancement, and understanding of the visual and 
performing arts. The College boasts a distinguished faculty of actors, artists, composers, 
conductors, directors, instrumentalists, vocalists, and writers bring to the college a com- 
mitment to a creative process of artistic growth which is shared with each student. Through 
teaching, research, and service, the faculty of the college provides students the profes- 
sional preparation to achieve the highest level of performance, scholarly research, and 
creative activity. 

Graduate programs in art, music, and theatre are characterized by quality and diversity 
of faculty, students, and curricular opportunity. Each division is an accredited member of the 
nationally recognized accrediting agency for professional instruction in the discipline: art 
programs by the National Association of Schools of Art and Design; music programs by 
the National Association of Schools of Music; and theatre programs by the National As- 
sociation of Schools of Theatre. 

The College of Creative Arts is committed to providing the highest levels of creative, 
intellectual, and cultural experiences in art, music, and theatre to the University, the state, 
and the region. In an environment rich with art exhibitions, concerts, and plays, students 
gain the knowledge, skills, experience, and inspiration necessary for professional suc- 
cess. Students, faculty, and visiting artists present a full calendar of performances and 
exhibitions open to the public. 

The Creative Arts Center, which houses the college, is a modern, multimillion-dollar 
instructional and performance facility with three theatres, two recital halls/recording stu- 
dios; scenery, painting, drawing, design, costume, printmaking, sculpture, ceramic, and 
instrumental studios; additional art studios; and two art galleries. 

The Ph.D. curriculum in music prepares students for careers as teachers in higher 
education; the D.M.A. curricula in performance and literature (piano, organ, percussion, 
voice) or composition prepare students who aspire for teaching careers in higher educa- 
tion. The master of fine arts (M.F.A.) is a terminal degree in art and theatre that prepares 
students for careers in ceramics, graphic design, painting, printmaking, sculpture, acting, or 
theatre design/technology. 

The master of music degree enhances undergraduate programs in performance, 
music education, theory, music history, and composition. The master of arts has concen- 
trations in art education, art history, and studio art. 

For further information, please contact: 

Graduate advisor, Division of Art at (304) 293-2140 X 141 

Director of graduate studies in music, Division of Music at (304) 293-551 1 X 196 

Chair, Division of Theatre at (304) 293-2020 X 120 
Our mailing address is College of Creative Arts, Creative Arts Center, West Virginia Univer- 
sity, P.O. Box 61 1 1 Morgantown, VW 26506-61 1 1 . 

Special Admission Information 

The College of Creative Arts offers graduate programs leading to terminal degrees 
in art, music, and theatre. Prospective students apply for admission through the University's 
Office of Admissions and Records. All candidates for graduate degrees must conform to 
University regulations for graduate study. Requirements for admission to specific pro- 
grams are included in the program descriptions. Most programs require an audition or a 
portfolio review as a part of the admission process. 

College of Creative Arts 23 1 



Full graduate assistants receive a stipend and remission of tuition. Approximately 1 1 
graduate assistantships in art, 28 in music, and 14 in theatre are available each year. 
Application for these assistantships should be made to each division; the application 
deadline for art is March 1 and October 15, for music March 1 , and for theatre April 1. 

Graduate Programs 

Art M.A. 

Music M.M. D.M.A., Ph.D. 

Theatre M.F.A. 

Visual Art M.F.A. 

Graduate Faculty 

t Indicates regular membership in the graduate faculty. 
* Indicates associate membership in the graduate faculty. 

Art 
Professors 

'Robert P. Anderson, M.F.A. (Alfred U.). Ceramics. 

*Carmon Colangelo, M.F.A. (LSU). Chairperson. Printmaking. 

*Eve Faulkes, M.F.A. (R.I. School of Design). Graphic design. 

'Clifford A. Harvey, B.F.A. (Mpls. C. Art & Des.). Graphic design. 

r Margaret T. Rajam, Ph.D. (U. Mich.). Emerita. 

'Bernard Schultz, Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Associate Dean, College of Creative Arts. Art history, Italian 

renaissance, Modern art, Art theory. 
Associate Professors 

'Victoria Fergus, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Undergraduate advisor. Art education. 
*Alison Helm, M.F.A. (Syracuse U.). Sculpture. 
*Paul Krainak, M.F.A. (North. Illinois U.). Painting. Graduate advisor. 
*Sergio Soave, M.F.A. (WVU). Printmaking. 2-D visual foundations. 
'William J. Thomas, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Art education. 
Assistant Professors 

Christopher Hocking, M.F.A. (LSU). Drawing, Painting, Printmaking. 
Marian Hollinger, M.A. (U. of Toronto). Art history, Medieval art, Women in art, Writing in art. 
Cara Jaye, M.F A. (U. Co.-Boulder). Painting, Drawing, Visual foundations, Photography, 
lain Machell, M.F.A. (SUNY-Albany). Visual foundations, Sculpture. 
Adjunct Assistant Professor 
Kristina Olson, M.A. (SUNY-Stony Brook). Art Criticism and Contemporary Art. Curator. 

Music 
Professors 

'Peter Amstutz, D.M.A. (Peabody Conserv). Piano. 

'John Beall, Ph.D. (U. Roch, Eastman Sch. of Mus.). Composition, Theory. 

'Philip J. Faini, M.M. (WVU). Dean and Director, College of Creative Arts. Percussion, African 

music. 
'William P. Haller, D.M.A. (N. Tex. St. U.). F.A.G.O. Organ, Theory. 

'Barton Hudson, Ph.D. (Ind. U.). Director of Graduate Studies. Musicology, Renaissance music. 
'Christine B. Kefferstan,* D.M.A. (U. Cinn.). Coordinator, Keyboard instruments, Piano. 
'Gerald Lefkoff, Ph.D. (Cath. U. Am.). Coordinator, Theory-Composition. Theory, Electronic music, 

Viola. 
'James E. Miltenberger, D.M.A. (U. Roch. -Eastman Sch. of Mus.). Piano, Piano repertoire. 
'Augusto Paglialunga, M.M. (New England Conserv.). Voice. 
'William Skidmore, M.M. (U. Illinois). Coordinator, Stringed Instruments, Cello. 
'Gilbert Trythall, D.M.A. (Cornell U.). Composition, Electronic music, Theory. 
\John F. Weigand, D.M.A. (Florida State). Coordinator, Undergraduate Admissions. Clarinet, 

Chamber music. 

232 WVU Graduate Catalog 



t Don G. Wilcox, M.A. (Cal. St. C.-L. Bch.). Director of Bands. Coordinator, conducting. 

•Cecil B. Wilson, Ph.D. (Case West. Res. U.). Assistant Vice President for Faculty Development 

Musicology, 19th century music, Orchestration. 
Associate Professors 

'David Bess, Ph.D. (WVU). Instrumental music education. 
•Joyce Catalfano, M.M. (Ithaca C). Coordinator, Woodwind instruments. Flute. 
•Barbara Coeyman, Ph.D. (CUNY). Musicology, Baroque music, Collegium Musicum. 
'John E. Crotty, Ph.D. (Eastman Sen. of Mus.). Theory, Analysis, Composition. 
•Cynthia Dewey, D.M.A. (Louisiana St. U.). Coordinator, Voice/Opera. Voice, Vocal diction and 

pedagogy. 
'Terry B. Ewell, Ph.D. (U. Wash.). Interim Chairperson. Bassoon, Theory. 
•Janis-Rozena Peri, M.M. (Miami U.). Voice. 
•Janet Robbins, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). General music education. 
f Connie Sturm, Ph.D. (U. Okla.). Piano, Group piano, Piano pedagogy. 
'Robert H. Thieme, Jr., M.M. (WVU). Director, WVU Opera Theatre. Opera, Vocal repertoire, 

Accompanying, Coaching. 
•Christopher Wilkinson, Ph.D. (Rutgers U.). Coordinator, Music History-Literature. Musicology, 20th 

century music. 
•John R. Winkler, D.M.A. (Northwestern U.). Coordinator, Brass and percussion instruments. 

Trumpet, Theory, Chamber music. 
Assistant Professors 
•Virginia Thompson, D.M.A. (U. of Iowa). French Horn. 

Theatre 
Professors 

'Frank Gagliano, M.F.A. (Columbia U.). Claude Worthington Benedum Professor. Playwriting. 

'Joann Spencer Siegrist, M.F.A. (U. Ga.). Puppetry, Creative drama. 

'John C. Whitty, Ph.D. (U. Iowa). Theatre history. 

'Mary Katherine Wiedebusch, M.A. (WVU). Dance. 

Associate Professors 

f W. James Brown, M.F.A. (U. Wash.). Theatre design. 

'Michelle Guillot, M.F.A. (Yale Sch. Drama). Theatre design. 

'Gerry McGonigle, M.F.A. (American Conservatory Theatre). Acting. -■„ 

'Victor G. McQuiston, M.F.A. (Ohio St. U.). Technical direction. 

'Linda D. Milian, M.F.A. (Rutgers U.). Costuming. 

'Joseph Olivieri, M.F.A. (American Conservatory Theatre). Acting. 

'William J. Winsor, M.F.A. (Ohio St. U.). Interim Chairperson, Scenic design. 

Assistant Professors 

'Amelia Howe Kritzer, Ph.D. (U. Wise. -Madison). Theatre history. 



Art 

Paul Krainak, Graduate Advisor, Division of Art 

419-A Creative Arts Center 

Degrees Offered: Master of Arts, Master of Fine Arts 

The graduate programs in art lead to a master of arts with emphasis in art, art edu- 
cation, or art history (one to two years or 30 credit hours) and to a master of fine arts with 
emphasis in visual art (two to three years or 60 hours). Both of these programs are highly 
selective and closely integrated parts of the professional education in art offered by the 
Division of Art. All applicants are expected to have artistic maturity and the motivation to 
achieve excellence in their areas of concentration. 

Accreditation 

The Division of Art is an accredited institutional member of the National Associa- 
tion of Schools of Art and Design, the only nationally recognized accrediting agency for 

Art 233 



professional art instruction. Applicants to programs in art must comply with the standards 
for admission set by West Virginia University, the College of Creative Arts, and the Divi- 
sion of Art. 

Master of Fine Arts 

The master of fine arts is the terminal degree in studio art; it prepares students for 
professional practice in art. Our selective and limited enrollment insure regular individual 
contact with a dedicated, diverse faculty, who are committed to a sustained professional 
exchange with each student. A collaboratively designed curriculum includes weekly cri- 
tiques engaging all studio majors and faculty. Media experimentation is encouraged. 
Students must be able to apply and communicate a diverse body of knowledge relating 
historical, cultural, contemporary, and aesthetic issues to their professional practice. Stu- 
dents are expected to articulate and defend their position in the profession of art. 

Master of Arts 

Master of Arts students in studio art, art education, or art history critically study, 
explore, and evaluate their chosen content area, ensuring a solid foundation for further 
professional practice or research. 

Reviews 

All students enter the graduate programs in art as preliminary candidates. Students 
in the M.F.A. program are reviewed for advancement at the end of their first year of study 
or upon the completion of 24-30 credit hours. Students in the M.A. program are reviewed 
at the end of their first semester of study or upon the completion of 12-15 credit hours. 
A satisfactory review allows students to have degree candidate status. Candidacy status 
must be approved by the student's graduate committee. All students in degree programs, 
either M.F.A. or M.A., must prepare a written thesis. A graduate exhibition is required of 
all M.F.A. students. 

Deficiencies 

Before students are admitted, they must meet any deficiencies in their undergraduate 
preparation. Credits taken to erase deficiencies do not count toward a graduate degree. 

The Division of Art has high expectations for its graduate students. Because of this, 
certain standards of achievement exceed the minimum standards set by the University for 
all graduate students. The Division of Art reserves the right to impose stricter limitations on 
all art graduate students. Credit hours in courses with an earned grade of "C" do not 
automatically counttoward graduate degree requirements. The graduate committee and the 
divisional chairperson have the right to declare such credit hours unacceptable. 

Supplies 

All graduate art majors are required to purchase most of their personal equipment 
and expendable supplies. Some studio areas purchase bulk supplies for student use in 
their courses from an art fee which ranges from $105 to $140 per semester. 

Thesis 

All candidates for a graduate degree in art must prepare a written thesis (or graduate 
project) related to their work and activity as a graduate student. The chairperson of the 
student's graduate committee supervises the preparation of the thesis, which must be com- 
pleted at least one month before the anticipated graduation date. The thesis must be pre- 
pared according to the form prescribed in the WVU regulations governing the preparation 



234 WVU Graduate Catalog 



of dissertations and theses as well as divisional guidelines, unless an exception is autho- 
rized in advance by the student's graduate committee and the division chairperson. 

Program Transfer 

A preliminary candidate in a graduate art program is not guaranteed acceptance 
into another graduate art program. A change from the M.F.A. program to the M.A. 
program (or the reverse) must be approved by the graduate faculty of the Division of Art. 
Under normal conditions, such a change is not considered until the student has estab- 
lished credibility by successfully completing 12-15 approved credit hours of study at WVU. 
A change to a program outside the Division of Art must be approved by the receiving unit. 
To make an application for a double degree program or special interdepartmental pro- 
grams at the graduate level, students must have written prior approval of the division 
chairperson. 

Admission Requests for application forms for admission to graduate degree programs in 
art must be addressed to the Office of Admissions and Records, West Virginia University, 
P.O. Box 6009, Morgantown, WV 26506-6009. Applicants must specify the degree and 
subject area of their choice and return the application and transcripts from each college 
or university previously attended to the above address with a $25 nonrefundable pro- 
cessing fee. 

Portfolio All applicants for both the M.F.A. and the M.A. (studio and art education) must 
present a portfolio for admission to the Division of Art. Applicants for art history must 
submit a copy of a written research project. Applicants should take care to select slides 
of recent and representative work for inclusion in the portfolio. The portfolio must contain 
a statement of purpose, and three letters of recommendation from college faculty or 
persons knowledgeable of the applicant's interests and abilities, and twenty 35mm slides. 
Each slide should be labeled with name, date of completion, size of work, and type of 
medium and arranged in an 8" by 11" transparent plastic slide holder for mailing. The 
complete portfolio, with the purpose statement, three letters, and 20 slides, should be 
submitted to: Graduate Advisor, Division of Art, College of Creative Arts, West Virginia 
University, P.O. Box 6111, Morgantown, WV 26506-6111 Provide a stamped, self-ad- 
dressed envelope to assure prompt, safe return of the slides. 

Master of Fine Arts in Visual Arts 

The Master of Fine Arts, a professionally-oriented terminal degree in the studio arts, 
requires a baccalaureate degree in art or its equivalent for admission. Preparation should 
include 12 hours of art history, 70 hours of studio art related to professional needs, and 36 
hours of general education. The suggested distribution of studies for the 60 credit hour 
program is: 

Art Studio Major Area 36 hr. 

Art Studio Elective 6 hr. 

Teaching practicum/Professional practice 3 hr. 

Graduate Seminar (or approved elective) 3 hr. 

Art History 6 hr. 

Graduate Exhibition and Thesis 6 hr. 

To earn the M.F.A., a student must complete a combined (undergraduate and 
graduate) total of 1 1 8 hours in studio, 1 8 hours in art history, and the appropriate number 
of credit hours in general education courses. 

All students in the M.F.A. program are required to submit a statement of intention 
after completion of 12 credit hours, to indicate the direction and implementation of their 
studio involvement. 

Art 235 



Transfers In addition to the application materials listed, transfer students must ask to 
transfer graduate work completed elsewhere. Transcripts must accompany the written 
request. Transfer credit is not automatic. The art faculty review committee, the graduate 
advisor, and the division chairperson will determine how much, if any, previous graduate- 
level work may be transferred. At least 60 percent of the work for the M.F.A. must be 
completed at WVU in the studio arts. 

Residence Requirements The M.F.A. student must complete the stated requirements in 
order to graduate, usually in a two-year period. Most students take 15 hours per 
semester. All students accepted into the M.F.A. program are required to spend four full- 
time semesters (excluding summer sessions) in residence. Concentrations for the 
M.F.A. include ceramics, graphic design, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. 

Course Distribution 

The following is the recommended distribution of required M.F.A. courses: 
First Year — Preliminary Candidate 

Art Studio Major Area 18 hr. 

Art Studio Elective 3 hr. 

Teaching Practicum 3 hr. 

Graduate Seminar 3 hr. 

Art History* 3 hr. 

Total 30 hr. 

"Graduate credits in art history must be at the 300-level (graduate) and are in addition to courses taken or required at the 
undergraduate level. 

Second Year — M.F.A. Candidate 

Art Studio Major Area 18 hr. 

Art Studio Elective 3 hr. 

Art History* 3 hr. 

Graduate Exhibition and Thesis** 6 hr. 

Total 30 hr. 

'Graduate credits in art history must be at the 300-level (graduate) and are in addition to courses taken or required at the 
undergraduate level. 

"Graduate exhibition and thesis (Art 400) will include organized graduate seminars, committee meetings, and exhibition 
preparation discussions. 

Master of Arts in Art Education 

Art education is a popular option for graduate study in art. Specialization in art 
education requires the completion of 30 credit hours program. The exact course of study 
is determined through consultation with the student's advisor. The art education 
concentration may be completed in one year of full time study. The general distribution 
of graduate credits is as follows: 

Art studio major area 9 hr. 

Art studio elective 6 hr. 

Art education or approved studies 12 hr. 

Art 402 Master's in Art Education Project 3 hr. 

Total 30 hr. 

Every graduate student is required to complete a graduate project. The graduate art 
faculty recommend those students who may be required to hold a graduate exhibition. 

Master of Arts in Art History 

The art history concentration is accredited by the National Association of Schools of 
Art and Design. For information about this option, please contact the coordinator of art 



236 WVU Graduate Catalog 



history or the graduate advisor in the Division of Art. The general distribution of graduate 
credits for a concentration in art history is as follows: 

Art history 21 hr. 

Cognate courses 6 hr. 

Art 401 (thesis) 3 hr. 

Total 30 hr. 

Master of Arts in Studio Art 

The studio art concentration allows students to specialize in ceramics, graphic de- 
sign, painting, printmaking, or sculpture. 

Applicants desiring to begin a course of study leading to the Master of Arts in Art and 
concentration in the studio arts must have a baccalaureate degree in art or the equiva- 
lent. Undergraduate study should include 12 hours of art history, 45 hours of studio art 
related to professional needs, and 36 hours of general education courses. 

The concentration in studio art requires: 

Art Studio Major Area 18 hr. 

Art Studio Elective or Graduate Seminar* 3 hr. 

Art History** 6 hr. 

Art 401 (Thesis) 3 hr. 

Total 30 hr. 

*ln lieu of art studio elective instruction, students may take the graduate seminar course. Exact courses of study are determined in 
consultation with the graduate advisor. 

"Graduate credits in art history must be at the 300-level (graduate) and are in addition to courses taken or required at the under- 
graduate level. 

Requirements 

The student must complete the stated degree requirements in order to graduate. 
These credits can be earned in one year. After consultation with the graduate advisor, 
students specializing in studio arts are required to prepare a study list of courses to be 
taken to satisfy Division of Art requirements. Changes in this list must be requested in 
writing and approved by the chairperson of the division. 

Financial Aid 

Financial aid information is available through the Student Financial Aid Office, West 
Virginia University, P.O. Box 6004, Morgantown WV 26506-6004. Graduate assistant- 
ships in art are awarded to students of exceptional promise by the faculty of the Division 
of Art. Application forms must be requested from the graduate advisor, Division of Art, 
College of Creative Arts, West Virginia University, P.O. Box 61 1 1 , Morgantown, WV 26506- 
6111, and submitted with the portfolio. 

Art (ART) 

200. Directed Art Studies. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. 
Studies in painting, sculpture, printmaking, graphic design, ceramics, drawing, art 
education, art history, includes independent study. 

211. Figure Drawing. I, U.S. 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: ART 12, 121 orequiv. 
A course in compositional structure from the figure. 

212. Advanced Drawing. I, II, S. 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: ART 21 1 orequiv. 
Advance tutorial drawing course. 



Art 237 



300. Independent Study Graduate Studio. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) 
PR: Consent. Intensive self directed research involving special projects in studio 
production. Areas of study include, but are not limited to, painting, drawing, printmaking, 
sculpture, ceramics, and design. 

301. Independent Study Art History. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: 
Consent. Independent research, closely supervised, on topic of student's selection. 
Proposal must be well-defined and contain historical, critical, and theoretical issues. 
Contractual course. 

313. Graduate Painting. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. 
Encompasses the significant issues and developments of contemporary painting, 
including visual resources, critical and pictorial structures, and technical proficiency to 
establish a coherent aesthetic vision in the medium. 

323. Graduate Graphic Design. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: 
Consent. Integration of current and historic design resources leading to the development 
of a thesis project while working within the independent and existing design courses. 
Areas of special interest include the book arts and electronic multimedia. 

324. Graduate Graphic Design/Professional Practice. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. (May be repeated 
for credit). PR: Consent. Students assist and work on projects in a model studio setting, 
helping to coordinate and manage communication with clients, printers and undergradu- 
ate students in Graphic Design Studio 222. 

326. Graduate Sculpture. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. 
Encompasses the significant issues and developments of contemporary 3-dimensional 
form, including visual resources, critical and historic foundations, and technical profi- 
ciency designed to establish a coherent comprehension of the media. 

330. Graduate Printmaking. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. 
Encompasses the germane aspects of contemporary printmaking including visual 
resources, theoretical and historic structures, and technical processes, designed to 
establish a rigorous comprehension of the medium. Areas of specialization include 
lithography, intaglio, relief, serigraphy, and electronic media. 

332. Graduate Photography. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (Maybe repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. 
Involves the essential problems and developments of current photography, from 
traditional to digital photo process, theoretical and pictorial foundations and technical 
proficiency designed to afford a coherent aesthetic vision in the medium. 

334. Alternative Media. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. 
Involves the primary issues and developments of alternative and interdisciplinary media 
such as installation, video, performance art, or handmade books along with the critical 
foundation and technical proficiency to establish a comprehensive utilization of chosen 
forms. 

340. Graduate Ceramics. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. 
Involves the essential concerns and developments of contemporary ceramics, including 
traditional and current practices. Emphasis on technical processes designed to provide 
a rigorous comprehension and expression in clay. Areas of specialization include both 
functional and sculptural ceramics. 

238 WVU Graduate Catalog 



345. Greek and Roman. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Architecture, sculpture, and paintings 
of the Aegean world c. 200 BCE, Greece and Rome to 400 CE. Critical and historical 
consideration of this time period will be considered. 

346. Medieval Art. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Arts of Europe from c. 312 to c. 1350. 
Theoretical, historical and literary contexts for the images will be established. Architec- 
ture, sculpture, painting, and portable arts will be included. 

347. Northern Renaissance. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Arts of Northern Europe from 1350 
to 1 560 will be studied in an historical and theoretical context. Painting and sculpture will 
be the focus of study. 

348. Italian Renaissance. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Early Renaissance through Manner- 
ism. Emphasizes historical context and theoretical foundation of 15th and 16th Century 
Italian art and architecture. 

349. Baroque. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Art of the late 1 6th through the early 1 8th centuries; 
Northern and Southern European examples. Issues of historical context and theoretical 
interpretation will be emphasized. 

350. Nineteenth Century. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. European and American art from the 
late 18th through 1990. Issues of theory, historical context, and literary foundation will 
be considered. 

351. Modern. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. The revolutionary experience of modern art, from 
its foundation in 19th century European movements through the 1950s. Critical theory 
and historical context will be stressed. 

352. American. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Arts in the United States from the Colonial era 
to 1960. Emphasis placed on factors which define American art and the critical 
foundations for the works. 

353. Contemporary. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Exploration of the various artistic movements 
from World War II to the present. Emphasis will be given to the change from modern to 
postmodern. Familiarity with images and critical texts will be expected. 

354. Art Theory. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Examination of the development and tradition 
of the literature of Western art theory and its relationship to artistic practice. 

355. Women in Art. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Examination of the art of female artists and 
of women as subjects in art. An historical view with concentration on 20th Century work. 
Critical theories will be emphasized. 

356. Twentieth Century Architecture. S. 3 hr. PR: Consent. History of 20th Century 
architecture. Focus on development of the International Style and recent challenges to 
this modernist aesthetic. 

365. Graduate Art Education Studies. I, II, S. 1-12 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: 
Consent. Studies in art education and related areas. The development of a master's 
degree project in conjunction with a faculty committee. 



Art 239 



400. Graduate Exhibition/Thesis. I, II, S. 3-6 hr. PR: Consent. Graduate exhibition and 
thesis. Research directed towards the production of a solo exhibition and a written thesis 
which documents the processes and philosophical principles of the artwork. 

401. Art History Thesis. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Topic selected by student in 
consultation with art history faculty. Research must indicate familiarity with primary and 
secondary sources and regard for evidence of art historical research, methodology and 
criticism. 

402. Master's in Art Education Project. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Consent. This course is for the 
final three hours of the Master's project. The in-depth project is to be completed, 
approved, and signed by the advising committee. 

490. Teaching Practicum. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Supervised practices in college 
teaching. Developing aspects of college teaching experience such as writing a syllabus, 
organizing a classroom, or improvising with materials or topical issues. 

496. Graduate Seminar. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Issues in Contemporary art. Analysis of 
theoretical issues and trends in contemporary art criticism. Emphasis on comparative 
media, interdisciplinary forms of expression, and significant cultural concerns that affect 
visual arts practice. 



Music 

Barton Hudson, Graduate Advisor, Division of Music 

41 6-A Creative Arts Center 

Degrees Offered: Master of Music, Doctor of Musical Arts, Doctor of Philosophy 

The Division of Music is an accredited institutional member of the National Associa- 
tion of Schools of Music, the only nationally recognized accrediting agency for profes- 
sional music instruction. All programs comply with the objectives and guidelines re- 
quired by this organization. 

Prospective graduate students in music are required to have completed the appro- 
priate curriculum of undergraduate study in music at WVU or its equivalent at another 
institution of recognized standing. For acceptance into a degree program the applicant 
should make inquiry to the Director of Graduate Studies, Division of Music, P.O. Box 
6111, Morgantown, WV 26506-61 1 1 . 

Master of Music 

• For the master of music degree, an undergraduate transcript showing an average 
of at least 3.0 on all undergraduate study is required for regular admission; for the Ph.D. 
and doctor of musical arts, a transcript showing an average of at least 3.0 on the master's 
degree or equivalent is expected; 

• Results of the Graduate Record Examination (not required of performance M.M. 
applicants); 

• Three letters of recommendation from individuals qualified to judge the applicant's 
potential success as a graduate student in music; the writers should submit the letters 
directly to the Director of Graduate Studies. 

Performance 

Applicants in performance and for the recital option in music education are also 
required to demonstrate, by audition or tape recording, the level of attainment in the 

240 WVU Graduate Catalog 



principal performance area which is prerequisite to the curriculum sought. The evalua- 
tion of performance proficiency is based on technical ability, repertoire, and musician- 
ship. A listing of representative material for each performance area, graded by profi- 
ciency level, is available upon request. 

If a tape recording is submitted, it must be of a high quality and have clearly indi- 
cated the student's name, titles and composers of works performed, and date of record- 
ing. Even the best recordings leave much to be desired, and a personal audition is en- 
couraged. The auditions are normally administered by individually scheduled appoint- 
ment. These should occur at least six weeks before registration. 

Audition The audition for acceptance as a degree student, when required, is assessed 
for general admission purposes. The estimated proficiency level must be confirmed by a 
jury examination at the end of the first semester of applied study. Credit in performance 
may be counted toward degree requirements only after the proficiency level prerequisite 
has been reached. 

Composition 

Applicants seeking acceptance as composition majors must submit representative 
compositions for evaluation and approval. Evidence of previous teaching or professional 
experience is desirable in the consideration of doctoral applicants. 

Music Education 

Admission to the doctor of philosophy program with a specialization in music educa- 
tion is contingent upon the receipt of evidence that the applicant has held a position as a 
successful full-time contractual music teacher for at least three years. Such evidence 
may be in the form of a letter of recommendation from a school official. 

All Fields 

Applicants accepted for degree study must take tests in theory and music history, 
and audition on piano. In addition, voice students take diagnostic tests in vocal literature, 
diction, and pedagogy. The results of these tests may indicate the need for remedial 
study, which must be completed before admission to candidacy. Applicants for the areas 
of theory and composition will be tested more specifically in counterpoint (both sixteenth 
and eighteenth century), form, instrumentation, and orchestration. 

Provisional Admission 

Applicants whose averages and test scores do not meet the qualifications outlined 
above may be considered for acceptance as provisional or non-degree students. If, upon 
completion of up to 12 semester hours of graduate study, they have achieved a minimum 
of a B (3.0) average, and after any previous undergraduate deficiencies or other condi- 
tions have been satisfied, such students may be accepted as degree students. 

GPA/Majors 

Candidates must establish an overall grade-point average of 3.0 within a maximum 
of 30 or 36 hours, depending upon the requirements of the chosen curriculum. Appli- 
cants will be considered for candidacy upon completion of 12 semester hours of gradu- 
ate study. No student will be admitted to candidacy before removal of all undergraduate 
deficiencies. 

Candidates for the master of music degree may major in one of five fields: music 
education, performance, theory, composition, or history of music. In the latter four, a 
minimum of 30 hours is required. For music education requirements, see below. 



Music 241 



Music Education Options 

Students majoring in music education will be allowed one of four options, to be 
determined in consultation with the program consultant: 

• Thesis option; 

• Recital option (if the candidate demonstrates proficiency level 8 in the major per- 
formance area within the first 12 hours of enrollment); 

•Thirty-six hour course work option; and 

• Certification option (intended for persons possessing a bachelor's degree with a 
major in music other than music education), leading to eligibility for certification for teach- 
ing grades K-12 in the public schools of West Virginia. 

For the first three options, the following requirements apply: 
•Thirty graduate hours for thesis and recital options, 36 graduate hours otherwise, 
with a minimum average of 3.0. 

• For the thesis or 36-hour options, four hours of performance, either MUSC 400 
(principal performance area) or MUSC 310 (secondary performance area.) 

• Demonstration of the ability to integrate music history, music theory, and music 
education by passing comprehensive written and oral examinations. 

• Successful completion of a four-credit thesis or two-credit recital for the thesis and 
recital options, respectively. 

For the certification option, a combination of graduate and undergraduate courses will 
be selected to satisfy certification requirements. The 36 graduate hours include 1 2 hours of 
graduate music education courses and electives chosen to provide a good background for 
teaching. Undergraduate courses may be necessary to make up deficiencies. 

Requirements 
History of Music 

PR: Level 7 in the major performance area; Level 4 in piano; four semesters of a foreign 
language; seven hours upper-division theory; 15 undergraduate hours in music history. 

MUSC 430 Introduction to Music Bibliography 3 hr. 

Music History, chosen from MUSC 221-227 6 hr. 

MUSC 491 Special Topics 6 hr. 

Theory Elective 3 hr. 

MUSC 497 Research (Thesis) 4 hr. 

Electives (at least four credits in music) 8 hr. 

Total 30 hr. 

Music Education 
PR: Level 2 in piano. 

Music Education courses at the 300 or 400 level* 12 hr. 

One theory course and one music history course 5-6 hr. 

For Thesis Option: 

MUSC 400 and/or 310 Performance 4 hr. 

MUSC 497 Research (Thesis) 4 hr. 

Electives 4-5 hr. 

For Recital Option: 

MUSC 398 Master's Recital 2 hr. 

MUSC 400 Performance (major performance area) 6 hr. 

Electives 4-5 hr. 

For 36-hour Option: 

MUSC 400 and/or 310 Performance 4 hr. 

Electives 14-15 hr. 

Totals 30 or 36 hr. 

'Students in the thesis option must include MUSC 446. 

242 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Performance 

PR: Level 10 in the major performance area, and Level 3 in piano; for organists, Level 5 
in piano; for pianists in the piano pedagogy option, Level 9 in piano and one year of piano 
pedagogy/group or equivalent teaching experience; for voice majors, the same language 
requirements as for the B.M. degree. 

MUSC 400 Performance (major performance area) 8 hr. 

MUSC 430 Introduction to Music Bibliography 3 hr. 

For Traditional Performance Option: 

MUSC 398 Master's Recital 4 hr. 

One of the following 2 hr. 

MUSC 398 Master's Recital 

MUSC 431 Research Problems for Performers 

One theory course and one music history course 

(chosen from Music 221-227) 5-6 hr. 

Music electives 

(no more than four hours in the major performance area) 7-8 hr. 

Total 30 hr. 

For Piano Pedagogy Option: 

MUSC 398 Master's Recital 2 hr. 

MUSC 312 Studies in Keyboard Performance and Pedagogy .. 6 hr. 
MUSC 392 Guided Studies (Teaching internship) 4 hr. 

One theory course or one music history course 2-3 hr. 

Music electives 4-5 hr. 

Total 30 hr. 

For Conducting Option: 

MUSC 398 Recital 6 hr. 

MUSC 410, 41 1 Conducting Seminars 6 hr. 

MUSC 335 or 336 Studies in Vocal/Instrumental Music 3 hr. 

MUSC 467 Analytical Techniques 3 hr. 

MUSC 468 Compositional Techniques in 20th Century Music .. 3 hr. 

MUSC 470 Transcription and Arranging „... 2 hr. 

Electives 2 hr. 

Total 36 hr. 

Composition 

PR: Level 8 in the major performance area; Level 4 in piano; evaluation of previously 

completed compositions at a graduate major level. 

MUSC 430 Introduction to Music Bibliography 3 hr. 

MUSC 460 Composition 6 hr. 

MUSC 468 Compositional Techniques in Contemporary Music 3 hr. 

MUSC 475 Pedagogy of Theory 3 hr. 

MUSC 483 Theory Topics 3 hr. 

MUSC 497 Research (Thesis) 4 hr. 

Music electives (must include one of the following: 8 hr. 

MUSC 460 Electronic Music Composition 

MUSC 467 Analytical Techniques 

MUSC 470 Transcription and Arranging 

Total 30 hr. 

Theory 

PR: Level 8 in the major performance area; Level 4 in piano. 

Music 430 Introduction to Music Bibliography 3 hr. 

Graduate music history 3 hr. 

MUSC 467 Analytical Techniques 3 hr. 

Music 243 



MUSC 468 Compositional Techniques in Contemporary Music 3 hr. 

MUSC475 Pedagogy of Theory 3 hr. 

MUSC 483 Theory Topics 3 hr. 

MUSC 497 Research (Thesis) 4 hr. 

Electives (at least four credits in music) 8 hr. 

Total '30 hr. 

Additional Requirements 

A representative public recital is required of candidates majoring in performance. 
Composition majors must submit as a thesis a composition in a large form. All candi- 
dates for the master of music degree are required to participate for credit for two semes- 
ters (or summer sessions) in a performing group which meets at least two clock hours 
per week and which is selected with the advisor's approval. 

A general comprehensive oral examination must be passed by all candidates for 
the master of music degree. Unsuccessful candidates may repeat this examination after 
a three-month period. The results of the second oral examination will normally be consid- 
ered final. The examining committee will decide immediately after an unsuccessful sec- 
ond attempt whether a petition for a third attempt will be granted. 

Students must complete their programs in eight calendar years. Failure to do so will 
result in the loss of credit for courses taken at the outset of the program. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

The doctor of philosophy curriculum in music prepares students for careers as teach- 
ers in higher education. Acceptance into the doctoral program is competitive. Applicants 
to the program leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy must present necessary 
credentials for evaluation of previous training and experience to the Division of Music. 
These include scores on the Graduate Record Examination General Aptitude Test, sub- 
mitted through the WVU Office of Admissions and Records, and evidence that the appli- 
cant has completed a minimum of 28 hours in liberal arts studies. Before admission to 
the program the Division may, at its discretion, require the applicant to take entrance 
tests in various fields of music, or it may require the applicant to be present for a personal 
interview. Under normal circumstances, the applicant must have maintained a minimum 
average grade of B (3.0) in courses taken for the master's degree. However, if sufficient 
professional experience should warrant, the Division may waive the requirement of a B 
(3.0) average or may grant an applicant conditional admittance subject to the satisfac- 
tory completion of certain specified courses or the attainment of a specified grade-point 
average within a semester's work. 

Course Work The exact amount and nature of course work undertaken will be deter- 
mined by the advisor with the approval of the student's doctoral committee in light of 
previous preparation and field of specialization. The student is expected to take Music 
494 Graduate Seminar as required by the field of specialization. Whatever preparatory 
courses (languages, statistics, bibliography, etc.) are needed must necessarily be taken 
early in the course of study. A paradigm of recommended courses and other require- 
ments is available upon request. 

Candidacy Upon completion of the requirements of the Division of Music and the gen- 
eral WVU graduate studies requirements, the student will be recommended for admis- 
sion to candidacy for the degree. These requirements are (in order of occurrence): 

1 . Demonstrate a satisfactory reading knowledge of German or French or satisfac- 
torily complete Statistics 31 1-312. Upon recommendation of the advisor, a different ro- 
mance language may be substituted for French. 

244 WVU Graduate Catalog 



2. Pass written qualifying examinations satisfactorily to show: 

a. Broad knowledge in theory and in music history and literature. 

b. Appropriate knowledge in the minor field. 

c. Knowledge in depth in the field of specialization. 

3. Pass satisfactorily a comprehensive oral qualifying examination. 

4. Present and have accepted an outline and prospectus of the dissertation. 

The requirement for doctoral seminars must be completed before the presentation 
of the prospectus. Graduate students who have met these requirements and who have 
maintained a minimum average of B (3.0) in courses completed shall be admitted to 
candidacy. The qualifying examinations shall be considered as one integral examination 
consisting of the written and oral parts. If the first attempt is unsuccessful, the student is 
allowed to try the entire examination a second time. The second attempt will be consid- 
ered final. The applicant's committee may elect to discourage a second attempt if the first 
does not indicate probable success upon repetition. 

Residence Requirements Completion of the requirements for this degree normally re- 
quires at least three years of full-time graduate work. A minimum of two consecutive 
semesters must be spent in residence in full-time graduate study at WVU beyond the 
master's degree or its equivalent. 

Dissertation The candidate must submit a dissertation produced at WVU under the 
direction of a major professor which demonstrates a high order of independent scholar- 
ship, originality, and competence in research, and which makes an original contribution 
to the field of specialization. 

After the dissertation has been approved and all other requirements have been ful- 
filled, the candidate's doctoral committee will administer the final oral examination. How- 
ever, a final examination will not be given in the same semester as the qualifying examina- 
tion. At the option of the student's committee, a final written examination may also be re- 
quired. The final examination(s) shall be concerned with the dissertation, its contribution to 
knowledge, its relation to other fields, and the candidate's grasp of the field of specialization. 

Following admission to candidacy, doctoral students are allowed five years to com- 
plete all remaining degree requirements. An extension of time may be permitted only 
upon repetition of the qualifying examination and completion of any other requirements 
specified by the student's doctoral committee. 

Doctor of Musical Arts 

The degree of doctor of musical arts may be taken in performance and literature 
(with specialization in piano, voice, percussion, or organ), or in composition. The primary 
objective is professional competence at the highest level. Historical and theoretical knowl- 
edge sufficient to support individualized interpretations for performers and original cre- 
ative work for composers is also expected. Writing and speaking skills needed to com- 
municate clearly and effectively are required. To assist the student in achieving these 
objectives, the course of study includes requirements in performance or composition, 
academic course work, and research. 

Admission Acceptance into doctoral programs is competitive. Applicants to the program 
leading to the D.M.A. must present necessary credentials for evaluation of previous training 
and experience. These include scores on the Graduate Record Examination General 
Aptitude Test, submitted through the WVU Office of Admissions and Records, and evi- 
dence that the applicant has completed a minimum of 28 hours in liberal arts studies. 
Before admission to the program the Division may, at its discretion, require the applicant 



Music 245 



to take entrance tests in various fields of music, or it may require the applicant to be 
present for a personal interview. 

Under normal circumstances the applicant must have maintained a minimum aver- 
age grade of B (3.0) in courses taken for the master's degree. However, if sufficient 
professional experience should warrant, the Division may waive the requirement of a B 
average or may grant an applicant conditional admittance subject to the satis- 
factory completion of certain specified courses or the attainment of a specified grade- 
point average within a semester's work. 

Applicants in performance should submit copies of programs of recent major recit- 
als. The applicant must be approved for the program by an audition committee by giving 
evidence of superior performance, artistic maturity, and extensive repertoire as speci- 
fied under Graduate Performance Requirements. The audition committee will include 
the Chair of the Division of Music, the Director of Graduate Studies, the graduate pro- 
gram advisor in performance, and the major professors involved with the area of special- 
ization. 

Applicants in composition must be approved for the program after evaluation by the 
composition faculty of scores of the applicant's works, accompanied by recordings if 
possible. These should show successful handling of various forms and media and indi- 
cate the applicant's capacity to attain professional standing in the field. 

Curriculum 

The exact amount and nature of course work undertaken will be determined by the 
student's advisor with the approval of the doctoral committee in light of previous prepara- 
tion and field of specialization. A paradigm detailing recommended courses and other 
requirements is available upon request. 

Candidacy 

Upon completion of the requirements of the Division of Music and the general WVU 
graduate studies requirements, the student will be recommended for admission to candi- 
dacy for the degree. These requirements are (in order of occurrence): 

1 . Demonstrate reading proficiency in a foreign language by successful completion 
either of an examination administered by the Division of Music or the equivalent of the 
fourth semester of recent language study with a minimum grade of B. The language 
must be of recognized world significance and appropriate to the student's field of con- 
centration. 

2. Pass written qualifying examinations satisfactorily to show: 

a. Broad knowledge in theory and music history and literature. 

b. Knowledge in depth of the literature of the field of specialization or of the craft 
of composition. 

3. Pass satisfactorily a comprehensive oral qualifying examination. 

Graduate students who have met these requirements and who have maintained a 
minimum average of B (3.0) in courses completed shall be admitted to candidacy. The 
qualifying examinations shall be considered one integral examination consisting of writ- 
ten and oral parts. If the first attempt is unsuccessful, the student is allowed to try the 
entire examination a second time. The second attempt will be considered final. The 
applicant's committee may elect to discourage a second attempt if the first does not 
indicate probable success upon repetition. 

Residence Requirements 

Completion of the requirements for this degree normally requires at least three years 
of full-time graduate work. A minimum of two semesters must be spent in residence in 
full-time graduate study at WVU beyond the master's degree or its equivalent. 

246 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Performance Requirements 

Performance requirements (for performance majors) include private lessons, mas- 
ter classes in applied repertory, and public performance of at least two solo recitals and 
other types of presentations appropriate for the preparation of an artist-teacher, such as 
chamber music programs, concerto performances, major roles in opera or oratorio, or 
major accompaniments. Credit for each public performance is established in advance by 
the student's committee. Performances will be prepared under the direction of a WVU 
regular graduate faculty member. 

Composition Requirements 

Composition requirements (for composition majors) include private lessons and the 
creation of a composition portfolio. Credit for each composition is established by the 
student's committee prior to its completion; it will be subsequently evaluated on a pass- 
fail basis. Ten credits of the composition portfolio must be completed before admission to 
candidacy. Work on the major project may commence only after admission to candidacy. 

Academic course requirements include courses in music history and theory, and, for 
performers, an appropriate course in the literature of the major performance area. 

Research Requirements 

Research requirements are intended to develop theoretical and historical investiga- 
tive techniques sufficient to enable the performer to form valid individualized interpreta- 
tions and to assist the composer in developing an original style. These requirements 
consist of the course Introduction to Music Bibliography (MUSC 430), demonstration of 
reading proficiency in a foreign language of major importance, for composers a doctoral 
seminar, and for all students a research project culminating in an extended written study 
related to the student's area, although not necessarily constituting original research. This 
project will be supervised by a regular graduate faculty member who is a member of the 
student's doctoral committee in consultation with the entire doctoral committee. 

Final Examination 

For performers, the final examination will consist of a major solo recital (which will 
be regarded as the equivalent of the Ph.D. dissertation defense). Immediately following 
the public performance the candidate's committee will meet to evaluate the performance 
as evidence of mature musicianship and finished technique. The final recital will not 
occur in the same semester as the qualifying examination. 

For composers, when all compositions and the major project have been approved 
and all other requirements have been fulfilled, the candidate's doctoral committee will 
administer the final oral examination. At the option of the committee, a written examina- 
tion may also be required. The final examination(s) shall be concerned with the compo- 
sitions, the major project, and the candidate's grasp of the field of specialization and its 
relation to other fields. The final examination will not be given in the same semester as 
the qualifying examination. 

Time Limitation 

Following admission to candidacy, doctoral students are allowed five years to com- 
plete all remaining degree requirements. An extension of time may be permitted only 
upon repetition of the qualifying examination and completion of any other requirements 
specified by the student's doctoral committee. 



Music 247 



Music (MUSC) 

200. Directed Music Studies. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. 
Studies in performance, music education, music theory, music history, composition; in- 
cludes directed or independent study in special topics. 

210. Piano Class Methods and Materials. I. 3 hr. Methods, materials, and pedagogical 
techniques, including presentation of keyboard theory as used in functional piano. Prac- 
tical organization of piano classes. Laboratory: observation of experienced class teacher 
and student teaching. 

212. History of Keyboard Pedagogy and Technic. II. 3 hr. Study of keyboard develop- 
ment and technique, including pedagogical works of the eighteenth through twentieth 
centuries and application to specific teaching problems. Laboratory: student teaching 
and observation, emphasizing analysis and solution of technical problems. 

213. Introduction to Jazz Improvisation. I. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 63, 64, and Proficiency Level 
4. Development of improvisatory skills in the jazz idiom using melodic, harmonic, and 
rhythmic motives and patterns, and the application of knowledge of tonal centers, chord 
progressions, and functions. 

214. Advanced Jazz Improvisation. II. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 213 or consent. Continuation of 
MUSC 213. Analysis of chord progressions with emphasis on chord substitutions, 
turnbacks, and scales. Development of jazz repertoire through performance. 

218. Repertoire. I. 0-2 hr. 

219. Repertoire. II. 0-2 hr. 

221 . Music Before 1500. 1, II, or S. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 33-34 or consent. A study of sacred 
and secular monophony, Notre-Dame organa, thirteenth-century motet and conductus, 
and fourteenth- and fifteenth-century polyphony in France and Italy. 

222. Music of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries. I, II, or S. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 33-34 
or consent. A study of styles and forms from the High Renaissance to the Late Baroque. 

223. Music of the Eighteenth Century. I, II, or S. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 33-34 or consent. A 
study of styles and forms of the Late Baroque through the Classic period. 

224. Music of the Nineteenth Century. I, II, or S. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 33-34 or consent. A 
study of styles, forms, and theoretical concepts illustrative of nineteenth-century music. 

225. Music of the Twentieth Century. I, II, or S. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 33-34 or consent. A study 
of stylistic trends during the twentieth century. 

226. History of Jazz. 1. 3 hr. History and repertory of jazz from its Afro-American origins to 
c. 1 975 with attention to its major exponents (including Joplin, Armstrong, B. Smith, Morton, 
Ellington, Gillespie, Parker, Davis, Coltrane) and its evolving style. 

230. Music of Africa. S. 3 hr. Traditional music of selected areas of Africa south of the 
Sahara with particular reference to East Africa. The diverse musical cultures with em- 
phasis on historical background, instruments, ensembles, forms, and styles, and music 
in its social context. 

248 WVU Graduate Catalog 



239. Collegium Musicum. I, II. 1-2 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. Study of 
outstanding musical works not in the standard repertory. Performance of vocal and in- 
strumental music, investigation of performance practices, preparation of editions, and 
direction of rehearsals under supervision. 

243. Music Workshops. I, II, S. 1-2 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) 

248. Music Arranging for Public School Groups. I, II. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 66. Practical expe- 
rience in techniques of making simple, workable arrangements of music for public school 
choral and instrumental performance groups. 

260. Upper-Division Composition. I, II. 2 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Two se- 
mesters MUSC 160, or consent based on scores submitted. Creative writing with em- 
phasis on practical composition for performance. 

263. Counterpoint. I. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 68 or consent. Sixteenth-century counterpoint. 

264. Counterpoint. II. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 68 or consent. Eighteenth-century counterpoint. 

265. Analysis of Musical Form. II. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 68 or consent. Detailed study of the 
structure of music. 

267. Electronic Music. 1. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 68 and consent. Technology of producing elec- 
tronic music. Methods of producing electronic compositions, relationship between sound 
signal and sound perceived, ear training, analysis of examples from electronic music 
literature, and composition of electronic music. 

268. Electronic Music. II. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 267. Continuation of MUSC 267. 

273. Arranging for Small Jazz Ensemble. I. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 171, and MUSC 173 or 
consent. Scoring, voicing, and arranging in various jazz styles, with emphasis on small 
ensembles comprising three to nine players. 

274. Arranging for Large Jazz Ensemble. II. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 273 or consent. Continua- 
tion of Music 273, with emphasis on arranging for big band and studio jazz ensemble. 

310. Secondary Performance. I, II, S. 1 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) Group or indi- 
vidual instruction in performance on a minor instrument (or voice), with emphasis on 
methods and materials for school music teachers. 

312. Keyboard Performance and Pedagogy. I, II. 1-3 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) 
(Offered in one-credit modules of which students may take one or more each semester.) 
Pedagogy, repertoire, interpretation, and other topics which will enhance preparation of 
private piano teachers. 

335. Survey of Vocal Music. I. 3 hr. PR: 6 hr. upper-division music history. Survey of 
masses, oratorios, cantatas and operas from late Renaissance to the twentieth century. 
Solo repertoire will not be included. 

336. Instrumental Music. 3 hr. PR: 6 hr. upper-division music history or consent. Survey 
and analysis of orchestral and band music from the late Baroque to the present. 



Music 249 



343. Contemporary Techniques in Classroom Music. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 152 or consent. 
Principles and practice of contemporary techniques in elementary and junior high school 
classroom music, including those of Orff and Kodaly. 

344. Appalachian Music for the Classroom. I. 3 hr. Lecture, demonstration, and practical 
experience in performance of Appalachian vocal and instrumental music and in use of 
this music in public school classrooms. May involve field trips and construction of inex- 
pensive instruments. 

346. Music making in Middle school/Junior High. II. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 151 , 152, equiv., or 
consent. Identification and sequencing of appropriate concepts and skills for general 
music class students. Selection and use of materials including popular music. Emphasis 
on student music-making activities. Evaluation procedures included. 

347. Music in Early Childhood. S. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 151, 152, or equiv., or consent. 
Musical experiences for children three through ten years. Emphasis on intellectual, physical 
and social/emotional needs and characteristics of children. Materials and activities for 
developing music concepts, skills, and positive response. 

357. Instrumental Methods and Materials. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 51, 44, and 45. Methods, 
materials, and administration of K-12 instrumental music programs; sequential instruc- 
tion; conceptual and skill development; aural and reading competencies in music. Bi- 
weekly lab. 3 hr. lee. 

358. Choral Music Methods and Materials. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 49 and 51 . Methods, materi- 
als, and administration of choral music programs; sequential instruction; conceptual and 
skill development; teaching aural and reading competencies. Bi-weekly lab. (3 hr. lee.) 

359. General Music Methods and Materials. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 51. Introduction to major 
pedagogical approaches used in K-12 general music classrooms; examination and de- 
velopment of materials and curricula; analysis of teaching and learning styles. Bi-weekly 
lab. 3 hr. lee. 

392. Guided Studies in Music. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Graduate standing and consent. Inten- 
sive individualized reading reported in group discussions. Course may be repeated as 
many times as necessary, in as many areas as needed; different sections (i.e. areas) 
may be pursued simultaneously. 

398. Master's Recital. I, II, S. 1 -4 hr. PR: MUSC 299 (Senior Recital) or consent. Master's 
Applied students shall be permitted to give a recital only after they pass a qualifying 
audition before a designated faculty committee in a semester previous to that in which 
the recital is to be given. 

400. Performance. I, II. 1-4 hr. (Open to qualified students in any field in Performance. 
May be repeated.) Normally offered for two credits (one 30-minute lesson per week) or 
four credits (one 60-minute) lesson per week. A student must demonstrate ability of 
grade-level 4 on an instrument to receive credit in MUSC 400 on that instrument. 

409. Master Class in Applied Repertoire. I, II. 2 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: 
Consent. Designed to give coverage through performance of the literature of a specific 
D.M.A. Performance field. 



250 WVU Graduate Catalog 



410. Conducting. S. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 53 or equiv. Instrumental and choral conducting. 
Major works are prepared and conducted through the use of recordings and music orga- 
nizations. 

411. Conducting Seminar. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 410. Instrumental and choral conducting of 
major works under the supervision of the conductor of a major ensemble. 

419. Opera Theatre. I, II. 0-4 hr. PR: MUSC 19 or consent. Continuation of Music 19. 
Performance of major roles and advanced production techniques. Qualified students will 
undertake production-direction projects under supervision. 

423. Keyboard Literature. S. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 218, 219. Intensive study of the literature 
for keyboard instruments and the history of the literature. 

424. Song Literature. S. 1-3 hr. PR: MUSC 218, 219. Intensive study of the Art Song and 
the Lied and the history of their development. 

429. Survey of Sacred Music. S. 4 hr. PR: MUSC 33, 34 or equiv. Study of music suitable 
to the liturgical year, including the historical background of the Jewish, Catholic, and 
Protestant liturgies. 

430. Introduction to Musical Bibliography. I. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 33 and 34 or equiv. Survey 
of musical bibliography with appropriate research assignments. 

431 . Research Problems for Performers. II. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 430. Discussion of problems 
of music literature, performance practice, history, and instruments; preparation of a re- 
search paper under individual supervision. 

433. Seminar in Ethnic Music. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Open to graduate music majors only. 
Examination of selected ethnic music from Africa, Asia, and Latin America. Focuses on 
music, instruments, and performance techniques and practices of these regions, and 
how the music functions in society. 

438. History of Notation. II. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. Detailed study in transcribing 
the musical manuscripts of the Middle Ages. 

439. History of Notation. II. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. Continuation of MUSC 438 
covering the Renaissance period. 

440. Choral Techniques. II. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 151 , 152 or equiv. Advanced techniques and 
procedures involved in development of choral ensembles. 

442. Instrumental Techniques. I. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 151, 152, or equiv. Advanced tech- 
niques and procedures involved in individual performance and instruction through lec- 
ture demonstrations by performance faculty. 

443. Historical Foundations of Music Education. 3 hr. Examination of the history of music 
education from classical antiquity to the present, with particular emphasis on practices in 
the United States; examination and application of historical research methods. 3 hr. lee. 

444. Music Education. II. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 151, 152 or equiv. Survey and critical study of 
the total music education program. 

Music 251 



445. Supervision of Music. II. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 151 or 152, or equiv. Concepts, responsi- 
bilities, duties and techniques that the supervisor needs to effectively exercise leader- 
ship in developing, coordinating, and refining the complete Music Education program in 
public schools from kindergarten through twelfth grade. 

446. Introduction to Research in Music Education. I. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 151, 152, or 
equiv. Methods and measures necessary for conduct and understanding of research 
in music education. 

448. Psychology of Music Learning. 3 hr. Application of learning theory to music learning; 
nature of musical talent; music talent testing. 

449. Psychology of Music. II. 3 hr. Introductory study of musical acoustics and psychol- 
ogy of perception of music. 

460. Composition. I, II. 3 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Consent. Primarily for 
candidates for graduate degrees in theory or composition. 

467. Analytical Techniques. I, II, or S. 3 hr. Analytical techniques and their application to 
scholarship and performance, with emphasis on pre-twentieth century styles. 

468. Compositional Techniques in Contemporary Music. I, II, or S. 3 hr. Analysis of twen- 
tieth-century music. 

470. Transcription and Arranging. I, II. 2 hr. (May be repeated once for credit.) PR: MUSC 
172 or equiv. Major projects in scoring for orchestra, band, or wind ensemble. 

475. Pedagogy of Theory. I, II, or S. 3 hr. PR: MUSC 68 or consent. Consideration of 
various approaches to the teaching of theory. 

483. Theory Topics. I, II, or S. 3 hr. (May be repeated for max. 8 hr. credit.) Various types 
of analytical and theoretical problems and approaches to their solutions. 

488. Doctoral Recital. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. PR: MUSC 398 (Master's Recital) or consent. Master's 
Applied students shall be permitted to give a recital only after they pass a qualifying 
audition before a committee of at least three specialists in the area in a semester previ- 
ous to that in which the recital is to be given. Acceptance of the recital will be at the 
discretion of the student's doctoral committee. 

489. Lecture Recital. I, II. 2 hr. PR: MUSC 430. 

491. Special Topics. I, II. 1-3 hr. 

492. Directed Study I, II. 1-8 hr. PR: Consent, which in some cases may be contingent 
upon doctoral foreign language examination or a course in statistics. Intensive individu- 
alized reading reported in group discussions. Course may be repeated as many times as 
necessary, in as many areas as needed; several different sections (i.e., areas) may be 
pursued simultaneously. 

494. Special Seminar. I, II. 2 hr. (May be repeated for max. 8 hr. credit.) PR: Consent. 
Intensive individual investigation and preparation of research papers. Presented by the 
combined doctoral staff in music. 

252 WVU Graduate Catalog 



496. Graduate Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Consent. 

497. Research. I, II. 1-15 hr. PR: MUSC 430 or consent. 

498. Thesis. I, II. 2-4 hr. PR: Consent. 



Theatre 

William J. Winsor, Interim Chairperson 
307-A Creative Arts Center 
Degree Offered: Master of Fine Arts 

The Division of Theatre at WVU offers the master of fine arts as the terminal degree in 
theatre, with concentrations in acting and theatre design (scene, costume, and lighting). 

Admission 

Prospective candidates for the degree of master of fine arts in theatre must have a 
B.A. or B.F.A. degree or equivalent from an accredited institution. Ordinarily, a minimum 
of 30 semester hours in theatre at the undergraduate level is expected to have been 
completed with a grade-point average of no less than 2.75, although students with an 
undergraduate grade-point average of 2.25-2.5 may be admitted with probationary 
status. 

Auditions 

Applicants must audition/interview. Applicants intending to specialize in acting must 
submit a complete resume of their acting experience, at least two letters of recommen- 
dation from acting coaches or directors, and must present an audition before at least one 
member of the acting faculty. Those intending to specialize in design must submit a 
complete portfolio of their work, a resume of their design experience, and at least two 
letters of recommendation from design instructors or directors. An interview with at least 
one member of the design faculty is also required. 

For further details regarding these requirements, address inquiries to: Chairperson, 
Division of Theatre, College of Creative Arts, West Virginia University, P.O. Box 6111, 
Morgantown, WV 26506-61 1 1 . 

Advanced Standing 

Students may be eligible for 18 hours of graduate transfer credit for advanced 
standing if they meet the regular requirements of graduate admission. Students admitted 
with advanced standing are required to be in residence at WVU for a minimum of two 
semesters and a summer session. The request for advanced standing should be made 
to the Division Chairperson at the time of application. 

Master of Fine Arts Degree Programs 

For the master of fine arts degree, students must complete requirements for one of 
the following two programs: 

Acting The acting option is a highly disciplined period of training that focuses on perfor- 
mance. Students will explore basic exercises leading to intensive scene work fully 
supplemented by technique courses in voice, speech, and movement. The actor takes 
courses in various areas that are essential to his/her craft (theatre history, text analysis, 
criticism, etc.) in order to strengthen his/her background. However, the greatest part of 

Theatre 253 



time is centered in the studio work every afternoon from 1:00 to 5:00 p.m. Each week, 
ten hours are spent on acting, four to six hours on voice and speech, and four to six 
hours on movement. 

Successful completion of the minimum number of required graduate hours in one of 
the two following programs: 

• Two academic years and one summer of graduate course and production work 
totaling 59 credit hours; 

• A performance thesis project; 

• Oral defense of the thesis project; 

• A successful evaluation following the completion of the first year; and 

• Overall 3.0 grade-point average. 

Design The design option is a three-year course of study for students seeking profes- 
sional preparation leading to the M.F.A. degree in scenic, costume, or lighting design. 

Studio design courses, together with practical laboratory exercises, progressively 
offer students challenges related to the expectations found in the commercial world. 

• Three academic years of graduate course and production work totaling 67 credit 
hours; 

• A production thesis or research design project; and successful oral defense. 

• A successful evaluation following the completion of the first and second years; and 

• Overall 3.0 grade-point average. 

M.F.A. in Acting Suggested Program 

Semester I 

THET 375 Acting 3 hr. 

THET 351 Voice and Speech 2 hr. 

THET 371 Movement 2 hr. 

THET 491 Makeup 1 hr. 

THET 331 Research 3 hr. 

THET 200 Text Analysis 3 hr. 

14 hr. 
Semester II 

THET 376 Acting 3 hr. 

THET 352 Voice and Speech 2 hr. 

THET 372 Movement 2 hr. 

THET 200 Text Analysis 3 hr. 

THET 460 Theatre History 3 hr. 

13 hr. 
Semester III (Summer) 

THET 278 Repertory Theatre 9 hr. 

Semester IV 

THET 353 Voice and Speech 2 hr. 

THET 373 Movement 2 hr. 

THET 377 Acting 3 hr. 

THET 386 Criticism 3 hr. 

THET 400 Performance Thesis 3 hr. 

13 hr. 



254 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Semester V 

THET 374 Movement 2 hr. 

THET 354 Voice and Speech 2 hr. 

THET 378 Acting 3 hr. 

THET 400 Performance Thesis 3 hr. 

10 hr. 
TOTAL 59 hr. 

M.F.A. Scene Design Suggested Program 

Semester I 

THET 220 Costume History & Design 3 hr. 

THET 367 Scene Design 3 hr. 

THET 361 Sceno-graphics 3 hr. 

THET 331 Research Methods 3 hr. 

12 hr. 
Semester II 

THET 221 Costume History & Design 3 hr. 

THET 225 Theat. Rigging Electricity 3 hr. 

THET 3647 Scene Design 3 hr. 

THET 379 Rehearsal & Performance 1 hr. 

THET 262 Scene Painting 3 hr. 

13 hr. 
Semester III 

THET 367 Scene Design 3 hr. 

THET 369 Lighting Design 3 hr. 

THET 386 Dramatic Criticism 3 hr. 

THET 379 Rehearsal & Performance 3 hr. 

12 hr. 
Semester IV 

THET 367 Scene Design 3 hr. 

THET 369 Lighting Design 3 hr. 

THET 379 Rehearsal & Performance 3 hr. 

THET 395 Period Styles 3 hr. 

12 hr. 
Semester V 

THET 400 Thesis 3 hr. 

THET 379 Rehearsal & Performance 3 hr. 

THET 334 Portfolio Preparation 3 hr. 

9hr. 
Semester VI 

THET 400 Thesis 3 hr. 

THET 333 Sem. Production Research 3 hr. 

Elective 3 hr. 

9hr. 

TOTAL 67 hr. 

Similar curriculum tracks are offered in costume design and lighting design with 
course work specific to each discipline. 

Theatre (THET) 

200. Directed Theatre Studies. I, II. 3-12 hr. (May be repeated for max. 12 hr. credit.) PR: 
Consent. Studies in theatre history, performance, stage design and technology, and 
theatre crafts. Subject matter and number of sections varies from semester to semester. 

Theatre 255 



201 . Advanced Costume Construction. I, II. 3 hr. (May be repeated for max. 1 2 hr. credit.) 
PR: THET 105. Study and practical application of costume construction through flat 
pattern, draping, and period projects. Production assignments on theatre productions 

205. Stagecraft 2. II. 3 hr. PR: THET 100, 161. Detailed study of scenery construction 
and technical theatre. Emphasis on research projects, advanced sceno-graphics and 
problem solving techniques. Practical experience through work on productions. 

220. Costume History 1. I. 3 hr. PR: THET 105, 167. Detailed study of the history of 
clothing, from ancient Egypt through the early Renaissance, as it relates to costume 
design for the stage. Practical experience in the development and presentation of 
costume designs based on historical clothing. 

221 . Costume History 2. 1. 3 hr. PR: THET 220. Detailed study of the history of clothing, 
from the late Renaissance through the present, as it relates to costume design for the 
stage. Practical experience in the development and presentation of costume designs 
based on historical and contemporary clothing. 

223. Costume Crafts. II. 3 hr. PR: THET 105, 201. Identification and application of the 
materials and techniques used in the fabrication of costume crafts. Emphasis on 
research and practical experience through "hands-on" project work. 

225. Advanced Technical Production. II. 3 hr. PR: THET 100, 107. Study of advanced 
technical theatre procedures including rigging, welding, new materials, and special 
effects. Emphasis on safe practices and development of skills through projects. 

262. Scene Painting. I. 3 hr. PR: THET 2647 or 367 or consent. An introduction to the 
basic tools, materials and techniques of scene painting for the stage. 

278. Repertory Theatre. S. 1 -6 hr. (May be repeated for max. 1 2 hr. credit.) PR: Consent. 
Rehearsal and performance techniques for producing plays in rotating repertory. 
Emphasis is on the creation of a synthesized company of performers, designers, and 
technicians. 

280. Advanced Play Directing. II. 3 hr. PR: THET 180 or consent. Emphasis on the work 
of the director as an integrating artist. High level of proficiency in the direction of a one- 
act play is required of all students enrolled. 

282. Creative Dramatics. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: THET 75 or consent. Study and practice of 
creative dramatic activity as a method of learning and self development for children. 

284. Puppetry. \,\\. 3 hr. PR: THET 75 or consent. Comprehensive survey of construction 
and manipulation techniques of puppets. Evaluation of role of puppetry in child behavior 
and therapy techniques. 

290. Playwriting. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Development of basic playwriting techniques. 
Specific assignments explore characterization, dramatic event, dialogue, tension, com- 
pression. Emphasis on the student finding his own voice, style, and courage to dramatize 
his view of the world. 



256 WVU Graduate Catalog 



291. Advanced Playwriting. II. 3 hr. PR: THET 290. Further exploration of dramatic 
technique, with emphasis on orchestrating the longer play. Also touches on script 
analysis of known dramatic texts and on practical problems of a playwriting career. 

295. Classic Theatre to 1700. 1. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. A survey of theatre history, with 
emphasis on the development of performance conditions, from classical antiquity 
through the middle of the seventeenth century. 

296. European and American Theatre, 1700-1850. II. 3 hr. A survey of theatre history, 
with emphasis on the development of performance conditions, from the middle of the 
seventeenth century to the rise of Realism in the 1840s. 

297. Modern Theatre, 1850-1940. 1. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. A survey of theatre history, 
with emphasis on the development of performance conditions, from the middle of the 
nineteenth century to the outbreak of World War II. 

298. Contemporary Theatre Since 1940. II. (Alternate Years.) 3 hr. A survey of theatre 
history, with emphasis on the development of performance conditions, from World War 
II to the present. 

307. Sound Seminar. II. 3 hr. An exploration of sound design for the theatre with practical 
emphasis on producing and recording sound effects. 

331. Research Methods and Survey. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Research methods and 
techniques for theatre artists, scholars, and designers. 

333. Seminar in Production Research. II. 3 hr. PR: THET 331 , 367. Seminar approach 
to individual design projects with oral and written presentation of research materials. 
Intensive critique within class by faculty and peers. 

334. Professional Aspects of Design. I. 3 hr. PR: THET 367, 368, 369. An in-depth work 
in the packaging and presentation of the design portfolio, resume writing, and job 
opportunities. Emphasis is placed on methods of making a successful transition from an 
academic environment into the performance industry. 

351 . Graduate Voice Techniques. 1. 2 hr. PR: Consent. In depth vocal work, with special 
care taken to address each actor's individual qualities, beginning with breath, alignment, 
and release of habitual tension. Open resonance and free articulation to support the 
actor's voice. 

352. Graduate Voice Techniques. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Continue the work introduced 
in THET 351 with text exploration. Introduce the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) 
and structure. 

353. Advanced Graduate Vocal Techniques. I. 2 hr. Intensive vocal exploration with 
Shakespearean text, character choices, and dialect work. 

354. Advanced Graduate Vocal Techniques. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Continuation of THET 
353 with emphasis on period style texts and voice-over skills. 



Theatre 257 



361. Graduate Sceno-Graphic Techniques. I. 3 hr. Advanced techniques in drafting in 
accordance with current graphic standards for stage design and technology. Refinement 
of technique and graphic style through projects and exercise. 

362. C.A.D.D. for the Stage. 3 hr. PR: THET 361 , 367, or consent. Advanced study of the 
graphic applications of computer assisted design and drafting for stage design through 
project work and exercises. 

367. Graduate Scene Design. I, II. 3 hr. (May be repeated for maximum of 9 hr.) Lecture/ 
studio; Intensive practical experience in the creation of the scenic environment. Empha- 
sis is placed on the conceptualization, drafting, rendering, and model building techniques 
related to the development and presentation of scenic design. 

368. Graduate Costume Design. I, II. 3 hr. PR: THET 220, 221 . (May be repeated for a 
maximum of 9 hr.) Lecture/studio; Intensive practical experience in the design of stage 
costumes. Emphasis is placed on conceptualization, characterization, and rendering tech- 
niques related to the development and presentation of costume design. 

369. Graduate Lighting Design. I, II. 3 hr. PR: THET 203 or consent. (May be repeated 
for a maximum of 9 hr.) Lecture/studio; Intensive practical experience of lighting design 
for the theatre. Emphasis is placed on conceptualization, drafting, and rendering 
techniques related to the development presentation of lighting design. 

371. Graduate Stage Movement. 1. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Development of awareness of the 
actors' physical apparatus utilizing movement techniques and mask work to explore 
basic alignment, neutrality, and breath/gesture principles. 

372. Graduate Stage Movement. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Continuation of the work in THET 
371 through specific applications in project studies. 

373. Advanced Graduate Stage Movement. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Advanced study of 
movement techniques for character work, including rhythms of basic language/move- 
ment connections and period styles of movement. 

374. Advanced Graduate Stage Movement. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Continuation of the 
work in THET 373 through specific applications in project studies. 

375. Graduate Acting Studio. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Foundation of the craft of acting 
including sensory elements and environment, personalization, communication, and 
conflict. Scene study with concentration on contemporary American realism and refine- 
ment of audition techniques. 

376. Graduate Acting Studio. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Rehearsal and presentation of 
Realism and extended Realism projects utilizing plays which are ensemble in nature to 
explore and deepen the acting process. 

377. Advanced Graduate Acting Studio. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Acting Shakespeare; 
monologue and scene study, text, verse scansion, and exercise work. 

378. Advanced Graduate Acting Studio. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Rehearsal and presenta- 
tion of style project (Shakespeare, Comedy of Manners, Shaw, etc.); acting for the 
camera and the business of acting. 

379. Rehearsal and Performance. I. 3 hr. (May be repeated for max. 12 hr. credit.) PR: 
Consent. Participation in assigned performance projects. 



258 WVU Graduate Catalog 



395. Period Style 1. I. 3 hr. (Alternate years) An in-depth exploration of architecture, 
costumes, customs, and ornamentation in period style for the theatre from Egyptian 
through Contemporary. 

400. Performance Thesis. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Creative performance project. 
Requires the production of a written record which traces the acting or design process as 
it develops during planning, rehearsal, and performance. 

460. Specialized Seminars. 3-9 hr. (May be repeated for max. 9 hr. credit.) PR: Consent. 
Selected fields of study in theatre. 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced subjects 
which are not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study may be independent or 
through specially scheduled lectures. 

497. Research. I, II. 1-15 hr. 

499. Graduate Colloquium. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. For graduate students not 
seeking course work credit but who wish to meet residence requirements, use University 
facilities, and participate in its academic and cultural programs. 



Theatre 259 



School of Dentistry 

Robert N. Moore, D.D.S., Ph.D., Ed.D., Dean 
William R. McCutcheon, D.D.S., M.P.H., Associate Dean 
James E. Overberger, D.D.S., M.S., Associate Dean 
Rodney L. Powers, D.D.S., Assistant Dean 
Frank H. Stevens, D.D.S., Assistant Dean 

The School of Dentistry was established by an act of the West Virginia Legislature 
on March 9, 1951, and offers baccalaureate, professional, and advanced degrees. The 
school is located on the first floor of the Health Sciences Center North. Modern clinical 
facilities include over 140 treatment areas and new state-of-the-art clinical and preclinical 
simulation teaching laboratories. 

The majority of the faculty are full-time and have had advanced education in all of 
the recognized specialty areas. All programs are fully accredited by the Commission on 
Accreditation of the American Dental Association. The School will be expanding its spe- 
cialty and research areas as additional space and funds become available. 

The School of Dentistry offers several advanced education programs beyond the 
D.D.S. and B.S. degrees. 

The Department of Endodontics offers a program of advanced study and clinical 
training leading to the master of science degree. The program requires a minimum of 24 
months (two academic years and two summers) of full-time residency in the School of 
Dentistry. The program is designed to qualify dentists for careers in endodontic clinical 
practice, teaching, and research. 

The Department of Orthodontics offers a program of advanced study and clinical 
training leading to the master of science degree. The program requires a minimum of 34 
months (three academic years and two summers) of full-time residency in the School of 
Dentistry. The program is designed to qualify dentists for careers in orthodontic clinical 
practice, teaching, and research. 

The Department of Dental Hygiene offers a program of advanced study and special- 
ized training leading to the master of science degree. The program requires the comple- 
tion of a minimum of 36 semester hours through full- or part-time enrollment in the School 
of Dentistry. The program is designed to qualify dental hygienists for careers in teaching, 
administration, and management. 

The School of Dentistry offers one four-year residency in oral and maxillofacial sur- 
gery, eight one-year general practice residencies, and two one-year advanced education 
in general dentistry residencies. 

Graduates of both North American and international dental schools are considered 
for admission to the dental speciality programs. Graduate assistantships are available in 
the second year of the endodontic program and the third year of the orthodontic pro- 
gram. Stipends are provided for the residency programs. 

Information concerning admission requirements and courses of study may be ob- 
tained from the Office of the Associate Dean for Academic and Postdoctoral Affairs, WVU 
School of Dentistry, P.O. Box 9402, Health Sciences Center, Morgantown, WV 26506- 
9402. Telephone (304) 293-3549, fax (304) 293-2859, e-mail mpowley@wvuvphs1.hsc. 
wvu.edu. 

Graduate Programs 

Dental Hygiene M.S. 

Dental Specialties M.S. 

Professional Degree 

Dentistry D.D.S. 

(Please see the Robert C. Byrd Health Sciences Center Catalog.) 

260 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Graduate Faculty 

' Indicates regular membership in graduate faculty. 
* Indicates associate membership in graduate faculty. 

Professors 

Richard J. Crout, D.M.D., Ph.D. (U. Pitt.). Periodontics. Drug therapy and pharmacology. 
'Christina B. DeBiase, Ed.D. (WVU). Hospital dental hygiene, Curriculum and administration. 
'Marcia A. Gladwin, Ed.D. (U. Ky.). Dental hygiene, Dental materials, Ethics, Curriculum. 
Catherine E. Graves, M.A. (WVU). Dental hygiene, Computer application, Geriatrics. 
'Robert W. Graves, D.D.S. (WVU). Chairperson. Oral and maxillofacial surgery, Pharmacy, Drug 

therapy and pharmacology. 
•Robert H. Hornbrook, D.D.S., M.S.D. (WVU). Periodontics, Treatment therapy. 
•Robert M. Howell, D.D.S., M.S.D. (MCV). Chairperson, Oral pathology. 
'Gordon G. Keyes, D.D.S., M.S., J.D. (U. Md.). Oral pathology, Legal aspects. 
Barbara K. Komives-Norris, M.S. (Ohio St. U.). Director, Dental hygiene. Educational 

administration. 
'William R. McCutcheon, D.D.S., M.P.H. (WVU). Associate Dean. Dental public health, Behavioral 

dentistry. 
'Robert N. Moore, D.D.S., Ph.D., Ed.D. (Northwestern). Dean. Orthodontics, Craniofacial growth, 

Muscle physiology. 
'Peter W. Ngan, D.M.D. (Harvard). Chairperson. Orthodontics, Craniofacial growth and 

development, Appliance therapy. 
'James E. Overberger, D.D.S., M.S. (U. Pitt.). Associate Dean. Materials science, Prosthodontics. 
•Robert G. Pifer, D.D.S. (WVU). Chairperson. Oral radiology, Treatment planning. 
'Norton P. Smith II, D.D.S. (WVU). Fixed prosthodontics, Computers. 
'Carol A. Spear, M.S. (U. Mich.). Dental hygiene related topics, Instrumentation, Infection control, 

Education. 
'Robert N. Stuchell, D.M.D. (U. Pitt.). Preventive dentistry, Treatment therapy. 
Associate Professors 

'C. Russell Jackson, D.D.S., M.S. (WVU). Endodontics, Pulpal trauma. 
'Thomas F. Razmus, D.D.S., M.S. (U. Mich.) Radiology/imaging, Oral medicine, Oral diagnosis/ 

treatment planning. 
*M. Jerry Todd, D.D.S., M.S. (Creighton). Director. Endodontics, Biology, Psychology. 
Assistant Professors 

'Michael D. Bagby, D.D.S., Ph.D. (Loyola). Biomaterials, Restorative dentistry. 
'K. Birgitta Brown, D.M.D. (Wash. U.). Operative dentistry, Geriatrics. 
•Hera Kim, D.D.S., M.M.Sc. (SUNY-Stony Brook). Orthodontics, Orthodontic bracket strengths, 

Dental materials. 
'Mark W. Richards, D.D.S., M.Ed. (U. Wash.). Chairperson. Prosthodontics, Implantology. 
'Louise Tupta-Veselicky, D.D.S., M.Ed. (WVU). Periodontics, Treatment therapy. 



Dental Hygiene 

Barbara K. Komives-Norris, Director, Division of Dental Hygiene 
Christina B. DeBiase, Coordinator of the Graduate Program 
1073 Health Sciences North 
Degree Offered: Master of Science 

The School of Dentistry and its Division of Dental Hygiene offer a program of ad- 
vanced study and specialized training leading to the degree of Master of Science. This 
program requires a minimum of 36 semester hours through full-time or part-time enroll- 
ment in the School of Dentistry. It is designed to qualify dental hygienists for careers in 
teaching, administration, research and management. 

The areas of emphasis in the master of science program in dental hygiene are office 
management, special patients, education/administration and basic sciences. 



Dental Hygiene 261 



Options for concurrent master's degrees in the area of community medicine or pub- 
lic administration are also available. 

Application Deadlines 

Inquiries concerning this program should be directed to the Office of the Associate 
Dean for Academic and Postdoctoral Affairs, School of Dentistry. Applications should be 
filed by July 1 for fall admission and by November 1 for spring enrollment. 

• A baccalaureate degree in dental hygiene from an accredited dental hygiene pro- 
gram or a baccalaureate degree in another field of study from an approved institution of 
higher education while holding a certificate or associate's degree in dental hygiene from 
a program fully accredited by the American Dental Association Commission on Dental 
Accreditation 

• Evidence of scholastic and clinical achievement to indicate the applicant's ability to 
progress in a program of this nature. Generally, a minimum grade-point average of 2.75 
or above is required 

• Completion of one of these standardized tests: the Graduate Record Examination 
(GRE) general aptitude test with a score of 1 ,000 or above, or the Miller Analogies Test 
with a score of 50 or above 

• Submission of all information requested in the graduate application to the Office of 
the Associate Dean for Academic and Postdoctoral Affairs. 

Degree Requirements 

• Completion of a minimum of 36 semester credit hours: 23 required credit hours and 
13 credit hours in an elective area(s) of emphasis. Four elective areas of emphasis are 
offered. The student may choose one or two of these areas of study. Courses within these 
specializations are taught by a number of schools or colleges within the University. An 
individualized program will be devised for each student which includes a maximum of six 
hours in research leading to an acceptable thesis. Oral defense of the thesis is required. 

GPA 

• Achievement of a 3.0 GPA or an overall academic average of at least a B in all 
work attempted in the master's program. A grade of C or below in two courses will 
require a faculty review of the student's progress. A third C will result in suspension 
from the program. 

• Removal of all conditions, deficiencies and incomplete grades. Credit hours for 
courses with a grade lower than C do not count toward degree requirements. 

ED P 31 1 Statistics 3 hr. 

ED P 330 Test and Measurement 3 hr. 

DTHY 380 Critical Issues in Health Care 3 hr. 

DTHY 381 Expanded Functions 3 hr. 

DENT 391 Microcomputing in Dentistry. 2 hr. 

DTHY 385 Research Methods for the D.H 3 hr. 

DTHY 397 Research (Thesis) 6 hr. 

Total 23 hr. 

Elective Area(s) of Dental Hygiene Specialization 13 hr. 

Dental Hygiene 391 and Dentistry 391 courses 

Courses taught by the School/College of: 

Business and Economics 

Human Resources and Education 

Medicine 

Courses taught by the Department of Community Health 

Total 36 hr. 

262 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Dental Hygiene (DTHY) 

380. Dental Hygiene Seminar and Practice 1. I. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing and con- 
sent. Examination of the critical environmental issues affecting the future of health care; 
particular impact on oral health care trends will form major focus. Dental hygiene clinical 
practice is also included. 

381 . Dental Hygiene Seminar and Practice 2. II. 3 hr. PR: DTHY 380. Expanded services 
for the dental hygienist with emphasis on restorative and periodontal functions. 

385. Research Methods for the Dental Hygienist. II. 3 hr. PR: ED P 31 1. Methods and 
techniques of research in dental hygiene. Major emphasis on planning and evaluating 
health programs, conducting oral health surveys, designing experiments and critically 
analyzing research results. 

397. Dental Hygiene Research. I, II, S. 3-6 hr. PR: Consent. Research activities leading 
to a thesis of original dental hygiene research. 

Dentistry (DENT) 

391. Special Topics: Microcomputers in Dentistry. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Introduction to 
microcomputing with hands-on experiences in patient recordkeeping, accounting, insur- 
ance handling, and word processing. 



Endodontics 

M. Jerry Todd, D.D.S., Director 
1067 Health Sciences North 
Degree Offered: Master of Science 

The School of Dentistry and its Division of Endodontics offer a program of advanced 
study and clinical training leading to the degree of Master of Science. The program re- 
quires a minimum of 24 months (two academic years and two summer sessions) of full- 
time residency in the School of Dentistry and is designed to qualify dentists for careers in 
endodontic clinical practice, teaching, and research. 

Inquiries concerning this program should be directed to the Office of the Associate 
Dean for Academic and Postdoctoral Affairs. Applicants will be processed in the School 
of Dentistry. Applicants approved for admission to the program will be notified soon after 
December 1 . 

Admission Requirements 

The program's admission requirements are as follows: 

• Graduation from an accredited school of dentistry. 

• Evidence of scholastic and clinical achievement that would indicate the applicant's 
ability to progress in a program of this nature. 

Each applicant must file with the Department of Endodontics all information requested 
in the departmental application form by September 15. 

Program Requirements 

For the Master of Science degree, the following requirements must be met: 

• Fulfillment of University requirements for graduate study. 

•Twenty-four months (two academic years and two summer sessions) of consecu- 
tive residency at the WVU School of Dentistry. 

Endodontics 263 



• An approved master's thesis based on original research completed during the 
period of residency in an area related to endodontics. 

• Successful completion of a final oral examination. 

• Completion of a minimum of 63 credit hours, including 32 hours of endodontic 
courses, a minimum of 24 hours of selected basic sciences subjects, and a thesis (seven 
hours). 

• Demonstration of satisfactory clinical competency in the student's field. 

• Maintenance of a grade level commensurate with graduate education. 

Dentistry (DENT) 

400. Advanced Oral Surgery. I, II, S. 1 -1 2 hr. PR: Consent. Advanced study of therapeu- 
tics, hospital protocol, and surgical aspects of oral surgery involving lectures, seminars, 
demonstrations, and clinical applications. 

Endodontics (ENDO) 

390. Clinical Endodontics. I, II, S. 1-5 hr. (May be repeated for credit.) PR: Graduate of 
an accredited dental school and admission to the Advanced Education Program in 
Endodontics or consent. Clinical endodontic practice in the areas of: ordinary endodontic 
cases, complex endodontic cases, hemisection, root amputation, replantation, trans- 
plantation, endodontic implantation, vital pulp therapy, apexification, and bleaching. 

389. Endodontic Theory. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Provides seminar discussions in the 
topics of: basic endodontic techniques, advanced endodontic techniques, endodontic 
literature review, case presentation, and advanced endodontic theory. 

490. Endodontic Teaching. S. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Selected teaching experiences includ- 
ing lecture, clinical, and laboratory teaching of undergraduate endodontic courses. 

397. Endodontic Research. I, II, S. 2-3 hr. PR: Consent. Students will prepare a research 
protocol, conduct experimental research, and prepare a thesis of original endodontic 
research. 

Microbiology (MBIM) 

317. Special Problems in Microbiology. I, II, S. 1-7 hr. per sem. with a total of 24 hr. 
available. Pathogenic microorganisms, including immunology and antimicrobial agents. 

Pathology (PATH) 

382. Oral Histopathology. I, II. 1-2 hr. PR: PATH 338, 353, consent. Microscopic study of 
head and neck lesions. 

401. Special Studies in Oral Pathology. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Advanced seminar or 
independent study of local and/or systemic disease processes affecting oral and facial 
structures. 

Pharmacology andToxicology (PCOL) 

360. Pharmacology 1. 4 hr. PR: Dental student standing or consent. Lecture and demon- 
strations on pharmacologic actions and therapeutic uses of drugs. 

Statistics (STAT) 

311. Statistical Methods 1. 1, II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 3. Statistical models, distributions, prob- 
ability, random variables, tests of hypotheses, confidence intervals, regression, correla- 
tion, transformations, F- - and Chi-square distributions, analysis of variance and multiple 
comparisons. (Also listed as ED P 31 1 and PSYC 31 1 .) 
264 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Orthodontics 

Peter Ngan, D.M.D., Chairperson 
1077 Health Sciences North 
Degree Offered: Master of Science 

The School of Dentistry and its Department of Orthodontics offer a program of ad- 
vanced study and clinical training leading to the degree of Master of Science. The pro- 
gram requires a minimum of 34 months (three academic years and two summers) of full- 
time residency in the School of Dentistry and is designed to qualify dentists for careers in 
orthodontic clinical practice, teaching, and research. 

Inquiries concerning this program should be directed to the Office of the Associate 
Dean for Academic and Postdoctoral Affairs. Applications will be processed in the School 
of Dentistry. Those applicants approved for admission to the program will be notified 
soon after December 1 . 

Admission Requirements 

• Graduation from an accredited dental school. 

• Evidence of scholastic and clinical achievement that would indicate the applicant's 
ability to progress in a program of this nature. Generally, a minimum grade-point average 
of 3.0 is required for admission. 

• Each applicant must file with the department all information requested in the de- 
partment application form by September 15. 

• Fulfillment of WVU general requirements for graduate study. 

• Thirty-four months (three academic years and two summers) of consecutive resi- 
dency at the School of Dentistry. 

• An approved master's thesis based on original research completed during the 
period of residency in an area related to orthodontics. 

• Satisfactory performance in a final oral examination. 

• Completion of a minimum of 74 credit hours, including 46 hours of orthodontic 
courses, a minimum of 15 hours of selected basic sciences subjects, and a research/ 
thesis (13 hours). 

• Satisfactory demonstration of clinical competence in the student's field. 

• Maintenance of a grade level commensurate with graduate education. 

Anatomy (AN AT) 

316. Craniofacial Growth and Maturation. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. The current 
concepts of craniofacial growth and maturation are presented and integrated for applica- 
tion to clinical problems. 

Orthodontics (ORTH) 

397. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 

416. Biomechanics. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Design and function of the teeth and their 
surrounding structures, and response of these tissues to orthodontic procedures. 

417. Orthodontic Technique. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Laboratory course in techniques 
related to fabrication and manipulation of orthodontic appliances. 

418. Orthodontic Materials. I, II, S. 1 hr. PR: Consent. Physical properties of materials 
used in orthodontic appliances. 



Orthodontics 265 



419. Orthodontic Diagnosis. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Seminar-type class on tech- 
nique of patient examination, acquiring diagnostic records, and analyzing and correlat- 
ing this information to the treatment of clinical problems. 

420. Cephalometrics. S. 1 -3 hr. PR: Consent. Use of radiographic cephalometry in studying 
growth of the human face, analysis of dentofacial malformations, and evaluation of orth- 
odontic treatment. 

421 . Orthodontic Mechanics. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. PR: ORTH 416, 417. Seminar and laboratory 
course on basic orthodontic mechanical properties. 

422. Advanced Orthodontic Mechanics. I, II, S. 1 hr. PR: ORTH 421. Continuation of 
DENT 421 involving more difficult type cases and introducing more sophisticated appli- 
ance therapy. 

423. Growth and Development. I, II, S. 1-5 hr. PR: Consent. Seminar-type course on 
normal and abnormal growth of the human head and its application to orthodontics. 

425. Orthodontic Seminar. I, II, S. 1 -8 hr. PR: Consent. Discussions involving all branches 
of dental science, with special emphasis on the orthodontic interest. Assigned topics and 
articles in the literature discussed. 

426. Orthodontic Clinic. I, II, S. 1-12 hr. PR: ORTH 416, 417. Clinical treatment of se- 
lected patients. 

Pathology (PATH) 

397. Pediatric Oral Pathology. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Lecture and seminar course on in- 
herited diseases and other pathologic situations of oral cavity and face specific for pedi- 
atric age group. 

Statistics (STAT) 

31 1 . Statistical Methods 1. 1, II. 3 hr. PR: MATH 3. Statistical models, distributions, prob- 
ability, random variables, tests of hypotheses, confidence intervals, regression, correla- 
tion, transformations, F and Chi-square distributions, analysis of variance and multiple 
comparisons. (Equiv. to ED P 31 1 and PSYC 31 1 .) 



266 WVU Graduate Catalog 



College of Engineering and Mineral Resources 

Allen C. Cogley, Ph.D., Interim Associate Dean for Research and Graduate Studies 
Afzel Noore, Ph.D., Associate Dean for Academic Affairs 
Royce J. Watts, M.S., Associate Dean for Administration 
e-mail: cemr-info@cemr.wvu.edu 
web: http://www.cemr.wvu.edu/ 

Graduate Degrees Offered: 

Aerospace Engineering M.S.A.E., Ph.D. 

Chemical Engineering M.S.Ch.E., Ph.D. 

Civil Engineering M.S.C.E., Ph.D. 

Electrical Engineering M.S.E.E., Ph.D. 

Engineering M.S.E., Ph.D. 

Engineering of Mines M.S.E.M. 

Industrial Engineering M.S. I.E., Ph.D. 

Mechanical Engineering M.S.M.E., Ph.D. 

Mineral Engineering Ph.D. 

Occupational Hygiene and Occupational Safety M.S. 

Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering M.S.P.N.G.E. 

Safety and Environmental Management M.S. 

College of Engineering and Mineral Resources (CEMR) graduate programs are ad- 
ministered through the Departments of Chemical Engineering, Civil and Environmental 
Engineering, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Industrial and Management Systems 
Engineering, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, Mining Engineering, Petroleum 
and Natural Gas Engineering, and Safety and Environmental Management. 

The facilities are housed on the Evansdale Campus in three buildings: the Engi- 
neering Sciences Building, the Mineral Resources Building, and the Engineering Re- 
search Building. These buildings house state-of-the-art research facilities, well-equipped 
teaching laboratories, classrooms, and offices for the faculty and administration of the 
graduate programs, the Mining Extension Service, and Industrial Extension Service. 

The College offers a doctor of philosophy in most disciplines. The Ph.D. program 
prepares graduates for leadership in industrial, governmental, or academic engineering 
fields. The areas of specialization are aerospace, chemical, civil, computer, electrical, 
environmental, industrial managements systems, and mechanical engineering, and oc- 
cupational hygiene and occupational safety. The Ph.D. in mineral engineering is also 
offered with specialization in mine systems, or rock mechanics and ground control. 

Designated master's degrees are offered in aerospace, chemical, civil, and electri- 
cal engineering, engineering of mines, industrial engineering, mechanical engineering, 
and petroleum and natural gas engineering. A master of science in engineering degree is 
offered to qualified students whose baccalaureate work was in a field other than the 
engineering discipline being studied at the graduate level. Master of science (M.S.E.) 
degrees are offered in occupational hygiene and occupational safety and in safety and 
environmental management. A certificate in manufacturing systems engineering is of- 
fered for candidates working on M.S.E.E., M.S. I.E., and M.S.M.E. degrees. 

A joint program with the Health Sciences Center offers a bioengineering option for 
M.S. and Ph.D. students in several departments. 

For specific information about a program, students should contact the graduate pro- 
gram coordinator in the area of interest or the Associate Dean for Research and Gradu- 
ate Studies at (304) 293-4821. 



College of Engineering and Mineral Resources 267 



Special Requirements 

A student desiring to take courses for graduate credit in the college must comply 
with the appropriate University regulations for graduate study. To become enrolled in a 
CEMR graduate program, a student must apply for admission through the Office of Ad- 
missions and Records to the major department of the student's choice. Acceptance by 
the major department will depend upon review of the student's academic background 
and available facilities in that department. 

An applicant with a baccalaureate degree, or its equivalent, from a program ac- 
credited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET) or from an 
internationally recognized program in engineering will be admitted on the same basis 
as engineering graduates of WVU. Lacking these qualifications, an applicant must first 
fulfill any special requirements of the department in which the student is seeking an 
advanced degree. 

No credits which are reported with a grade lower than C are acceptable toward an 
advanced degree. To qualify for an advanced degree, the graduate student must have a 
grade-point average of at least 3.0 based on all courses acceptable for graduate credit 
for which the student has received a grade from WVU. Graduate students in the College 
must also comply with the regulations of their major department. 

Individual departments may establish more stringent requirements than those adopted 
for CEMR as a whole. These departmental requirements are contained in the individual 
program sections of the graduate catalog. 

Course Load 

A full-time graduate student must register for at least nine, but no more than 15, 
credit hours during each regular semester, or at least six, but no more than 12, credit 
hours in the two summer sessions combined. Permission to carry a heavier load must be 
obtained in writing from the dean. 

Master's Program 

For all master's degree students, an advisory and examining committee consisting 
of at least three faculty members will be appointed. A plan of study must be jointly pre- 
pared and approved by the student and all members of the student's advisory and exam- 
ining committee, the department chair, and the dean or dean's designate, either at the 
end of the second semester of the student's attendance or at the completion of the twelfth 
course credit hour, whichever is later. The plan must contain a minimum of 30 semester 
credit hours, not more than nine of which can be at the 200 level. If a thesis or a problem 
report is part of the candidate's program, not more than six semester credit hours of 
research leading to an acceptable thesis or more than three semester credit hours of 
work for an acceptable problem report may be applied toward the credit hour require- 
ment. 

Application forTransfer of Graduate Credit A student wishing to apply graduate credit 
earned at another institution to a master's degree at WVU must complete an Application 
for Transfer of Graduate Credit to WVU form and have an official transcript submitted to 
the WVU Office of Admissions and Records from the external institution. A maximum of 
1 2 semester hours from other institutions may be acceptable for credit at WVU in master's 
degree programs in engineering. Departmental programs may choose to accept fewer 
transfer credit hours. 

Time to Completion All requirements for the master's degree must be completed within 
eight years preceding the student's graduation. 



268 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Doctor of Philosophy 

The academic units within the College that are approved for participation in the 
doctor of philosophy degree program are the Departments of Chemical Engineering, 
Civil and Environmental Engineering, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Industrial 
and Management Systems Engineering, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, and 
Mining Engineering. 

Admission as a graduate student is required of all applicants for admission to a 
program of study and research leading to the Ph.D. degree. Applicants for admission 
must hold or expect to receive a bachelor's degree in engineering from an accredited or 
an internationally recognized program in engineering. An applicant who holds a B.S. or 
M.S. in one of the physical sciences or mathematics may be considered for admission. 
Although a bachelor's degree is the minimum requirement, a master's degree in engi- 
neering is recommended for applicants. Admission to graduate study does not necessar- 
ily assure entrance into a CEMR doctoral program. 

Application for Transfer of Graduate Credit A student wishing to apply credit earned at 
another institution to a doctoral degree program at WVU must submit the Application For 
Transfer of Graduate Credit to WVU form and have an official transcript from the institu- 
tion forwarded to the WVU Office of Admissions and Records. The approval of transfer 
credit is at the discretion of the student's advisory and examining committee. 

Advisory Committee The student, research advisor, academic advisor, and depart- 
ment chairperson appoint the student's advisory and examining committee. For the Ph.D. 
program, each committee must contain at least five members — at least three from the 
student's major department and at least two from other disciplines related to the student's 
area of interest. 

Plan of Study At the end of the second semester of a student's attendance, at the 
completion of the twelfth credit hour, or when master's degree requirements are com- 
pleted, whichever is later, the student, with the advice and consent of the student's aca- 
demic advisor, research director, and members of the student's advisory and examining 
committee, will submit a plan of study, initiated in the student's department, to the dean 
or dean's designee. Some departments may require that a preliminary dissertation re- 
search proposal be submitted along with the plan of study. 

Candidacy Examination After admission to the program and after the residence require- 
ment is met, the applicant will take a candidacy examination in which the student must 
demonstrate: (a) a grasp of the important phases and problems of the field of study and 
an appreciation of their relation to other fields of human knowledge and accomplish- 
ments and (b) the ability to employ the instruments of research developed in the student's 
area of interest. When an applicant has passed the comprehensive examination, the 
student will be formally admitted to candidacy for the doctoral degree. A student will have 
only one opportunity for reexamination. 

Credit Requirements The doctor of philosophy degree is not awarded solely on the basis 
of the accumulation of course credits and completion of a definite residence require- 
ment. The amount and nature of the course work undertaken by a doctoral student will 
be established for each individual student with the objective of ensuring a reasonable 
and coherent progression of academic development beyond the baccalaureate and/or 
master's degree. 



College of Engineering and Mineral Resources 269 



Residency Two semesters of full-time attendance at the Morgantown campus is re- 
quired, consisting of a minimum of nine credit hours each. A summer schedule, consist- 
ing of registration in both sessions and completion of a minimum of nine hours, is consid- 
ered equivalent to a one-semester residence. 

Dissertation The candidate must submit a dissertation on a topic within the area of his/ 
her major interest. The doctoral dissertation must represent the results of independent 
research, must show a high degree of originality and creativity on the part of the student, 
and must constitute an original contribution to the field of engineering science and/or 
design. The dissertation must have good literary form and style and must present a 
thorough review and survey of prior study and work in the area of research, with accept- 
able standards of documentation. It is anticipated that the work leading to the completion 
of the dissertation will require a minimum of 24 hours of research credits or satisfactory 
evidence of equivalent time devoted to research and preparation of the dissertation. 

Time to Completion Requirements for this degree must be completed within five years 
after admission to candidacy. 

Oral Examination Upon completion and approval of the dissertation and fulfillment of all 
other requirements, the candidate must pass a final oral examination conducted by his/ 
her advisory and examining committee. The examination will be primarily a defense of 
the dissertation, although other questions necessary to determine the candidate's knowl- 
edge, critical ability, and reasoning power in the general field of study related to the 
research may be asked in order to establish the qualifications of the candidate for the 
degree. 

Faculty 

Indicates regular membership in the graduate faculty. 
Indicates associate membership in the graduate faculty. 

Chemical Engineering 
Professors 

r Richard C. Bailie, Ph.D. (Iowa St. U.). Emeritus. Biomass pyrolysis, Fluidization, Thermal process. 
'Eugene V. Cilento, Ph.D. (U. Cincinnati). Chairperson. Physiological transport phenomena, 

Biomedical engineering. 
f Dady B. Dadyburjor, Ph.D. (U. Del.). Catalysis, Reaction engineering, Micellization, Solubilization. 
Alfred F. Galli, M.S. (WVU). Emeritus. Coal conversion, Process engineering, Biomass production. 
f Rakesh K. Gupta, Ph.D. (U. Del.). Polymer processing, Rheology, Non-Newtonian fluid mechanics. 
f Hisashi O. Kono, Dr. Engr. (Kyushu U.). Fluidization, Powder technology, Reaction engineering. 
f Edwin L. Kugler, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins U.). Heterogeneous catalysis, Adsorption, Reaction 

kinetics, Materials science: Zeolites, Ceramics, Hard metals. 
f Alfred H. Stiller, Ph.D. (U. Cincinnati). Chemistry (physical inorganic chemistry), Solution 

chemistry, Coal liquefaction. 
'Richard Turton, Ph.D., RE. (Ore. St. U.). Fluidization, Gas-solid Systems, Transport phenomena, 

Heterogeneous chemical kinetics. 
'Wallace B. Whiting, Ph.D., PE. (U. Calif.-Berkeley). Thermodynamics, Fluid-phase equilibria, 

Chemical process design. 
'Ray Y.K.Yang, Ph.D. (Princeton U.). Chemical reaction engineering, Biochemical engineering, 

Modeling and simulation. 
'John W. Zondlo, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon U.). Heat transfer, Fluid mechanics, Coal processing. 
Associate Professors 
r Joseph A. Shaeiwitz, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon U.). Biochemical separations, Interfacial 

phenomena, Mass transfer. 
Charter D. Stinespring, Ph.D. (WVU). Research. Materials, Surface reactions, Spectroscopy. 

270 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Assistant Professors 

"Aubrey L. Miller, Ph.D. (III. Inst. Tech.). Multi-phase flow, Fluidization, Reaction engineering. 
'Peter S. Stansberry, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Research. Coal liquefaction, Carbonization, Carbons 
and graphite, Coal dissolution catalysis. 

Civil and Environmental Engineering 
Professors 

'Sam A. Kiger, Ph.D., RE. (U. III.). Chairperson. Structures, Structural dynamics, Protective 

construction, Earthquake engineering, Materials science, Soil/structure interaction. 
Samuel G. Bonasso, P.E., M.S.C.E. (WVU). Adjunct. Cable transportation, Street engineering, 

Communication and creativity in engineering. 
James G. Collin, Ph.D., PE. (U. of Ca., Berkley). Adjunct, Geotechnical engineering Geosynthetics, 

Earth retaining structures, slope stabilization, Waste Containment. 
'Echol E. Cook, Ph.D., RE. (Okla. St. U.). George B. Berry Chair Professor, Environmental 

engi neering, Biological treatment, Industrial waste treatment, Hazardous and solid waste 

management, Physical and chemical treatment process. 
'Ronald W. Eck, Ph.D., RE. (Clemson U.). Transportation engineering, Traffic, Highways. 
James L. Green, P.E., M.S.C.E. (WVU). Adjunct. Environmental engineering, Water treatment, Water 

quality. 
William J. Harman, RE., M.S.C.E. (WVU). Adjunct. Construction methods, Construction 

specifications. 
'W.Joseph Head, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Waste utilization, Highway and airfield pavements, Concrete. 
'Ganga Rao V. S. Hota, Ph.D., PE. (N.C. St. U.). Director, Constructed Facilities Center. 

Mathematical modeling of engineering systems, Bridge engineering, Prefabricated housing. 
Charles R. Jenkins, Ph.D. (Okla. St. U.). Emeritus. 
'Larry D. Luttrell, Ph.D., RE. (Cornell U.). Analysis and design of structures: steel, composite slabs, 

metal buildings, Case studies of failures. 
Michael McCawley, Ph.D. (NYU). Adjunct. Environmental engineering, Air pollution, Air quality. 
'Lyle K. Moulton, Ph.D., PE. (WVU). Emeritus. 
William A. Sack, Ph.D., RE. (Mich. St. U.). Environmental engineering, Biological treatment, 

Bioremediation of hazardous wastes, Nutrient removal, Industrial waste Treatment and 

reclamation. 
'H. Jayalath Siriwardane, Ph.D. (VPI & SU). Geotechnical engineering/geomechanics, Finite 

element method, Computer applications. 
'Constantine C. Spyrakos, Ph.D. (U. Minn.). Dynamics of structures, Soil-structure interaction, 

Numerical methods of analysis (BEM, FEM). 
Associate Professors 
Dennis C. Chambers, RE., M.S.C.E. (WVU). Adjunct. Geotechnical engineering, Construction and 

materials. 
'H. L. Chen, Ph.D. (Northwestern U.). Structural dynamics, Structural experimentation, Dynamic 

soil-structure interaction, Damage in reinforced concrete structures. 
'Julio F. Davalos, Ph.D. (VPI). Finite element analysis and modelling of structures, Spatial stability 

investigation, Materials characterization of engineered timber products. 
'DarreH R. Dean, Jr., L.L.S., Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Land surveying, Mapping, Photo grammetry. 
'Robert N. Eli, Ph.D., RE. (U. Iowa). Hydrology, Hydraulics, Computer graphics. 
'Mohammed A. Gabr, Ph.D., PE. (N.C. St. U.). Geotechnical aspects of waste containment and 

remediation, Soil-structure interaction, Groundwater and seepage, and In Situ testing. 
'Donald D. Gray, Ph.D., RE. (Purdue U.). Fluid flow, Computational fluid mechanics. 
David A. Pask, RE., M.S., Eviron. (Tech. U. of Nova Scotia). Adjunct. Environmental engineering, 

Water treatment, Public health, Wastewater treatment. 
'Brian E. Reed, Ph.D. (SUNY-Buffalo). Environmental engineering, Hazardous waste treatment, 

Groundwater remediation. 
Robert W. Wheeler, M.S.C.E. (WVU). Adjunct. Environmental engineering, Public health, Water 

supply. 
William D. Wyant, M.S.C.E. (WVU). Adjunct. Transportation engineering, Construction methods. 
Assistant Professors 
'Patrick E. Carriere, Ph.D., RE. (N.C. State U.). Environmental engineering, Water resources, 

Computer-simulated stream flow models, Acid waste neutralization. 

College of Engineering and Mineral Resources 271 



'Udaya B. Halabe, Ph.D., RE. (MIT). Nondestructive evaluation and in-situ condition Assessment 
of structures and materials, Wave propagation, Structural analysis and dynamics. 

Wei Lin, Ph.D. (SUNY-Buffalo). Research. Environmental engineering, Hazardous waste 
management, Wastewater treatment system design and modeling. 

Roberto Lopez-Anido, Ph.D. (WVU). Research. Modeling and experimental characterization of 
composite and hybrid material components and systems for civil structures; bridge 
engineering; timber bridges; numerical methods of structural analysis; applied mechanics. 

'David R. Martinelli, Ph.D. (U. Md.). Director, Harley O. Staggers National Transportation Center. 
Transportation engineering, Engineering economics, Systems analysis, Expert systems. 

Computer Engineering 
Professors 

'Powsiri Klinkhachorn, Ph.D. (WVU). Microprocessor applications, Computer architecture, Binary 

and nonbinary logic. 
'Roy S. Nutter, Jr., Ph.D., PE. (WVU). Chairperson. Electric vehicles, Neural networks, 

Microprocessor systems, Computer architecture, Expert systems. 
Robert E. Swartwout, Ph.D. (U. III.). Emeritus. 
'Stuart K.Tewksbury, Ph.D. (U. Rochester). VLSI & ULSI digital electronics, Digital 

communications, Microprocessor systems. 
Associate Professors 
'Hany H. Ammar, Ph.D. (U. Notre Dame), Modeling and evaluation of parallel and distributed 

systems, Performance and dependability. 
'Robert L. McConnell, Ph.D. (U. Ky), Undergraduate coordinator, Electronic instrumentation, Power 

control, Microcomputer based applications, Engineering design. 
'Afzel Noore, Ph.D. (WVU). Fault-tolerant computing, Design for testability, VLSI design and 

testing, Computer architecture, Distributed and parallel processing. 

Electrical Engineering 
Professors 

Walton W. Cannon, Ph.D. (U. III.). Emeritus. 

'Muhammad A. Choudhry, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). Graduate coordinator. Power system control, DC 

transmission, Stability, Power electronics. 
'Wils L. Cooley, Ph.D., PE. (Carnegie Mellon U.). Biomedical engineering, Electronics, Design. 
'Ali Feliachi, Ph.D. (Ga. Tech.). Large-scale systems, Adaptive control, Power systems. 
Edwin C. Jones, M.S.E E (U. III.). Emeritus. 
'Ronald I. Klein, Ph.D. (U. Iowa). Automatic control, Estimation theory, System identification, 

Electric vehicles. 
'William C. Miller, Ph.D. (Stanford). Digital signal processing, Artificial neural networks, Ocean 

engineering, Active materials, TQM, Adaptive control. 
'Craig S. Sims, Ph.D. (SMU), Signal processing, Control systems, Estimation theory. 
Nelson Smith, Jr., D.Sc. (U. Pitt). Emeritus. 
Associate Professors 

Everette C. Dubbe, B.S.E E (S. Dak. St. U.). Emeritus. 
'Lawrence Hornak, Ph.D. (Rutgers U.). Optics, VLSI, Electromagnetics. 
'Mark A. Jerabek, Ph.D., PE. (Purdue U.). Acoustics, Ultrasonic tomography, Electromagnetics. 
Assistant Professors 

'Biswajit Das, Ph.D. (Purdue U.). High speed electronic and photonic devices, 
Nanoscale device fabrication and testing, Electron beam lithography, Fabrication and cryogenic 

testing of quantum devices, Electro-optic and nonlinear optical materials and devices, 

Nano-optics. 
'Parviz Famouri, Ph. D. (U. Ky.). Analysis and control of electrical machines, Motor drives, Power 

electronics, Electric vehicles. 

Industrial and Management Systems Engineering 
Professors 

'Rashpal S. Ahluwalia, Ph.D., PE. (Western Ontario U.). Computer integrated manufacturing, 
Flexible manufacturing, Robotics, Expert systems, Process control and modeling. 

272 WVU Graduate Catalog 






'Jack Byrd, Jr., Ph.D., RE. (WVU). Operations research, Production systems, Entrepreneurial 

studies. 
'Robert C. Creese, Ph.D., PE. (Penn. St. U.). Manufacturing processes/systems, Foundry 

engineering, Cost engineering. 
f Wafik H. Iskander, Ph.D., PE. (Tex. Tech U.). Operations research, Simulation, Applied statistics. 
r Majid Jaraiedi, Ph.D. (U. Mich.). Quality control and applied statistics, Information systems. 
r L. Ted Moore, Ph.D. (Rice U.). Operations research, Linear programming, Production/operations 

management. 
r Ralph W. Plummer, Ph.D., RE. (WVU). Chairperson. Human factors, System safety Industrial 

hygiene. 
Terrence J. Stobbe, Ph.D. (U. Mich.). Ergonomics, System safety, Industrial hygiene. 
Associate Professors 

Warren R. Myers, Ph.D. (WVU). Industrial hygiene, Ergonomics, Safety engineering. 
f B. Gopalakrishnan, Ph.D. (VPI). Manufacturing engineering, Artificial intelligence, Concurrent 

engineering. 
Assistant Professors 
r Dianne McMullin, Ph.D. (Nebraska). Ergonomics, Safety engineer, Occupational safety. 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 
Professors 

'Richard A. Bajura, Ph.D., RE. (U. N. Dame). Director of NRCCE. Fluids engineering. 

f Reda Bata, Ph.D. (U. of Florida). Alternate fuels, Thermal sciences, Engine testing. 

Edward F. Byars, Ph.D., RE. (U. III.). Emeritus. 

Ismail Celik, Ph.D. (U. Iowa). Fluids engineering. 

Ken-Minn Chang, Ph.D. (U. of Calif. Berkeley). Materials, Physical metallurgy. 

r Nigel Clark, Ph.D. (U. Natel, So. Africa). Multiphase flows, I.C. engines. 

'Allen C. Cogley, Ph.D. (Stanford U.) Dean. Aerodynamics, Fluid mechanics, Aerospace 

engineering. 
'Russell K. Dean, Ph.D. (WVU). Associate Provost for Curriculum and Instruction. 

Engineering mechanics. 
Robert M. Desmond, Ph.D., RE. (U. Minn.). Heat transfer, Energy, Alternate energy sources. 
Hasan T Gencsoy, M.S.M.E. (WVU). Emeritus. 
Russell R. Haynes, Ph.D., PE. (WVU). Adjunct. Engineering design. 
'Eric K. Johnson, Ph.D., RE. (U. Wise). Heat transfer, Combustion, Thermodynamics, Gas-solid 

flows. 
'John Kuhlman, Ph.D. (Case West. Res. U.). Fluid mechanics. 
'Steve Lewellen, Ph.D. (UCLA). Research. Fluid dynamics. 
Thomas R. Long, P.E., Ed.D. (WVU). Associate Dean. Engineering design. 
'John L. Loth, Ph.D., RE. (U.Toronto). Aerospace systems, Combustion. 
'Donald W. Lyons, Ph.D., PE. (Ga. Tech.). Chairperson. Manufacturing systems, Instrumentation, 

Engines and emissions. 
r Kenneth H. Means, Ph.D., PE. (WVU). Kinematics, Dynamics and stability, Friction and wear. 
In-Meei Neou, Ph.D. (Stanford U.). Emeritus. 

Nathan Ness, Ph.D. (Poly. Inst. NY). Emeritus and Visiting. Aerodynamics, Thermodynamics. 
'G. Michael Palmer, Ph.D. (WVU). Instrumentation, Microprocessor applications. 
Augustine A. Pitrolo, B.S.M.E. (WVU). Adjunct. Fossil energy. 
Helen L. Plants, RE., M.S.C.E. (WVU). Emerita . 

Harold Schall, B.S. (C. W. Post Coll.). Adjunct. Quality function deployment. 
Samir Shoukry, Ph.D. (U. Aston in Birmingham). Research. Structural dynamics, Neural nets, 

Instrumentation. 
'Nithiam T Sivaneri, Ph.D. (Stanford U.). Director of Graduate Education. Structural mechanics, 

Composite materials, Finite-element analysis. 
Robert D. Slonneger, P.E., M.S.M.E. (U. Tex.). Emeritus. 
f John E. Sneckenberger, Ph.D., RE. (WVU). Mechanical design and automation. 
William Squire, M.A. (U. Buffalo). Emeritus. 

'Charles Stanley, Ph.D. (WVU). Pulmonary bioengineering, Mechanical instrumentation. 
'Richard E. Walters, Ph.D. (WVU). Associate Chairperson. Aerospace engineering. 
Donald T. Worrell, P.E., M.S.E. (WVU). Emeritus. 

College of Engineering and Mineral Resources 273 



Associate Professors 

Rodney Anderson, Ph.D. (U. Mo.-Rolla). Adjunct. Aerosol and particle science. 

r Larry Banta, Ph.D. (Ga. Tech.). Robotics, Automation. 

r Ever Barbero, Ph.D. (VPI). Structural Mechanics, Materials, Constructed facilities. 

r Mridul Gautam, Ph.D. (WVU). Fluid mechanics. 

f Alvin Howell, Ph.D. (WVU). Visiting. Structures, Materials. 

'Bruce Kang, Ph.D. (U. Wash.). Experimental mechanics, Advanced materials. 

T Margaret Lyell, Ph. D. (U. So. Calif.). Fluid mechanics. 

f Gary Morris, Ph.D. (WVU). Associate Chairperson and Graduate Program Director. Fluid 

mechanics, Combustion. 
'Victor Mucino, D.E. (U. Wise. -Mil.). Engineering design. 
Timothy Norman, Ph.D. (Purdue). Advanced composite materials, Fracture mechanics, 

Experimental mechanics, Biomechanics. 
John E. Notestein, M.S.M.E. (Purdue U.). Adjunct. Fossil energy. 
f Jacky Prucz, Ph.D. (Ga. Tech.). Structural dynamics, Composite materials. 
Jaiyoung Ruy, M.D. (Catholic Med. Coll. Korea). Adjunct. Bioengineering. 
Barnes E. Smith, Ph.D. (WVU). Mechanical design. 
Larry D. Strickland, Ph.D. (WVU). Adjunct. Fossil energy. 
'Wallace S. Venable, RE., Ed.D. (WVU). Engineering mechanics. 
Assistant Professors 

f Chris Atkinson, Sc.D. (MIT). Fluid Mechanics, Instrumentation, Engine emissions. 
'Randy Churchill, Ph.D. (WVU). Research. Thermodynamics, Heat transfer, IC engines, Alternate 

fuels. 
John R. Etherton, M.S. (Geo. Wash. U.). Adjunct. Mechanical system safety. 
'David Lewellen, Ph.D. (Cornell). Research. Fluid Dynamic Turbulence. 
Hwei-Min Lu, Ph.D. (WVU). Research. Thermodynamics, Machine design. 
'Marcello Napolitano, Ph.D. (Okla. St. U.) Aircraft stability and control, Feedback control, Dynamics. 
Greg Thompson, Ph.D. (WVU). Research. Thermodynamics, Machine design. 
'Wenguang Wang, Ph.D. (WVU). Research. Mechanical design, Engines an emissions. 
Lane Wilson, Ph.D. (Stanford). Research surface science, Scanning probe microscopy, Nano and 

micro structure of materials. 

Mining Engineering 
Professors 

'Eung Ha Cho, Ph.D. (U. Utah). Chairman. Mineral processing, Hydrometallurgy. 

R. Larry Grayson, Ph.D., RE. (WVU). Mine management, Health and safety. 

Jay H. Kelley, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Distinguished. Emeritus. 

f A. Wahab Khair, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Rock mechanics, Ground control. 

'Syd S. Peng, Ph.D. (Stanford U.). Charles T Hollard Distinguished Professor of Mining 

Engineering and Chairman. Longwall mining, Ground control. 
f YJ. Want, Ph.D., RE. (Penn. St. U.). Mine ventilation, Computer application, Mine design 
'David C.Yang, Ph.D. (U.C.-Berkeley). Research. Coal/mineral processing. 
Associate Professors 

Donald M. Bondurant, M.S.E.M. (WVU). Emeritus 
Joseph D. McClung, M.S.E.M. (U. Pitt.). Emeritus 

'S. Daniel Thompson, Ph.D. (WVU). Mining systems, Mining equipment, Computer application. 
Assistant Professor 
'Felicia F. Peng, Ph.D. (WVU). Coal preparation, Coal utilization, Process control, Plant design. 

Particle Analysis Center 

Thomas P. Meloy, Ph.D. (MIT). Benedum Professor. Powder science, Mineral liberation, Plant 
circuit analysis. 

Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering 
Professors 

'Samuel Ameri, RE., M.S.Pet.E. (WVU). Chairman. Formation evaluation. 



274 WVU Graduate Catalog 



r Khashayar Aminian, Ph.D. (U. Mich.). Natural gas engineering, Reservoir simulation. 

Robert W. Chase, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Adjunct. Natural gas engineering. 

Thomas P. Meloy, Ph.D. (MIT). Petroleum engineering fundamental. 

James A. Wasson, P.E., M. S.P.N. G. (Penn. St. U.). Reservoir engineering, Enhanced oil recovery. 

Larry Woodford, A.M. (Ind. U.). Adjunct. 

Assistant Professors 

r H. Ilkin Bilgesu, Ph.D., P.E. (Penn. St. U.). Drilling engineering. 

r Shahab Mohaghegh, Ph.D. (Penn. St. U.). Reservoir engineering. 

Safety and Environmental Management 
Professors 

'Daniel E. Della-Giustina, Ph.D. (Mich. St. U.). Chairperson. Safety management services, Sport 

safety, Transportation safety, Emergency response. 
Associate Professors 

'Andrew Sorine, Ed.D. (WVU). Safety studies/management education. 
f Gary Winn, Ph.D. (Ohio St. U.). Safety studies, Transportation safety. 
Assistant Professors 

David L. Durham, M.S. (WVU). Research. Environmental management. 
Linda Frederick, Ph.D. (U. of Mich.). Occupational hazards, Workplace evaluation, Human factors, 

Ergonomics. 
'Michael J. Klishis, Ph.D. (WVU). Miner training, Curriculum development. 
David Whaley, Ph.D. (St. U. of NY at Buffalo). Environmental sciences and management, Industrial 

hygiene. 

Industrial Extension Service 

Robert G. Lehman, B.I.E. (GMI). Director. Manufacturing management, Quality, Cost, Energy and 

production control systems. 
Extension Engineers 
Thomas A. Bailey, RE., B.I.E. (Ohio St.). Energy management, Environmental assessments, 

Statistical process control training. 
Thomas R. Bodnar, P.E., B.S.M.E. (U. Pitt). Process flow analysis, Product testing, Plant layout. 
Lawrence D. Dixon, P.E., B.S.E.E. (W.V.I.T.). Energy management, Control systems design. 
Raymond D. Neupert, P.E., B.S.I.E. (WVU). Quality systems assessment, Process flow analysis, 

Statistical process control training. 
Technology Transfer Associates 
Joseph A. Murray, B.S.E.E. (WVU). Projectile propulsion systems, Testing methods, Project 

management. 

Mining Extension Service 
Professor 

Joseph C. Dorton, B.S. (Concord C). Mine foreman training, Electrical training, Mandatory miner 

training courses. 
Associate Professors 
Robert L. Halstead, B.S. (Morris Harvey College). Mine foreman training, Electrical training, 

Production technology. 
Thomas L. Savage, B.S. (Cornell U.). Emeritus. Hydraulics. 
Assistant Professors 
Cynthia M. Bindocci, Ed.D. (WVU). Training material development, Women in coal industry, 

Historical research of mining tools. 
Luther B. Ferguson. Emeritus. 

James H. Kincaid, B.S. (WV Tech). Mine foreman training, Surveying, Mine ventilation. 
Mining Extension Agents 
James M. Dean, M.S.E.M. (WVU). Acting associate director, Mine management, Mine safety and 

health, Mandatory miner training courses. 
Thomas W. Hall, B.S. (Fairmont St. Coll.). Mine foreman training, Mandatory miner training courses, 

Mining methods. 

College of Engineering and Mineral Resources 275 



William E. Moser, B.S. (Robert Morris Coll.). Mine rescue/safety. 

Joseph E. Spiker, M.S. (WVU). Mine rescue/safety. 

Ireland Sutton, B.S. (WV Inst, of Tech.). Electrical training, Contractor training. 

Mine Emergency Preparedness Center 

William E. Moser, B.S. (Robert Morris Coll.). Director. Mine rescue/safety. 
Joseph E. Spiker, M.S. (WVU). Mine rescue/safety. 

COMER Museum 

Cynthia M. Bindocci, Ed.D. (WVU). Director. 



Chemical Engineering 

Eugene V. Cilento, Ph.D., Chairperson 
403 Engineering Sciences Building 
e-mail: che-info@cemr.wvu.edu 
web: http://www.cemr.wvu.edu/~wwwche/ 
Degrees Offered: 

Master of Science in Chemical Engineering 

Master of Science in Engineering with a major in Chemical Engineering 

Doctor of Philosophy with a major in Chemical Engineering 

The Department of Chemical Engineering, with 12 faculty members, 150 under- 
graduates, and over 40 graduate students, has one of the oldest doctoral-granting pro- 
grams in the University. From the initial doctoral degree in 1932, the graduate course 
program has been based on advanced chemical engineering fundamentals, while the 
research program has reflected a balance of fundamental research areas and their ap- 
plication to relevant technological areas such as bioengineering, catalysis, coal conver- 
sion, materials, and polymer processing. 

Faculty Research Areas 

Chemical engineering faculty are presently involved in the following research areas: 
biochemical engineering, bioengineering, catalysis, fluid mechanics, heat transfer, ma- 
terials engineering, polymers, reaction engineering, separation processes, solution chem- 
istry, surface science, and thermodynamics. These fundamental areas are finding appli- 
cations in biomass conversion technology, biotransport, coal gasification and liquefac- 
tion, materials handling and processing, in-situ combustion, non-fuel uses of coal, car- 
bon products and science, and synthetic fuels. 

Faculty members possess a wide variety of industrial experience and are routinely 
in contact with their counterparts in industry. This contact with real engineering problems 
enables them to convey a practical experience to students while keeping in perspective 
many of the fundamental concepts involved in graduate study. During the last five years, 
the chemical engineering faculty have authored or coauthored 5 books, published over 
190 journal articles, have been issued 14 patents, made over 220 presentations at pro- 
fessional meetings, and supervised the completion of 19 master's and 14 doctoral de- 
grees. In addition, several faculty members have taught short courses throughout the 
United States and abroad. 

Degree Programs 

The department is authorized to admit students to the following degree programs: 
master of science in chemical engineering (M.S.Ch.E.), master of science in engineering 

276 WVU Graduate Catalog 



(M.S.E.), and College of Engineering and Mineral Resources interdisciplinary doctor of 
philosophy (Ph.D.). Students in these programs must comply with the rules and regula- 
tions as presented in the general requirements for graduate work in the College of Engi- 
neering and Mineral Resources and in the Department of Chemical Engineering. Stu- 
dents interested in pursuing work for a master's or doctoral degree in chemical engineer- 
ing should contact the department for copies of the required guidelines and application 
information. 

Admission 

Admission to the M.S.Ch.E. program is restricted to those holding a baccalaureate 
degree in chemical engineering or its equivalent. The M.S.E. program is available to 
students holding baccalaureate degrees in other fields of engineering and the physical 
sciences who wish to pursue a broad interdisciplinary program relevant to the major 
graduate areas administered by the department. To be admitted as a regular graduate 
student, an applicant must have a B.S. degree and a sound record in previous college 
work with a minimum 3.0/4.0 cumulative grade-point average. Applicants who cannot 
meet these conditions may be considered for admission in a conditional category. Stu- 
dents admitted with deficiencies in their undergraduate programs are required to take 
some chemical engineering courses as prerequisites for graduate courses. These re- 
quirements are stated as a condition for admission. 

Planned Programs 

M.S.Ch.E. candidates should expect to obtain their degree in about 18 months. 
M.S.E. students typically require 1 to 1 1/2 years beyond completion of prerequisite 
courses. Typically, the prerequisite courses include as a minimum: Ch E 110, 111, 112, 
142, 145, and 172. All M.S. degree candidates are required to perform research and will 
follow a planned program which conforms to either of the following outlines: 

• A minimum of 30 semester credit hours, excluding seminar, not more than six of 
which are in research leading to an acceptable thesis. 

• A minimum of 33 semester credit hours, excluding seminar, not more than three of 
which are in research leading to an acceptable problem report. 

The course work M.S. degree option is not offered by the Department of Chemical 
Engineering. 

Required Courses 

All students are required to take Ch E 301, 344, and 345, and all full-time students 
are required to take one credit of journal club/seminar (Ch E 400) for each semester 
enrolled. The research advisor, in conjunction with an advisory and examining commit- 
tee (AEC) to be designated by each student, will be responsible for following departmen- 
tal guidelines to determine the plan of study appropriate to the student's program. 

A written research proposal and oral presentation of this proposal is required of all 
M.S. students. This oral defense is administered by the student's AEC and must be 
completed by the end of the second semester of the first year for M.S.Ch.E candidates, 
and as soon as possible but not later than the end of the second semester of the second 
year for M.S.E. candidates. 

Final Examination 

All students are required to pass a final oral examination, administered by their AEC, 
covering both the thesis or problem report (depending on the program selected) and 
related course material. 



Chemical Engineering 277 



Doctor of Philosophy 

A candidate for the degree of doctor of philosophy must comply with the rules and 
regulations as outlined in the general requirements for graduate work in engineering and 
the specific requirements stated in the departmental guidelines. Students who are inter- 
ested in pursuing a Ph.D. degree in the Department of Chemical Engineering should 
contact the department for specific information about the interdisciplinary Ph.D. degree 
program. A program with a major in chemical engineering, designed to meet the needs 
and objectives of each student, will be developed in consultation with the student's re- 
search advisor and advisory and examining committee (AEC). It should be emphasized 
that the Ph.D. degree is primarily a research degree, and therefore the research work for 
a doctoral dissertation should show a high order of originality on the part of the student 
and must offer an original contribution to the field of engineering science. 

Admission Admission to the Ph.D. program is open to students who qualify as regular 
graduate students and who have obtained a B.S. or M.S. degree in science or engineer- 
ing. Students admitted must have demonstrated an excellent academic record in previ- 
ously completed college course work with a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 
3.0/4.0. Three letters of recommendation are required, and GRE scores are required by 
the department. Students in the Ph.D. program should complete the requirements in two 
to four years. 

Required Courses All B.S. students entering the Ph.D. program are required to take Ch 
E 301 , 344, and 345, while M.S. students entering the program must demonstrate equiva- 
lent courses taken for graduate credit. In addition, all full-time students must take one 
credit of seminar/journal club (Ch E 400) each semester. For a student admitted directly 
after the B.S. degree, the Ph.D. program consists of a minimum of 36 course credit 
hours, excluding research (Ch E 497) and seminar/journal club (Ch E 400). If the student 
has an M.S. in chemical engineering from WVU, the program consists of a minimum of 
12 course credit hours (excluding Ch E 497 and Ch E 400). If the student has an M.S. in 
chemical engineering from another institution, the program consists of a minimum of 18 
course credit hours (excluding Ch E 497 and Ch E 400). Students must complete a 
minor, consisting of a minimum of nine semester hours of a coherent set of courses 
taken outside the department. These courses may be related to the major research area. 
Nontechnical courses are considered only under exceptional circumstances. Courses at 
the 200 level may be acceptable. All courses must be approved by the AEC and the 
academic advisor. Students must complete graduate courses with an overall course work 
average of 3.0 or better (exclusive of research credits) and complete all Ch E courses 
with an overall grade-point average of 3.0 (exclusive of research credits). A minimum of 
24 credit hours in dissertation research is required. Also, two semesters of full-time at- 
tendance at the Morgantown campus is required to complete the residency requirement. 

Examinations All students must pass the Ph.D. qualifying examination given in their first 
year at WVU. This examination is designed to assess the basic competency of students 
in the chemical engineering field to determine whether or not they have sufficient knowl- 
edge to undertake independent research. 

Within six months of passing the qualifying examination or of entering the Ph.D. 
program, whichever is later, the student must successfully defend an original research 
proposition in an oral examination. The written proposition, developed by the student 
alone, remains the intellectual property of the student and must be on a topic unrelated 
to the student's own research work for the dissertation. 



278 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Research Proposal A student must receive acceptance of a written dissertation re- 
search proposal and must also successfully defend this proposal to the student's AEC. 
This requirement must be completed within six months of passing the qualifying exami- 
nation or of entering the Ph.D. program, whichever is later. The research work for the 
doctoral dissertation should show a high order of originality on the part of the student and 
must offer an original contribution to the field of engineering science. 

A student who has successfully completed all course work, passed the qualifying 
examination, and successfully defended the original research proposition and research 
proposal is defined as one who is a candidate for the Ph.D. degree. 

In order to complete the Ph.D. requirements, a student must pass a final oral exami- 
nation on the results embodied in the dissertation. This examination is open to the public, 
and in order to evaluate critically the student's competency, may include testing on mate- 
rial in related fields, as deemed necessary by the AEC. In addition, since the Ph.D. 
degree is primarily a research degree that embodies the results of an original research 
proposal and represents a significant contribution to scientific literature, the student must 
submit a manuscript on this research to the AEC. 

Chemical Engineering (CH E) 

212. Biochemical Separations. 3 hr. PR: CH E 1 12 or consent. Modeling and design of 
separation processes applicable to recovery of biological products. Topics include filtra- 
tion, centrifugation, extraction, adsorption, chromatography, electrophoresis, membranes, 
crystallization, examples from industry. 3 hr. lee. 

224. Coal Conversion Engineering. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 134; Coreq: CH E 112, 172. Coal 
conversion processes from the unit operations approach; thermodynamics, kinetics, and 
evaluation of system requirements and performance. 3 hr. lee. 

258. Polymer Sci and Engrg. 3 hr. PR: CHEM 134. Coreq: CH E 145. Polymer classifica- 
tion, Polymer synthesis, molecular weights and experimental techniques, thermodynam- 
ics, rubber elasticity, mechanical behavior, crystallization, diffusion, rheology, extrusion 
and injection molding. 3 hr. lee. 

260. Chemical Process Safety. 3 hr. PR: CH E 41 or consent. Introduction to safety, 
health and loss prevention in chemical process industry; regulations, toxicology, hazard 
identification, system safety analysis and safety design techniques. 3 hr. lee. 

265. Interfacial Phenomena. 3 hr. PR: CH E 145, CHEM 246 or consent. Processes 
occurring at fluid/fluid and fluid/solid interfaces. Interfacial tension, contact angle, wet- 
ting, transport phenomena near interfaces, properties and stability of colloids, colloid 
transport phenomena, surfactants, micelles and emulsions. 3 hr. lee. 

272. Biochemical Engineering. 3 hr. PR: CH E 172 or consent. Kinetics of enzymatic and 
microbial reactions, interactions between biochemical reactions and transport phenom- 
ena, analysis and design of bioreactors, enzyme technology, cell cultures, bioprocess 
engineering. 3 hr. lee. 

280. Chemical Engineering Problems. 1-6 hr. For juniors, seniors, and graduate stu- 
dents. For students desiring to take only a portion of a course, for individual projects, for 
subjects not covered in other courses. 

301 . Transport Phenomena. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Introduction to equations of change (heat, 
mass and momentum transfer) with a differential balance approach. Use in Newtonian 

Chemical Engineering 279 



flow, turbulent flow, mass and energy transfer, radiation, convection. Estimation of trans- 
port coefficients. 3 hr. lee. 

330. Process Dynamics and Control. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Dynamic response of processes 
and control instruments. Use of Laplace transforms and frequency response methods in 
analysis of control systems. Application of control systems in chemical reactors, distilla- 
tion, and heat transfer operations. Introduction to nonlinear systems. 3 hr. lee. 

331 . Mathematical Methods in Chemical Engineering. 3 hr. PR: MATH 18 and consent. 
Classification and solution of mathematical problems important in chemical engineering. 
Treatment and interpretation of engineering data. Analytical methods for ordinary and 
partial differential equations including orthogonal functions and integral transforms. Vec- 
tor calculus. 3 hr. lee. 

338. Advanced Numerical Methods. 3 hr. PR: CH E 38 or consent. Methods for nonlinear 
algebraic equations, methods for initial and boundary value ordinary differential equa- 
tions, methods for parabolic, hyperbolic, and elliptic partial differential equations, nu- 
merical stability and methods for stiff equations, optimization techniques. 3 hr. lee. 

344. Thermodynamics. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Logical development of thermodynamic prin- 
ciples. These are applied to selected topics including development and application of the 
phase rule, physical and chemical equilibria in complex systems, and nonideal solutions. 
Introduction to nonequilibrium thermodynamics. 3 hr. lee. 

345. Chemical Reaction Engineering. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Homogeneous and heteroge- 
neous reaction systems, batch and flow ideal reactors, macro-and micro-mixing, non- 
ideal flow and nonideal reactors, diffusion and reaction in porous catalysts, reactor sta- 
bility analysis, special topics. 3 hr. lee. 

351 . Fluidization Engineering. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Fundamentals of fluidization, two-phase 
flow theory and powder characteristics, structure and property of the emulsion phase 
and bubbles, mass- and heat-transfer in fluidized beds with and without chemical reac- 
tion. 3 hr. lee. 

352. Powder Technology. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Characterization of powders, structure of 
powders, powders in two phase flow, measurement techniques, static and dynamic be- 
havior of powders, grinding and agglomeration, chemistry of powders. 3 hr. lee. 

391 . Advanced Topics. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of topics not covered in regularly 
scheduled courses. 

400. Chemical Engineering Seminar. 1 hr. Seminars on current research by visitors and 
graduate students. 

402. Advanced Fluid Dynamics. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Analysis of flow of fluids and trans- 
port of momentum and mechanical energy. Differential equations of fluid flow; potential 
flow, laminar boundary layer theory, and non-Newtonian fluids. 3 hr. lee. 

404. Advanced Heat Transfer. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Theory of transport of thermal energy 
in solids and fluids as well as radiative transfer. Steady and transient conduction; heat 
transfer to flowing fluids; evaporation; boiling and condensation; packed and fluid bed 
heat transfer. 3 hr. lee. 

280 WVU Graduate Catalog 



406. Advanced Mass Transfer. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Theory of diffusion, interphase mass 
transfer theory, turbulent transport, simultaneous mass and heat transfer, mass transfer 
with chemical reaction, high mass transfer rates, multicomponent macroscopic balances. 
3 hr. lee. 

432. Optimization of Chemical Engineering Systems. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Optimization in 
engineering design, unconstrained optimization and differential calculus equality con- 
straints optimization, search technique, maximum principles, geometric and dynamic 
programming, linear and nonlinear programming, calculus of variations. 3 hr. lee. 

444. Applied Statistical and Molecular Thermodynamics. 3 hr. PR: CH E 344 and con- 
sent. The connection between macroscopic phenomena (thermodynamics) and micro- 
scopic phenomena (statistical and quantum mechanics). Thermodynamics modeling for 
process analysis. Equations of state, perturbation theories, mixing rules, computer simu- 
lation, group contribution models, physical property prediction. 3 hr. lee. 

446. Catalysis. 3 hr. PR: CH E 345 or consent. Physical and chemical properties of 
catalytic solids, nature and theories of absorption, thermodynamics of catalysis, theories 
of mass and energy transport, theoretical and experimental reaction rates, reactor de- 
sign and optimization. 3 hr. lee. 

447. Non-Catalytic Solid-Fluid Reactions. 3 hr. PR: CH E 345 or consent. Reaction mod- 
els, pseudo-steady approximation, effectiveness factor, transport and chemical reaction 
properties, geometric, thermal and transitional instabilities, simultaneous multiple reac- 
tions, selectivities in fixed, moving and fluidized bed reactor design. 3 hr. lee. 

480. Advanced Independent Study. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Designed to increase the depth 
of study in a specialized area of chemical engineering. 

491. Special Topics. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced topics not covered in 
regularly-scheduled courses. 

497. Research. 1-15 hr. 



Chemical Engineering 281 



Civil and Environmental Engineering 

Sam A. Kiger, Ph.D., RE., Chairperson 
623 Engineering Sciences Building 
e-mail: cee-info@cemr.wvu.edu 
web: http://www.cemr.wvu.edu/~wwwce/ 
Degrees Offered: 

Master of Science in Civil Engineering 

Master of Science in Engineering with a major in Civil Engineering 

Doctor of Philosophy with a major in Civil Engineering 

The Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering offers the master of sci- 
ence in civil engineering (M.S.C.E.). In conjunction with the College of Engineering and 
Mineral Resources, the master of science in engineering (M.S.E.), and the doctor of 
philosophy degrees are available with emphases in civil engineering. 

The Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering has a full-time faculty of 1 9, 
who are active in teaching, research, and professional commitments. 

Areas of Emphasis 

There are four major areas of interest of the faculty and graduate studies: 

• Environmental engineering and water resources, which include occupational health, 
solid-hazardous waste management and site remediation, water supply and pollution, 
groundwater hydraulics, and hydrology. 

• Geotechnical, environmental geotechnology, and materials engineering, which cov- 
ers soil mechanics, foundations engineering, soil-structure interaction, groundwater and 
seepage, geosynthetics, contaminant transport, landfill design, and earthwork design, 
as well as construction materials and waste product utilization. 

•Transportation engineering, which includes transportation systems principles, de- 
sign and planning, and expert systems. 

• Structural engineering, which involves work and study in advanced structural analy- 
sis, bridge engineering, building design, construction materials, and composite construc- 
tion materials. 

Faculty 

With few exceptions, the members of the faculty are licensed professional engi- 
neers registered in one or more states and are involved in state, regional, and national 
professional organizations, serving on numerous technical committees. They are suc- 
cessful researchers and have published extensively in technical journals. The civil engi- 
neering faculty produces graduates who can assume the problem solving, decision mak- 
ing, and technical leadership roles of a professional engineer and who have the sound 
educational background for the continuing professional development the field requests. 

Students tailor their program of study to satisfy their own special interests, with 
guidance from a faculty advisor. Opportunities abound within the master's and doctoral 
tracks for a research experience which provides a chance for a student to tackle an 
engineering problem individually, with guidance from a faculty advisor. The graduate 
program in civil engineering was established with the aim of developing its students' 
abilities to use today's contemporary methods of engineering analysis and design to 
solve tomorrow's engineering problems. 

Application 

An application package can be obtained from the Graduate Program Director, De- 
partment of Civil and Environmental Engineering, West Virginia University, P.O. Box 61 03, 
Morgantown, WV 26506-6103. 

282 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Admission 

To be eligible for admission into the M.S.C.E. degree program, a candidate must 
hold or expect to receive a B.S.C.E. degree from either an accredited ABET curriculum 
or an internationally recognized program. Candidates with superior academic records 
and a baccalaureate degree in another engineering field, mathematics, or science may 
be eligible for admission into any of the masters programs offered by the department but 
will normally be required to attain a baccalaureate level of proficiency in certain engi- 
neering areas of the department. An engineering technology (non-calculus based) de- 
gree is not sufficient qualification for admission into any of the graduate programs of- 
fered by the department. 

To be eligible for admission into the Ph.D. degree program, a candidate must hold or 
expect to receive an M.S. degree in some discipline of engineering from an institution 
which has an ABET accredited undergraduate program in engineering or an internation- 
ally recognized program in engineering. 

The other requirements for admission into the graduate programs of the department 
are summarized as follows: 

•To be admitted as a regular graduate student, an applicant must have a grade-point 
average of 3.0 or better (out of a possible 4.0) in all previous college work and must meet 
all other requirements below. 

•The applicant must first submit, to the Office of Admissions and Records of West 
Virginia University, a completed application, application fee, and transcripts of all college 
work completed (directly from the institution). 

•Each applicant is required to have three reference letters (using standard forms 
available from the department) sent directly to the department; at least two of the three 
references should be from the institution the applicant last attended. 

•A minimum score of 550 on the TOEFL is required of all applicants from countries 
where the native language is not English. (Students who have completed a recent four 
year bachelor's degree in the USA need not submit these scores.) 

•All applicants who have not received their undergraduate degree in the United States 
are required to submit GRE General Test scores with the Engineering Subject Test score 
being optional. 

Provisional Admission An applicant who is not qualified for regular graduate student 
admission status, due either to insufficient grade-point average, incomplete credentials, 
or inadequate academic background, can be admitted as a provisional student. Require- 
ments for attaining regular student status must be stated in the letter of admission. Pro- 
visional students must sign a contract, which lists these requirements in detail, no later 
than their first registration. 

Program Outlines Students must comply with rules and regulations as outlined in the 
general requirements for graduate work. Each candidate will, with the approval and at 
the discretion of the graduate committee, follow a planned program which must conform 
to one of the following outlines: 

• A minimum of 30 semester credit hours, not more than six of which are in research 
leading to an acceptable thesis. 

• A minimum of 33 semester credit hours, not more than three of which are in re- 
search leading to an acceptable problem report. 

• A minimum of 36 semester credit hours, with no thesis or problem report required. 

No rigid curricula are prescribed for the degrees of master of science in civil engineer- 
ing and master of science in engineering. Graduate-level work in mathematics, mechanics, 
or other appropriate areas of science is customary; however, at least 15 semester hours of 
credit should normally be selected from graduate civil engineering courses. 

Civil and Environmental Engineering 283 



Thesis A thesis or problem is normally required of all candidates. While required credit in 
research (C E 497) is devoted to the thesis or report preparation, the thesis or problem 
report is not automatically approved after the required number of semester hours of 
research work have been completed. The thesis or problem report must conform with the 
general WVU requirements for graduate study and with any additional requirements es- 
tablished by the department. 

Examinations A candidate shall be required to pass an examination which may be writ- 
ten or oral or both, to be administered by the student's advisory and examining commit- 
tee. The examination shall cover course material and the thesis or problem report, de- 
pending upon the program followed. 

Approval for the M.S.C.E. degree is restricted to those holding a baccalaureate de- 
gree in civil engineering. 

Master of Science in Engineering 

The master of science in engineering program is available to students approved for 
the graduate program who possess a baccalaureate degree in a technical area other 
than civil engineering. Students entering this graduate program must complete appropri- 
ate undergraduate work as specified by departmental regulations. This degree program 
is administered by the College of Engineering and Mineral Resources; the program may 
emphasize civil engineering. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

The doctor of philosophy degree is administered through the College's interdiscipli- 
nary program; civil engineering may be the major. A candidate for the degree of doctor of 
philosophy must comply with the rules and regulations outlined in the general require- 
ments of the College of Engineering and Mineral Resources. The research work for the 
doctoral dissertation must show a high degree of originality on the part of the student and 
must constitute an original contribution to the art and science of civil engineering. 

Civil Engineering (C E) 

201. Principles of Boundary Surveying. 3 hr. PR: C E 105 or consent. A study of the 
retracement requirements for metes and bounds survey systems. The study will include 
interpretation and writing of the property descriptions, legal principles related to bound- 
ary establishment, and analytical approaches to boundary location. 3 hr. rec. 

212. Concrete and Aggregates. 3 hr. PR: C E 1 10 or consent. Considerations and meth- 
ods for the design of concrete mixes. Properties of portland cement and aggregates and 
their influence on the design and performance of concrete mixtures. Testing of concrete 
and aggregate and the significance of these tests. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

213. Construction Methods. 3 hr. PR: Junior or senior standing in civil engineering. Study 
of construction methods, equipment, and administration with particular emphasis on the 
influence of new developments in technology. 3 hr. rec. 

220. Computational Fluid Mechanics. 3 hr. PR: C E 121, E. 2 or consent. Use of the 
computer in elementary hydraulics, open channel flow, potential flow, and boundary layer 
flow, numerical techniques for solution of algebraic equations, ordinary differential equa- 
tions, and partial differential equations. 3 hr. rec. 



284 WVU Graduate Catalog 



225. Engineering Hydrology. II. 3 hr. PR: CE 121 or consent. Scientific basis of the hy- 
drologic cycle and its engineering implications; rainfall-runoff process, hydrographs, flood 
routing, and statistical methods. 3 hr. lee. 

227. Water Resources Engineering. II. 3 hr. PR: CE 225. Application of hydrologic and 
hydraulic principles in the design and analysis of water resource systems; probability 
concepts and economics in water resource planning, water law, reservoir operations, 
hydraulic structures, flood-damage mitigation, hydroelectric power, and drainage. 3 hr. lee. 

231. Highway Engineering. 3 hr. PR: CE 132, 181. Highway administration, economics 
and finance; planning and design; subgrade soils and drainage; construction and main- 
tenance. Design of a highway. Center-line and grade-line projections, earthwork and 
cost estimate. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

233. Urban Transportation Planning and Design. 3 hr. PR: CE 132 or consent. Principles 
of planning and physical design of transportation systems for different parts of the urban 
area. Land use, social, economic, and environmental compatibilities are emphasized. 
Evaluation and impact assessment. 

235. Railway Engineering. 3 hr. PR: CE 105. Development and importance of the rail- 
road industry. Location, construction, operation, and maintenance. 3 hr. rec. 

243. Environmental Science and Technology. I. 3 hr. PR: Engineering major. Issues of 
global atmospheric changes, minimization and control of hazardous wastes, groundwa- 
ter contamination, water pollution, air pollution, solid waste control, and management of 
water and energy resources. 3 hr. lee. 

245. Properties of Air Pollutants. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Physical, chemical, and biological 
behavioral properties of dusts, droplets, and gases in the atmosphere. Air pollutant sam- 
pling and analysis. Planning and operating air pollution surveys. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

247. Environmental Engineering Design. I. 3 hr. PR: CE 122. Process design of treat- 
ment/remediation systems; comparison of alternatives and preliminary cost evaluation. 

2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

251 . Public Health Engineering. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Engineering aspects involved in con- 
trol of the environment for protection of health and promotion of comfort of humans. 
Communicable disease control, milk and food sanitation, air pollution, refuse disposal, 
industrial hygiene, and radiological health hazards. 3 hr. rec. 

252. Water Resources Engineering. 3 hr. PR: CE 122. Application of hydrologic and 
hydraulic principles in the design and analysis of water resources systems. Topics in- 
clude hydraulic structures, economics and water law irrigation, hydroelectric power, navi- 
gation, flood-drainage litigation, and water-resources planning. 3 hr. rec. 

261. Structural Analysis 2. I, II. 3 hr. PR: CE 161 or consent. Fundamental theory of 
statically indeterminate structures; analysis of indeterminate beams, frames, and trusses 
by stiffness and flexibility methods; study of influence lines for beams, frames, and trusses. 

3 hr. lee. 

270. Reinforced Concrete Design. 3 hr. PR: CE 1 1 0, 1 61 ; PR or Cone: CE 261 . Behavior 
and design of reinforced concrete members. Material properties; design methods and 

Civil and Environmental Engineering 285 



safety considerations; flexure; shear; bond and anchorage; combined flexure and axial 
load; footings; introduction to torsion, slender columns, and prestressed concrete. 2 hr. 
lee, 3 hr. lab. 

271. Steel Design. 3 hr. PR: CE 110, 161; PR or Cone: CE 261. Design of steel bridge 
and building systems with emphasis on connections, beams, columns, plastic design, 
and cost estimates. 3 hr. rec. 

274. Timber Design. 3 hr. PR: CE 110, 161; PR or Cone: CE 261. Fundamentals of 
modern timber design and analysis. Topics include wood properties, design of beams, 
columns, trusses and pole structures using dimension lumber, glue-laminated products, 
and plywood. 3 hr. rec. 

275. Transportation Systems Rehabilitation and Maintenance. 3 hr. Introduction to reha- 
bilitation and maintenance of transportation infrastructure; definitions, issues and prob- 
lems; environmental impact, pavement and bridge maintenance and rehabilitation meth- 
ods with special consideration of stability, scour, and subsidence. 3 hr. lee. 

276. Conceptual Design of Structures. I. 3 hr. PR: CE 161 or consent. Classification, 
function, and conceptual analytical understanding of structural systems and components; 
design codes and modeling of loads; behavior of components and systems; design prin- 
ciples of structural systems. 3 hr. lee. 

281 . Foundations Engineering. 3 hr. PR: CE 1 81 . The practice of geotechnical engineer- 
ing, subsurface explorations, geotechnical analysis and design of shallow and deep foun- 
dations, retaining structures, stability of earth slopes, soil and site improvement. 3 hr. 
rec. 

283. Earthwork Design. 3 hr. PR: CE 181 . Use of soil mechanics principles in the analy- 
sis, design, and construction of earth structures. Principles of compaction and compac- 
tion control; an introduction to slope stability analysis and landslides, earth reinforce- 
ment systems, and ground improvement techniques. 3 hr. rec. 

284. Geotechnical Engineering Field Methods. II. 3 hr. PR: CE 181 . Soil exploration and 
groundwater sampling; in-situ determination of properties using the split spoon, cone, 
dilatometer, pressuremeter, and vane equipment. Instrumentation for monitoring field 
performance and challenges associated with exploration and monitoring in geotechnical/ 
geoenvironmental engineering. 3 hr. lee. 

290. Civil Engineering Problems. 1-6 hr. PR: Junior or senior standing. Special topics in 
various aspects of civil engineering analysis, design, and construction. 

31 1 . Pavement Design. 3 hr. PR: CE 281 or consent. Effects of traffic, soil, environment, 
and loads on the design and behavior of pavement systems. Design of pavement sys- 
tems. Consideration of drainage and climate. Pavement performance and performance 
surveys. 3 hr. rec. 

320. Groundwater Dynamics. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Introduction to groundwater, formula- 
tion of equations for saturated and unsaturated flow, analytical solutions for steady and 
transient cases, transport of pollutants and numerical techniques. 3 hr. rec. 



286 WVU Graduate Catalog 



322. Free Surface Hydrodynamics. I. 3 hr. PR: C E 122 or consent. The dynamics of 
liquid flow with a free surface under the influence of gravity; open channel hydraulics, 
wave motion, and buoyancy effects. 3 hr. lee. 

328. Groundwater Contaminant Transport. 1. 3 hr. PR: C E 320. Solute and particle trans- 
port; aqueous geochemistry; mathematics of mass transport; transformation; retarda- 
tion, and attenuation of solutes; modelling contaminant transport and remediation. 3 hr. 
lee. (Every third year.) 

332. Airport Planning and Design. 3 hr. PR: CE 132 or consent. Financing, air travel 
demand modeling, aircraft trends, traffic control, site selection, ground access, noise 
control, geometric design, pavement design, terminal facilities. 3 hr. rec. 

333. Geometric Design of Highways. 3 hr. PR: Consent. The theory and practice of geo- 
metric design of modern highways. Horizontal and vertical alignment, cross-slope, de- 
sign speed, sight distances, interchanges, and intersections. Critical analysis of design 
specifications. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

334. Introduction to Traffic Engineering. 3 hr. PR: CE 132 or consent. The purpose, 
scope, and methods of traffic engineering. Emphasis on the three basic elements of 
each element and interactions between the elements. Laboratory devoted to conducting 
simple traffic studies, solving practical problems, and designing traffic facilities. 2 hr. lee, 
3 hr. lab. 

336. Highway Planning. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Theory and practice of highway investment 
decision-making with emphasis on quantitative techniques of traffic assignment and travel 
demand forecasting, system evaluation, establishing priorities and programming. Both 
rural and urban highway systems are considered. 3 hr. rec. 

337. Public Transportation Engineering. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Design of rail and highway 
modes for urban and rural areas. Consideration of vehicle technology, facility and route 
design, conventional and paratransit services, and related marketing, finance and coor- 
dination issues. 3 hr. rec. 

338. Highway Safety Engineering. 3 hr. PR: CE 231 or consent. Relationship between 
human, vehicular, and roadway factors which impact safety; functional requirements of 
highway safety features; legal aspects; accident analysis; evaluation of highway safety 
projects. 3 hr. rec. 

339. Traffic Engineering Operations. 3 hr. PR: CE 334. Theory and practice of applica- 
tion of traffic engineering regulations; traffic control concepts for urban street systems 
and freeways; freeway surveillance and incident management; driver information sys- 
tems; traffic control system technology and management. 3 hr. rec. 

349. Solid Waste Disposal. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Patterns and problems of solid waste 
storage, transport, and disposal. Examinations of various engineering alternatives with 
appropriate consideration for air and water pollution control and land reclamation. Ana- 
lytical approaches to recovery and reuse of materials. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

350. Sanitary Chemistry and Biology. 3 hr. PR: C E 1 22 or consent. Study of physical and 
chemical properties of water. Theory and methods of chemical analysis of water, sewage, 
and industrial wastes. Biological aspects of stream pollution problems. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

Civil and Environmental Engineering 287 



356. Principles of Biological Waste Treatment. 3 hr. PR: C E 350 or consent. Examina- 
tion of biological treatment systems related to microbiology and function. Models used to 
describe system behavior and kinetics are developed. Laboratory and field experiments 
are performed to understand the relation between operation and design. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

361. Statically Indeterminate Structures. 3 hr. PR: C E 261 or consent. Force and dis- 
placement methods of analysis; energy principles and their application to trusses, frames, 
and grids; effects of axial forces; influence lines for frames, arches, and trusses; second- 
ary stress analysis. 3 hr. rec. 

363. Introduction to Structural Dynamics. 3 hr. PR: C E 361 or 460. General theory for 
dynamic response of systems having one or several degrees of freedom. Emphasis on 
the application of dynamic response theory to structural design. 3 hr. rec. 

364. Nondestructive Material and Structural Evaluations. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Nonde- 
structive evaluation (NDE) using techniques based on mechanical and electromagnetic 
wave propagation; theory and applications of various NDE techniques including infrared 
thermography, dynamic characterization, seismic reflection and refraction, ultrasonics, 
acoustic emission, and radar. 3 hr. lee. 

366. Advanced Materials for Infrastructure. I. 3 hr. PR: C E 270 and 271 . Introduction to 
principles of material science; material structure, characterization at coupon and compo- 
nent level, practical information on fiber reinforced shapes; establishment of failure analysis 
and standardization. 3 hr. lee. 

373. Prestressed Concrete. 3 hr. PR: C E 261, 270 or consent. Behavior and design of 
prestressed concrete members. Materials, bending, shear, torsion, methods of prestress- 
ing, prestress losses, deflections, compression members, composite members, indeter- 
minate structures. 3 hr. rec. 

380. So/7 Properties and Behavior. 3 hr. PR: C E 281 or consent. Soil mineralogy and the 
physicochemical properties of soils and their application to an understanding of perme- 
ability, consolidation, shear strength, and compaction. Prediction of engineering behav- 
ior of soils in light of physicochemical concepts. 3 hr. rec. 

381. So/7 Testing. 3 hr. PR: C E 181 or consent. Experimental evaluation of soil proper- 
ties and behavior. Emphasis is placed on the proper interpretation of experimental re- 
sults and application of such results to practical problems. 1 hr. lee, 6 hr. lab. 

382. The Finite Element Method. II. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing in C E or MAE or con- 
sent. Introductory treatment of theoretical basis of finite element method, mathematical 
formulation, different types of elements, stress analysis in solids, applications, and com- 
puter implementation. 

385. Airphoto Interpretation. 3 hr. Study of techniques for obtaining qualitative informa- 
tion concerning type and engineering characteristics of surficial materials. Use of airphoto 
interpretation for evaluation of engineering problems encountered in design and location 
of engineering facilities. 3 hr. rec. 

393. Advanced Finite Element Methods. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Formulation procedures and 
applications of finite element methods to two- and three-dimensional problems, tech- 
niques for nonlinear analysis computer implementation; applications in field problems, 
flow, and dynamics. 

288 WVU Graduate Catalog 



421. Environmental Fluid Mechanics. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Equations of motion includ- 
ing buoyancy and Coriolis force; mechanics of jets and plumes; diffusion, dispersion, 
and mixing in rivers, lakes, reservoirs, and estuaries 3 hr. lee. (Every third year.) 

427. Wastewater System Conveyance. I. 3 hr. PR: C E 122 or equiv., or consent. Water 
and wastewater flows and measurement, design of water transportation systems, design 
of gravity-flow sanitary sewers and stormwater drainage systems, pumps and pump sys- 
tems, and design of pumping stations. 3 hr. lee. 

432. Transportation Systems Analysis. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Systematic examination of the 
interaction between transport technology, activity systems, and traffic flows. Quantitative 
analysis of the relationship among vehicle cycles, networks, congestion, choice behav- 
ior, cost functions, and resulting travel-market equilibration. 3 hr. rec. 

440. Deterministic Hydrology. 3 hr. PR: Consent. An in-depth treatment of the dynamics 
of the accumulation of runoff, including the formulation of the unsteady surface flow equa- 
tions and the unsteady saturated-unsaturated subsurface flow equations. Both analytical 
and numerical solutions are presented with applications. 3 hr. rec. 

441 . Stochastic Hydrology. 3 hr. PR: Consent. The use of probabilistic and random pro- 
cesses techniques in the study of hydrologic problems, including multivariate time series 
and frequency-domain analyses of hydrologic data, and stochastic modeling of multidi- 
mensional hydrologic processes. 3 hr. rec. 

450. Environmental Systems Engineering. 3 hr. PR: CE 252 or consent. Mathematical 
and computer modelling of environmental systems with emphasis on decision-making; 
applications will be selected from some or all of the following areas: water quality, water 
resources planning, solid waste management, waste treatment. 3 hr. rec. 

452. Water Treatment Theory. 3 hr. PR: CE 350. Theory of various procedures and tech- 
niques utilized in treatment of water for municipal and industrial use. Review of water 
quality criteria. Design of water purification facilities. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

454. Industrial and Advanced Waste Treatment. 3 hr. PR or Cone: C E 350 or consent. 
Basic physical and chemical unit operations used in industrial and advanced waste treat- 
ment; applications for waste water reclamation and reuse; study of industrial wastes 
from standpoint of process, source, and treatment. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

458. Design of Sanitary Works. 3 hr. PR: C E 121. Water supply and waste water dis- 
posal problems. Design of treatment facilities. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

460. Finite Element Methods in Structural Analysis. 3 hr. PR: C E 361 or consent. Rela- 
tionships of elasticity theory; definitions and basic element operations; direct and varia- 
tional methods of triangular and rectangular elements related to plane stress, plane strain, 
and flat plates in bending; variational principles in global analysis. 3 hr. rec. 

461 . Bridge Engineering. 3 hr. PR: C E 361 or consent. Statically indeterminate trusses, 
continuous trusses; steel and concrete arches; long-span and suspension bridges; sec- 
ondary stresses. 3 hr. rec. 

462. Numerical Analysis of Engineering Systems. 3 hr. PR: C E 361 or consent. Numeri- 
cal methods for the solution of equilibrium, eigenvalue and propagation problems of dis- 

Civil and Environmental Engineering 289 



crete and continuous structural systems with special emphasis on weighted residual 
techniques. 3 hr. rec. 

470. Behavior of Steel Members. 3 hr. PR: C E 271 or consent. Elastic behavior of steel 
members subjected to axial load, bending, and torsion. Elastic and inelastic response of 
beams, columns, and beam-columns to load and the resulting design implications. Com- 
parison with standard steel codes and specifications. 3 hr. rec. 

471 . Light Gage Metal Design. 3 hr. PR: C E 261 , 271 , or consent. Analysis and design 
of light gage material systems; flexural and compression members design; investiga- 
tions into post buckling strength and optimum weight systems. 3 hr. rec. 

473. Structural Design for Dynamic Loads. 3 hr. PR: C E 363 or consent. Nature of 
dynamic loading caused by earthquakes and nuclear weapons blasts; nature of dynamic 
resistance of structural elements and structural systems; criteria for design of blast-re- 
sistant and earthquake resistant structures; simplified and approximate design methods. 
3 hr. rec. 

475. Analysis and Design of Multistory Structures. 3 hr. (May be repeated once.) PR: CE 
363, and CE 270 or 271 . Introduction; service, structural and construction systems; analy- 
sis and design for lateral and gravity forces; structural modeling; computer applications; 
approximate methods; connections; foundations; review of standard building codes; spe- 
cial topics. 3 hr. rec. 

476. Behavior of Reinforced Concrete Members. 3 hr. PR: CE 270 or consent. Studies of 
actual member behavior; members in flexure, combined flexure, shear, and torsion; bond 
and anchorage; combined axial load and flexure; slender columns; deep beams; deriva- 
tion of current code provisions. 3 hr. rec. 

481 . Advanced Mechanics of Soils. 3 hr. PR: CE 181 , 381 , MAE 318 or consent. Stress 
invariants, stress history and stress path, elastic and quasi-elastic models for soils; soil 
plasticity, failure theories for soils; critical state soil mechanics, and determination of 
construction parameters. 3 hr. rec. 

482. Advanced Foundation Analysis. 3 hr. PR: CE 281 or consent. Study of soil-structure 
interaction. Applications of principles of soil mechanics and numerical methods for analysis 
and design of geotechnical structures: strip footings, axially and laterally loaded piles, 
braced excavations, sheet pile walls, tunnel lining, and buried pipes and culverts. 3 hr. rec. 

483. Advanced Earthwork Design. 3 hr. PR: CE 283 or consent. Application of the prin- 
ciples of theoretical soil mechanics to the design of embankments of earth and rock. In- 
depth study of compaction theory, stability of natural and man-made slopes by limit equi- 
librium and deformation considerations. 3 hr. rec. 

484. Groundwater and Seepage. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Flow of groundwater through soils 
and its application to the design of highways and dams and to construction operations. 
Emphasis is placed on both the analytical and classical flow net techniques for solving 
seepage problems. 3 hr. rec. 

485. Geotechnical Risk Assessment. 3 hr. PR: CE 281, 283 or consent. Application of 
probabilistic and statistical principles to geotechnical analysis and design. Random spatial 



290 WVU Graduate Catalog 



variability of soil properties; decision under uncertainty; reliability of geotechnical struc- 
tures. 3 hr. rec. 

486. Soil Dynamics. 3 hr. PR: CE 380 and consent. Consideration of the simple damped 
oscillator, wave propagation in elastic media, dynamic field and laboratory tests, dy- 
namic soil properties, and foundation vibrations. Introduction to geotechnical aspects of 
earthquake engineering. 3 hr. rec. 

488. Geotechnical Case Histories. 3 hr. PR: CE 281 and 283 or consent. Application of 
the principles of geotechnical engineering to professional practice as taught through the 
case histories approach. Study of actual problems in geotechnical engineering and their 
solutions. 3 hr. rec. 

491. Advanced Study. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigations in advanced subjects which 
are not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study may be independent or through 
specially scheduled lectures. 

495. Seminar. 1-2 hr. PR: Consent. Studies and group discussion of structural, fluid 
mechanics, surveying, transportation, soil mechanics and foundations, and sanitary prob- 
lems. 

496. Graduate Seminar. 1 hr. PR: Consent. Each graduate student will present at least 
one seminar to the assembled faculty and graduate student body of the student's program. 

497. Research. 1-15 hr. 

498. Thesis. 2-4 hr. PR: Consent. 



Electrical and Computer Engineering 

Roy S. Nutter, Jr., Ph.D., RE., Chairperson 
Muhammad A. Choudhry Ph.D., Graduate Coordinator 
823 Engineering Science Building 
e-mail: ece-info@cemr.wvu.edu 
web: http://www.ece.wvu.edu/ 
Degrees Offered: 

Master of Science in Electrical Engineering 

Master of Science in Engineering with a major in Electrical or Computer 
Engineering 

Doctor of Philosophy with a major in Electrical or Computer Engineering 

Faculty 

The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, with 16 faculty members, 
250 undergraduate students, and over 75 graduate students, offers an excellent gradu- 
ate program. Faculty members in the department have diverse and extensive expertise 
in industry, research, and graduate instruction, providing opportunities for students to 
pursue graduate study in either theory-oriented or application-oriented fields. 



Electrical and Computer Engineering 291 



Facilities 

The department has offices and instruction laboratories on three floors in the Engi- 
neering Sciences Building and research laboratories which are located in the Engineer- 
ing Research Building. The research laboratories consist of Power and Control Systems, 
Communication Systems, Flexible Automation in Underground Mining, Mine Manage- 
ment Support, Computer Automation, Computer Aided Lumber Processing, Neural Net- 
work Applications, and Microelectronic Systems. The Microelectronics Systems Research 
Center is located within the department. All departmental graduate students have ac- 
cess to mainframe workstations and personal computers, and various work stations for 
both class work and research. Through external funding, the department maintains mod- 
ern test equipment, microprocessor/digital-signal-processing development systems, com- 
puters, specialized software, and other equipment. 

Computing Facilities 

The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering operates and maintains a 
number of dedicated computers running the UNIX operating system. These computers 
support both the instructional and research activities of the department. These systems 
are SUN workstations, PCs, and a variety of stand-alone microcomputers. Students and 
faculty can access several software packages via the Novell network in the College of 
Engineering and Mineral Resources. In addition the department is linked to two college 
servers and to the extensive computing facilities of WVNET by means of an ETHERNET 
and FDDI system. The department has access to several additional worldwide comput- 
ing services via INTERNET and the Pittsburgh Supercomputing Center. 

Programs 

The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering offers programs leading to 
the master of science in electrical engineering (M.S.E.E.) and participates in the College 
of Engineering and Mineral Resources interdisciplinary program offering the master of 
science in engineering (M.S.E.) and the doctor of philosophy (Ph.D.), all with specializa- 
tion in electrical engineering or computer engineering. Master of science students must 
comply with the rules for master's degrees as set forth by both the college in the Guide- 
lines for Masters Degree Programs Offered in the College of Engineering and Mineral 
Resources and by the department in the Master of Science Program Guidelines. Doctor 
of philosophy students must comply with the rules set forth by both the college in The 
College of Engineering and Mineral Resources Doctor of Philosophy Program Guide- 
lines and the department in the Doctor of Philosophy Program Guidelines. 

Admission 

Applications for admission to the graduate program are made through the Office of 
Admissions and Records, P.O. Box 6009, Morgantown, WV 26506-6009. Informational 
inquiries may be addressed to the Graduate Coordinator of Electrical and Computer 
Engineering, P.O. Box 6104, Morgantown, WV 26506-6104. 

Admission requirements for the M.S. program may be summarized as follows: 

• An applicant must have an excellent record in previous college work. A minimum 
cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 (of 4.0), or its equivalent, is required for admission 
as a graduate student in electrical and computer engineering. 

• All applicants must submit scores of the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record 
Examination (GRE). A score of 80 percentile rank is required on the quantitative part of 
the test. 

• All students whose native language is not English must submit Test of English as a 
Foreign Language (TOEFL) scores. A minimum score of 550 is required for admission. 
In addition, they must attend New Student Orientation and take the Michigan Test of 

292 WVU Graduate Catalog 



English. The results of this test will determine if the student will be required to take En- 
glish as a Foreign Language (EFL) course(s). 

• An applicant not qualified for the regular graduate student admission status, due to 
insufficient grade-point average, incomplete credentials, or inadequate academic back- 
ground, may be admitted as a provisional student. Requirements for attaining regular 
student status must be stated in the letter of admission. Provisional students must sign a 
contract listing these requirements in detail no later than their first registration. 

Doctor of Philosophy Admission 

Admission to the doctor of philosophy program in ECE is open to students who 
qualify unconditionally for graduate study (see above -under M.S. admission) and who 
have obtained an M.S. degree in science or engineering. In addition to transcripts and 
test scores required for M.S. admission, Ph.D. applicants must submit three letters of 
recommendation and a statement of purpose. Ph.D. applicants without a master's de- 
gree will be admitted to a master's program as the first stage in attaining the Ph.D. 

All students beginning graduate study will be given an entrance interview by the 
graduate coordinator to assist them in choosing classes before the end of the first week 
of classes of the semester they arrive on campus. The interview determines if the stu- 
dent needs remedial course work in order to pursue a graduate degree. Subsequently, 
an advisory and examining committee (AEC) must be formed and a plan of study pre- 
pared before the student registers for the second semester of classes. The student must 
declare a primary emphasis area within the department on the plan of study, as well as 
the intended option (course work, report, thesis) and courses to be taken. 

Students with deficiencies in their undergraduate programs may be required to take 
some courses as prerequisites for graduate courses. These deficiencies are usually noted 
as a condition for admission. However, they may also be specified as a result of the 
entrance interview or by the AEC. 

Areas of Research 

The department is enthusiastically and vigorously involved in research, technical 
publication, and graduate instruction at the forefront of the field. The areas of emphasis 
are: 

• Computer systems, including microprocessor applications, advanced computer 
architecture, neural networks, fuzzy logic, parallel processing, VLSI testing techniques, 
fault tolerant design, software metrics, and software engineering. 

• Control systems, including classical and modern control theory and applications. 

• Communications and signal processing, including computer networks and image 
processing systems. 

• Electric power systems and power electronics, including stability and control, tran- 
sients, and steady state analysis, real time control, protection, electric machines, drives, 
and advanced motion controllers, electric and hybrid electric vehicles. 

• Electronics, including integrated circuit devices, VLSI, optoelectronics, high perfor- 
mance packaging, and microfabrication. 

Computer Systems 

Computer engineering is a very broad area, covering hardware, firmware, and soft- 
ware components of complex digital systems and system components. Software and 
hardware systems design are the most technologically intensive components of the elec- 
trical and computer engineering curriculum. A large selection of hardware and software 
graduate courses are offered in the department. These cover topics such as switching 



Electrical and Computer Engineering 293 



theory, digital communication systems, VLSI design and testing, fault-tolerant comput- 
ing, computer architecture, neural networks, applied fuzzy logic, real-time software de- 
sign and development, and C++ object-oriented programming. In addition, the depart- 
ment collaborates very closely with the computer science faculty. Graduate students in 
the computer engineering area are encouraged to include courses from the Computer 
Science Department in their program. A broad spectrum of research topics of both ap- 
plied and theoretical nature are undertaken in the department. Some examples are: soft- 
ware verification and validation, software process improvement, software development 
environments for signal processing applications, parallel processing of fingerprint image 
comparison systems, fast adaptive routing algorithms for processor arrays, communica- 
tion switching systems, information systems, computational accelerator using digital sig- 
nal processing arrays, an automated lumber processing system, neural network medical 
and industrial applications, autonomous robotics, computer controlled electric and hy- 
brid vehicle instrumentation, a distributed microprocessor monitoring system, knowledge- 
based decision support system, and microprocessor-based instrumentation. The depart- 
ment offers dedicated laboratories equipped with personal computers and workstations 
to support classroom instruction and research. A number of computer engineering fac- 
ulty have close cooperation with several interdisciplinary research centers at WVU such 
as the Concurrent Engineering Research Center, the Alternate Fuel Research Center, 
and the Constructed Facility Research Center. 

Control Systems 

The study of control systems is highly mathematical with a broad range of applica- 
tions. This subject area interests those who wish to apply technology to the control of 
dynamical systems, for which signals from sensors, usually processed by a computer, 
are necessary. Consequently, the student interested in control systems will also take 
course work in computer systems and digital signal processing. The graduate curriculum 
in control and systems engineering consists of courses in both classical and modern 
control theory and applications, including modeling techniques in both the frequency and 
time domains for continuous and discrete time systems, optimal control, digital control, 
and estimation theory; classical techniques for control systems and design tools such as 
root locus, Nyquist, and Bode methods for linear time-variant systems are also included. 
Additional courses are available in adaptive control, large scale systems, and stochastic 
control. Currently, the faculty in control systems are actively involved in a number of 
research areas, including both sponsored and unsponsored research activities, with some 
projects relating to specific applications and some being of a theoretical nature and hav- 
ing a wide range of applications. Research projects in control and systems engineering 
include: research in large scale systems, design of fast-estimation algorithms for distrib- 
uted systems, reduced-order systems design, application of H-infinity methods, nonlin- 
ear systems control, deconvolution methods for seismic signal processing, and applica- 
tion of control theory to power systems and communications. 

Faculty research in the control area currently is sponsored by the U.S. Department 
of Energy, the National Science Foundation, the state of West Virginia, and private orga- 
nizations. 

Communications/Signal Processing 

Communications and signal processing, though distinct topics, are alike in many 
ways. Communications has evolved rapidly from the basic voice telephone service to a 
rich set of communications systems carrying voice, data, video, and other information. 
The integration of computers with communications systems has enabled powerful infor- 
mation systems for a wide range of applications. Advances in signal processing theory, 



294 WVU Graduate Catalog 



physical technologies, and powerful digital signal processors (DSPs) have combined to 
dramatically expand the applications of signal processing. 

Research activities address the primary areas of theory, technology, and applica- 
tions. Research in communications theory explores new principles for higher performance 
or improved analysis of communications systems. Signal processing theory research 
explores new principles for the understanding and manipulation of analog and digital 
signals. These theoretical foundations drive a wide range of applied research. Projects 
include state space approaches to adaptive equalization and optimal and robust receiv- 
ers for CDMA. 

Research on technologies extends from basic devices through full testbed systems. 
Projects include photonics and high speed electronics for optical communications, ad- 
vanced system packaging and interconnections for high performance systems, and par- 
allel DSP arrays. 

Applications research includes information systems which integrate computing and 
communications for distance education, distance collaborations and other information- 
age applications. Image processing applications in areas such as pattern matching, 
medical imaging, and inspection systems are also investigated. 

Electrical Power Systems 

Electrical power systems historically have been an area of emphasis in the electrical 
engineering curriculum, and the graduate program in power systems at WVU is mature. 
Five graduate courses are offered on a regular basis. In addition, there are four senior 
elective/graduate courses: distribution, industrial power systems, power electronics, and 
advanced power systems analysis. Recent and current research activities include: reli- 
ability, grounding, transmission, electric transportation, modeling, stability analysis, opti- 
mal design, design of modulation controllers for multiterminal ac/dc power systems, electric 
drives, electric machines, advanced motion control systems, and power electronics. Ex- 
ternally funded projects include: robust design of modulation controllers for flexible ac/dc 
transmission lines, optimal design of permanent magnet brushless machines, spacecraft 
power storage controllers, investigation of voltage/current characteristics of MOS-con- 
trolled thyristors with static and dynamic loads, and identification and decentralized 
control of critical modes. These projects provide excellent support for both graduate 
student and faculty research. Extensive interaction with industry provides ample oppor- 
tunity for direct contact with practitioners in the field. 

Microelectronic and Photonic Systems 

Courses are offered in advanced circuit analysis, integrated circuits (both analog 
and digital), noise and grounding, power electronics, and VLSI design. Recent research 
efforts include electronic instrumentation and control, characterization of MCTs (MOSFET 
controlled thyristors), and development of capacitive sensors for robotics applications. A 
major new thrust is in the area of VLSI design, including circuit fundamentals, device 
physics, and system principles, along with teaching the fundamentals of CAD/CAE tools. 
A new laboratory has been set up for optoelectronic and wafer-scale integrated circuit 
research. 

Master of Science in Electrical Engineering 

There are three options available for students to gain a master's degree: Course 
work only (subject to the student's AEC approval), thesis, or problem report. 

Course Work/Thesis/Problem Report 

Students following the course work program must take a minimum of 33 credit 
hours of course work plus two hours of graduate seminar. Students following the 

Electrical and Computer Engineering 295 



problem report option must take a minimum of 30 hours of course work, two hours of 
graduate seminar, and a minimum of three credit hours of research or independent study 
leading to a problem report. Students following the thesis option must take a minimum of 
24 credit hours of course work, two hours of graduate seminar, and a minimum of six 
credit hours of thesis research. Those students who lack course prerequisites may re- 
quire more than three semesters of full-time study to complete the degree. Students 
supported by research assistantships may also require more than three semesters to 
complete the degree and are expected to pursue the thesis option. 

Students pursuing either the thesis or problem report option leading to the M.S. 
degree must have the thesis or problem report approved by the Advisory and Examining 
Committee before it be accepted. The student must also pass a final oral examination 
and defense of the thesis or problem report administered by the AEC. 

Master of Science in Engineering Program 

The master of science in engineering program is available to students who are inter- 
ested in graduate work in electrical or computer engineering but hold a baccalaureate 
degree from another field of engineering or from another discipline. Students with a bac- 
calaureate degree from another field of engineering or from one of the sciences should 
contact the department for further information. In general, a student in the M.S.E. pro- 
gram will be expected either to complete certain undergraduate prerequisite courses or 
to attain equivalent competence but may not be required to complete all of the require- 
ments equivalent to the B.S.E.E. or B.S.C.E. degree. However, all graduate students will 
be required to meet the prerequisites for each course taken for credit. 

Doctor of Philosophy Program 

The doctor of philosophy program should be considered by those with the superior 
academic achievement and desire to pursue a career of research or teaching. Students 
interested in the Ph.D. program in electrical engineering or computer engineering should 
contact the department for information. 

Program Length A typical Ph.D. program will take between three to four years beyond the 
baccalaureate degree, although scholarly achievements are more important than the 
length of the program, which does not depend solely on the accumulation of credit hours. 
The courses chosen for a program are selected to develop expertise in the student's 
area of interest and to strengthen knowledge of other areas that will support research 
endeavors. 

Examinations Ph.D. students are required to pass a written qualifying examination, nor- 
mally within one year of their first enrollment in the Ph.D. program. The student must 
complete course work requirements as specified by the AEC, at least 18 hours of which 
must be at the 300 and 400 level at WVU. The student is also required to pass a written 
and oral candidacy examination given by the AEC and to successfully defend in oral 
examination a written research proposal. When all required course work is completed, 
the qualifying and candidacy examinations are passed, and the research proposal is 
successfully defended, the student is formally admitted to candidacy for the Ph.D. de- 
gree. For full-time students, admission to candidacy must occur within three years of 
entering the Ph.D. program. After the student completes the research (at least 24 credit 
hours) and prepares a dissertation, the final examination consists of a public defense of 
the dissertation. All requirements for the degree must be completed within five years 
after the student has been admitted to candidacy. 



296 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Research Research work for the doctoral dissertation is expected to represent a signifi- 
cant contribution to engineering. It may entail a fundamental investigation into a special- 
ized area or a broad and comprehensive system analysis or design. 

Computer Engineering (CP E) 

242. Introduction to Digital Computer Architecture. 3 hr. PR: MATH 215, CP E 1 10, 1 1 1 . 
Control, data, and demand-driven computer architecture; parallel processing, 
pipelining, and vector processing; structures and algorithms for array processors, 
systolic architecture. 

270. Digital Systems Design. 3 hr. PR: CP E 71. Hierarchical design methods, from the 
machine architecture, through data flow concepts and control flow concepts, to imple- 
mentation. Topics include: design methodology, design techniques, machine organiza- 
tion, control unit implementation and interface design. 3 hr. lee. 

271. Switching and Automata Theory. 3 hr. PR: CP E 71, 110, and MATH 215. Reliable 
design and fault diagnosis; synchronous and asynchronous sequential machines; finite 
state machines with automata theory. 

291. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of topics not covered in 
regularly scheduled courses. 

370. Switching Circuit Theory 1. 3 hr. PR: CP E 71 or equiv. Course presumes an under- 
standing of the elements of Boolean or switching algebra. Study of both combinational 
and sequential switching circuits with emphasis on sequential networks. Advanced manual 
design and computer-aided design techniques for single and multiple output combina- 
tional circuits. Analysis and design of sequential circuits. Detection and prevention of 
undesired transient outputs. 3 hr. rec. 

372. Advanced Computer Architecture. 3 hr. PR: CP E 71 and 110, 111 or consent. For- 
mal tools for designing large digital systems are introduced; formal descriptive algebras 
such as ISP, PMS, AHPL, CDL, and others. An in-depth study of computer system de- 
signs including instruction design and data path design. 3 hr. rec. 

373. Design of Computer Arithmetic Circuits. 3 hr. PR: CP E 71 or equiv. Study of logic 
networks usable in performing binary arithmetic. Emphasis is on design of high-speed, 
parallel arithmetic units using binary numbers. Consideration of systems for represen- 
tation of negative numbers. Available arithmetic subsystems are studied. 3 hr. rec. 

390. Advanced Independent Study. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Individual investigation in 
advanced electrical engineering subjects not covered in formal courses. 

391 . Advanced Topics. I, II. S. 1 -6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced topics not 
covered in regularly scheduled courses. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research 
activities leading to a thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly 
project. 

471. Switching Circuit Theory 2. 3 hr. PR: CP E 370, MATH 236, or equiv. Switching 
circuit theory is used to model the operations of networks of logic gates and flip-flops. 
Networks of this type are one form of discrete parameter systems. Studies the use of 

Electrical and Computer Engineering 297 



linear sequential machine as a means of modeling the general class of discrete 
parameter information systems. Systems approach and the techniques of abstract 
algebra used throughout. 3 hr. rec. 

472. Digital Systems Design 2. 3 hr. PR: CP E 372 or consent. Students will design a 
specific digital system, i.e., CPU control, interrupt structure, memory, or input/ output 
system. They will design and test a project oriented toward one specific objective. 

491 . Advanced Study. 1 -6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced subjects which are 
not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study may be independent or through 
specially scheduled lectures. 

497. Research. 1-15 hr. 

Electrical Engineering (E E) 

216. Fund of Control Systems. 3 hr. PR: E E 124. Introduction to classical and modern 
control; signal flow graphs; state-variable characterization; time-domain, root locus, and 
frequency techniques; stability criteria. 3 hr. rec. 

230. Electr Power Distribution Syst. 3 hr. PR: E E 131, 136 or consent. General 
considerations; load characteristics; subtransmission and distribution substations; pri- 
mary and secondary distribution; secondary network systems; distribution transformers; 
voltage regulation and application of capacitors; voltage fluctuations; protective device 
coordination. 3 hr. rec. 

231. Po wer Systems Analysis. 3 hr. PR: EE 131, 136 or consent. Incidence and network 
matrices, Y-Bus, symmetrical and unsymmetrical faults, load-flow and economic dis- 
patch, MW-frequency and MVAR-voltage control. The power system simulator will be 
used for demonstrations. 3 hr. rec. 

236. Intro to Power Electronics. 3 hr. PR: E E 1 30 and 1 58, 1 59 (concurrently) orconsent. 
Application of power semiconductor components and devices to power system prob- 
lems; power control, conidtioning processing, and switching. Course supplemented by 
laboratory problems. 3 hr. lee. 

248. Fiberoptic Communications. 3 hr. PR: E E 126, 141 , 151 . Fundamentals of optics 
and light wave propagation, guided wave propagation and optical wave guides, light 
sources and light detectors, couplers, connections, and fiber networks, modulation, 
noise, and detection in communication systems. 3 hr. rec. 

251. Noise and Grounding of Electronic Systems. 1 hr. PR: E E 158, 159 or consent. 
Analysis of extrinsic and intrinsic noise in electronic circuits. Design techniques to reduce 
or eliminate noise. 1 hr. rec. 

252. Operational Amplifier Applications. 3 hr. PR: E E 158, 159. Linear integrated circuit 
building blocks applied to such functions as amplification, controlled frequency re- 
sponse, analog-digital conversion, sampling, and waveform generation. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

257. Transistor Circuits. 3 hr. PR: E E 1 58, 1 59 or equiv. Analysis and design of subcircuits 
used in analog integrated circuit modules. Transistor models, low-frequency response of 
multistage amplifiers, current sources, output stages and active loads. 3 hr. lee. 



298 WVU Graduate Catalog 



264. Introduction to Communications Systems. 3 hr. PR: E E 126. Introduction to the first 
principles of communications systems design. Analysis and comparison of standard analog 
and pulse modulation techniques relative to bandwidth, noise, threshold, and hardware 
constraints. Communications systems treated as opposed to individual circuits and com- 
ponents of the system. 3 hr. lee. 

268. Digital Signal Processing Fundamentals. 3 hr. PR: E E 126, 127, 156, 157. Theo- 
ries, techniques, and procedure used in analysis, design, and implementation of digital 
and sampled data filters. Algorithms and computer programming for software realization. 
Digital and sampled data realizations, switched capacitor and charge-coupled device 
IC's. 3 hr. lee. 

281. Biomedical Electrical Measurements. 2 hr. PR: E E 158 and 159 or consent. Bio- 
medical instrumentation for human subjects. Origin and characteristics of biological elec- 
trical signals. Instrument design requirements and detailed analysis of cardiac support 
and intensive-care monitoring equipment. 2 hr. lee. 

291. Special Topics in Electrical Engineering. 1-3 hr. PR: Junior, senior, or graduate 
standing, or consent. The investigation of advanced topics not covered in regularly sched- 
uled courses. 1-3 hr. lee. 

314. Stochastic Systems Theory. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Probability distribution and density 
functions. Bayes rule and conditional probability. Stochastic process and linear systems. 
Gauss-Markov Process. Optimal linear estimation. Introduction to Wiener and Kalman 
filtering. Decision theory fundamentals. 3 hr. rec. 

315. Linear Control Systems. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Basic concepts in the theory of linear 
control systems: state variable representation, solution of state equations, controllability, 
observability, stability, transfer function descriptions, design of controllers and observ- 
ers. 3 hr. rec. 

316. Optimal Control. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Methods of direct synthesis and optimization 
of feedback systems; Wiener theory; Pontryagin's maximum principle; dynamic pro- 
gramming; adaptive feedback systems. 3 hr. rec. 

317. Digital Control. 3 hr. PR: E E 21 6 or equiv. or consent. Sampling of continuous-time 
signals; transform analysis; analysis of discrete-time systems. Translation of analog 
design. Controllability and observability; State-space design methods; and introduction 
to optimal control for discrete systems. 3 hr. rec. 

325. Advanced Linear Circuit Analysis. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Systematic formulation of 
circuit equations. Use of operational techniques to find total solutions. Applications and 
characteristics of the Laplace and Fourier transforms, matrix algebra, complex variable 
theory and state variables are made to circuit analysis and elementary circuit synthesis. 
3 hr. rec. 

330. Advanced Electrical Machinery. 3 hr. PR: E E 131, 136 or consent. Theory and 
modeling of synchronous, induction, and direct-current machines, and their steady-state 
and transient analysis. 3 hr. rec. 

333. Comp Appl Power Syst Analysis. 3 hr. PR: E E 231 or consent. Steady state analy- 
sis by digital computers of large integrated electrical power systems. Bus admittance 

Electrical and Computer Engineering 299 



and Impedance matrices, load flow studies, economic dispatch and optimal power flow, 
steady state security analysis, fault studies. 3 hr. rec. 

334. Power Syst Contr and Stability. 3 hr. PR: E E 131 , 315. Review of stability theory, 
classical transient analysis, dynamical models of synchronous machines, power system 
stability under small and large perturbations, dynamic simulation of power systems. 3 hr. 
rec. 

350. Electronic Circuits. 3 hr. PR: E E 158 and 159, or equiv. Analysis and design of 
electronic circuits; low-pass amplifiers, feedback, frequency response and stability of 
feedback amplifiers, nonlinear analog circuits. 3 hr. rec. 

357. Linear Integrated Circuits. 3 hr. PR: E E 158, 159 or equiv. (Primarily for students 
specializing in communication and electronics.) Techniques of integrated circuit design 
and fabrication. Development of models descriptive of linear and nonlinear transistor 
operation. Design and analysis of high-frequency tuned, direct-current, and differential 
amplifiers. 3 hr. rec. 

358. Integrated Logic Circuits. 3 hr. PR: E E 156, 157 or equiv. or consent. (Intended for 
students specializing in digital circuits.) Techniques of integrated circuit design and fabri- 
cation. Development of transistor model for nonlinear operation. Design, analysis, and 
comparison of emitter-coupled, direct-coupled, diode-transistor, and transistor-transistor 
integrated logic circuits. 3 hr. rec. 

364. Communication Theory. 3 hr. PR: E E 264 or consent. Detailed study of probability 
theory and its use in describing random variables and stochastic processes. Emphasis 
on applications to problems in communication system design. 3 hr. rec. 

366. Information Theory 1. 3 hr. PR: E E 364. Probability concepts; theory of discrete 
systems; encoding; theory of continuous systems; systems with memory; the fundamen- 
tal theorem of information theory. 3 hr. rec. 

390. Advanced Independent Study. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Individual investigation in ad- 
vanced subjects not covered in formal courses. 

391 . Advanced Topics. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation of advanced topics not 
covered in regularly scheduled courses. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activi- 
ties leading to a thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly project. 

41 1 . Nonlin Control System Analysis. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Application of Liapunov's and 
Popov's methods to nonlinear control systems, together with classical techniques. 3 hr. rec. 

413. Sample-Data Control Systems. 3 hr. PR: E E 312 or consent. A study of control 
systems in which the activating signal is represented by samples at regular time inter- 
vals. 3 hr. rec. 

415. Large-Scale Syst Modeling Cont. 3 hr. PR: E E 315. Characterization of large-scale 
systems, model simplification through aggregation and perturbation methods, optimal 
and chained aggregation, balanced realization and cost component procedures; optimal 
model reduction; simplification effects; decentralized control: feasibility and design. 3 hr. lee. 

300 WVU Graduate Catalog 



416. Stochastic Estimation and Control. 3 hr. PR: E E 316 or consent. Techniques of 
optimal estimation and control for linear systems. Balanced emphasis is placed on both 
continuous and discrete time systems. Some advanced topics of interest will be 
considered. 3 hr. rec. 

430. Real-Time Contr of Power Syst. 3 hr. PR: E E 315, 316, 333. Application of 
computers to modern control theory for reliable and economic real-time operation of 
integrated power systems. 3 hr. rec. 

432. Protection of Power Systems. 3 hr. PR: E E 231 or consent. Principles of relay 
protection for faults on transmission lines and other devices. Use of overcurrent, 
differential distance, and pilot relaying systems. Special relay applications. Determina- 
tion of short-circuit currents and voltages from system studies. 3 hr. rec. 

245. Microwave Circuits and Devices. 3 hr. PR: E E 141. UHF transmission line theory, 
impedance matching techniques and charts, general circuit theory of one port and 
multiports for waveguiding systems, impedance and scattering matrices, wave guide 
circuit elements, microwave energy sources. Course will be supplemented by laboratory 
problems. 3 hr. lee. 

466. Information Theory 2. 3 hr. PR: E E 366. Continuation of E E 366. 3 hr. rec. 

491 . Advanced Study. 1 -6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced subjects which are 
not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study may be independent or through 
specially scheduled lectures. 

496. Graduate Seminar. 1 hr. PR: Consent. Technical presentations by faculty members, 
outside speakers, and graduate students. Each student will give an oral presentation 
describing the student's research before the student's final examination. This will 
typically be a 40-minute presentation before the faculty and graduate students. 

497. Research. 1-15 hr. 



Industrial and Management Systems Engineering 

Ralph W. Plummer, Ph.D., P.E., Chairperson 
727 Engineering Sciences Building 
e-mail: ie-info@cemr.wvu.edu 
web: http://www.cemr.wvu.edu/~wwie/ 
Degrees Offered: 

Master of Science in Industrial Engineering 

Master of Science in Occupational Hygiene and Occupational Safety 

Master of Science in Engineering with a major in Industrial Engineering 

Doctor of Philosophy with a major in Industrial Engineering 

Graduate programs in industrial and management systems engineering are designed 
to give students experience in developing innovative solutions to real problems by imple- 
menting creative ideas. Graduate students in the department are actively involved with 
people and organizations in need of creative solutions to real problems. Students can 
expect to develop their creative abilities in order to be effective in innovative environ- 
ments while improving their abilities to communicate and implement new ideas. 



Industrial and Management Systems Engineering 301 



Faculty 

Faculty members of the Department of Industrial and Management Systems Engi- 
neering possess broad experience in business, teaching, and research. This combina- 
tion of backgrounds enriches a student's educational experience. 

Research 

The department has quality research laboratories in manufacturing, robotics and vi- 
sion systems, CAD/CAM, decision sciences, ergonomics, industrial hygiene, and safety 
engineering. Graduate students are encouraged to utilize these resources to explore and 
develop their capabilities. 

Degree Programs in Industrial Management Systems Engineering 

Three degrees are offered at the master's level: M.S. I.E., M.S.E., and M.S. with an 
emphasis in occupational hygiene and occupational safety. The M.S. I.E. degree pro- 
gram is appropriate for students with a B.S. in industrial engineering, and the M.S.E. 
degree program is designed for students having a baccalaureate degree in a technical 
field other than industrial engineering who wish to pursue a broader, more interdiscipli- 
nary program of graduate studies. In both the M.S. I.E. and the M.S.E. degree programs, 
students will select courses from decision sciences and production systems, manufac- 
turing systems, and ergonomics. A description and listing of requirements for the M.S. in 
occupational hygiene and occupational safety, which is administered by the Department 
of Industrial and Management Systems Engineering, is presented below. 

An undergraduate degree in either another engineering field or the basic sciences is 
required for admission to both the M.S.E. and M.S. programs. Students trained in the 
areas of mathematics, statistics, physics, computer science, and engineering majors are 
generally well prepared for graduate study with an emphasis in decision sciences/opera- 
tions research techniques or production systems, while many chemistry, biology, and 
engineering majors will find excellent career opportunities in the field of occupational 
hygiene and occupational safety. 

Admission To qualify as a regular student, applicants must have as a minimum, the 
equivalent of a 3.00 GPA. Applicants with a minimum 2.50 GPA (or the equivalent) may 
be admitted on a provisional basis. Foreign students must demonstrate proficiency in 
communicating in English (550 or more in TOEFL). 

Students must comply with the rules and regulations as outlined in this catalog for 
graduate work in the College of Engineering and Mineral Resources. Each master's 
candidate prepares a planned program of study that contains a minimum of 30 semester 
credit hours, including a thesis of six hours of research credit; or 36 credit hours, includ- 
ing a problem report of not more than three hours of research credit. 

Required Courses Required courses for the M.S. I.E. and the M.S.E. are determined by 
the student's area of emphasis (i.e., decision sciences, manufacturing systems, or ap- 
plied ergonomics). The M.S. in occupational hygiene and occupational safety course 
requirements are listed under those areas. 

Thesis The thesis or problem report must conform to the general requirements of the 
University and to written requirements of the Department of Industrial and Management 
Systems Engineering. 

Oral Examination A candidate will be required to pass an oral examination on course 
work and the thesis or problem report. 



302 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Doctor of Philosophy 

A candidate for the degree of doctor of philosophy (Ph.D.) must comply with the 
rules and regulations of the College of Engineering and Mineral Resources and the Uni- 
versity. To be accepted in the Ph.D. program, applicants should have as a minimum the 
equivalent of a 3.40 GPA in their graduate work. They must also meet all the entrance 
requirements stated earlier for the master programs. Each student will develop a pro- 
gram with a major in industrial engineering, designed to meet his/her needs and objec- 
tives in consultation with the an advisor and the advisory and examining committee. 
Required core courses for the Ph.D. program are determined by the student's area of 
emphasis. In general, Ph.D. students take approximately 54 hours of course work be- 
yond their baccalaureate degree, with a minimum of 30 hours in industrial engineering. 
The research work for the doctoral dissertation may entail a fundamental investigation or 
a broad and comprehensive investigation into an area of specialization. 

Early in the doctoral program, the student must pass an examination to demonstrate 
master's-level proficiency in industrial engineering subject matter. Upon completion of 
the course work, the student must pass a written examination in order to be admitted to 
candidacy. An acceptable dissertation must be written and defended. 

Degree Program in Occupational Hygiene and Occupational Safety 

The three disciplines that form the basis of occupational hygiene and occupational 
safety are industrial hygiene, industrial safety, and ergonomics. The program blends es- 
sential information from these underlying disciplines to provide master's level students with 
the broad background necessary to be effective in today's complex occupational hygiene 
and occupational safety environment while still giving students the opportunity to empha- 
size one area. 

Occupational hygiene and occupational safety looks to no specific discipline for prob- 
lem solution. Rather, it integrates the content of a broad variety of scientific and technical 
areas to produce technically sound and economically feasible solutions to safety and 
health problems in the workplace. Thus, no specific undergraduate degree is required for 
admission to the program. Instead, a minimum of 60 credit hours of approved science, 
mathematics, and other technical courses are required. Of these, at least 15 must be 
junior or senior level. Admission preference is given to students with degrees in engi- 
neering, physical science, or mathematics. A grade-point average of at least 3.0 is re- 
quired in previous course work. GRE scores will be considered in the admission deci- 
sion. 

Pre or Corequisite Courses 

The following are considered pre or corequisite courses: one semester of statistics, 
two semesters of chemistry, two semesters of physics, and one semester of computer 
programming. On an individual basis, the faculty may identify additional pre or corequi- 
site course work. Applicants will be advised about their specific requirements at the time 
of admission. Applicants not meeting all of the listed requirements may be considered for 
admission as provisional students. 

The degree requirements include completion of a minimum of 36 credit hours, a final 
grade-point average of at least 3.0, and completion of a three-hour problem report or a 
six-hour thesis. The typical plan of study is as follows: 

Fall 

IMSE 260 Human Factors Engineering 
IMSE 261 System Safety Engineering I 
IMSE 361 Industrial Hygiene Engineering 
OHOS 321 Epidemiology 

Industrial and Management Systems Engineering 303 



Environmental Elective 

Occupational Hygiene and Occupational Safety Seminar 

Spring 

IMSE 364 Industrial Ergonomics 
OHOS 325 IH Sampling and Analysis 
PCOL 362 Occupational Toxicology 
IMSE 480 Fire Protection Engineering 
OHS/Occupational Medicine elective 

Summer 

OHOS 326 Safety and Health Measurement and Instrumentation 
OHOS 328 Noise and Ventilation Control Technology 

Typical Electives 

CE 245, 251, 290, 349, 350, 480 

IMSE 214, 314, 325, 340, 360, 362, 368 

MAE 28 Engineering Acoustics 

MAE 330 Instrumentation Engineering 

CHE 260 Chemical Process Safety 

MANG 216 Personnel Management 

STAT 312 Statistical Methods 2 

CCMD 350 Radiation Safety in Isotope Usage 

CMED491 Advanced Study 

Electives should be selected to enhance a student's overall professional and techni- 
cal capability based on the his/her interests and background. They must be approved by 
the student's faculty advisor. Generally, electives will come from environmental engi- 
neering, safety engineering, industrial hygiene, or occupational medicine. 

Industrial and Management Systems Engineering (IMSE) 

201. Principles of Solidification. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 202 and 203 or consent. Material and 
energy balances, solidification of metals, riser and gating systems for castings, fluidity of 
metal, casting design, and molding processes. 

202. Manufacturing Processes. 2 hr. PR: CH E 105, MAE 43. Lectures and demonstra- 
tions relating to materials, properties, parameters, design, equipment, economics and 
computer control of processing systems emphasizing casting, machining, joining and 
forming operations. 

203. Manufacturing Processes Laboratory. 1 hr. Coreq.: IMSE 202. Laboratory experi- 
ments and demonstrations of the basic manufacturing operations of casting, machining 
and joining. Process parameter measurement, inspection techniques and CNC program- 
ming are performed and laboratory report writing is emphasized. 

205. Design for Manufacturability 2 hr. PR: IMSE 202 and IMSE 203. Aspects of design, 
manufacturing and materials; emphasis on design for manufacturability and assembly, 
including material selection and manufacturing processes on product cost. 2 hr. lee. 

206. Design for Manufacturability Laboratory. 1 hr. PR: IMSE 202 and IMSE 203. Labo- 
ratory tasks dealing with manufacturing and materials; process selection, and cost esti- 
mation for component and subassembly design; emphasis on utilizing design for 
manufacturability and assembly software. 1 hr. lab. 

304 WVU Graduate Catalog 



211. Expert Systems in Manufacturing. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 202, 203, 281. Expert systems 
design and development for manufacturing applications; knowledge acquisition, repre- 
sentation, search techniques, inference engines, data base interfaces, algorithmic inter- 
faces. 3 hr. lee. 

214. Analysis of Engineering Data. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 113. Introduction to linear statistical 
models. Design and analysis of simpler experimental configurations occurring frequently 
in engineering studies. Similarities and differences between regression and experimen- 
tal design models emphasized in a vector-matrix setting. 

215. Statistical Decision Making. 3 hr. PR or Cone: IMSE 113. Basic concepts of prob- 
ability theory. Discrete and continuous distributions, joint and derived distributions, with 
application to industrial and research problems. Introduction to generating functions and 
Markov chains. 

216. Industrial Quality Control. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 113. Principles and methods for control- 
ling the quality of manufactured products, with emphasis on both economic and statisti- 
cal aspects of product acceptance and process control. 

217. Total Quality Management. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 113. Fundamentals and philosophy of 
total quality management in industry and government. Includes implementation of qual- 
ity function deployment and the tools of off-line and on-line quality assurance proce- 
dures. 

222. Job Evaluation and Wage Incentives. 3 hr. Principles used in evaluating jobs, rates 
of pay, characteristics and objectives of wage incentive plans; incentive formulae and 
curves. 

240. Labor and Productivity. 3 hr. PR: Consent. The work force as a critical element of 
productivity. Topics include industrial engineering involvement in collective bargaining, 
labor relations, and work practices. 

242. Production Planning and Control. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 140; Cone: IMSE 214. Principles 
and problems in forecasting, aggregate planning, material management, scheduling, rout- 
ing, and line balancing. 

243. Facility Planning and Design. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 242, 250. Problems of facility and 
equipment location. Long-range planning of industrial facilities. Block and detailed layout 
of manufacturing plants and general offices. Space utilization and allied topics in facility 
design. 

249. Design of Dynamic Materials Systems. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 140 or consent. Application 
of industrial engineering theory and practice to selection of material systems and equip- 
ment including efficient handling of materials from first movement of raw materials to 
final movement of finished product. Present quantitative design techniques. 

250. Introduction to Operations Research. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 113, 281. Basic tools and 
philosophies of operations research. Tools include: linear programming, Markov chains, 
queueing theory, and simulation. Other operations research techniques are presented 
as they relate to the overall systems philosophy. 



Industrial and Management Systems Engineering 305 



251. Analytical Techniques of Operations Research. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 113 or consent. 
Nonlinear optimization techniques useful in operations research and industrial engineer- 
ing studies. Classical optimization techniques, quadratic, geometric, and dynamic pro- 
gramming, branch and bound and gradient techniques. 

260. Human Factors Engineering. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 113 and IMSE 140 or equiv. Includes 
the study of ambient environment, human capabilities, and equipment design. Systems 
design for the man-machine environment interfaces will be studied with emphasis on 
health, safety, and productivity. 

261 . System Safety Engineering. 3 hr. PR: Consent. The concepts of hazard recognition, 
evaluation analysis, and the application of engineering design principles to the control of 
industrial hazards. 

277. Engineering Economy. 3 hr. Basic concepts of financial analysis investment plan- 
ning and cost controls as they apply to management technology investment in manufac- 
turing; financial planning and budgeting as applied to an engineering function. 

280. Industrial Engineering Problems. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Special problems. 

281. Computer Applications in Industrial Engineering. 3 hr. PR: ENGR 2, IMSE 140. 
Introduction to computer applications in manufacturing. Emphasis on system design and 
analysis and the role of computers in productivity improvement. 

284. Simulation by Digital Methods. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 1 1 3, 281 , or consent. Introduction to 
Monte Carlo simulation methods and their application to decision problems. Student 
identifies constraints on problems, collects data for modeling, and develops computer 
programs to simulate and analyze practical situations. Interpretation of results emphasized. 

291 . Design of Production Systems 1. 3 hr. PR: Senior standing in industrial engineering. 
The integration of industrial engineering principles in the design of productive systems. 
Emphasis will be on the analysis of different systems for productivity improvement. 

292. Design of Productive Systems 2. 3 hr. PR: Senior standing in industrial engineering. 
Continuation of IMSE 291 . 

300. Special Topics in Manufacturing Processes and Automation. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 200 or 
equiv. Special topics concerning manufacturing processes and automation with special 
emphasis on manufacturing management. 

302. Advanced Manufacturing Processes. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 202 and 203. Metal cutting 
economic models, solidification processes, bulk deformation, sheet metal and drawing, 
joining design and economics. Overall view of manufacturing systems. Introduction to 
numerical control programming and projects on numerical control equipment. 

304. Materials and Processing Systems Design. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 202 and 203. The engi- 
neering design process, material design properties and selection systems, decision making 
and problem analysis techniques for materials and processing. Economic and cost sys- 
tems, expert systems, failure analysis and quality systems for materials and process 
selection. 



306 WVU Graduate Catalog 






305. Computer Integrated Manufacturing. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. Several aspects 
of computerized manufacturing systems will be covered. Emphasis will be placed on 
computer fundamentals, computer aided design and manufacturing, numerically con- 
trolled (NC) machine tools, part programming, system devices, and direct digital control. 
2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. 

307. Robotics and Flexible Automation. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. This course will 
provide an understanding of the principles, capabilities and limitations of industrial ro- 
bots and other flexible automation tools. Emphasis will be placed on kinematic analysis, 
trajectory planning, machine vision, and manufacturing automation. 2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. 

308. Advanced Problems in Manufacturing Engineering. 1-3 hr. PR: IMSE 300 or 302; 
graduate standing. Special problems relating to one of the areas of manufacturing engi- 
neering, such as manufacturing processes, robotics, CAD/CAM, group technology, and 
manufacturing systems engineering. 

309. Computational Methods for Manufacturing Engineers. II. 3 hr. PR: Graduate stand- 
ing. Computational techniques applicable to manufacturing systems engineering prob- 
lems; emphasis on use of personal computers. 2 hr. lee, 1 hr. lab. 

314. Design of Industrial Experiments. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 214 or consent. Continuation of 
IMSE 214. More complex experimental design especially useful to engineering and in- 
dustrial researchers, including factorials and optimum-seeking design. Emphasis on use 
of existing digital computer routines and interpretation of results. 

325. Engineering Management. 3 hr. Unique problems of engineering organizations in- 
cluding project planning, managing creativity, coordinating design and development, and 
other topics relevant to engineering organizations. 

338. Technology Forecasting. 3 hr. Various procedures used in forecasting technical 
developments. 

340. Work Analysis. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Analysis of industrial engineering's involvement 
in analyzing work situations. Particular emphasis will be given to the use of industrial 
engineering as a change agent in improving work practices. 

342. Advanced Production Control. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 250. Different mathematical models 
useful in the design of effective production control systems. The various models include: 
static production control models under risk and uncertainty; dynamic models under cer- 
tainty, under uncertainty, and under risk. 

353. Applied Linear Programming. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 250 or consent. Application of the 
assignment, transportation, and simplex algorithms to typical industrial problems. The 
methods and computational efficiencies of the revised simplex and other algorithms are 
also studied. 

355. Scheduling and Sequencing Methods. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 250. Theory and applications 
of analytical models used in the scheduling of operations. Topics incjude: single machine 
scheduling models; flow shop models; job shop models; and assembly line balancing 
methods. 



Industrial and Management Systems Engineering 307 



358. Special Topics in Systems Analysis and Operations Research. 3-6 hr. PR: Consent. 
Special topics from recent developments in operations research and related fields. Spe- 
cial emphasis will be placed on interests of current graduate students. 

359. Operations Research for Public Administrators. 3 hr. Examination of role of quanti- 
tative analysis in public administration and decision-making. 

360. Human Factors System Design. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 260 or consent. Theoretical as- 
pects and practical applications of man/machine relationships as they influence future 
system design. The student will examine human limitations with respect to acceptance of 
information, decision making, and ability to transmit the result of such decisions to con- 
trolled equipment systems to obtain design optimization. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

361 . Industrial Hygiene Engineering. 3 hr. Introductory course in industrial hygiene legal 
standards, historical context, and development. Topics include respiratory physiology, 
particle size and deposition, ionizing and nonionizing radiation, physical stress, solvents, 
metals, pesticides, painting, welding, and degreasing. 

362. Systems Safety Engineering. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 261 or consent. Analysis of manufac- 
turing methods, processes, and properties of materials from a system safety engineering 
viewpoint. Emphasis will be on hazard analysis techniques (fault tree, MORT, failure 
modes and effects) and machine guarding methods. 

364. Industrial Ergonomics. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 260 or consent. Practical experience in the 
application of ergonomic principles to industrial problems. Safety and production impli- 
cations of work physiology, industrial biomechanics, and circardian rhythms, as well as 
current interest topics. 

368. Advanced Problems in Human Factors. 1-3 hr. PR: IMSE 260 or 360 and graduate 
standing. Special problems relating to one of the areas of human factors, such as simu- 
lation, controls, vigilance, safety, and occupational health. 

377. Advanced Engineering Economy 3 hr. PR: Consent. Special emphasis on depre- 
ciation, engineering and economic aspects of selection and replacement of equipment; 
relationship of technical economy to income taxation; effect of borrowed capital and pric- 
ing model. 

378. Costing and Estimating for Manufacturing. I. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 277 or consent. Analy- 
sis of overhead, cost indexes, cost capacioty factors, improvement curves; costing for 
materials with design considerations; conceptual cost estimating; costing for maching, 
joining, casting and forming; facility cost estimation. 

381 . Integrated Data Processing. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 281 and consent. Advanced work in 
electronic data-processing systems and procedures design. Case studies of integrated 
data-processing systems. Course projects will include individual use of a computer in 
management data-processing analysis problems. 

451. Nonlinear Programming. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 250 or consent. Advanced study of the 
techniques of nonlinear programming and their applications. Topics include steepest de- 
scent, Newton's method, Fletcher-Powell, conjugate gradients, Powell's method, and 
penalty function methods. 



308 WVU Graduate Catalog 






452. Queueing Theory. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 113 and 250 or consent. Analytical modeling of 
waiting line systems with emphasis on determining the best operating conditions for 
those systems. Single-channel and multichannel models. Computational methods (in- 
cluding Monte Carlo techniques) are examined. Applications to problems such as main- 
tenance and inventory control. 

453. Theory of Linear Programming. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 250 or consent. Study of procedures 
available for solving large-scale problems using linear programming. Topics include de- 
composition techniques, multiple pricing, cycling, inverse generation and storage, rang- 
ing procedures, and upper bound algorithms. 

454. Inventory Theory. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 113 and 250 or consent. Techniques used in 
optimization of inventory systems. Elements of static, deterministic inventory models, 
and static, stochastic inventory models. Dynamic inventory models. Selected topics re- 
lated to inventory analysis. 

455. Probability Theory for Engineers. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 1 13 or consent. Probability theory 
and its application to industrial systems with particular emphasis on inventory, queueing, 
maintenance, reliability, and quality control systems. Markov processes are covered. 

456. Applied Stochastic Processes. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 455. Stochastic systems with em- 
phasis on application to inventory and queueing theory. Conditional probability, Poisson 
processes, counting processes, renewal processes, Markov chains with discrete and 
continuous parameters. 

457. Dynamic Programming. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 250 or consent. Introduction to basic struc- 
ture and computational aspects of dynamic programming and applications including se- 
quential decision problems, deterministic and probabilistic models over finite and infinite 
planning horizons, and Markovian decision processes. 

458. Integer Programming and Applied Networks. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 250 or consent. Intro- 
duction to application of integer programming and maximum flow networks to engineer- 
ing and operations research problems. Emphasis on problem formulation and solution. 

480. Seminar. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Discussion of research in industrial engineering and 
special problems. 

484. Advanced Digital Simulation. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 284 or consent. Analysis and compari- 
son of special purpose digital simulation languages such as GPSS, SLAM, SIMAN, 
SIMSCRIPT, CSMP, DYANOMO, and JOB SHOP simulation. 

497. Research. 1-15 hr. 

Occupational Hygiene and Occupational Safety (OHOS) 

320. Foundations of Environmental Health Practice. I, II, S. 4 hr. PR: Consent. Designed 
to enable the environmentalist to recognize and identify environmental stresses and the 
effect of these stresses on man. Topics include occupational health, physical stress, 
safety, and basic and broad principles of toxicology. 

321 . Epidemiology: Principles and Practices. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: STAT 31 1 or equiv. Prin- 
ciples and methods of epidemiology with emphasis on descriptive and analytical epide- 
miological methods. 



Industrial and Management Systems Engineering 309 



325. Industrial Hygiene Sampling and Analysis. II. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 361 and consent. 
Calibration and use of sampling and analytical equipment used by industrial hygienists 
to evaluate the work environment. Advantages and disadvantages of different equip- 
ment under various conditions. Biological monitoring as an evaluation tool. 

326. Safety and Health Measurement and Instrumentation. S. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Practi- 
cal experience in setting up industrial hygiene field studies, air sampling, and analysis. 
Practical experience with safety equipment and instrumentation used in the field and in 
research. Field trips and case studies exposing students to a variety of industrial pro- 
cesses. 

328. Noise and Ventilation Control Technology. S. 3 hr. PR: IMSE 361 or consent. The 
course will demonstrate techniques for the recognition, evaluation, and control of noise 
and ventilation problems. Students will use monitoring equipment to evaluate situations 
and perform several design projects. 

380. Internship. I, II, S. 3-6 hr. (May be repeated.) PR: Consent of committee chairperson 
and department chairperson. Professional internship providing on-the-job training under 
supervision of a previously approved environmentalist in settings appropriate to profes- 
sional objectives. 

491. Advanced Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Investigation in advanced subjects 
which are not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Study may be independent or 
through specially scheduled lectures. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. 



Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 

Donald W. Lyons, Ph.D., RE., Chairperson 
323 Engineering Sciences Building 
e-mail: mae-info@cemr.wvu.edu 
web: http://www.cemr.wvu.edu/~wwwmae 
Degrees Offered: 

Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering 

Master of Science in Aerospace Engineering 

Master of Science in Engineering with a major in Mechanical or Aerospace 
Engineering 

Doctor of Philosophy in Engineering with a major in Mechanical or Aerospace 
Engineering 

Faculty 

Faculty members in the department have extensive industrial and teaching experi- 
ence and have published widely. Their combined experience helps them assist students 
in selecting relevant courses and research topics to meet their educational goals. The 
department has extensive laboratory space in the Engineering Sciences Building and in 
the Engineering Research Building to provide support for both instructional and research 
activities. The department has several special laboratories located nearby, which include 
the engine research center, the wind tunnel laboratory, and the aircraft-flight test hangar 
at the Morgantown Municipal Airport (Hart Field). Funded research allows the depart- 
ment to maintain up-to-date instrumentation, equipment, and facilities, including com- 
puter-controlled data acquisition systems for laboratory use. 

31 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Graduate Programs 

The objectives of the departmental graduate-level programs are: (1) to provide 
master's level education for students in or entering the engineering profession and/or (2) 
to provide an advanced graduate educational experience for students pursuing the doc- 
toral degree. Three master's degrees are offered in the department: the master of sci- 
ence in aerospace engineering (M.S.A.E.), the master of science in mechanical engi- 
neering (M.S.M.E.), and the master of science in engineering (M.S.E.) with a major in 
mechanical engineering or with a major in aerospace engineering. The department also 
offers the doctor of philosophy (Ph.D.) degree with majors in mechanical engineering 
and aerospace engineering. 

An application package can be obtained from the graduate program director, De- 
partment of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, West Virginia University, P.O. Box 
6106, Morgantown, WV 26506-6106. 

Admission to Master's Programs 

To be eligible for admission into the M.S.A.E. or M.S.M.E. degree program, a candi- 
date must hold or expect to receive (by the enrollment date) a B.S.A.E. or B.S.M.E. 
degree from either an accredited ABET curriculum or an internationally recognized pro- 
gram. Candidates with superior academic records in baccalaureate degrees in other 
engineering fields, mathematics, or science may be eligible for admission into any of the 
master's programs offered by the department but will normally be required to attain a 
baccalaureate level of proficiency in certain engineering areas of the department. An 
engineering technology (non-calculus based) degree is not sufficient qualification for 
admission into any of the graduate programs offered by the department. 

Doctor of Philosophy Program Admission 

To be eligible for admission into the doctor of philosophy degree program, a candi- 
date must hold or expect to receive (by the enrollment date) an B.S. degree in some 
discipline of engineering from an institution which has an ABET accredited undergradu- 
ate program in engineering or an internationally recognized program in engineering. 

General Admission Requirements 

The other requirements for admission into the graduate programs of the department 
are summarized as follows: 

• To be admitted as a regular graduate student, an applicant must have a grade- 
point average of 3.0 or better (out of a possible 4.0) in all previous college work and must 
meet all other requirements below. 

• The applicant must first submit, to the office of admissions and records of West 
Virginia University, a completed application, application fee, and transcripts of all college 
work (directly from the institution) completed. 

• Each applicant is required to have three reference letters (using standard forms 
available from the department) sent directly to the department; at least two of the three 
references should be from the institution last attended. 

• A minimum score of 550 on the TOEFL is required of all applicants from countries 
where the native language is not English. (This requirement will be waived for applicants 
who have completed a recent four-year bachelor's degree in the USA. ) 

• All international applicants who have not received their undergraduate degree in 
the USA are required to submit GRE general test scores with the engineering subject 
test score being optional. Minimum levels of 75th percentile (score of 670) on the quan- 
titative part of the test and 60th percentile (score of 560) on the analytical part are re- 
quired. 



Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 31 1 



Provisional Admission 

An applicant not qualifying for the regular graduate student admission status, either 
due to insufficient grade-point average, incomplete credentials, or inadequate academic 
background, can be admitted as a provisional student. Requirements for attaining regu- 
lar student status must be stated in a letter of admission. Provisional students must sign 
a contract, which lists in detail all requirements to be met for attaining regular student 
status, no later than their first registration. 

All of the degree programs require the student to attain an overall grade-point aver- 
age of 3.0 or higher in order to meet graduation requirements. The grade-point average 
is calculated on the basis of courses and excludes credit for research, for which a grade 
of S is received. A maximum of nine credit hours of the course work can be at the ad- 
vanced (200) undergraduate-level, dependent upon the program desired by the student 
and the agreement of his/her advisory and examining committee. 

Courses 

Only courses with grades of C or higher may be acceptable for graduate credit, 
although all course work taken will be counted in establishing the student's grade-point 
average. No more than nine hours of 200-level credit can be counted toward meeting the 
course work requirements for the M.S. degree. For the Ph. D., even though the absolute 
minimum set by the College is 1 8 hours of course work at the 300-level or higher taken at 
WVU, the actual minimum is set by the student's advisory and examining committee and 
is based on the student's background and the area of dissertation. No more than 20 
percent of the course work for a doctoral degree can be at the 200 level. A minimum of 24 
semester hours of research credit at the Ph.D. level is required for dissertation 
requirements. Two semesters of full-time attendance at the WVU Morgantown campus 
are necessary to meet residency requirements in the Ph.D. program. 

Math Requirements 

The Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering requires that the gradu- 
ate course work include six hours of advanced mathematics for M.S. programs of study 
and a minimum of six additional hours of mathematics for the Ph.D. programs. A list of 
approved mathematics courses can be obtained from the graduate program director of 
the department. 

Time Limitations 

All requirements for a master's degree must be completed within eight years pre- 
ceding the student's graduation. Students should petition for admission to candidacy for 
the degree during the first semester of residency by filing a plan of study approved by 
his/her advisory and examining committee. A minimum of 30 hours of course work (in- 
cluding research) is required for the degree. Students must pass a final examination 
administered by their advisory and examining committee before being certified for the 
degree. 

Doctor of Philosophy 

The doctorate is a research or performance degree and does not depend on the 
accumulation of credit hours. The requirements for the degree are: passing of the quali- 
fying examination, admission to candidacy, residency, completion of dissertation research, 
and defense of a research dissertation. At least one member of the graduate faculty from 
outside the department is required to serve on the advisory and examining committee. 

The Ph.D. degree signifies that the holder has the competence to function indepen- 
dently at the highest level in the chosen field. Hence, the number of years involved in 

31 2 WVU Graduate Catalog 



attaining or retaining competency cannot be readily specified, nor can an exact program 
of study be defined. The course work taken should be sufficient to broaden the student's 
background in at least one other area of the department in addition to the major area of 
study. 

Qualifying Exam The Ph.D. qualifying/candidacy examination is the method of assess- 
ing whether the student has attained sufficient knowledge of the discipline and support- 
ing fields in order to undertake independent research or practice. Students are required 
to pass a qualifying examination administered by the department which tests for a mini- 
mum level of proficiency expected of all students in a given area. It is expected that 
students will take the qualifying exam during their first semester of enrollment in the 
Ph.D. program; however it is required that full-time students pass the qualifying exami- 
nation no later than the end of the second semester of their Ph.D. program. As the stu- 
dent progresses, his/her advisory and examining committee is charged with evaluating 
the student's competency in the specific area of study through the evaluation of a disser- 
tation proposal for the research to be completed and the evaluation of the student's plan 
of study and associated course work. After these requirements are completed, the stu- 
dent is formally admitted to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. Only at this point can a 
student be called a doctoral candidate; admission to the graduate program for the pur- 
pose of pursuing the Ph.D. is not equivalent to becoming a Ph.D. candidate. Doctoral 
candidates are allowed no more than five years to complete the remaining degree re- 
quirements after admission to candidacy. An extension of time can be obtained only by 
repeating the qualifying examination and meeting any other requirements specified by 
the student's committee. 

M.S.A.E. Degree 

Students wishing to pursue a program leading to an M.S.A.E. degree are required to 
have a B.S.A.E. or B.S.M.E. from an accredited ABET curriculum or the equivalent. Stu- 
dents with an engineering background other than aerospace or mechanical engineering 
normally will be required to strengthen their background. Programs of study must comply 
with the rules and regulations as outlined in the general requirements for graduate work 
in the College of Engineering and Mineral Resources. The student's program of study is 
formulated jointly by the student and his/her committee. Normally, a thesis is required of 
all candidates for the degree of master of science in aerospace engineering. 

Course Requirements The plans of study for the M.S.A.E. degree must include six se- 
mester hours of advanced mathematics beyond a first course in differential equations 
and at least 12 semester hours of courses taken from any two areas of the department. 
The remainder of the course work may consist of other courses from mechanical and 
aerospace engineering, other departments in the College of Engineering and Mineral 
Resources, or advanced course work in mathematics, chemistry, and physics. A maxi- 
mum of six hours of research credit is counted toward degree requirements for thesis 
work. Students not completing a thesis will be required to include six hours of methods 
courses in their plans of study. 

M.S.M.E. Degree 

Students wishing to pursue a program leading to an M.S.M.E. degree are required 
to have a B.S.M.E. or B.S.A.E. from an accredited ABET curriculum or its equivalent. 
Students with an engineering background other than mechanical or aerospace engi- 
neering normally will be required to strengthen their background. 

The plan of study must include at least six hours of advanced mathematics beyond 
a first course in differential equations, and 12 total hours of courses from at least two 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 3 1 3 



areas of study in mechanical engineering. Students are normally required to write a 
thesis. On occasion, part-time off-campus students may be given permission to substi- 
tute a problem report for a thesis when they can present compelling evidence of equiva- 
lent experience. A maximum of six hours of research credit is counted toward meeting 
degree requirements for the thesis option; a maximum of three hours of research credit 
is counted for the problem report option. The student's plan of study is formulated jointly 
with his/her advisory committee based upon the interests and educational goals of the 
student. Students not completing a thesis will be required to include six hours of methods 
courses in their programs of study. 

M.S.E. Degree 

The M.S.E. programs with a major in mechanical engineering or in aerospace engi- 
neering are intended for students who wish to pursue graduate work in these areas but 
do not have an undergraduate degree in either discipline. Students desiring to pursue 
such a program in the department must meet similar general requirements as for the 
M.S.A.E. and M.S.M.E. degree programs. 

Plan of Study Each plan of study in the M.S.E. program must include six hours of ad- 
vanced mathematics and nine hours from each of any two academic areas in the depart- 
ment. Students are normally required to write a thesis. On occasion, part-time on-cam- 
pus students may be given permission to substitute a problem report for a thesis when 
they can present compelling evidence of equivalent experience. A maximum of six hours 
of research credit is counted toward meeting degree requirements for the thesis option; 
a maximum of three hours of research credit is counted for the problem report option. 
The student's plan of study is formulated jointly with his/her advisory committee based 
upon the interests and educational goals of the student. Students not completing a thesis 
will be required to include six hours of methods courses in their plans of study. 

Ph.D. 

Students intending to pursue a doctoral program in the College of Engineering and 
Mineral Resources with an emphasis in mechanical or aerospace engineering should 
have earned a B.S. and an M.S. degree in some discipline of engineering. While it is 
possible for a student with a B.S. degree to enroll directly in the Ph.D. program, it is very 
rarely permitted. 

The doctoral courses of study are selected to fit the individual interests and objec- 
tives of the student, with proper attention given to broadening related areas of study. The 
research work for the doctoral dissertation may entail a fundamental investigation into a 
specialized area or a broad and comprehensive program of study. 

Academic Areas 

Courses in the department are organized under four academic areas: aerodynam- 
ics and fluids engineering; solid mechanics, materials and structures; system control and 
manufacturing and design; and thermal sciences and engineering. Students who are 
pursuing an advanced degree in either mechanical or aerospace engineering may work 
in one of these areas. In addition, students may pursue studies leading to a specializa- 
tion in bioengineering. 

Aerodynamics and Fluids 

A variety of courses and facilities support graduate research in aerodynamics and 
fluid mechanics. Laboratories are located in college buildings and remote sites. Flow 
facilities include instrumented subsonic and supersonic wind tunnels, shock tubes, and 
several flow loops mainly used for research in gas-solid and density stratified flows. 

31 4 WVU Graduate Catalog 



Available instrumentation includes eight channels of hot wire/film anemometry, two single- 
component and one three-component, laser Doppler velocimeter (LDV) systems. The 
department owns well-instrumented V/STOL and Cessna U-206 flight test aircraft housed 
in hangar facilities at Hart Field. A significant portion of the current activity involves nu- 
merical solutions to flow problems and is supported by a computing facility dedicated to 
graduate research. 

Although the faculty background and interests in the areas of aerodynamics and 
fluid mechanics are broad, recent research has been concentrated on problems in 
multiphase and density-stratified flows, low-speed aerodynamics, shock phenomena in 
two-phase systems, flow in microgravity, boundary layer control, and high-speed aero- 
dynamics. These research areas include topics such as fluidized bed combustion, aero- 
sol sampling, flow metering, flow distribution systems, numerical solutions to gas-solid 
flows, and fluid-particle turbulence interactions, including deposition on solid surfaces. 
The low-speed aerodynamics work is related to the design of vertical axis wind turbines 
and STOL airfoils. The research in high-speed aerodynamics deals with viscous-inviscid 
interactions in transonic, supersonic, and hypersonic flow. 

Solid Mechanics, Materials, and Structures 

The solid mechanics, materials, and structures (SMMS) area encompasses the theo- 
retical, numerical, and experimental study of solid bodies, from concentration on local 
behavior of deformable bodies to the global response of structural elements or the mo- 
tion of rigid bodies. Hence, SMMS students may explore the mechanical behavior of 
materials in the neighborhood of micro-scale defects such as cracks or investigate the 
behavior of large-scale bodies such as aerospace structures. 

The SMMS faculty carries out basic and applied research related to problems in 
engineering using state-of-the-art computational and experimental techniques. The ar- 
eas of research include aeroelasticity, fracture mechanics, nonlinear dynamics and vi- 
brations, composite materials, biomechanics, computational methods such as finite-ele- 
ment and boundary-element, and experimental techniques, including optical methods. 
Furthermore, in cooperation with the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineer- 
ing, SMMS students may pursue studies related to civil engineering. A large array of 
research facilities includes laboratories (materials, structures, vibrations, photomechanics, 
biomechanics, fracture mechanics, and computer aided engineering), computers (IBM 
and VAX mainframes, work stations, personal computers, and supercomputers), and 
shop facilities. 

Required Core Courses 

Regardless of the chosen specialty, the SMMS student is required to take six hours 
of courses from a core group consisting of MAE 31 1 , MAE 320, and an introductory FEM 
course. This requirement may be waived for students who can demonstrate that they 
possess equivalent knowledge. These courses, combined with the entire plan of study, 
including research credits, prepares the SMMS student to apply mechanics to modern 
engineering challenges. 

System Control, Design, and Manufacturing 

The system control, design, and manufacturing academic area offers instructional 
and research opportunities for students who want to challenge themselves to attain the 
expertise required to design or control the behavior of a system in a dynamic environ- 
ment. Instructional offerings furnish students with a foundation for developing prototype 
systems and for improving the performance of existing systems. These offerings provide 
such emphasis as elastodynamic analysis, computerized design, active control in auto- 



Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 3 1 5 



mated machines, and manufacturing systems engineering. 

The research endeavors of its faculty reflect a close association with current indus- 
trial-type situations. Faculty have research ongoing in the areas of engine acoustic im- 
pedance modeling, the control of energy systems in buildings, concurrent engineering, 
robotics, artificial intelligence, CAD, process control, microprocessor applications, and 
computer-aided manufacturing. 

Thermal Sciences 

The thermal sciences and engineering area encompasses the fields of thermody- 
namics, combustion, heat transfer, and power and energy systems. Graduate course 
offerings cover a wide range of topics in this area with applications to both aerospace 
and mechanical engineering problems. Recent research efforts include topics such as 
the analysis of fluidized bed combustion, energy analysis of buildings, oscillating jet com- 
bustion, alternative fuels testing, internal combustion engine performance and emissions, 
heat transfer, numerical analysis of thermal systems, deposition on turbine blades, and 
reactor design. 

Research facilities include a high-altitude simulation chamber for ablation and wear 
studies, a fluidized bed combustion laboratory, thermal analyzers, an electrically-heated, 
natural convection water facility, Schlieren systems for flows with varying density, record- 
ing thermocouple data-acquisition systems, a water reservoir for thermal stratification 
studies, an engine research laboratory, and an emissions research laboratory. 

Bioengineering 

The MAE Department, in conjunction with other departments in the College of Engi- 
neering and Mineral Resources and the Health Sciences Center, offers a program in 
bioengineering culminating in master's and Ph.D. degrees. The plan of study for a master's 
degree requires a minimum of 30 credit hours. This includes at least six hours of bioengi- 
neering or medical courses. Students are encouraged to continue toward a Ph.D. by 
following a plan of study tailored specifically to their research interests. Students whose 
B.S. degrees are in disciplines other than engineering may be required to complete pre- 
requisite courses. 

Areas of research specialization include respiratory and diseased tissue mechan- 
ics, orthopedic mechanics, bone growth and fracture, and the application to rehabilita- 
tion of computer-aided design and microprocessor-based instrumentation. Research fa- 
cilities include an aerosol inhalation exposure system, laser-based holographic and moire 
interferometric equipment, a lung acoustic impedance measurement system, and mod- 
ern orthopedic, rehabilitation, and computer research laboratories. 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering (MAE) 

200. Advanced Mechanics of Materials 1. 3 hr. PR: MAE 43 or consent. Advanced topics 
in applied stress analysis: stress concentrations, strain energy, beams, thick-walled cyl- 
inders, torsional warping, fracture. 3 hr. lee. 

210. Kinematics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 130 and MATH 18 or consent. Geometry of constrained 
motion, kinematics synthesis and design, special linkage. Coupler curves, inflection circle, 
Euler-Savary equation, cubic of stationary curvature and finite displacement techniques. 
3 hr. lee. 

215. Experimental Fluid Dynamics 2.3 hr. PR: MAE 115. Continuation of MAE 115 with 
increased emphasis on dynamic measurements. Shock tube/tunnel and subsonic and 
supersonic measurements. Experiments include optical techniques, heat transfer to 
models, and viscous flow measurements. Error analysis of test data. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

31 6 WVU Graduate Catalog 



216. Applied Aerodynamics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 116. Chord-wise and span-wise airload distri- 
bution for plain wings, wings with aerodynamic and geometric twist, wings with deflected 
flaps, and wings with ailerons deflected. Section induced drag characteristics. 3 hr. lee. 

217. Hypersonic Gas Dynamics. II. 3 hr. PR: MAE 117 or MAE 117 or consent. Hyper- 
sonic shock and expansion wave relations; hypersonic inviscid flowfields: approximate 
and numerical methods, blast wave theory; hypersonic boundary layers and aerody- 
namic heating. 3 hr lee. (alternate years) 

220. Guided Missile Systems. 3 hr. PR: MAE 1 17 and/or Cone: MAE 150. Design phi- 
losophy according to mission requirements. Preliminary configuration and design con- 
cepts. Aerodynamic effects on missiles during launch and flight. Ballistic missile trajecto- 
ries. Stability determination by analog simulation. Performance determination by digital 
and analog simulation. Control, guidance, and propulsion systems. Operational and reli- 
ability considerations. 3 hr. lee. 

226. Mechanics of Composite Materials. 3 hr. PR: MATH 17, MAE 43. Fundamental 
methods for structural analysis of fiber reinforced composites-lamination theory and 
micromechanics. Particularities of composite applications in design and manufacturing 
of structural components-performance tailoring, failure criteria, environmental effects, 
joining and processing. 

232. V/STOL Aerodynamics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 117. Fundamental aerodynamics of V/STOL 
aircraft. Topics include propeller and rotor theory, helicopter performance, jet flaps, ducted 
fans, and propeller-wing combinations. 3 hr. lee. 

240. Problems in Thermodynamics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 141 or consent. Thermodynamic 
systems with special emphasis on actual processes. Problems presented are designed 
to strengthen the background of the student in the application of the fundamental ther- 
modynamic concepts. 3 hr. lee. 

241 . Flight Mechanics 2. 3 hr. PR: MAE 146. Fundamental concepts of feedback control 
system analysis and design. Automatic flight controls, and human pilot plus airframe 
considered as a closed loop system. Stability augmentation. 3 hr. lee. 

242. Flight Testing. 3 hr. PR: MAE 146. Applied flight test techniques and instrumenta- 
tion, calibration methods, "determination of static performance characteristics, and intro- 
duction to stability and control testing based on flight test of Cessna Super Skywagon 
airplane. Flight test data analysis and report preparation. 1 hr. lee, 6 hr. lab. 

243. Bioengineering. 3 hr. PR: MAE 43, PHYS 201 or consent. Introduction to human 
anatomy and physiology using an engineering systems approach. Gives the engineering 
student a basic understanding of the human system so that the student may include it as 
an integral part of the design. 3 hr. lee. 

244. Introduction to Gas Dynamics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 1 14 or consent. Fundamentals of gas 
dynamics, one-dimensional gas dynamics and wave motion, measurement, effect of vis- 
cosity and conductivity, and concepts from gas kinetics. 3 hr. lee. 

249. Space Mechanics. 3 hr. PR: MATH 18, MAE 42. Flight in and beyond the earth's 
atmosphere by space vehicles. Laws of Kepler and Orbital theory. Energy requirements 
for satellite and interplanetary travel. Exit from and entry into an atmosphere. 3 hr. lee. 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 3 1 7 



254. Applications in Heat Transfer. 3 hr. PR: MAE 158. Application of basic heat transfer 
theory and digital computation techniques to problems involving heat exchangers, power 
plants, electronic cooling, manufacturing processes, and environmental problems. 3 
hr. lee. 

262. Internal Combustion Engines. 3 hr. PR: MAE 101 or 141. Thermodynamics of the 
internal combustion engine; Otto cycle; Diesel cycle, gas turbine cycle, two- and four- 
cycle engines, fuels, carburetion and fuel injection; combustion; engine performance, 
supercharging. 3 hr. lee. 

264. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning. 3 hr. PR: MAE 141 or consent. Methods 
and systems of heating, ventilating, and air conditioning of various types of buildings; 
types of controls and their application. 3 hr. lee. 

265. Aeroelasticity. 3 hr. PR: MAE 160. Vibrating systems of single degree and multiple 
degrees of freedom, flutter theory and modes of vibration, torsional divergence, and 
control reversal. 3 hr. lee. 

270. Microprocessor Applications in Mechanical Engineering. 3 hr. PR: MAE 181. Fun- 
damentals of programming and interfacing a microprocessor. Hands-on, hardware ori- 
ented. Assembly language and BASIC programming. RAM, EPROM, analog to digital 
and digital to analog converters, stepper motors, encoders, AC devices. Interfacing project 
required. 3 hr. lee. 

275. Computer- Aided Design: Applications. II. 3 hr. PR: MAE 132 or 161. CAD funda- 
mentals. User-computer interface and interactive programming for rational design. Com- 
putational tools, finite elements and modeling techniques. Interactive graphics, pre-post 
processor applications. Case studies: conceptual-preliminary-detail iterative design and 
analysis. 

280. Aerospace Problems. 1-6 hr. PR: Upper-division and graduate standing. 

282. Engineering Acoustics. 3 hr. PR: MATH 18 or consent. Theory of sound propagation 
and transmission. Important industrial noise sources and sound measurement equip- 
ment. Noise criteria and control methods. Assessment of noise abatement technology. 
Laboratory studies and case histories. 

284. Applied Feedback Control. 3 hr. PR: MAE 122 or consent. Application of automatic 
control theory. Transfer functions and block diagrams for linear physical systems. Pro- 
portional, integral, and derivative controllers. Transient and frequency response using 
Laplace transformation. 3 hr. lee. 

285. Thesis. 2-6 hr. PR: Senior standing and consent. 

286. Design of Robotic Systems. 3 hr. PR: MAE 1 13 or consent. Mechanical automation 
design associated with robotic systems, including economic justification and ethics. Geo- 
metric choices and controller specifications for programmable manipulators. Worksta- 
tion strategies such as CNC and CIM for computer-based flexible manufacturing. 

290. Seminar. 1-6 hr. PR: Junior, senior, or graduate standing, and consent. 



31 8 WVU Graduate Catalog 



291. Introduction to Research. 1-3 hr. PR: Senior standing and consent. Methods of 
organizing theoretical and experimental research. Formulation of problems, project plan- 
ning, and research proposal preparation. 

292. Research Problems. 2-6 hr. PR: MAE 291 or consent. Performance of the research 
project as proposed in MAE 291. Project results are given in written technical reports 
with conclusions and recommendations. 

294. Special Topics. 1-6 hr. PR: Junior, senior, or graduate standing, and consent. 

299. Special Problems. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. 

300. Seminar. Credit. Attendance required of all graduate students at scheduled 
seminars. 

301 . Advanced Engineering Acoustics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 282 or consent. Study of complex 
sound generation and the propagation, transmission, reflection, and absorption of air- 
borne and structure-borne sound. Coupling of sound and vibration in structures. Acous- 
tical behavior and characteristics of materials, aeroacoustics, and acoustics of combus- 
tion systems. 

305. Analytical Methods in Engineehng . 3 hr. PR: Consent. Index notation for determi- 
nants, matrices, and quadratic forms; linear vector spaces, linear operators including 
differential operators; calculus of variations, eigenvalue problems, and boundary value 
problems. 

307. Nonlinear Analysis in Engineering. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Special topics in nonlinear 
analysis of various types of engineering systems. Various numerical approximate, and 
analytical techniques chosen to suit the needs and interests of advanced graduate 
students. 

31 1 . Adv Mechanics of Materials . 3 hr. PR: Consent. Shear flow and shear center; curved 
beams; unsymmetric bending, energy methods in structural analysis; theories of failure; 
instability of structures; beams on elastic foundation. 

312. Inelastic Behavior of Eng Materials. 3 hr. PR: MAE 31 1 or consent. Characterization 
and constitutive relations of engineering materials; nonlinear elasticity, plasticity, viscoelas- 
ticity and creep; numerical implementation. 

31 5. Fluid Flow Measurements. 3 hr. PR: MAE 1 1 7 or consent. Principles and measure- 
ments of static and dynamic pressures and temperatures, velocity, and Mach number 
and forces. Optical techniques and photography. Design of experiments. Review of se- 
lected papers from the literature. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

316. Energy Methods in Applied Mech. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Variational principles of me- 
chanics and applications to engineering problems; principles of virtual displacements, 
minimum potential energy, and complementary energy, Castigliano's theorem, Hamilton's 
principle. Applications to theory of plates, shells, and stability. 

318. Continuum Mechanics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 42, 43. Mathematical preliminaries including 
index notation; analysis of stress; analysis of deformation; fundamental laws, field equa- 
tions, and constitutive equations; application to fluids and solids. 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 3 1 9 



320. Theory of Elasticity I. 3 hr. PR: MAE 132 or 161 or consent. Cartesian tensors; 
plane stress and plane strain; 2-D problems in Cartesian and polar coordinates; stress 
and strain in 3-D; general theorems; torsion of noncircular sections. 

321. Fracture Mechanics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 320. Linear-elastic and elastic-plastic fracture 
mechanics; fatigue, dynamic, and creep crack growth; fracture mechanics models for 
composite materials. 

322. Advanced Vibrations. 3 hr. PR: MAE 122 or consent. Dynamic analysis of multiple 
degree-of-freedom discrete vibrating systems; Lagrangian formulation; matrix and nu- 
merical methods; impact; mechanical transients. 

325. Experimental Stress Analysis. 3 hr. PR: MAE 132 or 161 or consent. Strain gage 
techniques and instrumentation; stress analysis using optical methods such as 
photoelasticity and interferometric techniques; NDE and NDTfor problems involving stress 
analysis. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

326. Adv Mechanics of Composite Materials. 3 hr. PR: MAE 226 or consent. Manufactur- 
ing, testing, and diagnostics of composite materials. Anisotropic plates with cutouts. In- 
elastic behavior of polymer matrix composites. Analysis of advanced composites such 
as metal matrix, ceramic matrix, and textile. 

330. Instrumentation in Engineering. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Theory of instrumentation suit- 
able for measuring rapidly changing force, pressure, strain, temperature, vibration, etc.; 
computerized acquisition, analysis, and transmission of data; methods of noise reduc- 
tion. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

333. Advanced Machine Design. 3 hr. PR: MAE 135 or consent. Design for extreme 
environments, material selection, lubrication and wear, dynamic loads on cams, gears, 
and bearings, balancing of multiengines and rotors, electromechanical components. 

335. Adv Kinematics of Mechanisms. 3 hr. PR: MAE 210 or consent. Analytical synthesis 
of mechanisms with up to five accuracy points; Burmester curve theory and path curva- 
ture theory; force and moment balancing of mechanisms; computer-aided dynamic analy- 
sis of mechanisms and inverse dynamic analysis. 

340. Adv Thermodynamics 1. 3 hr. PR: MAE 141 or 151. First and second laws of ther- 
modynamics with emphasis on entropy production and availability (exergy); Maxwell's 
relationships and criteria for stability; equations of state and general thermodynamic 
equations for systems of constant chemical composition. 

342. Adv Thermodynamics 2. 3 hr. PR: MAE 340 or consent. Thermodynamics of multi- 
component inert and reacting systems; equilibrium analysis; introduction to irreversible 
processes involving diffusion and chemical kinetics; application of concepts to heteroge- 
neous systems. 

350. Conduction Heat Transfer. 3 hr. PR: MAE 158 or consent. Analytical and numerical 
solutions of steady and non-steady heat conduction problems in one, two, and three 
dimensional bodies; solution of linearized equations; applications include extended sur- 
faces, moving surfaces, moving heat sources, and instrumentation techniques. 



320 WVU Graduate Catalog 



352. Intermediate Dynamics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 42. Newtonian and Lagrangian mechanics. 
Dynamics of discrete systems and rigid bodies analyzed utilizing Newtonian and La- 
grangian formulations. 

353. Adv Dynamics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 352 or consent. Analytical mechanics. Stability of 
autonomous and nonautonomous systems considered and analytical solutions by per- 
turbation techniques introduced. Hamilton-Jacobi equations developed. Problems involv- 
ing spacecraft, gyroscopes, and celestial mechanics studied. 

354. Convection Heat Transfer. 3 hr. PR: MAE 158 or consent. Laminar and turbulent 
flows in forced and free convection systems; external and internal flows with application 
to heat exchanger design; introduction to aerodynamic heating. 

355. Radiation Heat Transfer. 3 hr. PR: MAE 158 or consent. Classical derivation of 
black body radiation laws; gray body and non-gray analysis; radiant properties of mate- 
rials, radiant transport analysis, specular-diffuse networks, gas radiation, thermal radia- 
tion measurements; analytical, numerical solutions, and study of selected publications. 3 
hr. lee. 

360. Fluid Mechanics 1. 3 hr. PR: MAE 1 14 or equiv. Advanced dynamics and thermody- 
namics of fluids. Basic laws of conservation of mass and momentum in differential, vec- 
tor, and integral forms. Application to internal flows, fluid machinery, and structures. 

361 . Dynamics of Viscous Fluids. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Derivation of and exact solutions for 
the Navier-Stokes equations; laminar boundary-layer theory, similarity solutions, and in- 
tegral methods. 

363. Computational Fluid Dynamics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 361 or equiv. Finite difference meth- 
ods; convergence and stability; Navier-Stokes equations; discretization methods; grid 
distribution; solution of difference equations; pressure coupling; application to conduc- 
tion/convection, boundary layers, and recirculating flows; introduction to general pur- 
pose CFD codes. 

364. Turbomachinery. 3 hr. PR: MAE 140 or consent. Flow problems encountered in 
design of water, gas, and steam turbines, centrifugal and axial flow pumps and compres- 
sors, design parameters. 

366. Gas Dynamics. 3 hr. PR: MAE 117 or equiv. Nonsteady gas dynamics and shock 
interactions; compressible flow theory in subsonic, transonic, and supersonic regimes, 
and their numerical treatment. 

368. Multiphase Flows. 3 hr. PR: MAE 1 14. Particle dynamics including particle-particle 
and particle-surface interactions; fluidized bed concepts; mathematical models and nu- 
merical methods as applied to multiphase flows; design and instrumentation pertaining 
to multiphase units. 

375. Adv Computer Aided Design. 3 hr. PR: MAE 275 or equiv. Geometric modeling; 
finite element meshing; design approaches; case studies using CAD principles; projects 
utilizing state-of-the-art CAD packages. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

384. Feedback Control in Mech Eng. 3 hr. PR: MAE 122 or consent. Emphasis on de- 
sign of control systems using classical, frequency domain, and time domain methods; 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 32 1 



advanced mathematical modeling of physical systems, compensation, stabilization, pole 
placement, state estimation; extensive use of computerized design tools, especially Matlab. 

386. Robot Mechanics and Control. 3 hr. Kinematic and dynamic behavior of industrial 
robot manipulators; formulation of equations of motion for link joint space and end effec- 
tor Cartesian space; path planning and trajectory motion control schemes. 

394. Special Topics. 1-6 hr. PR: Senior or graduate standing. 

397. Master's Degree Research. 1-12 hr. PR: Graduate standing. 

399. Special Problems. 1-6 hr. PR: Senior or graduate standing. 

41 2. Fundamentals of Turbulent Flow. 3 hr. PR: MAE 361 or consent. Basic experimental 
data. Application of semi-empirical theories to pipe, jet and boundary layer flow. Turbu- 
lent heat and mass transfer. Statistical theory of turbulence and recent applications. 

414. Theory of Elastic Stability. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Stability of discrete mechanical sys- 
tems, energy theorems, buckling of beams, beam columns, and frames, torsional buck- 
ling, buckling of plates and shells, special topics. 

420. Theory of Elasticity 2. 3 hr. PR: MAE 320. Complex variable methods, stress couples, 
nonlinear elasticity, numerical methods, potential methods, boundary value problems, 
various special topics. 

424. Theory of Plates and Shells. 3 hr. PR: MAE 31 1 or consent. Classical and modern 
theories of plates; dynamic response, nonlinear effects, and exact and approximate so- 
lutions of plates; application to rectangular and circular plates; membrane shells; shells 
with bending stiffness. 

425. Perfect Fluid Theory. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Conformal mapping including Schwarz- 
Christoffel and Joukowski transformations. Inviscid flows over airfoils, spheres, cones, 
wedges, and bodies of revolution. 3 hr. lee. 

445. Hydrodynamic Stability Theory. 3 hr. PR: MAE 361 or 425 or consent. Response of 
flow field to disturbances; classical instability mechanisms; inviscid centrifugal instabili- 
ties; inviscid parallel shear flow stability; viscous boundary layer stability, the Orr- 
Sommerfield equation; Rayleigh-Benard flow; introduction to nonlinear stability theory. 

450. Fundamentals of Combustion. 3 hr. PR: MAE 141 or 150. Thermodynamics, chemi- 
cal kinetics, and diffusion of reacting gases; laminar and turbulent flames; flame stability 
and ignition. 

484. Advanced Topics in Control Theory. 3 hr. PR: MAE 384 or 241. State feedback 
through eigenstructure assignment; Observers and Kalman filters; multiple-model adap- 
tive estimation and control; parameter estimation; direct and indirect model-reference 
adaptive-control algorithms; introduction to neural networks. 

491. Advanced Study. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Advanced study in areas not covered by 
formal courses. 

497. Research. 1-15 hr. PR: Graduate standing. Ph.D. dissertation research. 
322 WVU Graduate Catalog 



499. Graduate Colloquium. 1 -6 hr. PR: Consent. For graduate students not seeking course 
work credit but who wish to meet residence requirements, use University facilities, and 
participate in its academic and cultural programs. 



Mining Engineering 

Syd S. Peng, Ph.D., Chairperson 
365A Mineral Resources Building 
Degree Offered: 

Master of Science in Engineering of Mines, Doctor of Phiiososphy in Mineral Engineering 

Master of Science in Engineering of Mines (M.S.E.M.) 

Students desiring to take courses for graduate credit at the master's level in the 
College of Engineering and Mineral Resources must first apply for admission and state a 
major field. 

Applicants with a baccalaureate degree from institutions other than WVU in mining 
engineering will be admitted on the same basis as graduates of WVU. Lacking these 
qualifications, the applicant must first fulfill the requirements of the Department of Mining 
Engineering. 

Academic Standards 

Each student will, with the approval of the student's graduate committee-appointed 
with the consent of the student within the first semester of registration-follow a planned 
program. The program contains a minimum of 24 hours of course work and six hours of 
independent and original study in mining engineering leading to a master's thesis. At 
least 60 percent of the course credits must be from 300-level or 400-level courses while 
the remainder can be made up of 200-level courses. 

Approval for candidacy for a graduate degree by faculty action is required to estab- 
lish eligibility for a degree. A graduate student may request approval by formal applica- 
tion after completing a minimum of 12 semester hours of graduate courses with a grade- 
point average of at least 3.0 (B), based on all graduate courses in residence for which 
final grades have been recorded. 

No credits are acceptable toward an advanced degree which are reported with a 
grade lower than C. To qualify for an advanced degree, a student must have a grade- 
point average of at least 3.0, based on all courses completed in residence for each 
graduate credit. Each candidate for a degree must select a major subject and submit a 
thesis showing independent, original study in mining engineering. 

Doctor of Philosophy in Mineral Engineering (Ph.D.) 

The principal objective of the doctor of philosophy program in mineral engineering is 
the education and training of graduates so that they are capable of attaining the highest 
levels in the mineral engineering profession and performing the professional roles of 
developing and improving the efficient extraction of solid mineral resources. The two 
areas of specialization are mine systems, and rock mechanics and ground control. 

All applicants must have earned a M.S. degree in Mining Engineering with a GPA of 
3.5 or higher. The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is required, and the applicant 
must have scored in the 75th percentile or higher for quantitative analysis. For all foreign 
applicants whose native language is not English, a TOEFL test score of 550 or better is 
required. In addition, each applicant is required to submit at least three letters of recom- 
mendation, one of which must be from the applicant's previous thesis advisor or an 
academic equivalent. All letters of recommendation should evaluate the student's poten- 
tial for performing independent doctoral-level research. 

Mining Engineering 323 



The Ph.D. program in mineral engineering consists of 54 hours of course work and 
36 hours of independent research beyond a bachelor's degree in mining engineering. 
The successful completion of a qualifying examination and an approved dissertation are 
also required. 

Engineering of Mines (E M) 

204. Mining Methods for Vein Deposits. I. 3 hr. PR: M 2, GEOL 151 , MATH 16. Methods 
and systems of mining other than flat seams. Emphasis on selection of methods in rela- 
tion to cohesive strength of ore bodies and their enclosing wall rocks. Mining of anthra- 
cite included. 

205. Coal Mining. I. 3 hr. PR: Junior standing or consent. (Not open to mining engineer- 
ing students.) Introduction to elements of coal mining. 

206. Mining Exploration and Evaluation. I. 3 hr. PR: GEOL 151 and STAT 101 . Methods 
and procedures for mineral reconnaissance and exploration; geological considerations, 
various prospecting and exploration techniques, reserve estimation, and engineering 
economy. 

207. Longwall Mining. II. 3 hr. PR: EM 105. Elements of longwall mining including panel 
layout and design considerations, strata mechanics, powered supports, coal cutting by 
shearer or plow, conveyor transportation, and face move. 

21 1 . Rock Mechanics and Ground Control. 1. 4 hr. PR: E M 1 05, 1 06, MAE 41 , 43, GEOL 
151. Rock properties and behavior, in situ stress field, mine layout and geological ef- 
fects; design of entry, pillar , and bolt system, convergence and stress measurements, 
surface subsidence, roof control plan, slope stability, and laboratory sessions. 

214. Rock Mechanics. I. 3 hr. PR: MAE 43 or consent. Elastic and plastic properties of 
rock, Mohr's criteria of failure, elastic theory, stress distributions around underground 
openings, open pit and underground stability, rock testing techniques. 

224. Special Subjects for Mining Engineering. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Senior or graduate stand- 
ing or consent. Special problems in mining engineering, including choices among opera- 
tions research, mine systems analysis, coal and mineral preparation, and coal science 
and technology. 

231. Mine Environmental Engineering. II. 3 hr. PR: E M 105, MAE 114; PR or CONC: 
MAE 101. Engineering principles, purposes, methods, and equipment applied to the 
underground environmental control including ventilation, illumination, and dust and noise 
control. 

242. Mine Health and Safety. II. 3 hr. PR: E M 105, 106. The nature of the federal and 
state laws pertaining to coal mine health and safety; emphasis will be placed on achiev- 
ing compliance through effective mine planning, design, and mine health and safety 
management. 

243. Industrial Safety Engineering. I. 3 hr. PR: Junior standing or consent. Problems of 
industrial safety and accident prevention, laws pertaining to industrial safety and health, 
compensation plans and laws, and industrial property protection. 



324 WVU Graduate Catalog 



271. Mine and Safety Management. I. 3 hr. PR: EM 105, 106, and 206. Economic, 
governmental, social, regulatory, cost, labor, environmental, and safety aspects of min- 
ing as related to the management of a mining enterprise. 

276. Mine and Mineral Reserve Valuation. 1. 3 hr. PR: Senior standing. Methods used to 
value mineral properties; factors affecting value of mineral properties. 

286. Fire Control Engineering. II. 3-4 hr. PR: Senior standing. Aspects involved in the 
control from fire, explosion, and other related hazards. Protective considerations in building 
design and construction. Fire and explosive protection organization including fire detec- 
tion and control. 3 lee. and/or 3 hr. lab. 

287. Applied Geophysics for Mining Engineers. I. 3 hr. PR: E M 105, 106, PHYS 12, 
GEOL 151 or consent. Origin of the universe and the planets, heat and age of the earth. 
Application of the science of geophysics in the location and analysis of earthquakes and 
in prospecting for oil and minerals. 

291. Mine Plant Design. II. 3 hr. PR: Senior standing. Layout, analysis and detailing of 
the major mine installations, and support facilities. Locations include: the surface plant, 
shaft and slope stations, section centers. Systems dealt with are bulk handling, power, 
ventilation, supplies, water, and personnel. 

295. Mine Systems Design. 1. 3 hr. PR: E M 105, 106, consent. Each student selects and 
designs a mine subsystem under specified conditions, including extraction, transporta- 
tion, ventilation, roof control, exploration, plant design, surface facilities, etc. 2 hr. lee, 1 
hr. lab. 

296. Mine Design. II. 4 hr. PR: Senior standing, final semester. Comprehensive design 
problem involving underground mining developments, surface plant or both, as selected 
by the student in consultation with instructor. Preparation of a complete report on the 
problem required, including drawings, specifications, and cost analysis. 

31 1 . Advanced Ground Control— Coal Mines. I, II. 3 hr. PR: E M 21 1 or consent. Ground 
and strata control for underground and surface coal mining, including slope stability and 
subsidence. 

312. Surface Subsidence Engineering. II. 3 hr. PR: E M 21 1 . Elements of surface subsid- 
ence engineering due to underground mining: theories of surface subsidence, character- 
istics and prediction of surface movements, and effects of surface movements. 

31 6. Advanced Rock Mechanics. 1. 3 hr. PR: E M 21 4 or consent. Testing techniques and 
interpretation, strength and fracture, classification, anisotropy, friction, jointed rock, fluid 
pressure, fragmentation, and excavation. 

320. Mobile Excavating and Materials Handling. 1. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing and con- 
sent. Mobile mining equipment will be systematically analyzed as to functional, produc- 
tion, failure, and operational aspects. Included will be routine and innovative methods, 
and surface and underground applications, such as the hydraulic shovel and impactors. 

321 . Integrated Excavating and Materials Handling. II. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing and 
consent. Integrated mining equipment will be systematically analyzed as to functional, 



Mining Engineering 325 



production, failure, and operational aspects. Included will be routine and innovative meth- 
ods, and surface and underground applications, such as the longwalls and monorails. 

331 . Mine Ventilation Network Analysis. II. 3 hr. PR: E M 231 , M. 281 , or consent. Theory 
and computational techniques for mine ventilation network problems with emphasis on 
computer-aided analysis of complex mine ventilation systems. 

332. Advanced Mine Ventilation. II. 3 hr. PR: E M 231. Advanced topics in mine atmo- 
spheric control including control of methane, dust, humidity, and heat. Also covers leak- 
age characteristics, fan selection, analysis of ventilation networks, and planning of mine 
ventilation system. 

342. Advanced Mine Health and Safety. I. 3 hr. PR: E M 242 or graduate standing. Spe- 
cial emphasis will be placed on mine rescue, mine disaster prevention and organization, 
and mine property and equipment loss prevention. 

351. Explosive Engineering Design. II. 3 hr. PR: E M 251 or consent. Rock drilling, total 
blast systems simulation, experimental studies in blast design, rock fracturing, chemical 
thermodynamics, kinetics, and reaction rates. 

365. Deterministic Methods for Mineral Engineers. I. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing or 
consent. Analysis and solution of mineral engineering problems which require use of 
deterministic models. Application of deterministic methods to mineral transportation, min- 
eral resource allocation and extraction problems, and mine planning and equipment uti- 
lization problems. 

366. Stochastic Methods for Mineral Engineers. II. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing or con- 
sent. Application of stochastic methods to mineral engineering problems in equipment 
selection, renewal processes, mine ventilation, mine production, and mineral extraction. 

371. Mine Production and Cost Management. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M 281, EM 271. Planning 
manpower and material requirements for different mining methods, forecasting produc- 
tivity from production sections, analysis of mine cost components, scheduling and con- 
trol of mine operations, integrated optimization of mine cost and productivity. 

391. Advanced Mine Design. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Graduate standing or consent. Advanced 
detail design and layout of coal mine plant, particularly incorporating new ideas of ma- 
chines and mining methods. 

394. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Graduate standing or consent. Selected field of 
study in mining engineering. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activi- 
ties leading to a thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly project. 

398. Advanced Mine Design 1. 1-6 hr. PR: EM 296. Detailed design of the components of 
coal mine subsystems including ground control, excavation and handling, and life sup- 
port subsystems. 1-6 hr. lee. 

399. Advanced Mine Design 2. 1 -6 hr. PR: E M 296. Examination of the broad aspects of 
mine design for non-coal deposits. Consideration of deposits of various shapes, materi- 
als and qualities including country rock. Comparison of principles established for coal 
mine design. 1-6 hr. lee. 

326 WVU Graduate Catalog 



41 1 . Theories of Surface Subsidence. 3 hr. PR: EM 312. Theories of surface subsidence 
due to underground coal mining including empirical, profile function, theoretical and physi- 
cal modeling methods, and time factors. 3 hr. lee. 

41 2. Theory of Pillar Design. 3 hr. PR: EM 21 1 and 31 1 . Examination of various theories 
of pillar design for room and pillar design for room and pillar mining and longwall mining 
including chain pillars, barrier pillars and bleeder pillars. 

416. Theory of Rock Failure. I. 3 hr. PR: EM 214 or consent. Friction, elasticity, strength 
of rock, mechanism of brittle failure, factors affecting failure process, theories of failure, 
fracture propagation in rock, fracture toughness of rock and coal, fluid pressure, size, 
stress gradient, and time-dependent effects. 

417. Laboratory and Field Instrumentation. I. 3 hr. PR: EM 21 1 , 214, or consent. Prin- 
ciples and applications of strain gages and photoelasticity for stress analysis in rock/ 
coal; displacement/velocity gages and accelerometer for ground motion; holography and 
acoustic emission for nondestructive tests. 

418. Rock Mechanics in Mine Design. II. 3 hr. PR: EM 211, 214, or consent. Design 
process in mining engineering; design approaches for excavations in rock; input param- 
eters for design; empirical, observational, and analytical methods of design; integrated 
designs. 1 hr. lee, 2 hr. lab. 

431 . Mine Ventilation Network Optimization. I. 3 hr. PR: EM 331 or consent. Application 
of mathematical optimization techniques to mine ventilation network problems, including 
linear and nonlinear optimization for controlled-flow and generalized networks. 

451. Theory of High Explosives. II. 3 hr. PR: E M 351 or consent. The application of 
chemical thermodynamics and the hydrodynamic theory to determine properties of 
high explosives, chemical equilibria and calculation of detonation and explosion- 
state variables. 

465. Optimization Applications in Mining. 3 hr. PR: Graduate Standing and EM 367. 
Detailed study and use of optimization techniques to solve mining problems, including 
programming techniques for large-scale linear, mixed-integer and 0-1, dynamic, nonlin- 
ear, and heuristic programming. 

469. Expert Systems in Mining. II. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. An overview of expert 
systems applications in mining, a detailed study of two mining applications, study of 
shells and their components, and study of a specific shell used to develop a project. 

491. Advanced Topics. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Advanced graduate standing, consent. Se- 
lected field of study in mining engineering. 

492. Directed Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Advanced graduate standing or consent. Di- 
rected study, reading, and/or research. 

493. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Advanced graduate standing or consent. Con- 
temporary topics selected from recent developments in mining engineering. 

494. Special Seminars. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Advanced graduate standing or consent. 
Special seminars for advanced graduate students. 

Mining Engineering 327 



495. Independent Study. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Advanced graduate standing or consent. 
Faculty supervised study of topics not available through regular course offerings. 

496. Graduate Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Consent. It is anticipated that each graduate 
student will present at least one seminar to the assembled faculty 

and graduate student body of the student's program. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 

499. Graduate Colloquium. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. For graduate students not seek- 
ing course work credit but who wish to meet residence requirements, use the University's 
facilities, and participate in its academic and cultural programs. 



Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering 

Samuel Ameri, RE., M.S. in Petroleum Engineering, Chairperson 

347A Mineral Resources Building 

e-mail: pe-info@cemr.wvu.edu 

web: http://www.cemr.wvu.edu/~wwwpe/ 

Degree Offered: 

Master of Science in Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering 

A student desiring to take courses for graduate credit at the master's level in the 
College of Engineering and Mineral Resources must first apply for admission and state 
the major field. 

An applicant with a baccalaureate degree or its equivalent in petroleum or natural 
gas engineering from another institution will be admitted on the same basis as graduates 
of WVU. Lacking these qualifications, the applicant must first fulfill the CEMR require- 
ments of the Department of Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering. 

Academic Standards 

Each student will, with the approval of the student's graduate committee-appointed 
with the consent of the student within the first semester of registration-follow a planned 
program. The program contains a minimum of 24 hours of course work and six hours of 
independent and original study in the petroleum and natural gas engineering field lead- 
ing to a master's thesis or 30 hours of course work and three hours of independent study 
leading to a comprehensive problem report. At least 60 percent of the course credits 
must be from 300- or 400-level courses while the remainder can be made up of 200-level 
courses. 

Degree Candidacy 

Approval for candidacy for a graduate degree by faculty action is required to estab- 
lish eligibility for a degree. A graduate student may request approval by formal applica- 
tion after completing a minimum of 1 2 semester hours of graduate courses with a grade- 
point average of at least 3.0, based on all graduate courses in residence for which final 
grades have been recorded. 

Advanced Degree 

No credits which are reported with a grade lower than C are acceptable toward an 
advanced degree. To qualify for an advanced degree, a graduate must have a grade- 
point average of at least 3.0 based on all courses completed in residence for graduate 

328 WVU Graduate Catalog 



credit. Each candidate for a degree must select a major subject and submit a thesis 
showing independent, original study in petroleum engineering. 
Each degree candidate is required to take PNGE 496. 

Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering (PNGE) 

205. Transport Phenomena in Petroleum Engineering. II 3 hr. PR: MAE 41. Introduction 
to fluid flow in pipes, two-phase flow, rotary drilling hydraulics, primary cementing jobs, 
flow calculations, flow measuring devices, fluid machinery, dimensional analysis, and 
heat transfer. 

210. Drilling Engineering. II. 4 hr. PR or Cone: GEOL 1, MAE 114. Rock properties, 
functions and design considerations of rotating system, hoisting system, and circulation 
system; drilling fluids calculations and selections; hydraulic programs; drilling optimiza- 
tion; casing and casing string design; cementing programs; and pressure control. 

211. Production Engineering. I. 3 hr. PR: PNGE 210. Well completion, performance of 
productive formation, drill stem tests, completion of wells, flowing wells, gas lift methods 
and equipment, pumping installation design, well stimulation, emulsion, treating, gather- 
ing and storage of oil and gas, field automation. 3 hr. lee. 

212. Drilling Fluids Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. PR or Cone: PNGE 210, MAE 114. Topics 
include clay hydration, viscosity of water-based fluids, mud weight control, filtration stud- 
ies, thinning agents, chemical contaminants, lime muds, polymer muds, rheological mod- 
els, and liquid and solid determination. 

224. Petroleum Engineering Problems. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Senior standing. Investigation 
of a special problem in petroleum engineering. 

225. Petroleum Engineering Ethics. II. 1 hr. PR: Senior Standing. Introduction to petro- 
leum and natural engineering ethics and moral issues concerning safety in engineering 
practice as well as those arising for engineers employed by corporations. Professional- 
ism and professional registration. 

232. Petroleum Properties and Phase Behavior. I. 3 hr. PR or Cone: CHEM 141 or 
consent. Theoretical and applied phase behavior of hydrocarbon systems and hydrocar- 
bon fluid properties. Applications to petroleum reservoir and production engineering de- 
sign. 2 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

233. Elements of Petroleum Reservoir Engineering. II. 3 hr. PR: PNGE 232 or consent. 
Basic properties of petroleum reservoir rocks. Fluid flow through porous materials. Evalu- 
ation of oil and gas reserves. 

234. Applied Petroleum Reservoir Engineering. 1. 3 hr. PR: PNGE 233 or consent. Appli- 
cation of reservoir engineering data to calculation of recovery potentials and to analysis, 
simulation and prediction of reservoir performance under a variety of production meth- 
ods to effect maximum conservation. 

235. Formation Evaluation. I, II. 3 hr. PR: PNGE 210 or consent. Various well logging 
methods and related calculations with exercises in interpretation of data from actual well 
logs. 3 hr. lee 



Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering 329 



241 . Oil and Gas Property Evaluation. I. 3 hr. PR: PNGE 233; PR or Cone: PNGE 21 1 
and 235; or consent. Reserve estimation, decline analysis, petroleum property evalua- 
tion including interest calculations, cost estimation and tax evaluation. Overview invest- 
ment decision analysis and computer applications in property evaluation. 

244. Petroleum Reservoir Engineering Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. PR or Cone: PNGE 233. 
Laboratory evaluation of basic and special petroleum reservoir rock properties. 3 hr. lab. 

262. Introduction to Reservoir Simulation. II. 3 hr. PR: M 281, PNGE 234 or consent. 
Partial differential equations for fluid flow in porous media and the use of finite-difference 
equations in solving reservoir flow problems for various boundary conditions. Study of 
individual well pressures and fundamentals of history matching. 

270. Natural Gas Engineering. 1. 4 hr. PR; PNGE 205 or MAE 114; PNGE 233; and MAE 
101; or consent. Natural gas properties, compression, transmission, processing, and 
application of reservoir engineering principles to predict the performance and design of 
gas, gas-condensate, and storage reservoirs. Includes a laboratory devoted to gas mea- 
surements. 3 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. 

271. Natural Gas Production and Storage. II. 3 hr PR: PNGE 270. Development of gas 
and gas-condensate reservoirs; design and development of gas storage fields in de- 
pleted gas, gas-condensate, oil reservoirs and aquifers; design of natural gas production 
and processing equipment. 

295. Petroleum Engineering Design. II. 3 hr. PR: PNGE 21 1 , 234, 241 ; or consent. Com- 
prehensive problems in design involving systems in oil and gas production, field pro- 
cessing, transportation, and storage. 

299. Well Stimulation Design. II. 3 hr. PR: MAE 43, PNGE 210, 211, 233, and 235; or 

consent. Fundamentals of well stimulation and treatment design and their applications to 
low permeability formations. 

302. Fluid Flow in Porous Media. I. 3 hr. PR: PNGE 234, MATH 18 or consent. Theoreti- 
cal and practical aspects of the physical principles of hydrodynamics in porous media. 3 

hr. lee. 

340. Secondary Recovery of Oil by Water Flooding. I. 3 hr. PR: PNGE 233. Theory of 
immiscible fluid displacement mechanism, evaluation and economics of water flood 
projects, and oil field flooding techniques. 3 hr. lee. 

343. Advanced Secondary Recovery. II. 3 hr. PR: PNGE 340. Secondary recovery of oil by 
gas flooding, miscible fluid injection, in situ combustion, and heat injection. 3 hr. lee. 

362. Reservoir Simulation and Modeling. II. 3 hr. PR: PNGE 262 or consent. Application 
of finite-difference equations to multi-phase fluid flow in porous media in two or three 
dimensions with gravity and capillary pressure effects. Simulation of waterflood perfor- 
mance and enhanced recovery techniques. 

384. Pressure Transient Analysis. II. 3 hr. PR: PNGE 234 or consent. Methods of analy- 
sis of pressure transient data obtained from well testing for the purpose of determining 
in-situ reservoir conditions including porosity, lateral extent, average reservoir pressure, 
and formation permeability. 

330 WVU Graduate Catalog 



394. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. PR: Consent. Selected fields of study in petroleum 
and natural gas engineering. 

397. Master's Degree Research or Thesis. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. PR: Consent. Research activi- 
ties leading to a thesis, problem report, research paper, or equivalent scholarly project. 

496. Graduate Seminar. I. 1 hr. PR: Consent. Individual study and oral presentation of 
selected topics in petroleum engineering. Current petroleum literature and research are 
discussed. 

497. Research. I, II, S. 1-15 hr. 



Safety and Environmental Management 

Daniel E. Della-Giustina, Ph.D., Chairperson 
341 A Mineral Resources Building 
e-mail: sem@cemr.wvu.edu 
web: http://www.cemr.wvu.edu/~wwwsem/ 
Degree Offered: 

Master of Science 

A concentration or major in safety management at the master's and postmaster's 
degree level provides an opportunity for individuals to elect courses and related experi- 
ences aimed at developing competencies needed by traffic safety educators, occupa- 
tional safety managers, or school safety coordinators. Baccalaureate degree programs 
from which students are usually admitted include: business management, engineering, 
technology education, physical education, physical science, psychology, sociology and 
anthropology, or safety, provided that a 2.75 grade-point average has been achieved. 
Otherwise, admission must be of provisional status, which requires the students to earn 
a 3.0 average during the first 12 semester hours. 

Safety and Environmental Management (SEM) 
(NOTE: Enrollment in all SEM courses by permit only) 

291. Special Topics. 2-6 hr. PR: Consent. Consideration of persistent issues and 
changing problems in the safety field. Seminar emphasis extends considerable attention 
to safety interests of participating class members. 

301. Safety Function Management Integration. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Consideration of 
integrated arrangements, common constraints, developmental level, essential guide- 
lines, staff liaison, project improvement, effectiveness audits, and collaboration needed 
to assure success of the safety function. 

303. Risk Counteractant Resource Preparedness. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Counteraction of 
risk involving deficient resource preparedness by emphasizing problems delineation, 
ergonomic adjustments, work-task analyses, performance standards, quality supervi- 
sion, essential training and pertinent management techniques. 

31 0. Controlling Environmental and Personnel Hazards. 3 hr. PR: SEM 300 or consent. 
Investigation of hazard control principles relating to environmental facilities and equip- 
ment including control procedures recommended by authorities from the fields of 
engineering, medicine, and public health as well as from the field of safety. 



Safety and Environmental Management 331 



331. Safety in Motor Transportation Services. 3 hr. PR: SEM 131 or consent. (May not 
be taken for both undergraduate and graduate credit.) Safety elements of automotive 
transportation including design, operation, planning, control, and effects of legislation. 

332. Safety Education Principles and Content. 3 hr. PR: SEM 131 or consent. Study and 
analysis of content areas usually recommended for instructional programs within the 
field of safety, with emphasis on structured learning experiences. 

333. Disaster Preparedness and Emergency Systems. 3 hr. Major elements involved in 
disasters and emergencies, preparedness planning, systems utilization, and attention to 
essential human services, with emphasis on community action. 

334. Establishing and Managing Fire Services. 3 hr. Analysis of fire services usually 
provided under safety manager jurisdiction, with special attention to legal bases, 
organizational structure, services rendered, training needs and management tech- 
niques. 

335. Safety Legislation and Compliance Operations. 3 hr. PR: SEM 300 or consent. 
Comprehensive study and analysis of federal and state legislation which mandates 
compliance with certain safety conditions and practices related to work performed in 
occupational and comparable settings. 

339. Security Management Practices and Problems. 3 hr. Safety manager responsibili- 
ties for security of persons and property including organizational patterns, personnel 
competencies expected, surveillance and monitoring Methods, and occupational prob- 
lems among security personnel. 

340. Instrumentation for Safety Managers. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Anticipation, recognition, 
evaluation of industrial hygiene topics encountered by safety managers. Fundamental 
instrumentation techniques are presented in laboratory and lecture formats. Manage- 
ment-oriented control and remediation programs are developed. 

357. Alcohol Safety Programs. 3 hr. (May not be taken for both undergraduate and 
graduate credit.) Safety programming in schools, community, and the workplace. 
Approaches, programs, and materials are examined for use at the local level. Scientific 
reports are studied to determine the effectiveness of various approaches. 3 hr. lee. 

358. Substance Abuse in the Workplace. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. The problem, nature, and 
effects of drug/alcohol use in the workplace; approaches for treatment and avoidance 
such as EAP's, community programs, and testing; development of management ap- 
proaches and programs. 

361 . Loss Initiating Adversities Remediation. 3 hr. Perception of adversities tolerated as 
an extension of uncontrolled hazardous exposure with remediation concentrated upon 
identification, confirmation, and correction services including utilization of specialist 
personnel. 

363. Disabled Enterprise Resources Restoration. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Examination of 
management guidelines, reporting procedures, insurance variations, rehabilitation and 
restoration efforts, and recovery procedures needed to successfully restrain losses 
attributed to disabled enterprise resources. 



332 WVU Graduate Catalog 






364. Identifying and Correcting Disabled Resources. 3 hr. PR: Departmental Consent. 
Hazard recognition and reporting; examination of insurance variations, counseling, 
rehabilitation, and recovery of efforts